“Operating, servicing and maintaining
a passenger vehicle or off-road
vehicle can expose you to chemicals
including engine exhaust, carbon
monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which
are known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do
not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated
area and wear gloves or wash your
hands frequently when servicing your
vehicle. For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-
vehicle.”
WARNING
– California
Proposition 65
FOREWORD
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting your new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with excep
-
tional value, Kia is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that
exceeds your expectations.
This Owner's Manual will acquaint you with the operation of features and equipment
that are either standard or optional on this vehicle, along with the maintenance needs
of this vehicle. Therefore, you may find certain descriptions and illustrations not appli
-
cable to your vehicle. You are advised to read this publication carefully and follow the
instructions and recommendations. Please always keep this manual in the vehicle for
your and any subsequent owner's reference.
Authorized Kia Dealerships provide factory-trained technicians, utilized recom
-
mended special service tools, and supply genuine Kia replacement parts to help you
maintain and service your vehicle during your ownership.
All information contained in this Owner's Manual was accurate at the time of publica
-
tion. However, as Kia continues to make improvements to its products, the company
reserves the right to make changes to this manual or any of its vehicles at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligations.
Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia vehicle!
© 2022 Kia America, Inc.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia
America, Inc.
Printed in U.S.A.
How to use this manual
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist
you in many ways.
We strongly recommend that you read
the entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you must
read the WARNING and CAUTION sec
-
tions in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words in
this manual to best explain how to enjoy
your vehicle. By reading your manual,
you learn about features, important
safety information, and driving tips
under various road conditions.
The general layout of the manual is pro
-
vided in the Table of Contents. Use the
index when looking for a specific area or
subject. The index has an alphabetical
listing of all information in your manual.
Chapters: This manual has eight chap
-
ters plus an index. Each chapter begins
with a brief list of contents so you can
tell at a glance if that chapter has the
information you want.
You will find various WARNINGS, CAU
-
TIONS, and NOTICES in this manual.
These WARNINGS were prepared to
enhance your personal safety. You
should carefully read and follow ALL
procedures and recommendations pro
-
vided in these WARNINGS, CAUTIONS
and NOTICES.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which harm, serious bodily injury or
death could result if the warning is
ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which damage to your vehicle could
result if the caution is ignored.
NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful
information is being provided.
Table of Contents
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
I
Introduction
Your vehicle at a glance
Safety features of your vehicle
Features of your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
Driver assistance system
What to do in an emergency
Maintenance
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Abbreviation
Index
1Introduction
Introduction
Fuel requirements ..........................................................................1-2
Vehicle modifications.................................................................... 1-4
Vehicle break-in process..............................................................1-4
Risk of fire or burns when parking or stopping vehicle ..........1-5
Vehicle handling instructions...................................................... 1-5
Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders...................1-6
Introduction
21
Fuel requirements
Introduction
Fuel requirements
Your new vehicle is designed to use only
unleaded fuel having a pump octane
number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research
Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not
use methanol blended fuels.)
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain
maximum performance with UNLEADED
FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust
emissions and spark plug fouling.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than what
has been specified. (Consult an autho
-
rized Kia dealer for details.)
僅Tighten the cap until it clicks one time,
otherwise the Check Engine
warning light will appear.
WARNING
Refueling
僅Do not "top off" after the nozzle auto
-
matically shuts off. Attempts to force
more fuel into the tank can cause fuel
overflow onto you and the ground
causing a risk of fire.
僅Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel spill
-
age, especially in the event of an acci
-
dent.
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and etha
-
nol (also known as grain alcohol), and
gasoline or gasohol containing methanol
(also known as wood alcohol) are being
marketed along with or instead of
leaded or unleaded gasoline.
Pursuant to Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) regulations, ethanol may
be used in your vehicle.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol, and do not use gaso
-
line or gasohol containing any methanol.
Ethanol provides less energy than gaso
-
line and it attracts water, and it is thus
likely to reduce your fuel efficiency and
could lower your MPG results.
Methanol may cause drivability prob
-
lems and damage to the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if
drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability problems
may not be covered by the manufac
-
turer's warranty if they result from the
use of:
1.Gasoline or gasohol containing meth
-
anol.
2.Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
3.Gasohol containing more than 15%
ethanol.
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com
-
prised of 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline,
and is manufactured exclusively for use
in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not
compatible with your vehicle. Use of
"E85" may result in poor engine perfor
-
mance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. Kia recom
-
mends that customers do not use fuel
with an ethanol content exceeding 15%.
NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
does not cover damage to the fuel sys
-
tem or any performance problems
caused by the use of "E85" fuel.
3
1
1
IntroductionFuel requirements
NOTICE
Never use any fuel containing methanol.
Discontinue use of any methanol con
-
taining product which may inhibit proper
drivability.
Other fuels
Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),
MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene (Fe),
and Other metalic additives, may cause
vehicle and engine damage or cause
misfiring, poor acceleration, engine stall
-
ing, catalyst melting, clogging, abnormal
corrosion, life cycle reduction, etc.
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may appear.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or perfor
-
mance problem caused by the use of
these fuels may not be covered by your
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manga
-
nese- based fuel additives Such as MMT
(Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tri
-
carbonyl). Kia does not recommend the
use of gasoline containing MMT. This
type of fuel can reduce vehicle perfor
-
mance and affect your emission control
system. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) on the cluster may come on.
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood alco
-
hol) should not be used in your vehicle.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per
-
formance and damage components of
the fuel system, engine control system
and emission control system.
Fuel Additives
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines treated with detergent
additives such as TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline, which help prevent deposit
formation in the engine. These gasolines
will help the engine run cleaner and
enhance performance of the emission
control system.
For more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com) For cus
-
tomers who do not use TOP TIER Deter
-
gent Gasoline regularly, and have
problems starting or the engine does not
run smoothly, additives that you can buy
separately may be added to the gaso
-
line.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive should
be added to the fuel tank at every 8,000
miles (13,000 km) or every engine oil
change is recommended. Additives are
available from your authorized Kia
dealer along with information on how to
use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in
another country, be sure to:
僅Observe all regulations regarding reg
-
istration and insurance.
僅Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
Introduction
41
Vehicle modifications
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could affect
its performance, safety or durability and
may even violate governmental safety
and emissions regulations.
NOTICE
Damage or performance problems
resulting from any modification may not
be covered under warranty.
CAUTION
If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage, bat
-
tery discharge and fire. For your safety,
do not use unauthorized electronic
devices.
Vehicle break-in process
By following a few simple precautions
for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you
may add to the performance, economy
and life of your vehicle.
僅Do not race the engine.
僅While driving, keep your engine speed
(rpm, or revolutions per minute)
between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
僅Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is needed
to properly break-in the engine.
僅Avoid hard stops, except in emergen
-
cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop
-
erly.
僅Don't tow a trailer during the first
1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.
僅Fuel economy and engine perfor
-
mance may vary depending on vehi
-
cle break-in process and be stabilized
after 4,000 miles (6,000 km). New
engines may consume more oil during
the vehicle break-in period.
5
1
1
IntroductionRisk of fire or burns when parking or stopping vehicle
Risk of fire or burns when
parking or stopping vehicle
僅Do not park or stop the vehicle near
flammable items such as leaves,
paper, oil, and tire. Such items placed
near the exhaust system can become
a fire hazard.
僅When an engine idles at a high rpm
with the rear side of the vehicle in
close proximity of the wall, heat of the
exhaust gas can cause discoloration
or fire. Keep enough space between
the rear part of the vehicle and the
wall.
僅Be sure not to touch the exhaust/cata
-
lytic systems while the engine is run
-
ning or right after the engine is turned
off. There is a risk of burns since the
systems are extremely hot.
Vehicle handling instructions
As with other vehicles of this type, failure
to operate this vehicle correctly may
result in loss of control, an accident or
vehicle rollover. Specific design charac
-
teristics (higher ground clearance, track,
etc.) give this vehicle a higher center of
gravity than other types of vehicles. In
other words they are not designed for
cornering at the same speeds as con
-
ventional 2-wheel drive vehicles. Avoid
sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. Again,
failure to operate this vehicle correctly
may result in loss of control, an accident
or vehicle rollover. Be sure to read the
"Reducing the risk of a rollover" on page
5-46 of this manual.
Introduction
61
Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders
Vehicle data collection and
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event
data recorder (EDR). The main pur
-
pose of an EDR is to record, in certain
crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an air bag deployment or hit
-
ting a road obstacle, data that will
assist in understanding how a vehi
-
cle's systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems
for a short period of time, typically 30
seconds or less. The EDR in this vehi
-
cle is designed to record such data as:
僅How various systems in your vehi
-
cle were operating;
僅Whether or not the driver and pas
-
senger safety belts were buckled/
fastened;
僅How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal; and,
僅How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situ
-
ation occurs; no data are recorded by
the EDR under normal driving condi
-
tions and no personal data (e.g.,
name, gender, age, and crash loca
-
tion) are recorded. However, other
parties, such as law enforcement,
could combine the EDR data with the
type of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the spe
-
cial equipment, can read the informa
-
tion if they have access to the vehicle
or the EDR.
2Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview ..........................................................................2-2
Interior overview...........................................................................2-4
Instrument panel overview ..........................................................2-6
Engine compartment.....................................................................2-8
Your vehicle at a glance
22
Exterior overview
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview
Front view
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1.Hood 4-45
2.Head lamp4-98, 8-52
3.Front fog lamp 4-101, 8-52
4.Wheel and tire 8-27, 9-4
5.Outside rearview mirror4-70
6.Dual Wide Sunroof/Sunroof4-50, 4-54
7.Front windshield wiper blades 4-105, 8-23
8.Windows 4-41
9.Front ultrasonic sensors6-105
OON012001
3
2
2
Your vehicle at a glanceExterior overview
Rear view
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1.Door locks 4-23
2.Fuel filler door 4-47
3.Rear combination lamp 8-55, 8-55
4. High Mounted Stop Lamp 8-55
5.Rear window wiper blade 4-106, 8-24
6.Liftgate 4-31, 4-33
7.Antenna 4-149
8.Liftgate open switch 4-31, 4-35
9.Wide-rear view camera6-89
10.Rear ultrasonic sensors6-105, 6-108
OON012002
Your vehicle at a glance
42
Interior overview
Interior overview
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1.Inside door handle 4-24
2.Driver position memory button 4-28
3.Outside rearview mirror folding 4-70
4. Outside rearview mirror selection 4-70
5.Outside rearview mirror control 4-70
6.Central Door lock/unlock switch 4-25
7.Power window switch 4-42
8.Power window lock switch/Electronic Child Safety Lock switch4-43, 4-26
9.Instrument panel illumination control switch 4-73
10.TOW mode button5-44
11.DBC button5-30
12.Liftgate open/close button 4-34
13.ESC Off button 5-28
OON012003
5
2
2
Your vehicle at a glanceInterior overview
14.Steering wheel 4-58
15.Tilt and telescopic steering control lever 4-59
16.Brake pedal 5-20
17.Hood release lever 4-45
18.Inner fuse panel 8-42
19.Seat 3-4
Your vehicle at a glance
62
Instrument panel overview
Instrument panel overview
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1.Driver's front air bag 3-50
2.Horn 4-60
3.Instrument cluster 4-72
4.Wiper and washer control lever 4-104
5.ENGINE START/STOP button 5-5
6.Driving Assist button6-24, 6-57
7.Hazard warning flasher 7-2
8.Climate control system 4-115, 4-120
9.Shift lever 5-8
10.Front seat warmer switch 4-138
11.Front seat air ventilation switch 4-139
12.Power outlet 4-140
13.USB port 4-149
OON012004_2
7
2
2
Your vehicle at a glanceInstrument panel overview
14.USB charger 4-141
15.AWD mode dial/Drive mode dial5-14, 5-38, 5-41
16.AUTO HOLD button 5-24
17.EPB switch 5-22
18.Parking Safety button6-105
19.Parking/View button6-89
20.ISG system Off button 5-35
21.AC inverter 4-142
22.Center console storage box 4-135
23.Cup holder 4-137
24.Glove box 4-136
25.Passenger's front air bag 3-50
26.Lighting control lever 4-99
Your vehicle at a glance
82
Engine compartment
Engine compartment
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
* The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1.Engine coolant reservoir 8-16
2.Engine oil filler cap 8-15
3.Brake fluid reservoir 8-18
4.Air cleaner 8-20
5.Fuse box 8-43
6.Negative battery terminal 7-4, 8-24
7.Positive battery terminal 7-4, 8-24
8.Engine oil dipstick 8-15
9.Radiator cap 7-5, 8-16
10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8-19
OON072001
3Safety features of your vehicle
Safety features of your ve hicle
Important safety precautions......................................................3-2
Seat..................................................................................................3-4
僅 Feature of Seat Leather.................................................................................3-7
僅 Front seat adjustment for manual seat..................................................3-8
僅 Front seat adjustment for power seat....................................................3-9
僅 Lumbar Stabilization System.....................................................................3-11
僅 Headrest for front seat.................................................................................3-11
僅 Seatback pocket.............................................................................................3-13
僅 Seatback hook.................................................................................................3-13
僅 Headrest for rear seat..................................................................................3-14
僅 Armrest (2nd row seat)................................................................................3-16
僅 Folding the rear seat.....................................................................................3-16
僅 Seat belts..........................................................................................................3-20
僅 Child Restraint System (CRS)...................................................................3-31
僅 Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System....................3-40
Safety features of your vehicle
23
Important safety precautions
Safety features of your
vehicle
For the safety of the driver and vehicle
passengers, you should become familiar
with the vehicle's safety features.
Important safety precautions
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout this
section, and throughout this manual.
The safety precautions in this section are
among the most important.
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all
types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts, not
replace them. So even though your vehi
-
cle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS
make sure you and your passengers
wear your seat belts, and wear them
properly.
Restrain all children
All children under the age of 13 should
ride in the vehicle utilizing properly
authorized child safety seat. Infants
and small children should be restrained
in an appropriate child restraint. Larger
children should use a booster seat with
the lap/shoulder belt until they can use
the seat belt properly without a booster
seat.
Air bag hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can
also cause serious or fatal injuries to
occupants who sit too close to them, or
who are not properly restrained. Infants,
young children, and shorter adults are at
the greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.
Driver distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and
potentially deadly danger, especially for
inexperienced drivers. Safety should be
the first concern when behind the wheel
and drivers need to be aware of the wide
array of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating,
personal grooming, other passengers,
and using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off the
road or their hands off the wheel to
focus on activities other than driving. To
reduce your risk of distraction or getting
into an accident:
僅ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
(i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation
units, etc.) when your vehicle is
parked or safely stopped.
僅ONLY use your mobile device when
allowed by laws and when conditions
permit safe use. NEVER text or email
while driving. Most states have laws
prohibiting drivers from texting. Some
states and cities also prohibit drivers
from using handheld phones.
僅NEVER let the use of a mobile device
distract you from driving. You have a
responsibility to your passengers and
others on the road to always drive
safely, with your hands on the wheel
as well as your eyes and attention on
the road.
3
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleImportant safety precautions
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the
higher the speed, the greater the risk,
but serious injuries can also occur at
lower speeds. Never drive faster than
what is safe for current conditions,
regardless of the maximum speed
posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe condi
-
tion
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
failure can be extremely hazardous. To
reduce the possibility of such problems,
check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly
scheduled maintenance.
Safety features of your vehicle
43
Seat
Seat
Front seats
Front seat
1.Forward and backward
2.Seatback angle
3.Seat cushion height*
4. Seat cushion tilt*
5.Lumbar support (Driver's seat)*
6.Cushion extension (Driver's seat)*
7.Driver position memory system*
8.Headrest
*: if equipped
OON032038_5
5
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Rear seats
* There is no center seat on rear 2nd row for vehicle with 7 seats.
2nd row seat
1.Forward and backward
2.Walk-in switch
3.Seatback angle
4.Headrest
5.Walk-in strap for emergency
3rd row seat
6.Seatback angle strap
7.2nd row seat remote folding strap/
button
8.Headrest
* : if equipped
OON032127_8
Safety features of your vehicle
63
Seat
WARNING
Loose objects
Do not place anything in the driver's
footwell or under the front seats. Loose
objects in the driver's foot area could
interfere with the operation of the foot
pedals.
WARNING
Uprighting seat
Do not press the release lever on a man
-
ual seatback without holding and con
-
trolling the seatback. The seatback will
spring upright possibly impacting you or
other passengers.
WARNING
Driver responsibility for passengers
The driver must advise the passengers
to keep the seatback in an upright posi
-
tion whenever the vehicle is in motion. If
a seat is reclined during an accident, the
restraint system's ability to restrain will
be greatly reduced.
WARNING
Seat cushion
Occupants should never sit on aftermar
-
ket seat cushions or sitting cushions. The
passenger Occupant Detection System
may not operate properly, or passen
-
ger's hips may slide under the lap por
-
tion of the seat belt during an accident
or a sudden stop.
WARNING
Driver's seat
僅Never attempt to adjust the seat while
the vehicle is moving. This could result
in loss of control of your vehicle.
僅Do not allow anything to interfere with
the normal position of the seatback.
Storing items against the seatback
could result in serious or fatal injury in
a sudden stop or collision.
僅Sit as far back as possible from the
steering wheel while still maintaining
comfortable control of the your vehi
-
cle. A distance of at least 10 inches (25
cm) from your chest to the steering
wheel is recommended. Failure to do
so can result in air bag inflation inju
-
ries to the driver.
WARNING
Rear seatbacks
Always lock the rear seatback before
driving. Failure to do so could result in
passengers or objects being thrown for
-
ward injuring vehicle occupants.
WARNING
Unexpected Seat Movement
After adjusting a manual seat, always
check that it is locked by shifting your
weight to the front and back. Sudden or
unexpected movement of the driver's
seat could cause you to lose control of
the vehicle.
OCV031071
7
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
WARNING
Seat adjustment
僅Do not adjust the seat while wearing
seat belts. Moving the seat forward
will cause strong pressure on the
abdomen.
僅Do not place your hand near the seat
bottom or seat track while adjusting
the seat. Your hand could get caught
in the seat mechanism.
WARNING
Luggage and Cargo
Do not stock pile or stack luggage higher
than the seatback in the cargo area. In
an accident the cargo could strike and
injure a passenger. If objects are large,
heavy or must be piled, they must be
secured in the cargo area.
WARNING
Cargo Area
Do not allow passengers to ride in the
cargo area under any circumstance. The
cargo area is solely for the purpose of
transporting luggage or cargo.
WARNING
Small Objects
Use extreme caution when picking up
small objects trapped under the seats or
between the seat and the center con
-
sole. Your hands might be cut or injured
by the sharp edges of the seats mecha
-
nism.
Feature of Seat Leather
僅Our car seats are upholstered with
a combination of artificial and genu
-
ine leather. The genuine leather is
made from the outer skin of an ani
-
mal, which goes through a special
process to be available foruse. Since
it is a natural substance, each part dif
-
fers in thickness or density.
Also, wrinkles could appear depend
-
ing on the temperature and humidity.
僅Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature and
humidity.
僅The seat cover is made of stretchable
material to improve comfort of pas
-
sengers.
僅The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting area is
high which provides driving comfort
and stability.
CAUTION
僅Belts with metallic accessories, zip
-
pers or keys inside the back pocket
may damage the seat fabric.
僅Make sure not to wet the seat. It may
change the nature of leather.
僅Jeans or clothes which contain bleach
may contaminate the surface of the
seat covering fabric.
NOTICE
Wrinkles or abrasions may appear natu
-
rally from usage. It is not a fault of prod
-
uct. Wrinkles or abrasions are not
covered by warranty.
Safety features of your vehicle
83
Seat
Front seat adjustment for man
-
ual seat
The front seat can be adjusted by using
the control levers located on the outside
of the seat cushion.
Moving forward and backward
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and backward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is
not locked properly.
To move the seat forward or backward:
1.Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
and hold it.
2.Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3.Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place.
Reclining seatback
To recline the seatback:
1.Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback recline lever.
2.Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback of the seat to the
position you desire.
3.Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. (The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.)
WARNING
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections
of your restraint system (seat belts and/
or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclin
-
ing your seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly. When
the seatback is reclined, the shoulder
belt cannot do its job because it will not
be snug against your chest. Instead, it
will be in front of you. During an acci
-
dent, you could be thrown into the seat
belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined, the
greater chance the passenger's hips will
OON032001_2
OON032002_2
9
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
slide under the lap belt or the passen
-
ger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.
Changing seat cushion height (if
equipped)
To change the height of the seat cush
-
ion, push the lever upwards or down
-
wards.
僅To lower the seat cushion, push down
the lever several times.
僅To raise the seat cushion, pull up the
lever several times.
Front seat adjustment for power
seat (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by using
the control switches located on the out
-
side of the seat cushion.
Before driving, adjust the seat to the
proper position so you can easily control
the steering wheel, pedals and switches
on the instrument panel.
CAUTION
Power seating adjustments
僅The power seating controls function
by electronic motor. Excessive opera
-
tion may cause damage to the electri
-
cal equipment.
僅Do not operate two or more power
seat control switches at the same
time. Doing so may damage the
power seat motor or electrical compo
-
nents.
Moving forward and backward
To move the seat forward or backward:
1.Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seat to the
desired position.
2.Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Reclining seatback
To recline the seatback:
1.Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seatback to the
desired angle
2.Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
OON032003_2
OON032004_2
OON032006_2
Safety features of your vehicle
103
Seat
Changing seat cushion tilt and
height
To change the height of the seat:
1.Pull the front portion (1) of the control
switch up to raise or press down to
lower the front part of the seat cush
-
ion.
2.Pull the rear portion (2) of the control
switch up to raise or press down to
lower the seat cushion.
3.Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Adjusting 2-way lumbar support
for front seats (if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted by
pressing the lumbar support switch on
the side of the seat.
1.Press the front portion of the switch to
increase support, or the rear portion
of the switch, to decrease support.
2.Release the switch once it reaches the
desired position.
Adjusting 4-way lumbar support
for driver’s seat (if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted by
pressing the lumbar support switch on
the side of the seat.
1.Press the front portion (1) of the
switch to increase the support, or the
rear portion (2) of the switch, to
decrease the support.
2.Press the upper portion (3) of the
switch to raise the support, or the
lower portion (4) of the switch, to
lower the support.
3.Release the switch once it reaches the
desired position.
OON032007_3
OON032008_2
OON032132_3
11
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Adjusting cushion extension for
driver's seat (if equipped)
1.Press the front portion of the switch to
raise the cushion extension, or the
rear portion of the switch to lower it.
2.Release the switch once the cushion
extension reaches the desired posi
-
tion.
Lumbar Stabilization System
Front driver seat can select the feature
to activate after 30 or 60 minutes of
driving. Lumbar support will automati
-
cally adjust through full range of posi
-
tions, then return to the initial position.
A:
Seat
1 Lumbar Stabilization System while
driving
2 Every 30 minutes
3 Every 60 minutes
4 Off
Headrest for front seat
The driver's and front passenger's seats
are equipped with a headrest for the
occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort
for the driver and front passenger, but
also helps protect the head and neck in
the event of a collision.
For maximum effectiveness in case of
an accident, the headrest should be
adjusted so the middle of the headrest is
as high as the center of gravity of an
occupant's head. Generally, the center of
gravity of most people's head is similar
with the height of the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to your
head as possible. For this reason, the use
of a cushion that holds the body away
from the seatback is not recommended.
WARNING
Headrest removal/adjustment
僅Do not operate the vehicle with the
headrests removed. Headrests can
provide critical neck and head sup
-
port in a crash.
僅Do not adjust the headrest height
while the vehicle is in motion. Driver
may lose control of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Excessive pulling or pushing may dam
-
age the headrest.
OON032005_2
OON032154
OON032108
Safety features of your vehicle
123
Seat
Adjusting the height up and
down
To adjust the headrest:
1.Pull it up to the desired position (1).
2.To lower the headrest, push and hold
the release button (2) on the headrest
support.
3.Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards the
front with the headrest and seat cushion
raised, the headrest may come in con
-
tact with the sun visor or other parts of
the vehicle.
Removing headrest
Type A
Type B
To remove the headrest:
1.Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever or switch (1).
2.Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3.Press the headrest release button (3)
while pulling the headrest up (4).
WARNING
Removing headrest
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat
with the headrest removed or reversed.
Headrests can provide critical neck and
head support in a crash.
OON032126
OCV031061L
OON032011_3
OON032012_3
13
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Reinstalling headrest
Type A
Type B
To reinstall the headrest:
1.Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release but
-
ton (1).
2.Recline the seatback (4) with the
recline lever or switch (3).
3.Adjust the headrest to the appropriate
height.
WARNING
Headrest Reinstallation
To reduce the risk of injury to the head
or neck, always make sure the headrest
is locked into position and adjusted
properly after reinstalling.
Seatback pocket
The seatback pocket is provided on the
back of the front passenger's and
driver's seatbacks.
WARNING
Seatback pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the
seatback pockets. In an accident they
could come loose from the pocket and
injure vehicle occupants.
Seatback hook
1st row
3rd row
Use it when hanging light shopping
bags.
OON032013_3
OON032014_3
OON032015
OON032100
OON032101
Safety features of your vehicle
143
Seat
CAUTION
Hanging heavy clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes, since they
may damage the hook.
Headrest for rear seat
The rear seat is equipped with headrests
in all the seating positions for the occu
-
pant's safety and comfort.
* There is no center seat on rear 2nd row
for vehicle with 7 seats.
The headrest not only provides comfort
for passengers, but also helps protect
the head and neck in the event of a colli
-
sion.
To maximize the effectiveness in case of
accidents, the headrest should be
adjusted so the middle of the headrest is
as high as the center of gravity of an
occupant's head. Generally, the center of
gravity of most people's heads is similar
with the height as the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to your
head as possible. For this reason, the use
of a cushion that holds the body away
from the seatback is not recommended.
Adjusting the height up and
down (2nd row seat and 3rd row
center seat)
2nd row
3rd row center
僅To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1).
僅To lower the headrest, push and hold
the release button (2) on the headrest
support and lower the headrest to the
desired position (3).
OON032018
OON032019
OON032020_2
15
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Removing/reinstalling headrest
(2nd row seat and 3rd row center
seat)
2nd row
3rd row center
僅To remove the headrest, raise it as far
as it can go then press the release
button (2) While pulling the headrest
upward (1).
僅To reinstall the headrest, put the
headrest poles (3) into the holes while
pressing the release button (2).
僅Then adjust it to the appropriate
height and ensure that it locks in posi
-
tion.
Folding 3rd row headrest (except
for center)
The headrest will fold down automati
-
cally when folding the seatback.
To unfold the headrest manually:
僅Pull the strap.
To fold the headrest manually:
僅Raise the headrest manually.
Always be sure the headrest has locked
into position after you return the seat
-
back.
OON032019
OON032020_2
OON032105_2
OON032106
Safety features of your vehicle
163
Seat
WARNING
Close the liftgate carefully when the
third-row seats are occupied. If you close
the liftgate too aggressively while the
seat is occupied, you may hit the pas
-
senger in the head and cause injuries.
Armrest (2nd row seat)
For 7 seats
The 2nd row seats have the armrest
located on the side of seatback.
僅To use the armrest, swing down the
armrest to the lowest position.
Then, adjust the armrest to the desired
position while raising it.
When adjusting the position, the operat
-
ing sound will be heard. This indicates
normal operation, not malfunction.
For 8 seats
僅To use the armrest, pull it forward
from the seatback.
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks may be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
WARNING
Folded Seatback
The purpose of the fold-down rear seat
-
backs is to allow you to carry longer
objects that could not otherwise be
accommodated.
僅Never allow a passenger to sit on top
of the folded down seatback while the
car is moving. This is not a proper
seating position since no seat belts
are available for use. This could result
in serious injury or death in case of an
accident or sudden stop.
WARNING
When folding the seatback, be sure to
hold the seatback or headrest with your
hands.
CAUTION
When folding or unfolding a rear seat,
make sure to lower the seat's headrest
as much as possible and put the seat
-
back of the seat in front of the rear seat
in the upright position.
If there is any interference when folding
or unfolding the seat, the interfered area
of the seat may be damaged.
OON032109
OON032021
OON032055
17
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Folding down the rear seatback
1.Set the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the
front seat forward.
2.Lower the rear headrests to the lowest
position.
WARNING
Objects
Objects carried on the folded down seat
-
back should not extend higher than the
top of the front seatbacks. This could
allow cargo to slide forward and cause
injury or damage during sudden stops.
CAUTION
When the seats in the 2nd-row are
folded to use the area as a cargo com
-
partment, be sure to turn off the seat
heater. (if equipped)
3.When folding the seatback, insert the
rear seat belt buckle in the pocket
between the rear seatback and cush
-
ion. Make sure both seat belts do not
interfere with stowed luggage and
cargo. Then, the seat belt webbing
should be placed in the webbing
guide to prevent the seat belt from
being damaged by loaded cargo, etc.
If the seat belt is loose, it may cause
damage or noise. In that case, return
the seatback to the upright position
and put the webbing out from the
guide to realign it.
4. Pull on the seatback folding lever (for
2nd row) or strap (for 3rd row), then
fold the seat toward the front of the
vehicle. When you return the seatback
to its upright position, always be sure
it has locked into position by pushing
on the top of the seatback.
2nd row seat
* There is no center seat on rear 2nd
row for vehicle with 7 seats.
3rd row seat
5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull the
seatback backward by pulling on the
folding lever (for 2nd row) or strap
(for 3rd row). Pull the seatback firmly
until it clicks into place. Make sure the
seatback is locked in place.
6.Return the rear seat belt to the proper
position.
Unfolding the rear seat
2nd row seat
* There is no center seat on rear 2nd row
for vehicle with 7 seats.
OON032028
OON032029
OON032030
Safety features of your vehicle
183
Seat
3rd row seat
1.To use the rear seat, lift and pull the
seatback backward. Pull the seatback
firmly until it clicks into place. Make
sure the seatback is locked in place.
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, always be sure it has
locked into position by pushing on the
top of the seatback.
If you cannot see the red line at the
bottom of folding lever, it means the
seatback is locked completely.
2.Return the rear seat belt to the proper
position.
3.When the seatback is completely
installed, check the seatback folding
lever again.
Folding 2nd row seat remotely
This feature allows you to fold seats in
the 2nd row while the liftgate is open.
1.Press the folding switch of the seat
-
back located on the left and right
sides of the liftgate.
僅L: Folding the left seat in the 2nd-
row
僅R: Folding the right seat in the 2nd-
row
You can use additional space by fold
-
ing the seatback forward.
2.If the seatback is not fully folded, try
folding again to make it completely
folded.
WARNING
Rear seat folding
Do not fold the rear seats (2nd & 3rd row
seats), if passengers, pets or luggage are
in the rear seats.
It may cause injury or damage to pas
-
sengers, pets, luggage.
Walk-in seat (2nd row seat)
To get in or out from the 3rd row seat:
1.Push the walk-in switch (1, 2) on the
2nd row seat when the passenger
gets in or out from 3rd row seat.
2.After getting in or out, push the 2nd
row seat to the original position until it
clicks into place. Make sure that the
seat is locked in place.
OON032031
OON032032
OON032025_2
19
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
WARNING
Never attempt to adjust using the 2nd
row seat walk-in switch or strap while
the vehicle is moving or seat is occupied
as the seat may suddenly move and
cause the passenger on the seat to be
injured.
7 seat
8 seat
僅If the walk-in switch (1 or 2) in the 2nd
row (in the upper part of the 2nd row
seatback or the outer part of the seat)
does not work, pull the strap (3) on
the bottom left of the seat in the 2nd
row. It works just like the walk-in
switch and you can move the seat for
-
ward along with the seatback.
WARNING
Do not pull the strap (3) when the 2nd-
row seat(s) is/are occupied.
Sudden movement of the seat(s) may
result in injury. Use the strap only when
the folding switch in the 2nd row (in the
upper part of the second-row seatback
or the outer part of the seat) does not
work.
僅This strap (3) is for 3rd row passen
-
gers to exit the vehicle even if when
the vehicle's battery power is in run-
out emergency condition in an acci
-
dent.
WARNING
Uprighting seat
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, hold the seatback and
return it slowly. If the seatback is
returned without holding it, the back of
the seat could spring forward, resulting
in injury caused by being struck by the
seatback.
WARNING
Rear seatback
To ensure maximum protection in the
event of an accident or sudden stop,
when returning the rear seat to the
upright position:
僅Be careful not to damage the seat belt
webbing or buckle.
僅Do not allow the seat belt webbing or
buckle to become pinched or caught
in the rear seat.
僅Ensure the seatback is completely
locked into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seatback.
OON032027
OON032086
Safety features of your vehicle
203
Seat
Failure to adhere to any of these
instructions could result in serious
injury or death in the event of a crash.
CAUTION
Damaging rear seat belt buckles
When you fold the rear seatback, insert
the buckle between the rear seatback
and cushion. Doing so can prevent the
buckle from being damaged by the rear
seatback.
CAUTION
Rear seat belts
When returning the rear seatbacks to
the upright position, remember to return
the rear shoulder belts to their proper
position.
WARNING
Unless the driver's position is properly
set according to the driver's physical fig
-
ure, do not fold the rear seat. It may
increase bodily injuries in a sudden stop
or collision.
CAUTION
Be careful when loading cargo through
the rear passenger seats to prevent
damage to the vehicle interior.
WARNING
Cargo
Cargo should always be secured to pre
-
vent it from being thrown about the
vehicle in a collision and causing injury
to the vehicle occupants. Do not place
objects in the rear seats, since they can
-
not be properly secured and may hit the
front seat occupants in a collision.
Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the trans
-
mission is in P (Park) and the parking
brake is securely applied whenever load
-
ing or unloading cargo. Failure to take
these steps may allow the vehicle to
move if the shift lever is inadvertently
moved to another position.
Seat belts
Seat belts are designed to bear upon the
bony structure of the body, and should
be worn low across the front of the pel
-
vis, chest and shoulders.
Seat belt restraint system
For maximum restraint system protec
-
tion, the seat belts must always be used
whenever the vehicle is moving.
僅A properly positioned shoulder belt
should be positioned midway over
your shoulder across your collarbone.
僅Never allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. See "Child
Restraint System (CRS)" on page 3-31
for further discussion.
WARNING
Twisted seat belt
Make sure your seat belt is not twisted
when worn. A twisted seat belt may not
properly protect you in an accident and
could even cut into your body.
WARNING
Shoulder Belt
僅Never wear the shoulder belt under
your arm or behind your back. An
improperly positioned shoulder belt
cannot protect the occupant in a
crash.
21
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
僅Always wear both the shoulder por
-
tion and lap portion of the lap/shoul
-
der belt.
WARNING
Damaged seat belt
Any damage in webbing or hardware
may lead to serious injury or death in a
crash. For your safety, replace the entire
seat belt assembly when any part of the
webbing or hardware is damaged.
Seat belts are designed to bear upon the
bony structure of the body, and should
be worn low across the front of the pel
-
vis, chest and shoulders, as applicable;
wearing the lap section of the belt across
the abdominal area must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly
as possible, consistent with comfort, to
provide the protection for which they
have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the pro
-
tection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid contami
-
nation of the webbing with polishes, oils
and chemicals, and particularly battery
acid. Cleaning may safely be carried out
using mild soap and water. The belt
should be replaced if webbing becomes
frayed, contaminated or damaged.
僅No modifications or additions should
be made by the user which would
either prevent the seat belt adjusting
devices from operating to remove
slack, or prevent the seat belt assem
-
bly from being adjusted to remove
slack.
僅When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt in
buckles of other seats. It is very dan
-
gerous and you may not be protected
by the seat belt properly.
僅Do not unfasten the seat belt and do
not fasten and unfasten the seat belt
repeatedly while driving. This could
result in loss of control, and an acci
-
dent causing death, serious injury, or
property damage.
僅When fastening the seat belt, make
sure that the seat belt does not pass
over objects that are hard or can
break easily.
WARNING
Seat belt buckle
Do not allow foreign material (gum,
crumbs, coins, liquids, etc.) to obstruct
the seat belt buckle. This may prevent
the seat belt from fastening securely.
Driver's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the driver's
seat belt warning lights will appear for
approximately 6 seconds each time you
turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
ON regardless of belt fastening. If the
seatbelt is not fastened, the warning
chime will sound for about 6 seconds.
If you start to drive without the seat belt
fastened or you unfasten the seat belt
when you drive over 5 mph (9 km/h) and
less than 12 mph (20 km/h), the corre
-
sponding warning light will appear. The
OON032034
Safety features of your vehicle
223
Seat
warning light will turn off when the vehi
-
cle speed drops below 5 mph (9 km/h).
If you start to drive without the seat belt
fastened or you unfasten the seat belt
when you drive 12 mph (20 km/h) and
faster, the warning light will blink and
warning chime will sound for approxi
-
mately 100 seconds. When the seat belt
is unfastened during driving, the warn
-
ing light will appear when the speed is
under 12 mph (20 km/h). When the
speed is 12 mph (20 km/h) and faster,
the warning light will blink and warning
chime will sound for approximately 100
seconds.
Front passenger's seat belt warn
-
ing
As a reminder to the front passenger,
the front passenger's seat belt warning
lights will appear for approximately 6
seconds each time you turn the ENGINE
START/STOP button ON regardless of
belt fastening. If you start to drive with
-
out the passenger seat belt fastened or
the passenger unfastens the seat belt
when you drive over 5 mph (9 km/h) and
less than 12 mph (20 km/h), the corre
-
sponding warning light will appear. The
warning light will turn off when the vehi
-
cle speed drops below 5 mph (9 km/h).
If you start to drive without the passen
-
ger seat belt fastened or you unfasten
the seat belt when you drive 12 mph (20
km/h) and faster, the warning light will
blink and warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds. When the
passenger seat belt is unfastened during
driving, the warning light will appear
when the speed is under 12 mph (20 km/
h). When the speed is 12 mph (20 km/h)
and faster, the warning light will blink
and warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds.
NOTICE
僅Even if the front passenger seat is not
occupied, the seat belt warning light
will appear for 6 seconds.
僅The front passenger's seat belt warn
-
ing may operate when luggage is
placed on the front passenger seat.
Rear passenger's seat belt warn
-
ing
* 2nd row seat: (1) Left side, (2) Center,
(3) Right side
* 3rd row seat: (4) Left side, (5) Center,
(6) Right side
* There is no center seat on rear 2nd row
for vehicle with 7 seats.
僅As a reminder to the rear passenger,
the rear passenger's seat belt warning
lights will appear for approximately 6
seconds each time you turn the igni
-
tion switch ON regardless of belt fas
-
tening.
僅If you start to drive without the seat
belt fastened, the seat belt warning
light will blink for approximately 70
seconds.
僅If you unfasten the seat belt when you
drive under 20 km/h, the seat belt
warning light will blink for approxi
-
mately 70 seconds.
僅If you unfasten the seat belt when you
drive over 20 km/h, the seat belt
warning chime will sound for approxi
-
mately 35 seconds and the corre
-
sponding warning light will blink.
OON032131
23
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
僅If the rear door is opened or closed
under 10 km/h, warning light and
warning sound does not work even if
driving over 20 km/h.
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
The following explains how to fasten and
adjust the driver's seat belt.
Fastening the your seat belt:
僅Pull it out of the retractor and insert
the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2).
There will be an audible "click" when
the tab locks into the buckle.
WARNING
You should place the lap belt portion as
low as possible and snugly across your
hips. If the lap belt is located too high on
your waist, it may increase the chance of
injury in the event of a collision.
The arm closest to the seat belt buckle
should be over the belt while the other
arm should be under the belt as shown
in the illustration. Never wear the seat
belt under the arm closest to the door.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap belt
portion is adjusted manually so that it
fits snugly around your hips. If you lean
forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and let you move around. If
there is a sudden stop or impact, how
-
ever, the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the seat
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
belt out and release it. Then you will be
able to pull the belt out smoothly.
Adjusting the height of shoulder
belt
You can adjust the height of the shoul
-
der belt anchor to one of the 4 positions
for maximum comfort and safety.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
The shoulder portion should be adjusted
so that it lies across your chest and mid
-
way over your shoulder near the door
and not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
僅To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1).
僅To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button
(2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
ONQ5021104N
OCV031076
ONQ5021018
Safety features of your vehicle
243
Seat
adjuster to make sure that it has locked
into position.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
WARNING
Shoulder belt positioning
Verify the shoulder belt anchor is locked
into position at the appropriate height.
Never position the shoulder belt across
your neck or face. Improperly positioned
seat belts can cause serious injuries in
an accident.
WARNING
Seat belt replacement
After a collision, the seat belt system
should be inspected to ensure it is oper
-
ating normally. Replace any belts that
are not functioning appropriately.
Seat belts - Front passenger and
rear seat 3-point system with
combination locking retractor
The following explains how to fasten the
passenger's and rear seat belt.
Fastening your seat belt:
Combination retractor type seat belts
are installed in the rear seat positions to
help accommodate the installation of
Child Restraint System. Although a com
-
bination retractor is also installed in the
front passenger seat position, it is
strongly recommended that children
always be seated in the rear seat. NEVER
place any infant restraint system in the
front seat of the vehicle.
This type of seat belt combines the fea
-
tures of both an emergency locking
retractor seat belt and an automatic
locking retractor seat belt.
僅Pull it out of the retractor and insert
the metal tab into the buckle. There
will be an audible "click" when the tab
locks into the buckle. When not secur
-
ing a child restraint, the seat belt
operates in the same way as the
driver's seat belt (emergency locking
retractor type).
It automatically adjusts to the proper
length only after the lap belt portion of
the seat belt is adjusted manually so that
it fits snugly around your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the installa
-
tion of a Child Restraint System, the seat
belt operation changes to allow the belt
to retract, but not to extend (automatic
locking retractor type). Refer to "Secur
-
ing a child restraint with a lap/shoulder
belt" on page 3-38.
NOTICE
Although the combination retractor pro
-
vides the same level of protection for
seated passengers in either emergency
or automatic locking modes, have the
seated passengers use the emergency
locking feature for improved conve
-
nience. The automatic locking function is
intended to facilitate child restraint
installation. To convert from the auto
-
matic locking feature to the emergency
locking operation mode, allow the
unbuckled seat belt to fully retract.
CAUTION
Do NOT fold down the left portion of the
rear seatback when the rear center seat
belt is buckled. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the
rear center seat belt before folding down
the left portion of the rear seatback. If
the rear center seat belt is buckled when
the left portion of the rear seatback is
folded down, distortion and damage to
25
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
the top portion of the seatback and seat
belt garnish may result, causing the
seatback to lock into the folded down
position.
The seat belt should be locked into the
buckle on each seat cushion to be prop
-
erly fastened.
2nd row seat
* There is no center seat on rear 2nd row
for vehicle with 7 seats.
2nd row seat (8 seats)
1.Rear right seat belt fastening buckle
2.Rear center seat belt fastening buckle
3.Rear left seat belt fastening buckle
WARNING
Prior to fastening the rear seat belts,
ensure the latch matches the seat belt
buckle. Forcefully fastening the left or
right seat belt to the center buckle can
result in an improper fastening scenario
that will not protect you in an accident.
When using the rear center seat belt, the
buckle with the "CENTER" mark must be
used.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
Stowing the rear seat belt
The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed
in the pocket between the rear seatback
and cushion when not in use.
2nd row seat
* There is no center seat on rear 2nd row
for vehicle with 7 seats.
3rd row seat
OON032051
OON032052
OON032053
OON032041
OON032115
OON032036
Safety features of your vehicle
263
Seat
1.Route the seat belt webbing through
the rear seat belt guides. It will help
keep the belts from being trapped
behind or under the seats.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
2.After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
CAUTION
When pulling out to wear the seat belt,
the tongue should be slowly pulled out
of the seat belt guide so that the seat
belt guide does not come off the trim.
Releasing the seat belt:
僅The seat belt is released by pressing
the release button (1) on the locking
buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor.
If this does not happen, check the belt
to make sure it is not twisted, then try
again.
Rear center seat belt (3rd row)
To fasten your seatbelt:
1.Extract the tongue plate (A) from the
hole on the belt assembly cover.
2.Insert the tongue plate (A) into the
buckle (A') until an audible "click" is
heard, indicating the latch is locked.
Make sure the belt is not twisted.
3.Pull out the tongue plate (B) from the
pocket. Pull the tongue plate (B) and
insert it into the buckle (B') until an
audible "click" is heard, indicating the
latch is locked. Make sure the belt is
not twisted.
OON032116
OON032037
ONQ5021100N
OON032042
OON032122
OON032117_2
27
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the "CENTER" mark
must be used.
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the safety
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
belt out and release it. After release, you
will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
To release your seatbelt:
1.Press the release button on the buckle
(B') and remove the tongue plate (B).
2.To retract the rear center seatbelt,
insert the tongue plate into the web
release hole (A' ). Pull up on the seat
belt web and allow the web- bing to
retract automatically. Insert the
tongue plate (A) into the hole on the
belt assembly cover.
WARNING
3rd center seat belt
Do not separate the mini tongue (1) and
mini buckle (2) even if there is not an
occupant.
If it is separated, It may hit the rear seat
occupants in a collision or sudden stops.
Pre-tensioner seat belt
Your vehicle is equipped with pre-ten
-
sioner seat belts at the front and rear
outboard seating positions.
1
Retractor pre-tensioner
The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to
make sure that the seat belts fit tightly
against the occupant's body in certain
collisions.
The pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated in a collision when the collision
is severe enough.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if
the occupant tries to lean forward too
quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock
into position. In certain frontal collisions,
the pre-tensioner will activate and pull
the seat belt into tighter contact against
the occupant's body
If the system senses excessive tension
on the driver or passenger's seat belt
when the pre-tensioner activates, the
load limiter inside the pre-tensioner will
release some of the pressure on the
affected seat belt. (if equipped)
OON032118
OON032119
OON032054
OSG2H031063
Safety features of your vehicle
283
Seat
WARNING
For your safety, be sure that the belt
webbing is not loose or twisted and
always sit properly on your seat.
NOTICE
The pre-tensioner may activate not only
in a frontal collision but also in a side col
-
lision, if the vehicle is equipped with a
side or curtain air bag.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system con
-
sists mainly of the following compo
-
nents. Their locations are shown in the
illustration:
1.Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
air bag warning light
2.Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3.SRS Control Module
4.Rear Retractor pre-tensioner
WARNING
For optimal usage pre-tensioner seat
belt:
1.The seatbelt must be working cor
-
rectly and adjusted to the proper posi
-
tion. Please read and follow all of the
important information and precau
-
tions about your vehicle's occupant
safety features – including seat belts
and air bags – that are provided in
this manual.
2.Be sure you and your passengers
always wear seat belts properly.
NOTICE
僅When the pre-tensioner seat belts are
activated, a loud noise may be heard
and fine dust, which may appear to be
smoke, may be visible in the passen
-
ger compartment. These are normal
operating conditions and are not haz
-
ardous.
僅Although it is harmless, the fine dust
may cause skin irritation and should
not be breathed for prolonged peri
-
ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor
-
oughly after an accident in which the
pre-tensioner seat belts were acti
-
vated.
僅Because the sensor that activates the
SRS air bag is connected with the pre-
tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag
warning light on the instrument panel
will appear for approximately 6 sec
-
onds after the ENGINE START/STOP
button has been turned to the "ON"
position, and then it should turn off.
CAUTION
If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not work
-
ing properly, the SRS air bag warning
light will appear even if there is no mal
-
function of the SRS air bag. If the SRS air
bag warning light does not appear when
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned to ON, or if it remains illuminated
after appearing for approximately 6 sec
-
onds, or if it appears while the vehicle is
being driven, have the system inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
ONQ5E021072L
OON032155
29
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
WARNING
僅Pre-tensioners seat belts systems are
designed to operate only one time.
After activation, pre-tensioner seat
belts must be replaced. All seat belts
of any type should always be replaced
after they have been worn during a
collision.
僅The pre-tensioner seat belt assembly
mechanisms become hot during acti
-
vation. Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several min
-
utes after they have been activated.
僅Do not attempt to inspect or replace
the pre-tensioner seat belts yourself.
Have the system inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
僅Do not attempt to service or repair the
pre-tensioner seat belt system in any
manner.
僅Improper handling of the pre-ten
-
sioner seat belt assemblies, and fail
-
ure to heed the warnings not to strike,
modify, inspect, replace, service or
repair the pre-tensioner seat belt
assemblies may lead to improper
operation or inadvertent activation
and serious injury.
僅Always wear the seat belts when driv
-
ing or riding in a motor vehicle.
僅If the vehicle or pre-tensioner seat
belt must be discarded, contact a pro
-
fessional workshop. Visit an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
僅Body work on the front area of the
vehicle may damage the pre-ten
-
sioner seat belt system. Therefore,
have the system serviced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Seat belt precautions
Take the following precautions when
using seat belts.
Infant or small child
All 50 states have child restraint laws.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state. Child and/or
infant seats must be properly placed
and installed in the rear seat. For more
information about the use of these
restraints, refer to "Child Restraint Sys
-
tem (CRS)" on page 3-31.
NOTICE
Small children are best protected from
injury in an accident when properly
restrained in the rear seat by a Child
Restraint System that meets the require
-
ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards (FMVSS). Before buy
-
ing any Child Restraint System, make
sure that it has label certifying that it
meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard 213. The restraint must be
appropriate for your child's height and
weight. Check the label on the child
restraint for this information. Refer to
"Child Restraint System (CRS)" on page
3-31.
Larger children
Children who are too large for Child
Restraint System should always occupy
the rear seat and use the available lap/
shoulder belts. The lap portion should be
fastened and snug on the hips as low as
possible. Check periodically to insure
that the belt fits. A child's squirming
could put the belt out of position. Chil
-
dren are given the most safety in the
event of an accident when they are
restrained by a proper restraint system
in the rear seat. If a larger child (over age
Safety features of your vehicle
303
Seat
13) must be seated in the front seat, the
child should be securely restrained by
the available lap/shoulder belt and the
seat should be placed in the rearmost
position. Children age 13 and under
should be restrained securely in the rear
seat. NEVER place a child age 13 and
under in the front seat. NEVER place a
rear facing child seat in the front seat of
a vehicle.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child's neck or face, try plac
-
ing the child closer to the center of the
vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches
their face or neck they need to be
returned to a Child Restraint System.
WARNING
Small children
Do not allow small children to ride in the
vehicle without an appropriate Child
Restraint System. If the shoulder belt
comes in contact with your child's neck
or face your child is too small to ride in
the vehicle. In a crash the seat belt will
inflict injury to your child's neck, throat
and face.
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear lap/shoul
-
der belt assemblies whenever possible
according to specific recommendations
by their doctors. The lap portion of the
belt should be worn AS SECURELY AND
LOW AS POSSIBLE.
WARNING
Pregnant women
Pregnant women must never place the
lap portion of the seat belt above or on
the abdomen where the fetus is located.
The force of the seat belt during a colli
-
sion will crush the fetus.
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should con
-
sult a physician for recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of inju
-
ries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve
maximum effectiveness of the restraint
system, all passengers should be sitting
up and the front and rear seats should
be in an upright position when the vehi
-
cle is moving. A seat belt cannot provide
proper protection if the person is lying
down in the rear seat or if the front and
rear seats are in a reclined position.
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be disas
-
sembled or modified. In addition, care
should be taken to assure that seat belts
and belt hardware are not damaged by
seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
WARNING
Pinched seat belt
Make sure that the webbing and/or
buckle does not get caught or pinched in
the rear seat when returning the rear
seatback to its upright position. A caught
or pinched webbing/buckle may
become damaged and could fail during
a collision or sudden stop.
31
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
WARNING
Seatbelts can become hot in a vehicle
that has been closed up in sunny
weather. They could burn infants and
children.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected peri
-
odically for wear or damage of any kind.
Any damaged parts should be replaced
as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry.
If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution
and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
detergents or abrasives should not be
used because they may damage and
weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage
is visible. Additional questions concern
-
ing seat belt operation should be
directed to an authorized Kia dealer.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing
or forward-facing Child Restraint System
(CRS) that has first been properly
secured to the rear seat of the vehicle.
Please refer to your state or federal laws
for child seating requirements in the
operation of a motor vehicle.
Children always in the rear
Children under age 13 must always ride
in the rear seats and must always be
properly restrained to minimize the risk
of injury in an accident, sudden stop or
sudden maneuver.
WARNING
Restraint Location
Never install a child or infant seat on the
front passenger's seat. A child riding in
the front passenger seat can be force
-
fully struck by an inflating airbag and
seriously injured.
WARNING
Hot Child Restraint
A Child Restraint System can become
very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on
a sunny day. Be sure to check the seat
cover, buckles and latches before plac
-
ing a child in the restraint system.
According to accident statistics, children
are safer when properly restrained in the
rear seats than in the front seat. Even
with air bags, children can be seriously
injured or killed. Children too large for a
child restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices. The
laws governing the age or height/weight
restrictions at which seat belts can be
used instead of child restraints differs
among states, so you should be aware of
the specific requirements in your state,
and where you are travelling.
The CRS must be properly placed and
installed in the rear seat. You must use a
commercially available CRS that meets
Safety features of your vehicle
323
Seat
the requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).
A CRS is generally designed to be
secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt por
-
tion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a
LATCH system in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing
or forward-facing CRS that has first
been properly secured to the rear seat of
the vehicle. Read and comply with the
instructions for installation and use pro
-
vided by the manufacturer of the CRS.
WARNING
Child Restraint Installation
An improperly secured child restraint
can increase the risk of serious injury or
death in an accident. Always take the
following precautions when using a
Child Restraint System:
僅Always follow the Child Restraint Sys
-
tem manufacturer's instructions for
installation and use.
僅Always properly restrain your child in
the child restraint.
僅If the vehicle head restraint prevents
proper installation of a child seat (as
described in the Child Restraint Sys
-
tem manual), the head restraint of the
respective seating position shall be
readjusted or entirely removed.
僅Do not use an infant carrier or a child
safety seat that "hooks" over a seat
-
back as it may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
僅Be especially careful when installing a
child restraint on the center seating
position in the second row as it is nar
-
row- er than the outboard positions. A
wide child restraint installed on the
center seat may cover the safety belt
buckles for the other seating posi
-
tions. Do not allow someone to ride in
a seating position where the safety
belt buckle is covered by a child
restraint.
僅A child restraint in the center seating
position may also con- tact or push up
against the safety belt buckles, which
can damage the buckles and make
them unusable or unsafe. Always
check that the child restraint does not
contact any of the safety belt buckles.
Check the placement of the child
restraint regularly to make sure that it
has not shift- ed and come into con
-
tact with any of the safety belt buck
-
les.
NOTICE
After an accident, have a Kia dealer
check the Child Restraint System, seat
belts, tether anchors and lower anchors.
Selecting a CRS
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
僅Make sure the CRS has a label certify
-
ing that it meets applicable Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
(FMVSS 213).
僅Select a child restraint based on your
child's height and weight. The
required label or the instructions for
use typically provide this information.
僅Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it will
be used.
僅Read and comply with the warnings
and instructions for installation and
use provided with the CRS.
33
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
WARNING
Holding Children
Never hold a child in your arms or lap
when riding in a vehicle. The violent
forces created during a crash will tear
the child from your arms and throw the
child against the car's interior. Always
use a Child Restraint System which is
appropriate for your child's height and
weight.
WARNING
Unattended Children
Never leave children unattended in a
vehicle. The car can heat up very
quickly, resulting in injuries to the child
in the vehicle.
WARNING
Seat Belt Use
Do not use one seat belt for two occu
-
pants at the same time. This will elimi
-
nate any safety benefit provided by the
seat belt to the occupants.
CRS types
There are three main types of the CRS:
rear-facing seats, forward-facing seats,
and booster seats. They are classified
according to the child's age, height and
weight.
Rear-facing child seats
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface against
the back of the child. The harness sys
-
tem holds the child in place, and in an
accident, acts to keep the child posi
-
tioned in the seat and reduces the stress
to the neck and spinal cord.
All children under age one must always
ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typi
-
cally have higher height and weight lim
-
its for the rear-facing position, allowing
you to keep your child rear-facing for a
longer period of time.
Continue to use a rear-facing child seat
for as long as your child will fit within the
height and weight limits allowed by the
child seat manufacturer. It's the best way
to keep them safe. Once your child has
outgrown the rear-facing child restraint,
your child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with a har
-
ness. Keep children in a forward-facing
child seat with a harness until they reach
the top height or weight limit allowed by
your child restraint's manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forward-
facing child restraint, your child is ready
for a booster seat.
ONQ5021098N
ONQ5021099N
Safety features of your vehicle
343
Seat
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed to
improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt
system. A booster seat positions the seat
belt so that it fits properly over the lap of
your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat until
they are big enough to sit in the seat
without a booster and still have the seat
belt fit properly. For a seat belt to fit
properly, the lap belt must lie snugly
across the upper thighs, not the stom
-
ach. The shoulder belt should lie snug
across the shoulder and chest and not
across the neck or face. Children under
age 13 must always ride in the rear seats
and must always be properly restrained
to minimize the risk of injury.
Installing a CRS
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits
properly in your vehicle.
Follow the instructions provided by the
manufacturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
僅
Properly secure the child restraint
to the vehicle.
All child restraints
must be secured to the vehicle with
the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or
with the LATCH system.
僅
Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured.
After installing a child
restraint to the vehicle, push and pull
the seat forward and from side-to-
side to verify that it is securely
attached to the seat. A child restraint
secured with a seat belt should be
installed as firmly as possible. How
-
ever, some side-to-side movement
can be expected.
僅
Secure the child in the child
restraint.
Make sure the child is prop
-
erly strapped in the child restraint
according to the manufacturer
instructions.
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH) system
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an acci
-
dent. This system is designed to make
installation of the child restraint easier
and reduce the possibility of improperly
installing your child restraint. The LATCH
system uses anchors in the vehicle and
attachments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need to
use seat belts to secure the child
restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors
for each LATCH seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehi
-
cle, you must have a child restraint with
LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide
you with instructions on how to use the
child seat with its attachments for the
LATCH lower anchors.
LATCH anchors have been provided in
the left and right outboard of 2nd row
and the left outboard of 3rd row seating
positions. Their locations are shown in
the illustration.
OON032114
35
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
For 8-seater vehicles, LATCH is not pro
-
vided for the middle seat in the 2nd row.
For 7- or 8-seater vehicles, LATCH is not
provided for the right seat in the 3rd
row.
WARNING
LATCH Lower Anchors
Never attempt to attach a LATCH
equipped seat in the center seating posi
-
tion. LATCH lower anchors are only to be
used in the left and right outboard of
2nd row and the left outboard of 3rd row
seating positions. You may damage the
anchors or the anchors may fail and
break in a collision if the seat is in the
center seating position.
The lower anchor position indicator sym
-
bols are located on the left and right 2nd
row rear seatbacks to identify the posi
-
tion of the lower anchors in your vehicle
(see arrows in illustration).
7 seats 2nd row
8 seats 2nd row
3rd row seat
1.Lower Anchor position indicator
2.Lower Anchor
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the left and right outboard of
2nd row and the left outboard of 3rd row
seating positions.
Two LATCH anchors are also applied to
the left of the 3rd row seats.
OON032057_3
OON032060_3
OON032111_2
Safety features of your vehicle
363
Seat
Securing a child restraint with the
LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1.Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors. Otherwise, the
webbing or buckle can be damaged
by the latch anchor, which can make
them become unusable or unsafe.
(Especially 3rd row left outboard seat
-
ing positions)
2.Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the child
restraint and the lower anchors.
3.Adjust the seat back to the full rear
-
ward position (3rd row only).
4.Place child restraint on the vehicle
seat, then attach the seat to the lower
anchors according to the instructions
provided by the child restraint manu
-
facturer.
5.If the child seat includes a top tether
strap, attach the tether connector to
the seat tether anchor according to
the instructions provided by the child
restraint manufacturer.
6.Rotate the seat back forward (as
needed) to a locked position that
ensures good contact between the
seat back and child restraint.
7.Then follow the child restraint instruc
-
tions for properly adjusting and tight
-
ening the attachments on the child
restraint to the LATCH anchors.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using the LATCH system:
僅Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
僅To prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of the unused seat
belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts
before the child is placed into the
vehicle. Lock each unused seatbelt
following the instructions in the "auto
-
matic locking mode" subsection, and
place the webbing behind the child
seat or against an unused seatback.
Children can be strangled if a shoul
-
der belt becomes wrapped around
their neck and the seat belt tightens.
僅NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor. This could
cause the anchor or attachment to
come loose or break.
僅Always have the LATCH system
inspected by your authorized Kia
dealer after an accident. An accident
can damage the LATCH system and
may not properly secure the child
restraint.
NOTICE
The recommended maximum weight for
the LATCH system is 65 lbs. (30 kg).
When selecting a proper child restraint,
consider that the maximum total weight
of the child plus the child restraint
should be less than 65 lbs. (30 kg).
As a guide, the MAX child restraint
weight should be determined by the fol
-
lowing calculation:
Child Restraint Weight = 65 - (child's
total weight in lbs.)
37
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Securing a child restraint seat
with "Tether Anchor" system
7 seats
8 seats
3rd row seat
First secure the child restraint with the
LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If
the child restraint manufacturer recom
-
mends that the top tether strap be
attached, attach and tighten the top
tether strap to the top tether strap
anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are located
on the shelf behind the rear seats.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
installing the tether strap:
僅Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
僅NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single tether anchor.
This could cause the anchor or attach
-
ment to come loose or break.
僅Do not attach the tether strap to any
-
thing other than the correct tether
anchor. It may not work properly if
attached to something else.
僅Do not use the tether anchors for
adult seat belts or harnesses, or for
attaching other items or equipment to
the vehicle.
僅Always fasten the seat belts behind
the child restraint seat when they are
not used to secure the child seat. Fail
-
ure to do so may result in child stran
-
gulation.
OON032059
OON032112
OON032113
Safety features of your vehicle
383
Seat
To install the tether anchor:
1.Route the child restraint tether strap
over the child restraint seatback.
Route the tether strap under the head
restraint and between the head
restraint posts, or route the tether
strap over the top of the vehicle seat
-
back. Make sure the strap is not
twisted.
2.Connect the tether strap hook to the
tether anchor, then tighten the tether
strap according to the child seat man
-
ufacturer's instructions to firmly
secure the child restraint to the seat.
3.Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by push
-
ing and pulling the seat forward and
from side-to-side.
Securing a child restraint with a
lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system, all
child restraints must be secured to a
vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt.
Automatic locking mode
All passenger seat belts move freely
under normal conditions and only lock
under extreme or emergency conditions
(emergency locking mode). So, in order
to secure a child restraint, you must
manually pull the seat belt all the way
out to shift the retractor to the "auto
-
matic locking" mode.
The "automatic locking" mode will help
prevent the normal movement of the
child in the vehicle from causing the seat
belt to loosen and compromise the CRS.
To install a CRS on the rear seats, do the
following:
1.Place the CRS on a rear seat and
route the lap/shoulder belt around or
through the child restraint, following
the restraint manufacturer's instruc
-
tions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2.Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into
the buckle. Listen for the distinct
"click" sound.
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emer
-
gency.
OCV031116N
ONQ5021094N
ONQ5021096N
39
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
3.Pull the shoulder portion of the seat
belt all the way out. When the shoul
-
der portion of the seat belt is fully
extended, it will shift the retractor to
the "automatic locking" (child
restraint) mode.
4.Slowly allow the shoulder portion of
the seat belt to retract and listen for
an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting"
sound. This indicates that the retrac
-
tor is in the "automatic locking" mode.
If no distinct sound is heard, repeat
steps 3 and 4.
5.Remove as much slack from the belt
as possible by pushing down on the
CRS while feeding the shoulder belt
back into the retractor.
6.Push and pull on the CRS to confirm
that the seat belt is holding it firmly in
place. If it is not, release the seat belt
and repeat steps 2 through 6.
7.Double check that the retractor is in
the "automatic locking" mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you cannot,
the retractor is in the "automatic lock
-
ing" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
recommends you to use a tether anchor
with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to
"Securing a child restraint with the
LATCH anchors system" on page 3-36
for more information.
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to retract
to its fully stowed position, the retractor
will automatically switch from the "auto
-
matic locking" mode to the emergency
lock mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
Auto lock mode
Set the retractor to Automatic Lock
mode when installing any Child Restraint
System. If the retractor is not in the auto
-
matic locking mode, the child restraint
can move when your vehicle turns or
stops suddenly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child restraint is
not properly anchored in the car.
To remove the child restraint, press the
release button on the buckle and then
pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the
restraint and allow the seat belt to
retract fully.
ONQ5021095N
ONQ5021093N
Safety features of your vehicle
403
Seat
Air bag - advanced Supplemental Restraint System
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1.Driver's front air bag
2.Passenger's front air bag
3.Side air bag
4.Curtain air bag
5.Driver's knee air bag
Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety
belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a col
-
lision or rollover.
OON032084
41
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
How does the air bag system
operate?
僅Air bags are activated (able to inflate
if necessary) only when the ENGINE
START/STOP button has been turned
to the ON position.
僅The appropriate air bags inflate
instantly in the event of a serious
frontal collision or side collision in
order to help protect the occupants
from serious physical injury.
僅There is no single speed at which the
air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags
are designed to inflate based upon
the severity of a collision and its direc
-
tion, etc. Several factors determine
whether the sensors produce an elec
-
tronic deployment / inflation signal.
僅Air bags will not deploy in every crash
or collision situations. Air bag deploy
-
ment depends on a number of factors
including vehicle speed, angles of
impact, and, the density and stiffness
of the vehicles or objects which your
vehicle hits in the collision. The deter
-
mining factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
僅The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see the
air bags inflate during an accident. It
is much more likely that you will sim
-
ply see the deflated air bags hanging
out of their storage compartments
after the collision.
僅In addition to inflating in serious side
collisions, side and/or curtain air bags
will inflate if the sensing system
detects a rollover.
僅When a rollover is detected, side and/
or curtain airbags will remain inflated
longer. This helps provide protection
from ejection, especially when used in
conjunction with the seat belts.
僅In order to help provide protection,
the air bags must inflate rapidly. The
airbag inflates extremely fast between
the occupant and the vehicle struc
-
tures before the occupant impacts the
vehicle structures. This speed of infla
-
tion reduces the risk of serious or life-
threatening injuries and is thus a nec
-
essary part of the air bag design.
However, airbag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include fas
-
cial abrasions, bruises and broken
bones. This is because the rapid infla
-
tion also causes the airbags to expand
with a great deal of force.
僅
There are even circumstances
under which contact with the steer
-
ing wheel or passenger air bag can
cause fatal injuries, especially if the
occupant is positioned excessively
close to the steering wheel or pas
-
senger air bag.
WARNING
Airbag inflation
Sit as far back as possible from the
steering wheel while still maintaining
comfortable control of the vehicle. A dis
-
tance of at least 10 inches (25 cm) from
your chest to the steering wheel is rec
-
ommended. Failure to do so can result in
airbag inflation injuries to the driver.
Noise and smoke
When inflated, the air bags make a loud
noise and leave smoke and powder in
the air inside the vehicle. This is normal
and is a result of the ignition of the air
bag inflator. After the air bag inflates,
you may feel substantial discomfort in
breathing due to the contact of your
Safety features of your vehicle
423
Seat
chest with both the seat belt and the air
bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder.
Open your doors
and/or windows as soon as possible
after impact in order to reduce dis
-
comfort and prevent prolonged expo
-
sure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are non
-
toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin
(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is the
case, wash and rinse with cold water
immediately and consult a doctor if the
symptom persists.
WARNING
Hot components
Do not touch the air bag storage area's
internal components immediately after
airbag inflation. The air bag related parts
in the steering wheel, instrument panel
and the roof rails above the front and
rear doors are very hot. Hot components
can result in burn injuries.
WARNING
Do not install or place any accessories
near air bag deployment areas, such as
the instrument panel, windows, pillars,
and roof rails.
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger's seat
Never place a rear-facing child restraint
in the front passenger's seat.
If the air bag deploys, it would impact
the rear-facing child restraint, causing
serious or fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passenger's
seat. If the front passenger air bag
inflates, it could cause serious or fatal
injuries to the child.
WARNING
Air bag deployment
When children are seated in the rear
outboard seats of a vehicle equipped
with side and/or curtain air bags, install
the Child Restraint System as far away
from the door side as possible. Inflation
of the side and/or curtain air bags could
impact the child.
Air bag warning light
The purpose of air bag warning light in
your instrument panel is to alert you of a
potential problem with your air bag sys
-
tem, which could include your side and/
or curtain air bags used for rollover pro
-
tection.
If the air bag warning light is appeared
for more than 6 seconds after the
ENGINE START/STOP button has been
turned to the ON position, or if it appears
during vehicle operation, an SRS compo
-
nent may not be functioning properly
and you should have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
If any of the following conditions occur,
this indicates a malfunction in the air
bag system. Have an authorized Kia
OCV031079
ODEEV068100NR
43
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
dealer inspect the air bag system as
soon as possible.
僅The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
僅The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
僅The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
僅The light blinks when the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the ON posi
-
tion.
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) components and functions
* The actual position of SRS components
may differ from the illustration.
The SRS consists of the following com
-
ponents:
1.Driver's front air bag module
2.Passenger's front air bag module
3.Side air bag modules
4.Curtain air bag modules
5.Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6.Air bag warning light
7.SRS Control Module (SRSCM) / roll
-
over sensor
8.Front impact sensors
9.Side impact sensors
10.Side pressure sensors
11.Occupant Detection System
12.Driver's knee air bag module
Driver's front air bag (1)
The front air bag modules are located
both in the center of the steering wheel
and in the front passenger's panel above
the glove box. When the SRSCM detects
a sufficiently severe impact to the front
of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy
the front air bags.
Driver's front air bag (2)
Upon deployment, tear seams molded
directly into the pad covers will separate
under pressure from the expansion of
the air bags. Further opening of the cov
-
ers then allows full inflation of the air
bags.
Driver's front air bag (3)
A fully inflated airbag (with a properly
fastened seat belt) slows the forward
OON032094
OCV031036L
OCV031037L
OCV031038L
Safety features of your vehicle
443
Seat
motion of the driver or passenger,
reducing the risk of head and chest
injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
Passenger's front air bag
WARNING
Air bag obstructions
Do not install or place any accessories
on the steering wheel, instrument panel,
or on the front passenger's panel above
the glove box in a vehicle. Such objects
may become dangerous projectiles if the
air bag deploys.
WARNING
Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an umbrella,
bag, etc.) between the front door and
the front seat. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles if the side airbag
inflates.
僅If an air bag deploys, there may be a
loud noise followed by a fine dust
released in the vehicle. These condi
-
tions are normal and are not hazard
-
ous - the air bags are packed in this
fine powder. The dust generated
during air bag deployment may cause
skin or eye irritation as well as aggra
-
vate asthma for some persons.
Always wash all exposed skin areas
thoroughly with cold water and a mild
soap after an accident in which the air
bags were deployed.
僅The SRS can function only when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
ON position. The SRS is not working
properly if any of the following situa
-
tions occur:
-the SRS airbag warning light does
not appear
-the SRS airbag warning light
remains on continuously after
appearing for about 6 seconds
when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned to the ON position
or after the vehicle is in ready mode
-the SRS airbag warning light comes
on while driving
If this occurs, have your vehicle imme
-
diately inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
Before you replace a fuse or disconnect
a battery terminal, change the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the OFF position.
Never remove or replace the air bag
related fuse(s) when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is ON position. Fail
-
ure to heed this warning will cause the
SRS air bag warning light to appear.
OCV031039L
45
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Occupant Detection System
(ODS)
Your vehicle is equipped with an Occu
-
pant Detection System (ODS) in the front
passenger's seat.
The ODS is designed to detect the pres
-
ence of a properly-seated front passen
-
ger and determine if the passenger's
front air bag should be enabled (may
inflate) or not. Only the front passenger
front air bag is controlled by the ODS.
Do not put anything in front of the pas
-
senger air bag "" indicator.
Main components of the ODS
僅A detection device is located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
僅An electronic system which deter
-
mines whether the passenger air bag
systems should be activated or deac
-
tivated.
僅An indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG ""
indicates the front passenger air bag
system is deactivated.
僅The instrument panel air bag warning
light is interconnected with the ODS.
If the front passenger seat is occupied
by a person that the system determines
to be of appropriate size, and he/she sits
properly (sitting upright with the seat
-
back in an upright position, centered on
the seat cushion with their seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and their feet
on the floor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG
"" indicator will turn off and the front
passenger's air bag will be able to
inflate, if necessary, in frontal crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG
"" indicator on the center fascia panel.
This system detects the conditions 1~4
in the following table and activates or
deactivates the front passenger air bag
based on these conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
occupants are seated and restrained
properly (sitting upright with the seat in
an upright position, centered on the seat
cushion, with the person's legs comfort
-
ably extended, feet on the floor, and
wearing the safety belt properly) for the
most effective protection by the air bag
and the safety belt.
The ODS may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which can
defeat the detection system. These
include:
1.Failing to sit in an upright position.
2.Leaning against the door or center
console.
3.Sitting towards the sides or the front
of the seat.
4.Putting legs on the dashboard or rest
-
ing them on other locations which
reduce the passenger weight on the
front seat.
5.Improperly wearing the safety belt.
6.Reclining the seatback.
OON032095
Safety features of your vehicle
463
Seat
Conditions and operation of the front passenger ODS
Condition detected by the occupant classifica
-
tion system
Indicator/Warning lightDevices
"PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF" indicator light
SRS warning lightFront passenger air bag
1. Adult
*1
OffOffActivated
2. Child Restraint System (CRS) with child under
12 months old
*2*3*4
OnOffDeactivated
3. UnoccupiedOnOffDeactivated
4. Malfunction in the systemOffOnActivated
*1.The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger
seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2.Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a CRS
sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her
physique or sitting position.
*3.Never install a CRS on the front passenger seat.
*4.The PASSENGER AIR BAG "" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years
old (with or without a CRS) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.
47
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
WARNING
僅Do not install a child restraint seat in
the passenger seat when the seat is
heavily soaked with any type of liquid.
僅Do not alter or remodel the Occupant
Detection System (ODS). This may
damage the system and prevent its
proper function in a collision.
NOTICE
僅Do not use car seat cushions that
cover up the surface of the seat and
aftermarket manufactured passenger
seat heaters.
僅After conducting car interior cleaning
using steam or detergent, the seat
should be dried properly. Afterward,
check for normal operation of the
PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" and air
bag warning lights.
僅Any service related to the passenger
seat and the ODS must be done at an
authorized Kia dealership.
僅After the passenger seat has been
removed or installed for repair pur
-
poses, check for normal operation of
the PASSENGER AIR BAG "" and air
bag warning lights with a person
seated or not seated in the passenger
seat.
WARNING
When the PASSENGER AIR BAG ""
symbol is illuminated, the passenger air
bag system will not operate. The passen
-
ger air bag system will operate when
necessary if the symbol is not illumi
-
nated.
NOTICE
Do not modify or replace the front pas
-
senger seat. Don't place anything on or
attach anything such as a blanket, front
seat cover or aftermarket seat heater to
the front passenger seat. This can
adversely affect the Occupant Detection
System.
WARNING
Occupant Detection System
Riding in an improper position adversely
affects the Occupant Detection System
and may result in the deactivation of the
front passenger airbag. It is important
for the driver to instruct the passenger
as to the proper seating instructions as
contained in this manual.
僅Do not place a heavy load in the front
passenger seatback pocket or on the
front passenger seat.
僅Do not place feet on the front passen
-
ger seatback.
OCV031082
OCV031083
Safety features of your vehicle
483
Seat
僅Never sit with hips shifted towards the
front of the seat.
僅Never excessively recline the front
passenger seatback.
僅Never place feet on the dashboard.
僅Never lean on the door or center con
-
sole.
僅Never sit on one side of the front pas
-
senger seat.
僅Do not sit on the passenger seat
wearing heavily padded clothes such
as ski wear and hip protector.
僅Do not place electronic devices such
as laptops, DVD player, or conductive
materials such as water bottles on the
passenger seat.
僅Do not use electronic devices such as
laptops and satellite radios which use
inverter chargers.
僅Wet passenger seat
Do not spill liquid in the passenger
seat. Spilled liquid on the passenger
seat may cause the air bag warning
light to appear or malfunction. If any
liquid is spilled, make sure the seat
has been completely dried before
driving the vehicle.
OCV031084
OCV031071
OCV031085
OCV031086
OCV031088
OCV031089
OCV031090
49
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
Proper position
When an adult is seated in the front pas
-
senger seat, if the PASSENGER AIR BAG
"" indicator is on, change the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the OFF position
and ask the passenger to sit properly
(sitting upright with the seatback in an
upright position, centered on the seat
cushion with their seat belt on, legs com
-
fortably extended and their feet on the
floor). Restart the vehicle and have the
person remain in that position. This will
allow the system to detect the person
and to enable the passenger air bag.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG "" indica
-
tor is still on, ask the passenger to move
to the rear seat.
WARNING
PASSENGER AIR BAG "" light
Do not allow an adult passenger to ride
in the front seat when the PASSENGER
AIR BAG "" indicator is illuminated,
because the air bag will not deploy in the
event of a crash. The driver must
instruct the passenger to reposition him
-
self in the seat. Failure to properly posi
-
tion yourself may lead to air bag
deactivation resulting in air bag non-
deployment in a collision. If the PASSEN
-
GER AIR BAG "" indicator remains illu
-
minated after the passenger repositions
themselves properly and the car is
restarted, it is recommended that pas
-
senger move to the rear seat because
the passenger's front air bag will not
deploy.
NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG "" indicator
illuminates for about 4 seconds after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is turned
to the ON position after the vehicle is
started. If the front passenger seat is
occupied, the occupant detection sensor
will then classify the front passenger
after several more seconds.
僅Even though your vehicle is equipped
with the Occupant Detection System,
never install a Child Restraint System
in the front passenger's seat. A
deploying air bag can forcefully strike
a child resulting in serious injuries or
death.
Any child age 12 and under should ride
in the rear seat. Children too large for
child restraints should use the available
lap/shoulder belts. No matter what type
of crash, children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
If the ODS is not working properly, the
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air
bag warning light on the instrument
panel will appear because the passen
-
ger's front air bag is connected with the
ODS. If there is a malfunction of the ODS
the PASSENGER AIRBAG "" indicator
will not illuminate. In this case, the pas
-
senger's front airbag will inflate in frontal
impact crashes even if there is no occu
-
pant in the front passenger seat.
OCV031081
Safety features of your vehicle
503
Seat
Driver's and passenger's front air
bag
Your vehicle is equipped with an
advanced supplemental restraint (air
bag) system and lap/shoulder belts at
both the driver and passenger seating
position.
Driver's front air bag
Driver's knee air bag
Passenger's front air bag
The indication of the system's presence
are the letters "AIR BAG" located on the
air bag pad cover on the steering wheel
and the passenger's side front panel pad
above the glove box.
The Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) consists of air bags installed under
the pad covers in the center of the steer
-
ing wheel and the passenger's side front
panel above the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front passen
-
ger with additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt system alone in
case of a frontal impact of sufficient
severity. The SRS uses sensors to gather
information about the driver's and front
passenger's seat belt usage and impact
severity.
The seat belt buckle sensor determines
if the front passenger's seat belt is fas
-
tened.
These sensors provide the ability to con
-
trol the SRS deployment based on
whether or not the seat belts are fas
-
tened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability to
control the air bag inflation with two lev
-
els. A first stage level is provided for
moderate-severity impacts. A second
stage level is provided for more severe
impacts.
According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRS Control Module
(SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation.
Failure to properly wear seat belts can
increase the risk or severity of injury in
an accident.
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an Occupant Detection System
(ODS) in the front passenger's seat. The
ODS detects the presence of a passen
-
ger in the front passenger's seat and will
turn off the front passenger's air bag
under certain conditions. For more
detail, see "Occupant Detection System
(ODS)" on page 3-45.
WARNING
Modification to the seat structure can
cause the air bag to deploy at a different
level than should be provided.
Manufacturers are required by govern
-
ment regulations to provide a contact
point concerning modifications to the
OON032063
OON032064
OON032065
51
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
vehicle for persons with disabilities,
which modifications may affect the vehi
-
cle's advanced air bag system. That con
-
tact is Kia's toll-free Customer
Assistance center at 1-800-333-4Kia.
However, Kia does not endorse nor will it
support any changes to any part or
structure of the vehicle that could affect
the advanced air bag system, including
the ODS.
WARNING
Replacement/modifications
The front passenger seat, dashboard or
door should not be replaced except by
an authorized Kia dealer using original
Kia parts designed for this vehicle and
model. Any other such replacement or
modification could adversely affect the
operation of the Occupant Detection
System and your advanced air bags.
Advanced air bags are combined with
pre-tensioner seat belts to help provide
enhanced occupant protection in frontal
crashes. Front air bags are not intended
to deploy in collisions in which sufficient
protection can be provided by the seat
belt.
NOTICE
Air bags can only be used once – have
an authorized Kia dealer replace the air
bag immediately after deployment.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or
rollover crashes. However, when frontal
deployment threshold is satisfied at
side-impact, front air bags may deploy.
In addition, front air bags will not deploy
in frontal crashes below the deployment
threshold.
WARNING
SRS Wiring
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS
wiring or other components of the SRS
system. Doing so could result in injury,
due to accidental deployment of the air
bags or by rendering the SRS inopera
-
tive.
WARNING
No attaching objects
No objects (such as crash pad cover, cel
-
lular phone holder, cup holder, perfume
or stickers) should be placed over or
near the air bag modules on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, windshield
glass, and the front passenger's panel
above the glove box. Such objects could
cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the air bags to
deploy.
Do not place any objects over the air bag
or between the air bag and yourself.
Additionally, never place or insert any
object into any small opening near side
airbag labels attached to the vehicle
seats.
When the air bag deploys, the object
may affect the deployment and result in
unexpected accident or bodily harm.
Side air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air
bag in each front seat, and 2nd row out
-
board seats.
OON032066
Safety features of your vehicle
523
Seat
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
The purpose of the air bag is to provide
the vehicle’s driver and/or the front pas
-
senger and/or rear outboard passengers
with additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt alone.
僅The side air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side-impact col
-
lisions, depending on the crash sever
-
ity of impact.
僅The side air bags may deploy on the
side of the impact or on both sides.
僅The side and/or curtain air bags on
both sides of the vehicle will deploy if
a rollover or possible rollover is
detected.
僅The side air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
WARNING
Unexpected deployment
Avoid impact to the side impact airbag
sensor when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is ON to prevent unexpected
deployment of the side air bag.
僅The side air bag is supplemental to
the driver's and the passenger's seat
belt systems and is not a substitute
for them. Therefore your seat belts
must be worn at all times while the
vehicle is in operation.
僅For best protection from the side air
bag system and to avoid being injured
by the deploying side air bag, both
front seat occupants should sit in an
upright position with the seat belt
properly fastened. The driver's hands
should be placed on the steering
wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 positions.
The passenger's arms and hands
should be placed on their laps.
WARNING
Deployment
Do not install any accessories including
seat covers, on the side or near the side
air bag as this may affect the deploy
-
ment of the side air bags.
僅If seat or seat cover is damaged, have
the vehicle checked and repaired by
an authorized Kia dealer. Inform the
dealer that your vehicle is equipped
with side air bags and an Occupant
Detection System (ODS).
WARNING
Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an umbrella,
bag, etc.) between the front door and
the front seat. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles if the side airbag
inflates.
WARNING
No attaching objects
僅Do not place any objects over the air
bag or between the air bag and your
-
self. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
僅Do not put any objects between the
side airbag label and seat cushion. It
could cause harm if the vehicle is in a
OON032067
53
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
crash severe enough to cause the air
bags to deploy.
僅Never place or insert any object into
any small opening near side airbag
labels attached to the vehicle seats.
When the air bag deploys, the object
may affect the deployment and result
in unexpected accident or bodily
harm.
僅Do not install any accessories on the
side or near the side air bags.
Curtain air bag
Curtain air bags are located along both
sides of the roof rails above the front
and rear doors.
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
They are designed to help protect occu
-
pants in certain side impacts and to help
prevent them from ejecting out of the
vehicle as a result of a rollover, espe
-
cially when the seatbelts are also in use.
僅The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact col
-
lisions, depending on the severity of
impact. However, when side deploy
-
ment threshold is satisfied at front-
impact, side air bags may deploy.
僅The curtain air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
僅Also, the curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle will deploy in cer
-
tain rollover situations.
僅The curtain air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
Do not allow the passengers to lean their
heads or bodies against the doors, put
their arms on the doors, stretch their
arms out of the window or place objects
between the doors and passengers
when they are seated on seats equipped
with side impact and/or curtain air bags.
NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any compo
-
nents of the side and curtain air bag sys
-
tem. This should only be done by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
No attaching objects
僅Do not place any objects over the air
bag. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
僅Do not hang hard, breakable, or
heavy objects on the coat hooks for
safety reasons.
OON032068
OON032069
Safety features of your vehicle
543
Seat
Air bag collision sensors
The air bag collision sensors are located in the following positions.
* The actual shape and position of sensors may differ from the illustration.
1.Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) control module / rollover sensor
2.Front impact sensor
3.Side pressure sensor
4.Side impact sensor
5.Side impact sensor
OON032070
OON032071
OON032072
OON032073
OON032087
OON032074
55
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
WARNING
Air bag sensors
僅Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air bags or
sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air bag
deployment, which could result in
serious personal injury or death.
僅If the installation location or angle of
the sensors is altered in any way, the
air bags may deploy when they
should not or they may not deploy
when they should.
Therefore, do not try to perform main
-
tenance on or around the air bag sen
-
sors. Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
僅Do not arbitrarily touch the front
impact sensor. When the angle of the
sensor is changed, the air bag system
may malfunction.
Problems may arise if the sensor instal
-
lation angles are changed due to the
deformation of the front bumper, front
end module, body or front doors where
side collision sensors are installed. Have
the vehicle checked and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Installing bumper guards (or side step or
running board) or replacing a bumper
(or front door module) with non-genuine
parts may adversely affect your vehicle's
collision and air bag deployment perfor
-
mance. Kia Genuine bumper guards/
bumpers are parts we guarantee for
quality and performance.
Why didn't my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-infla
-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be expected
to provide additional protection.
These include rear impacts, second or
third collisions in multiple impact acci
-
dents, as well as low speed impacts.
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate in
a frontal collision depending on several
factors, including the severity of impact
of the front collision.
Side and/or curtain air bags
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
OON032128
OON032080
OON032067
Safety features of your vehicle
563
Seat
Side and/or curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on several factors, including
the severity of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
Also, the side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when a rollover is
detected by a rollover sensor.
Although the front air bags (driver's and
front passenger's air bags) are primarily
designed to inflate in frontal collisions,
they may inflate in other types of colli
-
sions if the front impact sensors detect a
sufficient frontal force in another type of
impact.
Similarly, although side and curtain air
bags are designed to inflate in certain
side impact collisions, they may inflate in
other types of collisions where a side
force is detected by the sensors. For
instance, side air bag and/or curtain air
bags may inflate if rollover sensors indi
-
cate the possibility of a rollover occur
-
ring (even if none actually occurs) or in
other situations, including when the
vehicle is tilted while being towed.
Even if side and/or curtain air bags do
not provide impact protection in a roll
-
over, they will deploy to prevent ejection
of occupants, especially those who are
restrained with seat belts.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully
on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
Air bag non-inflation conditions
僅Air bags may not deploy in certain
low-speed collisions where the air bag
would not add any benefit beyond the
protection already offered by the seat
belts.
僅Air bags are not designed to inflate in
rear collisions, because occupants are
moved backward by the force of the
impact. In this case, inflated air bags
would not be able to provide any
additional benefit.
僅Front airbags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because passen
-
gers move in the direction of the colli
-
sion. Thus, in side impacts, frontal
airbag deployment would not provide
additional occupant protection.
僅In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in a
direction where the air bags would not
be able to provide any additional ben
-
OON032128
OON032130
OON032080
57
3
3
Safety features of your vehicleSeat
efit, and thus the sensors may not
deploy any air bags.
僅Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle
causing it to "ride" under a vehicle
with a higher ground clearance. Air
bags may not inflate in this "under-
ride" situation because deceleration
forces that are detected by sensors
may be significantly reduced by such
"under-ride" collisions.
僅Front air bags may not inflate in all
rollover accidents when the SRS Con
-
trol Module (SRSCM) indicates that
the front air bag deployment would
not provide additional occupant pro
-
tection.
僅Airbags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with an object such as a utility
pole or tree. This is because the point
of impact is concentrated in one area
and the full force of the impact is not
delivered to the sensors.
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) care
The Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) is virtually maintenance-free and
so there are no parts you can safely ser
-
vice by yourself.
If the SRS air bag warning light does not
appear, or continuously remains on,
have your vehicle immediately inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Any work on the SRS, such as removing,
installing, repairing, or any work on the
steering wheel, the front passenger's
panel, front seats and roof rails must be
performed by an authorized Kia dealer.
Improper handling of the SRS may result
in serious personal injury.
For cleaning the air bag pad covers, use
only a soft, dry cloth or one which has
been moistened with plain water. Sol
-
vents or cleaners could adversely affect
the air bag covers and proper deploy
-
ment of the system.
If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle must
be scrapped, certain safety precautions
must be observed. An authorized Kia
dealer knows these precautions and can
give you the necessary information. Fail
-
ure to follow these precautions and pro
-
cedures could increase the risk of bodily
injury.
OON032123
OON032081
OON032124
OON032082
Safety features of your vehicle
583
Seat
WARNING
Tampering with SRS
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS
wiring or other components of the SRS
system. Doing so could result in the acci
-
dental inflation of the air bag or render
the SRS inoperative.
WARNING
Towing Vehicle
Always have the ignition off when your
vehicle is being towed. The side air bags
may inflate if the vehicle is tilted such as
when being towed because of the roll
-
over sensors in the vehicle.
Adding equipment to or modify
-
ing your air bag-equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle's air bag system.
Air bag warning label
Air bag warning labels, some required
by the U.S. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA), are
attached to the sun visor to alert the
driver and passengers of potential risks
of the air bag system.
OON032096
4Features of your vehicle
Features of your vehicle
Smart key........................................................................................4-7
僅 Replacing smart key battery.....................................................................4-10
僅 Smart key immobilizer system..................................................................4-11
僅 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules........................4-12
Digital Key 2 Touch.....................................................................4-12
僅 Digital Key 2 Touch (Smart Phone)........................................................4-12
僅 Digital Key 2 Touch (Card Key)................................................................4-16
僅 Personalized Profile and Vehicle Settings..........................................4-18
僅 Used Vehicle/Digital Key 2 Touch Maintenance..............................4-21
僅 Limitations of the System...........................................................................4-21
Theft-alarm system.....................................................................4-22
僅 Armed stage.....................................................................................................4-22
僅 Theft-alarm stage..........................................................................................4-22
僅 Disarmed stage...............................................................................................4-23
Door locks.....................................................................................4-23
僅 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle................................4-23
僅 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle..................................4-24
僅 Door lock/unlock features..........................................................................4-26
僅 Electronic child safety lock system........................................................4-26
僅 Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system.......................................................4-27
Driver position memory system for power seat......................4-28
僅 Storing driver's seat positions..................................................................4-29
僅 Recalling positions from memory...........................................................4-29
僅 Setting the easy access function.............................................................4-29
僅 Resetting the driver position memory system.................................4-30
Manual liftgate.............................................................................4-31
僅 Opening the manual liftgate.....................................................................4-31
僅 Closing the manual liftgate........................................................................4-31
僅 Opening the manual liftgate in emergency.......................................4-32
Power liftgate..............................................................................4-33
4Features of your vehicle
僅 Operating the power liftgate....................................................................4-34
僅 Setting the power liftgate...........................................................................4-35
僅 Resetting the power liftgate......................................................................4-36
僅 Emergency liftgate safety release..........................................................4-37
僅 Power liftgate automatic close................................................................4-37
Smart Power Liftgate.................................................................4-38
僅 Using the smart power liftgate................................................................4-38
僅 Deactivating the smart power liftgate with the smart key.........4-40
僅 Detecting area................................................................................................4-40
Windows .......................................................................................4-41
僅 Window opening and closing...................................................................4-42
僅 Power window lock switch.........................................................................4-43
僅 Remote window opening...........................................................................4-44
Hood.............................................................................................4-45
僅 Opening the hood.........................................................................................4-45
僅 Closing the hood...........................................................................................4-46
Fuel filler door.............................................................................4-47
僅 Opening the fuel filler door.......................................................................4-47
僅 Closing the fuel filler door..........................................................................4-47
Dual Wide Sunroof .....................................................................4-50
僅 Sunshade (Front)/Power sunshade (Rear).........................................4-51
僅 Tilt open/close (Front)..................................................................................4-51
僅 Slide open/close (Front)..............................................................................4-52
僅 Automatic reversal........................................................................................4-52
僅 Resetting the sunroof...................................................................................4-53
僅 Sunroof open warning.................................................................................4-53
Sunroof.........................................................................................4-54
僅 Sunshade...........................................................................................................4-55
僅 Tilt open/close.................................................................................................4-55
僅 Slide open/close.............................................................................................4-55
僅 Automatic reversal........................................................................................4-56
4Features of your vehicle
僅 Resetting the sunroof...................................................................................4-57
僅 Sunroof open warning.................................................................................4-57
Steering wheel............................................................................4-58
僅 Electric Power Steering (EPS) system..................................................4-58
僅 Tilt & telescopic steering wheel...............................................................4-59
僅 Heated steering wheel................................................................................4-60
僅 Horn....................................................................................................................4-60
Mirrors...........................................................................................4-61
僅 Inside rearview mirror..................................................................................4-61
僅 Outside rearview mirror.............................................................................4-70
Instrument cluster.......................................................................4-72
僅 Instrument cluster control..........................................................................4-73
僅 Gauges................................................................................................................4-73
僅 Transmission shift indicator......................................................................4-75
LCD display...................................................................................4-76
僅 LCD Display Control......................................................................................4-76
僅 LCD Display Modes.......................................................................................4-76
LCD displays.................................................................................4-79
僅 Trip information (trip computer).............................................................4-79
僅 Service Interval................................................................................................4-81
僅 Driving info display........................................................................................4-82
僅 LCD display messages.................................................................................4-82
Warning and indicator lights....................................................4-86
僅 Warning lights.................................................................................................4-86
僅 Indicator lights.................................................................................................4-92
Vehicle settings (infotainment system)................................... 4-95
僅 Setting Your Vehicle....................................................................................4-95
僅 Driver assistance settings (infotainment system)...........................4-96
Head-Up Display (HUD)..............................................................4-97
Lighting........................................................................................4-98
4Features of your vehicle
僅 Battery saver function................................................................................4-98
僅 Daytime Running Light (DRL)..................................................................4-98
僅 Lighting control...............................................................................................4-99
僅 Operating high beam................................................................................4-100
僅 Operating turn signals and lane change signals..........................4-100
僅 Operating front fog light..........................................................................4-101
僅 High Beam Assist (HBA)...........................................................................4-101
Wipers and washers.................................................................4-104
僅 Operating windshield washer................................................................4-105
僅 Operating rear window wiper and washer switch.......................4-106
Interior lights..............................................................................4-107
僅 Automatic turn off function....................................................................4-107
僅 Map lamp........................................................................................................4-107
僅 Room lamp....................................................................................................4-107
僅 Liftgate room lamp.....................................................................................4-108
僅 Vanity mirror lamp.....................................................................................4-108
僅 Glove box lamp............................................................................................4-108
Welcome system.......................................................................4-109
Defroster.....................................................................................4-110
僅 Operating rear window defroster.........................................................4-110
僅 Operating outside mirror defroster.....................................................4-110
Climate control system ..............................................................4-111
僅 System operation..........................................................................................4-111
僅 Climate control air filter..............................................................................4-112
僅 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant..................................................................................4-113
僅 Air conditioning refrigerant label..........................................................4-114
Manual climate control system................................................4-115
僅 Heating and air conditioning..................................................................4-116
Automatic climate control system.......................................... 4-120
僅 Heating and air conditioning automatically......................................4-121
4Features of your vehicle
僅 Heating and air conditioning manually..............................................4-122
僅 Controlling rear climate.............................................................................4-126
Windshield defrosting and defogging ...................................4-130
僅 Defogging inside windshield with manual climate control
system..............................................................................................................4-130
僅 Defrosting outside windshield with manual climate control
system...............................................................................................................4-131
僅 Defogging inside windshield with the automatic climate
control................................................................................................................4-131
僅 Defrosting outside windshield with automatic climate
control................................................................................................................4-132
僅 Defogging logic.............................................................................................4-132
僅 Auto Defogging System (ADS) (only for automatic climate
control system)..............................................................................................4-133
Additional features of climate control ...................................4-134
僅 Sunroof inside air recirculation.............................................................4-134
僅 Automatic ventilation................................................................................4-134
僅 Smart Temperature Comfort Control System (for driver's
seat)....................................................................................................................4-135
Storage compartment...............................................................4-135
僅 Center console storage.............................................................................4-135
僅 Glove box.........................................................................................................4-136
僅 Sunglass holder............................................................................................4-136
僅 Luggage box..................................................................................................4-137
Interior features.........................................................................4-137
僅 Ambient light..................................................................................................4-137
僅 Cup holder.......................................................................................................4-137
僅 Seat warmer..................................................................................................4-138
僅 Air ventilation seat.......................................................................................4-139
僅 Sun visor..........................................................................................................4-140
僅 Power outlet..................................................................................................4-140
僅 USB charger...................................................................................................4-141
4Features of your vehicle
僅 AC inverter......................................................................................................4-142
僅 Wireless smart phone charging system.............................................4-143
僅 Coat hook....................................................................................................... 4-146
僅 Side curtain.................................................................................................... 4-146
僅 Floor mat anchor(s).....................................................................................4-147
僅 Luggage net holder.....................................................................................4-147
Exterior features....................................................................... 4-148
僅 Roof rack........................................................................................................4-148
Audio system............................................................................. 4-149
僅 Shark-fin Antenna.......................................................................................4-149
僅 USB port..........................................................................................................4-149
僅 How vehicle radio works..........................................................................4-150
Declaration of Conformity........................................................4-152
僅 FCC.....................................................................................................................4-152
7
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart key
Features of your vehicle
Smart key
The mechanical key and various remote
functions are integrated into the smart
key for convenience to the driver.
Record your key number
The key code number
is stamped on the bar
code tag attached to
the key set. Should
you lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized Kia dealer to dupli
-
cate the keys easily. Remove the bar
code tag and store it in a safe place.
Also, record the code number and keep
it in a safe and handy place, but not in
the vehicle.
Smart key function
With a smart key, you can lock or unlock
a door (and liftgate).
Refer to the following for more details.
WARNING
Smart key
Never leave the keys in your vehicle with
unsupervised children. Leaving children
unattended in a vehicle with the smart
key is dangerous even if the ENGINE
START/STOP button is not in the ACC or
ON position. Children copy adults and
they could press the ENGINE START/
STOP button. The key would enable chil
-
dren to operate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehicle move,
which could result in serious bodily
injury or death.
Locking
Pressing the button of the front outside
door handles with all doors (and liftgate)
closed and any door unlocked, locks all
the doors (and liftgate).
The hazard warning lights will blink once
to indicate that all doors (and liftgate)
are locked. The button will only operate
when the smart key is within 28~40
inches (0.7~1 m) from the outside door
handle. If you want to make sure that a
door has locked or not, you should
check the door lock button inside the
vehicle or pull the outside door handle.
In some instances, when the outside
door button is pressed the doors will not
lock and an audible chime will sound if
any of the following occurs:
僅The smart key is in the vehicle.
僅The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ACC or ON position.
僅Any door except the liftgate is
opened.
Unlocking
Pressing the button of the front outside
door handles, with all doors (and liftgate)
closed and locked, unlocks all the doors
(and liftgate).
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that all doors (and lift
-
gate) are unlocked. The button will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the outside
door handle.
OON042002
Features of your vehicle
84
Smart key
When the 2-press unlock function is acti
-
vated:
僅If you press the Door Unlock button
(2) on the smart key, the driver's door
will unlock.
僅If you press the Door Unlock button
(2) on the smart key within four sec
-
onds again, then all the doors will
unlock.
僅If you press the driver's outside door
handle button, the driver's door will
unlock.
僅If you press the driver's outside door
handle button within four seconds
again, then all the doors will unlock.
NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the 2-
press unlock function on the infotain
-
ment system screen.
Liftgate unlocking
If you are within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m)
from the outside liftgate handle, with
your smart key in possession, the liftgate
will unlock and open when you press the
liftgate handle switch.
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that the liftgate is
unlocked.
Also, once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate will lock auto
-
matically.
Lock (1)
All doors are locked if the lock button is
pressed. If all doors are closed, the haz
-
ard warning lights will blink and the
chime will sound once to indicate that all
doors are locked.
Also, if the lock button is pressed once
more within 4 seconds, the hazard warn
-
ing lights will blink and the chime will
sound once to confirm that the door is
locked.
However, if any door remains open, the
hazard warning lights (and/or the chime)
will not operate. But if all doors are
closed after the lock button is pressed,
the hazard warning lights will blink once.
Unlock (2)
The driver's door is unlocked if the
unlock button is pressed once. The haz
-
ard warning lights will blink twice and
the chime will sound twice to indicate
that the driver's door is unlocked.
All doors are unlocked if the unlock but
-
ton is pressed once more within 4 sec
-
onds. The hazard warning lights will
blink (for smart key, the chime also
sounds) twice again to indicate that all
doors are unlocked. After pressing this
button, the doors will lock automatically
unless you open any door within 30 sec
-
onds.
If you attempt to lock or unlock the door
by pressing the door lock/unlock button
in any of the following situations, the
door will not be locked or unlocked.
僅When you want to lock or unlock the
door in the ACC or ON state.
僅When you want to lock a door in a car
with one or more doors open.
Depending on the vehicle, the driver can
turn off or set the 2-press unlock setting
function.
OON042482
9
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart key
NOTICE
If the keyless entry system is inoperative
due to exposure to water or liquids, it will
not be covered by your manufacturer's
vehicle warranty.
Liftgate open (3)
If you press the button for longer than a
second, the lock will be released or the
lift gate will be opened according to the
options of the vehicle.
Once the liftgate is opened and then
closed, the liftgate will lock automati
-
cally.
Panic (4)
If you press the key's panic button in an
emergency situation, the alarm system
will be activated and alert others around
you of the emergency situation.
1.Press the panic button (4) for a few
seconds.
2.The horn sounds and hazard warning
light flash for a few seconds.
To stop the horn and lights, press any
button on the smart key.
Remote start (5)
You can start the engine and turn on the
climate system by pressing the remote
start button (4) outside the vehicle
equipped with automatic transmission.
To start and stop engine remotely:
1.Press the door lock button (1), and
then the hazard warning lights blink
once to alert you.
2.Press the remote start button (5) for
more than 2 seconds to start engine
within 4 seconds after pressing the
door lock button (1).
3.While remote starting, the hazard
warning lights blink. If you want to
stop the engine, press the remote
start button (5) again.
The climate system will be continuously
maintained, as selected when the engine
is restarted. If the climate system is
turned off before you stopped the
engine, the climate system will not oper
-
ate when you start the engine remotely.
Start-up
You can start the vehicle without insert
-
ing the key.
* For information, refer to "ENGINE
START/STOP button" on page 5-5.
Mechanical key
If the smart key does not operate nor
-
mally, you can lock or unlock the driver's
door by using the mechanical key.
Backup mechanical key will be provided
separately with a protector sleeve.
NOTICE
Loss of the smart key
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be reg
-
istered to a single vehicle.
If you happen to lose your smart key,
you will not be able to start the vehicle.
You should immediately take the vehicle
and remaining key to your authorized
Kia dealer (tow the vehicle, if necessary)
to protect it from potential theft.
OON042483
Features of your vehicle
104
Smart key
NOTICE
Smart key precautions
The smart key will not work if any of the
following occur:
僅The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the smart key.
僅The smart key is near a mobile two-
way radio system or a cellular phone.
僅Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
When the smart key does not work cor
-
rectly, open and close the door with the
mechanical key and contact an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
If the smart key is in close proximity to
your cell phone or smart phone, the sig
-
nal from the smart key could be blocked
by normal operation of your cell phone
or smart phone. This is especially
important when the phone is active,
such as when making calls, receiving
calls, text messaging, and/or sending/
receiving emails. Avoid placing the smart
key and your cell phone or smart phone
in the same pants or jacket pocket and
maintain adequate distance between the
two devices.
NOTICE
To prevent the electronic key from
becoming damaged by magnetic fields,
do not leave it near the following electri
-
cal appliances:
僅TVs
僅Personal computers
僅Cellular phones, cordless phones and
battery chargers
僅Table lamps
僅Induction cookers
NOTICE
If you have to leave the vehicle's key
with a parking attendant, remove the
mechanical key for your own use and
provide the attendant with the electronic
key only.
NOTICE
When bringing a key with wireless
remote control function onto an air
-
plane, make sure you do not press any
button on the key while inside the cabin.
If you are carrying the key in your bag
etc., make sure that the buttons cannot
be pressed accidentally. If you press a
button, the key may emit radio waves
that could interfere with the operation of
the aircraft.
Replacing smart key battery
A smart key battery should last for sev
-
eral years, but if the smart key is not
working properly, try replacing the bat
-
tery with a new one.
If you are unsure how to use your smart
key or replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
1.Pry open the rear cover.
2.Replace the battery with a new bat
-
tery (CR2450). When replacing the
battery, make sure the battery is in
the correct position.
3.Install the battery in the reverse order
of removal.
OON042498
11
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart key
The smart key is designed to give you
years of trouble-free use, however, it can
malfunction if exposed to moisture or
static electricity. If you are unsure how to
use or replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A BUT
-
TON BATTERY
If swallowed, a lithium button battery
can cause severe or fatal injuries within
2 hours.
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
If you think batteries may have been
swallowed or placed inside any part of
the body, seek immediate medical atten
-
tion.
Using the wrong battery can cause the
smart key to malfunction. Be sure to use
the correct battery.
To avoid damaging the smart key, don't
drop it, get it wet, or expose it to heat or
sunlight.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s) or regula
-
tions.
CAUTION
Smart key damage
僅Do not drop, get wet or expose the
smart key to heat or sunlight, or it will
be damaged.
僅Hard objects, such as metallic, can
cause external damage like scratches
and peelings.
Smart key immobilizer system
The immobilizer system protects your
vehicle from theft. If an improperly
coded key (or other device) is used, the
vehicle's power system is disabled.
When the ENGINE START/STOP button
is placed in the ON position, the immobi
-
lizer system indicator should come on
briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts
to blink, the system does not recognize
the coding of the key.
Place the ENGINE START/STOP button
in the OFF position, then place the
ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON
position again.
If the system repeatedly does not recog
-
nize the coding of the key, it is recom
-
mended that you contact your Kia
dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical prob
-
lems could result that may make your
vehicle inoperable.
If the following objects are placed near
the ENGINE START/STOP button, there
may be a problem with starting the
engine.
1.Metal accessories
2.Another registered key
3.Keys registered in other vehicles
4.Electronic device
NOTICE
When starting the vehicle, do not use the
key with other immobilizer keys around.
Otherwise, the vehicle may not start or
may stop soon after it starts. Keep each
key separate in order to avoid a starting
malfunction.
Features of your vehicle
124
Digital Key 2 Touch
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's author
-
ity to operate the equipment. If the
smart key is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for compliance,
it will not be covered by your manufac
-
turer's vehicle warranty.
Digital Key 2 Touch
Digital Key 2 Touch provides conve
-
nience to the driver, which the driver can
use to lock or unlock the driver and pas
-
senger doors or the liftgate and turn on
the vehicle.
Digital Key 2 Touch (Smart
Phone)
How to register Digital Key 2
Touch (Smart phone)
To use a smart phone as a digital key
(smart phone) follow the below proce
-
dure.
The driver can confirm supported/com
-
patible devices on our website.
Available services are subject to change
based on product policies.
Smart Phone Set Up
In order to use Digital Key 2 Touch
(Smart phone) function, install Kia
Access app on your smart phone and
register your information.
For more details, please refer to Naviga
-
tion Quick Reference Guide.
Smart Phone Registration
1.Turn the vehicle on with the Smart
key and make sure to keep the smart
key inside the vehicle during digital
key registration.
2.With the vehicle on, touch
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Digital Key
→
Smart
-
phone Key
→
My Smartphone Key
on the infotainment system.
13
4
4
Features of your vehicleDigital Key 2 Touch
1)
Smartphone Key
2)
My Smartphone Key
3)
Save
3.After pressing
Digital Key Settings
→
Register
on Kia Access app, place the
backside of the smart phone on the
in-vehicle authentication pad.
[A]: Indicator, [B]: Charging pad
僅As long as the device is supported
from additional vehicle services, the
Digital Key can be registered wire
-
lessly.
4. Select
Save
menu on the instrument
cluster or on the infotainment system
screen. The saving process will begin
automatically.
5.When the digital key (smart phone) is
saved, a message will appear on the
instrument cluster or the infotainment
system screen.
6.Remove the smart phone from the
pad and complete the saving process
under the guidance of the smart
phone screen.
INFORMATION
僅The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
僅Vehicle
When there is a digital key (smart
phone) already saved in the vehicle,
the
Save
menu is disabled. If you
want to save a digital key again, refer
to "How to delete Digital Key 2 Touch
(Smart Phone)" on page 4-15 and fol
-
low the deleting procedure first
before saving a digital key.
僅Smart Phone
The digital key cannot be saved again
while the vehicle’s digital key is saved
in the owner's smart phone. Save the
digital key after deleting the digital
key from the Kia Access App.
僅During the digital key saving process,
the process will cancel when:
-The smart phone is removed from
the in-vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charging pad)
-Changing the infotainment system
or instrument cluster screen
-The vehicle is turned off
-The gear is shifted
-There is no smart key (saving pro
-
cess will not begin)
OSG2PH052185N
OON042454
Features of your vehicle
144
Digital Key 2 Touch
How to Use the Digital Key 2
Touch (Smart Phone)
Smart Phone Touch Control
The driver can lock and unlock the door
by touching the smart phone on the
door handle without activating the Kia
Access App. Also, the vehicle can be
started by placing the smart phone on
the in-vehicle authentication pad (wire
-
less charging pad).
[A]: Door handle authentication pad
[B]: NFC antenna (Backside of the smart
phone) (The antenna position differs
depending on models.)
Locking/Unlocking the doors
僅If the driver touches the smart phone
NFC antenna to the driver's or pas
-
senger's door handle authentication
pad for more than 2 seconds, the door
will lock or unlock.
僅If 2 Press Unlock function is set, only
the driver's door will be unlocked by
touching the smart phone on the
driver's door handle. Touch the smart
phone once more within 4 seconds to
unlock all doors.
僅After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically re-lock after 30 sec
-
onds unless a door is opened.
僅If the smart phone digital key does
not operate, move the smart phone
more than 4 inches (0.1 m) from the
door handle authentication pad and
try it again.
NOTICE
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle
using the smart phone NFC antenna if
any of the following occur:
僅The Smart Key is in the vehicle
僅The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
ACC or ON position
僅Attempting to lock the door when
more than one door, or hood, liftgate
is opened
Starting the vehicle
After placing your registered smart
phone on the in-vehicle authentication
pad (wireless charging pad), depress the
brake pedal and press the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
僅Once the vehicle is started, you can
remove the smart phone from the
pad.
For more details, refer to "ENGINE
START/STOP button position" on page
5-5.
WARNING
The vehicle can be started when the reg
-
istered smart phone is placed on the in-
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad). Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who are
not aware of the system since it can
result in serious injury or death. In addi
-
tion, always have the registered smart
phone with you to prevent vehicle theft
when leaving the vehicle.
OON042455
15
4
4
Features of your vehicleDigital Key 2 Touch
NOTICE
The operation time of Digital Key 2
Touch for shared user may extend
during first time use.
Position your Digital Key 2 Touch (smart
-
phone) on the authentication pad
located in the outside door handle until
the vehicle door lock/unlock function
operates.
If the inner authentication pad is used
for the first time, 1st vehicle start func
-
tion may not operate.
How to delete Digital Key 2
Touch (Smart Phone)
Turn the vehicle on with the smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during the digital key
(smart phone) deleting process.
1.Delete All digital Key (Smart Phone)
1)
Digital Key
2)
Smartphone Key
3)
Delete All
With the vehicle on, touch
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Digital Key
→
Smart
-
phone Key
→
Delete All
on the info
-
tainment system.
僅The key of owner and the shared
user will be deleted.
僅If there is no registered key, the
menu cannot be selected.
2.Delete My Smartphone Key
1)
Smartphone Key
2)
My Smartphone Key
3)
Delete
If the owner's smart phone has been
changed, the new smart phone can be
registered after only deleting the pre
-
vious Digital Key 2 Touch (Smart
Phone).
With the vehicle on, touch
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Digital Key
→
Smart
-
phone Key
→
My Smartphone Key
→
Delete
on the infotainment system.
僅If the shared key is registered in the
vehicle, the shared key is not
deleted.
僅After deleting 'My Smartphone
Key', the new smart phone can be
registered.
NOTICE
僅If digital key (smart phone) is deleted,
the digital key saved in the smart
-
phone is also deleted.
僅If digital key (smart phone) is deleted
on the smart phone, the digital key
saved in the vehicle is also deleted.
僅The function to delete shared user's
key is not provided from the infotain
-
ment system.
僅Digital key (smart phone) is not
deleted even if Kia Access app is
deleted on the smart phone.
OON042484
OSG2PH052187N
Features of your vehicle
164
Digital Key 2 Touch
僅Digital key can be activated or deacti
-
vated within the Kia Access app pro
-
vided from the smart phone
manufacturer.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Digital Key 2 Touch (Card Key) (if
equipped)
How to register Digital Key 2
Touch (Card Key)
To use the card key as a digital key, fol
-
low the following procedure.
1.Get in the vehicle with two smart keys.
2.Check if 'Enable Card Key' menu is
activated.
With the vehicle on, touch
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Digital Key
→
Card Key
→
Enable Card Key
on the infotain
-
ment system.
1)
Digital Key
2)
Card Key
3)
Enable Card Key
3.With the vehicle on, place the card key
on the in-vehicle authentication pad
and press the
Save
menu on the info
-
tainment system screen. The saving
process will begin automatically.
[A]: Indicator, [B]: Charging pad
1)
Digital Key
2)
Card Key
3)
Save
4. When the digital key (card key) is
saved, a message will appear on the
infotainment system screen.
INFORMATION
僅The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
僅When there is a digital key (card key)
already saved in the vehicle, the
Save
menu is disabled. If you want to save
a digital key again, refer to "How to
delete Digital Key 2 Touch (Card key)"
on page 4-18 and follow the deleting
procedure first before saving a digital
key.
僅To register the digital key (card key),
the two smart keys must be in the
vehicle.
僅The registered digital key (card key)
cannot be used for another vehicle.
OSG2PH052188N
OON042454
OSG2PH052190N
17
4
4
Features of your vehicleDigital Key 2 Touch
How to use the Digital Key 2
Touch (Card key)
Card key touch control
The driver can lock and unlock the door
by touching the card key on the door
handle. Also, the vehicle can be started
by placing the card key on the in-vehicle
authentication pad (wireless charging
pad).
[A]: Door handle authentication pad,
[B]: Card key NFC antenna
Locking/Unlocking the doors
僅If the driver touches the card key on
the driver's or passenger's door han
-
dle authentication pad for more than
2 seconds, the door will lock or unlock.
僅If 2 Press Unlock function is set, only
the driver's door will be unlocked by
touching the card key on the driver's
door handle. Touch the card key once
more within 4 seconds to unlock all
doors.
僅After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically re-lock after 30 sec
-
onds unless a door is opened.
NOTICE
When approaching smartphone NFC
antenna to the outside door handle
authentication pad, the doors will not
lock with an audible warning in following
conditions:
僅The Smart Key is in the vehicle
僅The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
ACC or ON position
僅Any of the doors are open except for
the vehicle hood or liftgate
Starting the vehicle
After placing your registered card key
on the in-vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charger pad), depress the
brake pedal and press the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
僅Once the vehicle is started, you can
remove the card key from the pad.
For more details, refer to "ENGINE
START/STOP button position" on page
5-5.
WARNING
The vehicle can be started when the reg
-
istered card key is placed on the in-vehi
-
cle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad). Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who are
not aware of the system since it can
result in serious injury or death. In addi
-
tion, always have the registered card key
with you to prevent vehicle theft when
leaving the vehicle.
CAUTION
僅The digital key (card key) may not
work under the following conditions:
-The digital key (card key) is not
touching the center of the door
OON042456
Features of your vehicle
184
Digital Key 2 Touch
handle authentication pad or in-
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) correctly.
-The digital key (card key) is stored
overlapped with NFC-enabled
cards such as credit card or smart
phone.
-If the digital key (card key) does not
work, move the card key approxi
-
mately 4 inches (10 cm) away from
the authentication pad and then
touch it again.
僅The digital key (card key) can be dam
-
aged by impacts. If the digital key
(card key) is damaged, replace the
digital key (card key) with a new one
and register it again.
僅Long-time exposure to high tempera
-
ture may cause the card key to mal
-
function. Be careful not to expose the
key to direct sunlight or high tem
-
perature.
How to delete Digital Key 2
Touch (Card key)
1.Turn the vehicle on with the smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during the digital
key (card key) deleting process.
2.With the vehicle on, place the card key
on the in-vehicle authentication pad.
With the vehicle on, touch
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Digital Key
→
Card Key
→
Delete
on the infotainment system.
The
Delete
menu will be disabled if
there if no digital key (card key)
saved.
1)
Digital Key
2)
Card Key
3)
Delete
3.When the digital key (card key) is
deleted, a message will appear on the
infotainment screen or cluster.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Personalized Profile and Vehicle
Settings (if equipped)
When the registered digital key is linked
with the user profile, the vehicle will
automatically operate (door lock/unlock
with digital key, etc.) according to the
user profile setting. User profile linking
and personalization are available for a
total of two drivers.
Linking / Unlinking profile
How to link user profile
1.Select
Setup
→
User Profile
→
Pro
-
file Setting
→
Link Digital Key
(Smartphone)
on the infotainment
system settings menu.
2.If you select
Link
, the registered
phone number's digital key and the
user profile will link. Select
Link
according to the instruction.
OSG2PH052189N
19
4
4
Features of your vehicleDigital Key 2 Touch
3.When the process is complete, the
message 'Digital Key Link Complete.'
will appear on the infotainment sys
-
tem screen.
How to unlink user profile
1.Unlink digital key in the User Profile
settings. Unlinking is possible only
when user profile is linked.
2.When unlinking is complete, the mes
-
sage 'Digital key is unlinked.' will
appear on the infotainment system
screen.
INFORMATION
僅The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
僅Use profile cannot be linked to both
Driver 1 and Driver 2 that are con
-
nected to a single smart phone. Per
-
sonalization will operate with the
recently linked user profile, and the
previously linked user profile will be
automatically canceled.
僅User profile can be linked when a dig
-
ital key is registered on the smart
phone and the vehicle. The smart
phone with another vehicle's digital
key cannot be linked.
僅If you remove the smart phone from
the in-vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charging pad) before com
-
pleting the user profile link, the linking
process will not be completed nor
-
mally.
僅Once the user profile linked digital
key in the smart phone is deleted, the
digital key should be re-registered
and personalized by linking the user
profile again.
僅NFC card key cannot be linked with
personalized profile.
Vehicle personalization operation
The personalization function linked with
Digital Key 2 Touch works under the fol
-
lowing conditions:
僅Touch the driver's door handle with
the profile linked smart phone to lock
or unlock the doors (Personalization
does not operate when locking or
unlocking the front passenger door.).
僅The personalization function using the
digital key can be operated after link
-
ing the digital key in the infotainment
system profile menu.
僅The personalization function works
only when the vehicle is OFF or when
the vehicle is started remotely. If the
vehicle is not started remotely, per
-
sonalization function does not work
with the digital key.
INFORMATION
User profile operation according to door
lock/unlock system is as follows.
ItemPersonalization operation
Initial valueGuest
Profile linked smart phone keyLinked profile
Profile unlinked smart phone
key
Recently activated profile
NFC card key
Smart key
Features of your vehicle
204
Digital Key 2 Touch
Vehicle personalization with Digital Key 2 Touch
The available personalization function in the vehicle is as follows.
For more information of personalization, refer to the infotainment system manual.
CAUTION
If you leave the digital key in the vehicle
after locking or unlocking the doors or
starting the vehicle with the smart key,
the doors can be locked with the central
door lock. Have the digital key with you
at all times.
SystemPersonalization Item
User Settings menu
Head Up Display (HUD)Position adjustment of image, Information display selection
LampBlink number of one-touch signal lamps
Cluster
Information display on the cluster, Voice volume, We come
sound
Seat
Seat position
Smart heating wire ventilation On/Off
DoorAutomatic door lock/unlock, 2 Press Unlock
Smart phone wireless chargingWireless charging On/Off
Air conditioning
Setting up temperature unit, Block air inflow/ Automatic ventila
-
tion Window defroster On/Off
Infotainment Settings
menu
Navigation
Preferred volume of the navigation system
Recent destination
User presetMy menu list settings, Radio preset
Phone connectivity
Bluetooth preferential connection
CarPlay/Android Auto/MirrorLink On/Off
Air conditioningOperating condition
Latest operation setup of the following functions: Temperature
(AUTO), air flow direction, air volume, air conditioner, air intake
control, SYNC, Front windshield defroster, OFF
21
4
4
Features of your vehicleDigital Key 2 Touch
Used Vehicle/Digital Key 2 Touch
Maintenance
Purchasing used vehicle
If any of the digital key devices (smart
phone key, card key (if equipped)) are
registered in the vehicle, the message
'Digital key(s) active' will appear on the
instrument cluster once when the vehi
-
cle is turned on after unlocking the vehi
-
cle door.
When purchasing a used car, be sure to
check the message and delete the smart
phone key and card key (if equipped)
registered by the previous user. Please
let us know the purchase of a used vehi
-
cle through an authorized Kia dealer.
Check whether the card key (if
equipped) that came with the used vehi
-
cle operates properly. If the digital key
(card key) (if equipped) does not work
properly, delete the card key (if
equipped) and register the smart phone
key, and then re-register the card key (if
equipped).
Digital Key 2 Touch Maintenance
If you need to have your Digital Key 2
Touch System repaired or replaced, the
registered digital key (smart phone)/dig
-
ital key (card key) (if equipped) can be
deleted.
Limitations of the System
僅Digital Key 2 Touch may not work if
any of the following occurs:
-Smart phone battery or the vehicle
battery is discharged
-NFC or Bluetooth is turned off in
the smart phone settings
-A credit card is overlapped in the
back of your smart phone, or metal
or thick smart phone case is used
-Using the card key (if equipped)
with other cards, or using it in a
wallet or card holder
-There is electronic interference by
other vehicles, objects, etc.
-There may be a communication
error with Digital Key 2 Touch NFC
function if the metallic cover or
communication device is attached
to the smart phone.If there is a mal
-
function, remove the cover
attached to the smartphone and try
again.
僅The vehicle may not be controlled by
the smart phone if any of the follow
-
ing occurs:
-Basic and necessary functions of
the smart phone are operating
(general call, urgent call, audio or
NFC payment)
-Using wireless earphone (general
call, urgent call, audio)
-When Digital Key 2 Touch app
function is being limited due to
smartphone default settings or app
launch priority policy per manufac
-
turer
Features of your vehicle
224
Theft-alarm system
Theft-alarm system
The theft-alarm system is designed to
provide protection from unauthorized
entry into the vehicle.
1
Armed stage
2
Theft-alarm stage
3
Disarmed stage
This system is operated in three stages:
the first is the "Armed" stage, the second
is the "Theft-alarm" stage, and the third
is the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, the
system provides an audible alarm with
blinking of the hazard warning lights.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it.
Armed stage
Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
Arm the system as described below.
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Make sure that all doors, the hood
and liftgate are closed and latched.
3.Lock the doors by pressing the button
of the front outside door handle with
the smart key in your possession.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will operate
once to indicate that the system is
armed.
If any door (or liftgate) or hood
remains open, the hazard warning
lights and the chime will not operate
and the theft-alarm will not arm. If all
doors, liftgate and hood are closed
after the lock button is pressed, the
hazard warning lights blink once.
The system can also be armed by
locking the doors with the key from
the front doors; however, the hazard
warning lights will not blink using this
method.
4. Lock the doors by pressing the lock
button on the smart key.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will operate
once to indicate that the system is
armed.
NOTICE
Do not arm the system until all passen
-
gers have left the vehicle. If the system is
armed while a passenger(s) remains in
the vehicle, the alarm may be activated
when the remaining passenger(s) leaves
the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) or
hood is opened within 30 seconds after
the system enters the armed stage, the
system will be disarmed to prevent
unnecessary alarm.
Theft-alarm stage
The alarm will be activated if any of the
following occurs while the system is
armed.
僅A front or rear door is opened without
using the smart key.
僅The liftgate is opened without using
the smart key.
僅The hood is opened.
ONQ5A041018
23
4
4
Features of your vehicleDoor locks
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously for
approximately 27 seconds, and the horn
will repeat 3 times unless the system is
disarmed. To turn off the system, unlock
the doors with the transmitter (or smart
key).
Disarmed stage
The system will be disarmed when:
僅The door unlock button is pressed.
僅The button of the front outside door is
pressed while carrying the smart key.
僅The engine is started. (within 3 sec
-
onds)
After pressing the unlock button, the
hazard warning lights will blink and the
chime will sound twice (in smart key) to
indicate that the system is disarmed.
After pressing the unlock button, if any
door (or liftgate) is not opened within 30
seconds, the system will be rearmed.
NOTICE
僅Avoid trying to start the engine while
the alarm is activated. The vehicle
starting motor is disabled during the
theft-alarm stage.
If the system is not disarmed with the
transmitter, turn the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position and
wait for 30 seconds. Then the system
will be disarmed.
僅If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized Kia dealer.
Door locks
Get to know how to use the door lock so
that you can lock or unlock the door if
necessary.
Operating door locks from out
-
side the vehicle
1.Pull out the door handle.
2.Press the lever (1) located inside the
bottom part of the cover with a key or
flat-head screwdriver.
3.Push out the cover (2) while pressing
the lever.
4.Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to unlock (A) and toward the
front of the vehicle to lock (B).
僅If you lock the driver's door with a key,
only the driver's door will lock/unlock.
僅From the driver's door, turn the key
toward the rear of the vehicle once to
unlock the driver's door and once
more within 4 seconds to unlock all
doors.
僅Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the smart key.
僅Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
OON042047_2
Features of your vehicle
244
Door locks
僅When closing the door, push the door
by hand. Make sure the doors are
closed securely.
僅Before pulling the outside door han
-
dle, remove the key to avoid damag
-
ing the paintwork.
NOTICE
僅In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
僅If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
times in rapid succession with either
the vehicle key or door lock switch,
the system may stop operating tem
-
porarily in order to protect the circuit
and prevent damage to system com
-
ponents.
WARNING
僅Securely close your door before you
begin driving. Failure to fully close
your door may cause it to be opened
during vehicle operation.
僅Keep your body out of the way of the
closing door to prevent injuries.
WARNING
If adult passengers must remain in the
vehicle while it is very hot or cold out
-
side, there is risk of injuries or danger to
life. Do not lock the vehicle from the out
-
side when there are adult passengers in
the vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not unnecessarily open and close the
door repeatedly or with excessive force.
Such action can damage the vehicle
door.
NOTICE
Always place the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the OFF position, engage the
parking brake, close all windows, and
lock all doors when leaving your vehicle
unattended.
Operating door locks from inside
the vehicle
You can operate door locks with the
door lock button or central door lock
switch.
With the door lock button
僅To unlock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the "Unlock" position. The
red mark on the door lock button will
be visible.
僅To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the "Lock" position. If the
door is locked properly, the red mark
on the door lock button will not be vis
-
ible.
僅To open a door, pull the door handle
(2) outward.
僅If the inner door handle of the driver's
(or front passenger's) door is pulled
when the door lock button is in the
lock position, the button will unlock
and the door will open.
僅Doors cannot be locked if the smart
key is in the vehicle and/or door is
open.
OON042048
25
4
4
Features of your vehicleDoor locks
Door lock malfunction
If a power door lock ever fails to function
while you are in the vehicle, try one or
more of the following techniques to exit:
僅Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and man
-
ual) while simultaneously pulling on
the door handle.
僅Operate the other door locks and han
-
dles, front and rear.
僅Lower a front window and use the key
to unlock the door from outside.
WARNING
Do not pull the inner door handle of the
driver's (or passenger's) door while the
vehicle is moving.
With central door lock switch
Driver side
Passenger side
Operate by pressing the central door
lock switch.
僅When pressing the right portion (1) for
the driver side or the upper portion (1)
for the passenger side of the switch,
all vehicle doors will lock.
僅When pressing the left portion (2) for
the driver side or the lower portion (2)
for the passenger side of the switch,
all vehicle doors will unlock.
僅If the smart key is in the vehicle and
any door is opened, the doors will not
lock even though the right portion (1)
for the driver side or upper portion (1)
for the passenger side of the central
door lock switch is pressed.
WARNING
Doors
僅The doors should always be fully
closed and locked while the vehicle is
in motion to prevent accidental open
-
ing of a door.
僅Be careful when opening doors and
watch out for vehicles, motorcycles,
bicycles or pedestrians approaching
the vehicle in the path of the door.
Opening a door when something is
approaching can result in an accident
to cause vehicle damage or serious
injury.
WARNING
Unattended children, the elderly or
pets
An enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or severe
injury such as heatstroke to unattended
children, the elderly or pets who cannot
escape the vehicle. When left or trapped
in a hot vehicle, make sure to stay
hydrated and avoid sun exposure
through the vehicle’s windshield. Fur
-
thermore, children might operate fea
-
tures of the vehicle that could injure
them, or they could encounter other
harm, possibly from someone gaining
OON042049
OON042410
Features of your vehicle
264
Door locks
entry to the vehicle. Never leave children
or animals unattended in your vehicle.
Door lock/unlock features
The vehicle is equipped with door lock/
unlock features for the safety and con
-
venience of passengers.
Impact sensing door unlock sys
-
tem
All doors will automatically unlock when
an impact causes the air bags to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system
All doors will automatically lock after the
vehicle speed exceeds 10 mph (15 km/
h).
You can activate or deactivate the auto
door lock/unlock features in the vehicle.
Refer to "Vehicle settings (infotainment
system)" on page 4-95.
Auto UNLOCK On Shift to P
When this feature is set in the infotain
-
ment system screen, all the doors will be
unlocked automatically when the vehicle
is shifted back into P (Park) while the
vehicle is ON.
Electronic child safety lock sys
-
tem
If you push the electronic child safety
lock switch and the indicator illuminates,
rear passengers cannot open the rear
door from inside the vehicle.
To cancel the electronic child safety lock
system, push the electronic child safety
lock system switch one more time and
then the indicator turns off.
Safe Exit Assist is operated when the
electronic child safety lock system is
activated and Safe Exit Assist is selected
in the cluster. However, Safe Exit Assist
does not automatically activate the elec
-
tronic child safety lock system.
The electronic child safety lock system is
always on when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is in the ON or ignition ON
state and for approximately 10 minutes
after the engine is turned off.
If your vehicle is equipped with the Elec
-
tronic child safety lock system, the Child-
protector rear door locks, which are
manually operated, are not provided.
If electronic child safety lock system is
activated, rear passenger cannot open
or close the rear window also. For more
details, refer to "Windows" on page 4-41.
NOTICE
If the Electronic child safety lock system
is not operated when pushing the Elec
-
tronic child safety lock switch, the mes
-
sage is displayed and the alarm will
sound.
A:
Child safety lock failure
If this occurs, have the system checked
by a professional workshop. Visit an
authorized Kia dealer.
OON042051
OSG2EV042132N
27
4
4
Features of your vehicleDoor locks
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) sys
-
tem
The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) is pro
-
vided to help prevent exiting the vehicle
with a rear passenger left in the vehicle.
僅1st alert
-When you open the front door after
opening and closing the rear door
and turning off the engine, the
"Check rear seats" warning mes
-
sage appears on the cluster.
僅2nd alert
-After the 1st alert the 2nd alert
operates when any movement is
detected in the rear seat after the
driver's door is closed and all the
doors are locked. The horn will acti
-
vate for about 25 seconds. If the
system continues to detect a move
-
ment the alert operates up to 8
times.
-Unlock the door with the remote
key or smart key to stop the alert.
-The system detects movement in
the vehicle for 24 hours after the
door is locked.
The 2nd alert is activated only after the
prior activation of the 1st alert.
You can activate or deactivate the ROA
from the User Settings mode in the clus
-
ter LCD display. The option can be found
under the following menu:
User Settings → Convenience → Rear
Occupant Alert
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
NOTICE
僅Make sure that all the windows are
closed. If the window is open, the alert
may activate by the sensor detecting
an unintended movement (e.g., wind
or bugs).
Cluster
A:
Check rear seat for passengers
and belongings
Steering wheel
僅If you do not want to use the Rear
Occupant Alert (ROA) system, press
OK button on the steering wheel when
the 1st alert is displayed on the clus
-
ter. Doing so will deactivate the 2nd
alert once.
僅If boxes or objects are stacked in the
vehicle, the system may not detect
the obstacle. Also, the warning may
generate if the box or object falls off.
僅The sensor may not operate normally
if the senor is obscured by foreign
substances.
僅The alert may activate if movement in
the driver or passenger seat is
detected.
OON042473
OON042096
Features of your vehicle
284
Driver position memory system for power seat
僅The alert may activate with the doors
locked due to car wash or surround
-
ing vibration or noise.
僅Inside movement detection is stopped
under remote start status.
NOTICE
僅Even if your vehicle is equipped with
the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) sys
-
tem, always make sure you check the
rear seat before you exit the vehicle.
The alert may not operate if:
-The movement does not continue
for a certain period of time or the
movement is small.
-If a child sits on a vehicle seat with
-
out a child car seat.
-The rear passenger is covered with
an obstacle such as a blanket.
-Also, always be cautious of the pas
-
senger's safety as the detection
function and 2nd alert may not
operate depending on the sur
-
rounding environment and certain
conditions.
Driver position memory sys
-
tem for power seat (if
equipped)
A driver position memory system is pro
-
vided to store and recall the driver seat,
outside rearview mirror and Head-Up
Display (HUD) position with a simple
button operation.
By saving the desired position into the
system memory, different drivers can
reposition the driver seat based upon
their driving preference. If the battery is
disconnected, the desired seat position
memory will need to be re-saved.
Driver seat/outside rearview mirror:
location
Head-Up Display (HUD): height
WARNING
Driver position memory system
Never attempt to operate the driver
position memory system while the vehi
-
cle is moving.
This could result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
The driver position memory system
requires a large amount of electric
power.
Refrain from using the system when the
engine is stopped to prevent battery dis
-
charge.
OON032009
29
4
4
Features of your vehicleDriver position memory system for power seat
Storing driver's seat positions
1.Place the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is ON while the vehicle stop.
2.Adjust the driver's seat and outside
rearview mirror comfortable for the
driver.
3.Press SET button on the control panel.
The system will beep once.
4.Press one of the memory buttons (1 or
2) within 4 seconds after pressing the
SET button. The system will beep
twice when memory has been suc
-
cessfully stored.
When recalling an adjustment memory
button while sitting in the vehicle, you
can be surprised by the setting chosen if
the memory has been adjusted by
someone else. If that occurs, immedi
-
ately push the seat position control
switch in the direction of the desired
position to stop further undesired move
-
ment.
Recalling positions from memory
Operate the following steps while the
vehicle is stopped:
僅To recall a position already stored in
the memory, press the desired mem
-
ory button (1 or 2). The system will
beep once, then the driver's seat will
automatically adjust to the stored
position.
If you adjust the control switch for the
driver's seat while the system is recalling
the stored position, the seat will stop and
then move in the direction that the con
-
trol switch is moved.
Setting the easy access function
(if equipped)
The driver position memory system will
move the driver's seat automatically as
follows:
The driver can turn off or set the driver's
seat settings in the user settings mode in
the instrument cluster.
1.Press the MODE button () several
times on the steering wheel until 'User
Settings' menu appears on the LCD.
2.Select 'Convenience → Seat Easy
Access → OFF/Normal/Extend' and
'Convenience → Seat upward/down
-
ward' with the MOVE switch ( /
) and the OK button on the steer
-
ing wheel.
僅It will move the driver's seat rearward
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is changed to the OFF position.
僅It will move the driver's seat forward
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is changed to the ACC or START
position and front driver's door is
opened.
僅It will move the driver's seat forward
and upward when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in ON. It will
move the driver's seat backward and
downward when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is in OFF.
You can activate or deactivate this fea
-
ture. Refer to "Vehicle settings (infotain
-
ment system)" on page 4-95.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Features of your vehicle
304
Driver position memory system for power seat
WARNING
Upward/downward movement of the
seat may not work when passengers get
on/off the vehicle in order to prevent
foot injuries in certain places.
Resetting the driver position
memory system
If the driver position memory system
reset fails to work, initialize the system
as follows.
How to initialize:
1.Stop the car and open the driver's
door with the ENGINE START/STOP
button in ON and the automatic shift
lever in P (parking) position.
2.Pull the driver's seat forward as far as
possible and have the seatback
upright as much as possible using
driver's seat forward/backward
adjustment and seatback angle
(recline) movement switches.
3.Push SET button and seat forward
movement switch button for 2 sec
-
onds simultaneously.
Initialization in the process:
1.Initialization begins as the alarm
sounds.
2.The seat and seatback will automati
-
cally move backwards. The alarm
sound will continue while the system
is in operation.
3.Initialization will be all set after the
seat and seatback move to the center
with alarm sound being raised.
However, the initialization process will
come to a stop and the alarm sound
will stop as well.
僅When pushing driving position
memory system button
僅When pushing driver's seat height
adjustment switch
僅When the driving speed exceeds 2
mph (3 km/h)
僅When the driver's door is closed
NOTICE
僅When the operation of the driver's
seat and alarm sound stop during the
initialization process, start the process
again.
僅Make sure that there are no obstacles
around the driver's seat before start
-
ing initialization.
僅When the initialization is finished,
adjust the seat to a position comfort
-
able for the driver and save it to the
driver position memory system.
31
4
4
Features of your vehicleManual liftgate
Manual liftgate
When you open the liftgate, you will see
a space where you can load the cargo.
Opening the manual liftgate
The liftgate is locked or unlocked when
all doors are locked or unlocked with the
key, smart key or central door lock/
unlock switch.
CAUTION
Liftgate lift
Make certain that you close the liftgate
before driving your vehicle. Possible
damage may occur to the liftgate gas
lifters and attached hardware if the lift
-
gate is not closed prior to driving.
僅Only the liftgate is unlocked if the lift
-
gate unlock button on the transmitter
or smart key is pressed for approxi
-
mately 1 second.
僅If unlocked, the liftgate can be opened
by pressing the handle and pulling it
up.
僅Once the liftgate is opened and then
closed, the liftgate locks automati
-
cally. (All doors must be locked.)
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock and
door mechanisms may not work prop
-
erly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
The liftgate swings upward. Make sure
no objects or people are near the rear of
the vehicle when opening the liftgate.
Closing the manual liftgate
Lower and push down the liftgate firmly.
Make sure that the liftgate is securely
latched.
Make sure your hands, feet and other
parts of your body are safely out of the
way before closing the liftgate.
WARNING
Exhaust Fumes
The liftgate should always be kept com
-
pletely closed while the vehicle is in
motion. If it is left open or ajar, poison
-
ous exhaust gases may enter the car
and serious illness or death may result.
OON042052_2
OON042478
Features of your vehicle
324
Manual liftgate
Opening the manual liftgate in
emergency
Your vehicle is equipped with the emer
-
gency liftgate safety release lever
located on the bottom of the liftgate.
When someone is inadvertently locked
in the luggage compartment.
The liftgate can be opened by doing as
follows:
1.Input the mechanical key into the
hole.
2.Push the mechanical key to the right
(1).
3.Push the liftgate upwards.
WARNING
僅No one should be allowed to occupy
the cargo area of the vehicle at any
time. The cargo area is a very danger
-
ous location in the event of a crash.
僅Use the release lever for emergencies
only. Use with extreme caution, espe
-
cially while the vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before open
-
ing or closing the liftgate. Wait until the
liftgate is open fully and stopped before
loading or unloading cargo from the
vehicle.
WARNING
Do not grasp the part supporting the lift
-
gate (gas lifter), as this may cause seri
-
ous injury.
OON042069
OON042097
33
4
4
Features of your vehiclePower liftgate
Power liftgate (if equipped)
Power liftgate operating condi
-
tions
The power liftgate operates when the
gear is in P (Park) with the engine run
-
ning. However, the power liftgate will
operate regardless of the gear position
when the engine is off. Also, the liftgate
can be opened only when vehicle speed
is below 1.8 mph (3 km/h).
For safety, before attempting to open or
close the liftgate, make sure the vehicle
is in P (Park).
WARNING
僅Never leave children or animals unat
-
tended in your vehicle. Children may
operate the power liftgate. Doing so
can result in injury to themselves or
others and can damage the vehicle.
僅Make sure that there are no people or
objects in the path of the power
liftgate or smart liftgate prior to use.
Serious injury, damage to the vehicle
or damage to surrounding objects (for
example, walls, ceilings, vehicles, etc.)
may result if contact with the liftgate
occurs.
A: 28 inches (70 cm)
B: 28 inches (70 cm)
僅A liftgate covered with snow or
equipped with heavy objects (e.g. bike
racks, ladders) may not be opened;
with the liftgate open, it may be acci
-
dentally closed, causing injuries to
anyone around the vehicle.
僅Do not open the liftgate if the liftgate
is covered with snow or equipped with
heavy objects.
僅Make sure to remove snow and heavy
objects before opening the liftgate.
NOTICE
僅Do not close or open the liftgate man
-
ually. This may cause damage to the
power liftgate. If it is necessary to
close or open the liftgate manually
when the battery is discharged or dis
-
connected, do not apply excessive
force.
僅Do not operate the power liftgate
more than 10 times continuously
when the engine is not running. Use
the power liftgate with the engine run
-
ning when the power liftgate is used
repeatedly to prevent battery dis
-
charge.
僅Do not leave the power liftgate open
for a long period of time. This may
drain the battery.
僅Do not apply excessive force when
the power liftgate is operating. Doing
so could result in vehicle damage.
僅Do not grab or hold on to the liftgate
support struts at any time. Damage to
the liftgate support struts could result.
Deformation of the liftgate support
struts may cause vehicle damage and
personal injury may occur.
OON042458
OON042097
Features of your vehicle
344
Power liftgate
僅Do not modify or repair any part of
the power liftgate by yourself. This
must be done by an authorized Kia
dealer.
僅Do not operate the power liftgate
under the following conditions. The
power liftgate may not operate prop
-
erly.
-One side of the vehicle is lifted to
inspect the vehicle or change a tire
-Parking on an uneven road such as
a slope, etc.
僅Close the liftgate completely and lock
all doors and liftgate using the central
door lock button before using an
automatic car wash.
僅Do not spray high pressure water
directly on the power liftgate outside
open/close button. The liftgate may
open unintentionally.
INFORMATION
僅If the liftgate is not fully closed and
vehicle speed is at or above 1.8 mph
(3 km/h), a warning will sound 10
times. Immediately park the vehicle at
a safe place, close the liftgate, and
check that the liftgate open warning
on the instrument cluster is turned off.
僅In cold and wet climates, the outside
power liftgate open/close button may
not work properly due to freezing
conditions. If this occurs, remove the
ice before using the outside power
liftgate open/close button or use the
power liftgate open/close button on
the smart key or the instrument panel.
僅Operating the power liftgate more
than 5 times continuously could cause
damage to the operating motor. If this
occurs, the power liftgate will not
operate to prevent the motor from
overheating. If any of the power
liftgate buttons are pressed to try to
open the liftgate, the chime will sound
3 times, but the liftgate will remain
closed. Allow the power liftgate sys
-
tem to cool for about 1 minute before
operating the system again.
Operating the power liftgate
Power liftgate open/close button
(Smart key, Instrument panel)
Press the power liftgate open/close but
-
ton for 1 second. The liftgate opens or
closes with a warning sound.
While the liftgate is opening or closing,
press the button to stop liftgate opera
-
tion.
OON042499
OON042059
35
4
4
Features of your vehiclePower liftgate
Power liftgate open/close button
(Outside the power liftgate)
When the liftgate is closed, press the
power liftgate open/close button to open
the liftgate.
If the vehicle is locked, press the power
liftgate open/close button with the smart
key in your possession.
If the liftgate is unlocked, the liftgate will
open or close with a warning sound
when the power liftgate open/close but
-
ton is pressed without carrying the
smart key.
Power liftgate open/close button
(Inside the power liftgate)
Press the power liftgate open/close but
-
ton. The liftgate opens or closes with a
warning sound.
Automatic reverse
During power liftgate operation if the
power liftgate senses any obstacle, the
liftgate will stop or will fully open. The
automatic reverse feature may not oper
-
ate properly, or it may operate unex
-
pectedly under the following
circumstances:
僅The automatic reverse feature may
not detect the resistance if the
detected resistance is below a certain
level, or if the liftgate is almost fully
closed near the latched position.
僅The automatic reverse feature may
operate if a strong impact is applied
with no obstructions placed.
WARNING
Never intentionally place any object or
part of your body in the path of the
power liftgate to make sure the auto
-
matic reverse feature operates. Serious
injury, or damage to the vehicle or object
may occur.
INFORMATION
The power liftgate may stop operating if
the automatic reverse feature operates
more than two times while attempting to
open or close the liftgate. If this occurs,
carefully open or close the liftgate man
-
ually, and then after 30 seconds try to
operate the power liftgate automatically
again.
Setting the power liftgate
To use each feature, you must select the
opening speed or opening height from
the settings menu. Deselect the settings
when you do not want to use the fea
-
ture.
OON042052_2
OON042476
Features of your vehicle
364
Power liftgate
Power liftgate opening speed
To adjust the power liftgate speed,
select 'Setup → Vehicle Settings → Door/
Liftgate → Power Liftgate Opening
Speed → Fast/Normal' in the infotain
-
ment system. (Default setting is 'Fast')
Power liftgate opening height
To adjust the power liftgate opening
height, select 'Setup → Vehicle Settings
→ Door/Liftgate → Power Liftgate Open
-
ing Height → Full Open/Level 3/Level 2/
Level 1/User Height Setting' in the info
-
tainment system.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
User height setting
1.Position the liftgate manually to the
height you prefer.
2.Press the power liftgate open/close
button located inside the liftgate for
more than 3 seconds.
If 'User Height Setting' is selected for
the power liftgate opening height, the
power liftgate will automatically open
to the height manually set by you.
INFORMATION
僅If the power liftgate opening height
has not been manually set, the power
liftgate will fully open when 'User
Height Setting' from the infotainment
system is selected.
僅If one of the height setting (Full Open/
Level 3/Level 2/Level 1) is selected
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system, and then 'User
Height Setting' is selected, the liftgate
will open to the height manually set
by you.
僅The power liftgate opening speed and
opening height settings change
according to the linked User Profile. If
the User Profile is changed, power
liftgate opening speed and opening
height settings will change accord
-
ingly.
僅The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
Resetting the power liftgate
In some circumstances resetting the
power liftgate operation may need to be
performed. Some instances where reset
-
ting the power liftgate may be required
include:
僅When the 12-volt battery is recharged
僅When the 12-volt battery is reinstalled
after removal or replacement
僅When the related fuse is reinstalled
after removal or replacement
1.With the vehicle off or running, put
the gear in P (Park).
2.Press the power liftgate open/close
inner button (1) and outer button (2)
simultaneously until a chime sounds.
3.Slowly close the liftgate manually.
4.Press the power liftgate open/close
outer button. The power liftgate will
open with a chime sound.
OON042437_2
37
4
4
Features of your vehiclePower liftgate
Wait until the liftgate fully opens to
complete resetting. If the liftgate stops
before it is fully open, resetting cannot
be completed.
INFORMATION
If the power liftgate does not operate
properly after the above procedure,
have the system inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Emergency liftgate safety release
To unlock and open the liftgate manu
-
ally from inside the luggage compart
-
ment, perform the following procedure:
1.Insert a long, flat object, such as a key
into the opening at the bottom of the
liftgate.
2.Slide the latch in the direction of the
arrow to unlock the liftgate.
3.Push the liftgate to open.
WARNING
僅For emergencies, be fully aware of the
location of the emergency liftgate
safety release latch in the vehicle and
how to open the liftgate if you are
accidentally locked in the luggage
compartment.
僅No one, including animals, should be
allowed to occupy the luggage com
-
partment of the vehicle at any time.
The luggage compartment is a very
dangerous location in the event of an
accident.
僅Use the release latch for emergencies
only. Use extreme caution, especially
while the vehicle is in motion.
Power liftgate automatic close
Using power liftgate automatic
close feature
1.When the liftgate is open, approach
the detecting area, which is 20~40
inches (50~100 cm) from behind the
liftgate with the smart key in your
possession. Wait for approximately 3
seconds until the chime sounds.
2.With the smart key, move away from
the vehicle. The liftgate closes auto
-
matically with a chime sound.
Setting Power liftgate automatic
close
A:
Vehicle Settings
1 Door
2 Liftgate Auto Close
With the vehicle on, select 'Setup →
Vehicle Settings → Door/Liftgate →
Power Liftgate Auto Close' to turn on
Power Liftgate Auto Close and deselect
to turn off the feature in the infotain
-
ment system.
OON042069
OON042475
OON042147
Features of your vehicle
384
Smart Power Liftgate
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Press the automatic close release button
while the liftgate is open. The power
liftgate automatic close feature will turn
off.
Smart Power Liftgate (if
equipped)
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key,
the liftgate can be opened using the
Smart Power Liftgate system.
Using the smart power liftgate
The liftgate can be opened with no-
touch activation when all of the below
conditions have been satisfied.
僅15 seconds have passed after all
doors have been closed and locked.
僅The smart key is positioned within the
detecting area for more than 3 sec
-
onds.
NOTICE
僅The Smart Power Liftgate does not
operate when:
-The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed
and locked, and is continuously
detected.
-The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed
and locked, and within 60 inches
(1.5 m) from the front door handles.
(for vehicles equipped with Wel
-
come Light)
-A door is not locked or closed.
-The smart key is in the vehicle.
To activate the Smart Power Liftgate
1.Press the MODE button () several
times on the steering wheel until 'User
Settings' menu appears on the LCD.
OON042477
OON042062
39
4
4
Features of your vehicleSmart Power Liftgate
2.Select 'Door → Smart Power Liftgate'
with the MOVE switch ( / ) and
the OK button on the steering wheel.
For more information, refer to "LCD
display" on page 4-76.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Detect and Alert
If you are in the detecting area (20~39
inches (50~100 cm) behind the vehicle)
carrying a smart key, the hazard warn
-
ing lights will blink and the chime will
sound for about 3 seconds. This alerts
you that the smart key has been
detected and the liftgate will open.
NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area if
you do not want the liftgate to open. If
you have unintentionally entered the
detecting area and the hazard warning
lights and chime starts to operate, leave
the detecting area with the smart key.
The liftgate will stay closed.
Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink and
chime will sound 2 times and then the
liftgate will open.
Make sure you close the liftgate before
driving your vehicle.
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before open
-
ing or closing the liftgate. Make sure
objects in the liftgate do not come out
when opening the liftgate on a slope. It
may cause serious injury. Make sure to
deactivate the Smart Power Liftgate
when washing your vehicle. Otherwise,
the liftgate may open inadvertently. The
key should be kept out of reach of chil
-
dren. Children may inadvertently open
the Smart Power Liftgate while playing
around the rear area of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Liftgate lift
Make certain that you close the liftgate
before driving your vehicle. Possible
damage may occur to the liftgate gas
lifters and attached hardware if the lift
-
gate is not closed prior to driving.
OON042063
OON042065
Features of your vehicle
404
Smart Power Liftgate
Deactivating the smart power lift
-
gate with the smart key
1
Door lock
2
Door unlock
3
Liftgate open
4
Panic
5
Remote start
僅If you press any button of the smart
key during the Detect and Alert stage,
the Smart Power Liftgate function will
be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to deacti
-
vate the Smart Power Liftgate function
for emergency situations.
NOTICE
僅If you press the door unlock button
(2), the Smart Power Liftgate function
will be deactivated temporarily. But, if
you do not open any door for 30 sec
-
onds, the smart power liftgate func
-
tion will be activated again.
僅If you press the liftgate open button
(3) for more than 1 second, the liftgate
opens.
僅If you press the door lock button (1) or
liftgate open button (3) when the
Smart Power Liftgate function is not in
the Detect and Alert stage, the smart
power liftgate function will not be
deactivated.
僅In case you have deactivated the
Smart Power Liftgate function by
pressing the smart key button and
opened a door, the smart power lift
-
gate function can be activated again
by closing and locking all doors.
Detecting area
僅The Smart Power Liftgate operates
with a welcome alert if the smart key
is detected within 20~39 inches
(50~100 cm)from the liftgate.
僅The alert stops once the smart key is
positioned outside the detecting area
during the Detect and Alert stage.
NOTICE
僅The Smart Power Liftgate function will
not work if any of the following
occurs:
-The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the trans
-
mitter.
-The smart key is near a mobile two-
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
-Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
僅The detecting range may decrease or
increase when:
-One side of the tire is raised to
replace a tire or to inspect the vehi
-
cle.
-The vehicle is parked on a slope or
unpaved road, etc.
OON042482
OON042068
41
4
4
Features of your vehicleWindows
Windows
The doors of this vehicle are equipped with power windows that can be operated by
a switch.
1.Driver's door power window switch
2.Front passenger's door power window switch
3.Rear door (left) power window switch
4. Rear door (right) power window switch
5.Window opening and closing
6.Automatic power window up/down
7.Power window lock switch
OON042438_5
Features of your vehicle
424
Windows
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power windows
may not work properly due to freezing
conditions.
The ENGINE START/STOP button must
be in the ON position for power windows
to operate.
Each door has a power window switch
that controls the door's window. The
driver has a power window lock switch
which can block the operation of rear
passenger windows. The power windows
can be operated for approximately 10
minutes after the ENGINE START/STOP
button has been placed in the ON posi
-
tion. However, if the front doors are
opened, the power windows cannot be
operated even within the 10 minutes
period.
The driver's door has a master power
window switch that controls all the win
-
dows in the vehicle.
If the window cannot be closed because
it is blocked by objects, remove the
objects and close the window.
NOTICE
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if equipped) in
an open (or partially open position), your
vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffet
-
ing or pulsation noise. This noise is a
normal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following
actions. If the noise occurs with one or
both of the rear windows down, partially
lower both front windows approximately
1 inch (2.5 cm). If you experience the
noise with the sunroof open, slightly
reduce the size of the sunroof opening.
CAUTION
Do not install any accessories in the
vehicle that extend into the open win
-
dow area. Such objects will impact the
proper function of the Automatic rever
-
sal "jam protection" feature.
NOTICE
If you press the one-touch window but
-
ton for micro adjustment, the glass will
go down to a specific location to
improve your convenience.
Window opening and closing
You can open and close windows using
the power window switch.
Auto up/down window
Pressing or pulling up the power window
switch momentarily to the second detent
position (2) completely lowers or raises
the window even when the switch is
released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up or press down and
release the switch (1).
If the power window does not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1.Place the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton to the ON position.
2.Close the window and continue pull
-
ing up the power window switch for at
least 1 second after the window is
completely closed.
ONQ5031015L
43
4
4
Features of your vehicleWindows
Automatic reversal
If the upward movement of the window
is blocked by an object or part of the
body, the window will detect the resis
-
tance and will stop upward movement.
The window will then lower approxi
-
mately 11.8 inches (30 cm) to allow the
object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is pulled
up continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower approxi
-
mately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is being con
-
tinuously pulled up again within 5 sec
-
onds after the window was lowered by
the automatic window reversal feature,
the automatic window reversal will not
operate.
NOTICE
The automatic reverse feature for the
window is only active when the "auto up"
feature is used by fully pulling up the
switch. The automatic reverse feature
will not operate if the window is raised
using the halfway position on the power
window switch.
WARNING
Always check for obstructions before
raising any window to avoid injuries or
vehicle damage. If an object less than
0.16 of an inch (4 mm) in diameter is
caught between the window glass and
the upper window channel, the auto
-
matic reverse window may not detect
the resistance and will not stop and
reverse direction.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn't
activate while resetting the power win
-
dow system. Make sure body parts or
other objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to avoid inju
-
ries.
WARNING
Do not install any accessories in the
vehicle that extend into the open win
-
dow area. Such objects could prevent
the automatic reverse feature from
functioning.
Power window lock switch
The driver can disable the power win
-
dow switches on the rear passengers'
doors by pressing the power window
lock switch to the lock position (pressed).
When the power window lock switch is
pressed:
僅The driver's master control can oper
-
ate the front passenger's power win
-
OGL3061066L
OON042051
Features of your vehicle
444
Windows
dow and the rear passengers' power
windows.
僅The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's power
window.
僅The rear passengers' control cannot
operate the rear passengers' power
window.
* If the power window lock switch is
operated (indicator turns on), rear pas
-
senger cannot open the rear door
(With the Electronic Child Safety Lock
System). For more details, refer to
"Electronic child safety lock system" on
page 4-26.
Always double check to make sure all
arms, hands, head and other obstruc
-
tions are safely out of the way before
closing a window.
If the window cannot be closed because
it is blocked by objects, remove the
objects and close the window.
WARNING
Power windows
僅Do not allow children to play with the
power windows. Keep the power win
-
dow lock switch (on the driver's door)
in the LOCK (pressed) position.
僅Do not extend a face or arms outside
the window opening while the vehicle
is in motion. Doing so could result in
significant bodily injury.
WARNING
僅When exiting the vehicle, turn the
engine switch off, take the key with
you, and make sure that all children
have also exited the vehicle. If a child
is left alone inside the vehicle, they
may accidentally operate the vehicle,
which could lead to an accident or
injury.
僅Do not leave children, seniors, or ani
-
mals in your vehicle with the doors
and windows closed.
僅Do not allow a child to hold both the
remote control key and the mechani
-
cal key together.
Remote window opening
If Auto window down function (safety
window function) is equipped, you can
still control the corresponding windows
movement with engine turned off.
Press the Door Unlock button (1) for
more than 3 seconds. The window
moves down after the doors are
unlocked, as long as you press the door
unlock button (1). The window move
-
ment stops, when you release the door
unlock button (1).
* Remote window opening requires the
automatic power window down for all
seats to be applied.
WARNING
If you stay on the function after operat
-
ing the Remote window opening func
-
tion, it is likely to cause a theft. In
addition, please use caution there might
be a malfunction due to the inflow of
water while raining.
OON042500
45
4
4
Features of your vehicleHood
CAUTION
僅The remote window opening function
may abruptly stop, when you move
away from your vehicle during opera
-
tion. Stay in close proximity from your
vehicle, while monitoring the window
movement.
僅One of the windows may stop operat
-
ing, when the window is interrupted
by certain force. However, the other
windows will keep operating. Thus,
you should make sure that all win
-
dows are opened.
僅Be careful when using the remote
window opening function, as the
doors will be unlocked.
Hood
The hood serves as a cover for the
engine compartment. Open the hood if
maintenance work needs to be per
-
formed in the engine compartment or if
you need to look at the compartment.
Opening the hood
1.Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should pop open
slightly.
WARNING
Open the hood after turning off the
engine on a flat surface, shifting the shift
lever to the P (Park) position and setting
the parking brake.
2.Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the
hood slightly, push the secondary
latch (1) up side and lift the hood (2).
3.Raise the hood. It will completely rise
by itself after it has been raised about
halfway.
OON042073
OON042074
Features of your vehicle
464
Hood
Hood open warning
A warning message will appear on the
LCD display when hood is open.
The warning chime will operate when
the vehicle is being driven above 2 mph
(3 km/h) with the hood open.
Closing the hood
1.Before closing the hood, check the
following:
僅All filler caps in the engine com
-
partment must be correctly
installed.
僅Gloves, rags or any other combusti
-
ble material must be removed from
the engine compartment.
2.Lower the hood halfway and push
down to securely lock in place.
3.Then double check to be sure the
hood is secure.
僅If the hood can be raise slightly, it is
not properly engaged.
僅Open it again and close it with a lit
-
tle more force.
CAUTION
Hood obstruction
Before closing the hood, ensure that all
obstructions are removed from the hood
opening. Closing the hood with an
obstruction present in the hood opening
may result in severe personal injury or
properly damage.
WARNING
Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any other
combustible material in the motor com
-
partment. Doing so may cause a heat-
induced fire.
WARNING
Unsecured hood
Always double check to be sure that the
hood is firmly latched before driving
away. If it is not latched, the hood could
fly open while the vehicle is being driven,
causing a total loss of visibility, which
might result in an accident.
OON042487
OON042474
47
4
4
Features of your vehicleFuel filler door
Fuel filler door
The vehicle's fuel filler door must be
opened and closed by hand from out
-
side the vehicle.
Opening the fuel filler door
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the lid to break the ice
and release the lid. Do not apply exces
-
sive force to open the lid. If necessary,
spray around the lid with an approved
de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-
freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm
place and allow the ice to melt.
1.Stop the engine.
2.To open the fuel filler door, press the
3 o'clock position edge of the fuel filler
door.
NOTICE
The fuel filler door will unlock when
driver's door is unlocked.
To unlock fuel filler door:
僅Press the unlock button on your smart
key.
僅Press the Central Door unlock button
on armrest trim of driver’s door.
僅Pull the driver’s inside door handle
outward.
The fuel filler door will lock when all
doors are locked.
To lock fuel filler door:
僅Press the lock button on your smart
key.
僅Press the Central Door lock button on
armrest trim of driver’s door.
* All doors will automatically lock after
the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3mph (15
km/h). Fuel door is also locked when
vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15
km/h).
3.Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to fully
open.
4.To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it
counterclockwise. You may hear a
hissing noise as the pressure inside
the tank equalizes.
5.Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
WARNING
Before refueling, be sure to check what
type of fuel is used for your vehicle. If
you put diesel fuel into a gasoline-pow
-
ered vehicle or gasoline into a diesel-
powered vehicle, it may affect the fuel
system and cause serious damage to the
vehicle.
Closing the fuel filler door
1.To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it "clicks" one time. This indicates
that the cap is securely tightened.
2.Close the fuel filler door and push on
the 3 o'clock position edge of the fuel
filler door lightly gently to make sure
that it is securely closed.
OON042075
OON042076
Features of your vehicle
484
Fuel filler door
WARNING
Refueling
Always remove the fuel cap carefully
and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if
you hear a hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before completely
removing the cap.
If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
cover your clothes or skin and subject
you to the risk of fire and burns.
NOTICE
When refueling on unlevel ground, the
fuel gauge may not point to the F posi
-
tion. It is not a malfunction. If you move
your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel
gauge will move to the full position.
NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks one time,
otherwise, the engine warning indicator
light will appear.
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel spillage
in the event of an accident.
WARNING
Fire/explosion risk
Read and follow all warnings posted at
the gas station facility. Failure to follow
all warnings will result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death due to fire
or explosion.
WARNING
Static electricity
僅Before touching the fuel nozzle, you
should eliminate potentially danger
-
ous static electricity discharge by
touching another metal part of the
vehicle, a safe distance away from the
fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas
source.
僅Do not get back into a vehicle once
you have begun refueling since you
can generate static electricity by
touching, rubbing or sliding against
any item or fabric (polyester, satin,
nylon, etc.) capable of producing
static electricity. Static electricity dis
-
charge can ignite fuel vapors resulting
in rapid burning. If you must reenter
the vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching a
metal part of the vehicle, away from
the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other
gasoline source.
WARNING
Portable fuel container
When using an approved portable fuel
container, be sure to place the container
on the ground prior to refueling. Static
electricity discharge from the container
can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact with
the vehicle should be maintained until
the filling is complete. Use only
approved portable plastic fuel contain
-
ers designed to carry and store gasoline.
WARNING
Cell phone fires
Do not use cellular phones while refuel
-
ing. Electric current and/or electronic
interference from cellular phones can
potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a
fire.
49
4
4
Features of your vehicleFuel filler door
WARNING
Refueling & Vehicle fires
When refueling, always shut the engine
off. Sparks produced by electrical com
-
ponents related to the engine can ignite
fuel vapors causing a fire. Once refuel
-
ing is complete, check to make sure the
filler cap and filler door are securely
closed, before starting the engine.
WARNING
Smoking
DO NOT use matches or a lighter and
DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette
in your vehicle while at a gas station
especially during refueling. Automotive
fuel is highly flammable and can result
in fire when ignited.
Make sure to refuel your vehicle accord
-
ing to "Fuel requirements" on page 1-2.
If the fuel filler cap requires replace
-
ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or the
equivalent specified for your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a
serious malfunction of the fuel system or
emission control system.
CAUTION
Exterior paint
Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces
of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on
painted surfaces may damage the paint.
WARNING
僅Do not allow anyone that has not dis
-
charged static electricity from their
body to come close to an open fuel
tank.
僅Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
WARNING
Risk of injury from fuel
Fuels are poisonous and harmful to your
health.
僅Fuel contains substances that are
harmful if inhaled.
僅Do not swallow fuel or let it come into
contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
僅Do not inhale fuel vapors.
僅Keep children away from fuel.
If you or other people come into contact
with fuel, observe the following:
僅Immediately rinse fuel off your skin
with soap and water.
僅If fuel comes into contact with your
eyes, immediately rinse them thor
-
oughly with clean water. Seek medical
attention immediately.
僅If you swallow fuel, seek medical
attention immediately. Do not induce
vomiting.
僅Change immediately out of clothing
that has come into contact with fuel.
NOTICE
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
Fuel that does not conform to the
required quality can lead to increased
wear as well as damage to the engine
and exhaust system. Only use the fuel
recommended.
NOTICE
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
Vehicles with a gasoline engine:
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel
could result in damage to the fuel sys
-
tem, the engine and the emission control
system.
Features of your vehicle
504
Dual Wide Sunroof
NOTICE
Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with
a gasoline engine.
NOTICE
Do not switch on the ignition if you acci
-
dentally refuel with the wrong fuel. Oth
-
erwise, fuel can enter the fuel system.
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel
could result in damage to the fuel sys
-
tem and the engine. Have the system
serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Do not overfill the fuel tank
Do not overfill the fuel tank; otherwise
fuel may slide, causing harm to the envi
-
ronment and damaging the vehicle.
Dual Wide Sunroof (if
equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with a sun
-
roof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof
with the sunroof switch located on the
overhead console.
[A]: Front, [B]: Rear
The sunroof can only be operated when
the ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON or START position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
ACC or OFF position. However, if the
front door is open, the sunroof cannot
be operated even within the 30 seconds
period.
WARNING
僅Adjust the sunroof or sunshade when
your vehicle stops. This could result in
loss of control and an accident that
may cause injury, or property dam
-
age.
僅Do not leave the engine running and
the key in your vehicle with unsuper
-
vised children. Unattended children
could operate the sunroof, which
could result in serious injury.
僅Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It
may cause injury or vehicle damage.
OON042077
51
4
4
Features of your vehicleDual Wide Sunroof
NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof when roof
bars are installed on the vehicle or when
there is luggage on the roof.
Sunshade (Front)/Power sun
-
shade (Rear)
Use the power sunshade to block direct
sunlight coming through the sunroof
glass.
Front
Open or close the sunshade by hand.
INFORMATION
The sunshade opens automatically when
the sunroof glass is opened by pushing
the sunroof switch (A) rearward, but the
sunshade does not close automatically
when the sunroof glass is closed. Also,
only the sunshade cannot be closed
when the sunroof glass is opened.
NOTICE
Do not pull the sunshade up or down, or
apply excessive force as such action
may damage the sunshade or cause it to
malfunction.
Rear
Push the power sunshade open switch
(B), the power sunshade automatically
slides open. Push the power sunshade
close switch (B), the power sunshade
automatically closes.
NOTICE
Do not pull or push the power sunshade
by hand as such action may damage the
power sunshade or cause it to malfunc
-
tion.
NOTICE
Wrinkles formed on the power sunshade
are normal due to material characteris
-
tic.
Tilt open/close (Front)
1
Tilt open
2
Tilt close
僅Push the sunroof switch upward, the
sunroof glass tilts open.
OSG2H041064
OON042479
OON042435_2
OON042480_3
Features of your vehicle
524
Dual Wide Sunroof
僅Push the sunroof switch forward
when the sunroof glass is tilt opened,
the sunroof glass closes.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
Slide open/close (Front)
僅Push the sunroof switch rearward, the
sunshade and sunroof glass slide
open. Push the sunroof switch for
-
ward, only the sunroof glass closes.
僅Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the first detent position,
the sunroof glass moves until the
switch is released.
僅Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the second detent posi
-
tion, the sunroof glass operates auto
-
matically (auto slide feature). To stop
the sunroof movement at any point,
push the sunroof switch in any direc
-
tion.
Automatic reversal
If the power sunshade or sunroof glass
senses any obstacle while it is closing
automatically, it will reverse direction
then stop at a certain position.
The auto reverse function may not work
if an object thin or soft is caught
between the sliding power sunshade or
sunroof glass and sunroof sash.
WARNING
僅Make sure heads, hands, arms or any
other body parts or objects are out of
the way before operating the sunroof.
Body parts or objects may get caught
causing injuries or vehicle damage.
僅Never deliberately use your body
parts to test the automatic reversal
function. The power sunshade or sun
-
roof glass may reverse direction, but
there is a risk of injury.
NOTICE
僅Do not continue to push the sunroof
switch after the sunroof is fully
opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to
the sunroof motor could occur.
僅Continuous operations such as slide
open/close, tilt open/close, etc. may
cause the motor or sunroof system to
malfunction.
僅Regularly remove any accumulated
dust on the sunroof rail.
僅Dust accumulated between the sun
-
roof and roof panel can make noise.
Open the sunroof and remove dust
regularly using a clean cloth.
僅Do not try to open the sunroof when
the temperature is below freezing or
when the sunroof is covered with
snow or ice. The sunroof may not
work properly and may break if
opened by force.
僅Do not open or drive with the sunroof
glass open immediately after rain or
washing the vehicle. Water may wet
the interior of the vehicle.
OON042078_2
OCV041031L
53
4
4
Features of your vehicleDual Wide Sunroof
僅Do not extend any luggage outside
the sunroof while driving. Vehicle
damage may occur if the vehicle sud
-
denly stops.
WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms, body
parts or objects outside the sunroof
while driving. Injuries may occur if the
vehicle suddenly stops.
Resetting the sunroof
Front
Rear
In some circumstances resetting the
sunroof operation may need to be per
-
formed. Some instances where resetting
the sunroof may be required include:
僅When the 12-volt battery is either dis
-
connected or discharged
僅When the sunroof fuse is replaced
僅If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/
CLOSE operation is not functioning
properly
Sunroof resetting procedure:
1.It is recommended to perform the
reset procedure with the vehicle
engine running. Start the vehicle in P
(Park).
2.Make sure the power sunshade or
sunroof glass is in the fully closed
position. If the power sunshade or
sunroof glass is open, push the switch
forward until the power sunshade and
sunroof glass is fully closed.
3.Release the switch when the power
sunshade or sunroof glass is fully
closed.
4.Push the switch forward until the
power sunshade or sunroof glass
moves slightly. Then release the
switch.
5.Once again push and hold the sun
-
roof switch forward until the power
sunshade or sunroof glass slides open
and close. Do not release the switch
until the operation is completed.
If you release the switch during oper
-
ation, start the procedure again from
step 2.
NOTICE
If the sunroof does not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected or dis
-
charged, or the sunroof fuse is blown,
the sunroof may not operate normally.
Sunroof open warning
If the driver turns off the engine when
the sunroof is not fully closed, the warn
-
ing chime will sound for several seconds
and the sunroof open warning will
appear on the cluster LCD display. Close
OON042447
OON042448
OON042488
Features of your vehicle
544
Sunroof
the sunroof securely when leaving your
vehicle.
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof
is left open, rain or snow may wet the
interior of the vehicle. Also, leaving the
sunroof open when the vehicle is unat
-
tended may invite theft.
Sunroof (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with a sun
-
roof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof
with the sunroof switch located on the
overhead console.
The sunroof can only be operated when
the ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON or START position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
ACC or OFF position. However, if the
front door is open, the sunroof cannot
be operated even within the 30 seconds
period.
WARNING
僅Adjust the sunroof or sunshade when
your vehicle stops. This could result in
loss of control and an accident that
may cause injury, or property dam
-
age.
僅Do not leave the engine running and
the key in your vehicle with unsuper
-
vised children. Unattended children
could operate the sunroof, which
could result in serious injury.
僅Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It
may cause injury or vehicle damage.
NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof when roof
bars are installed on the vehicle or when
there is luggage on the roof.
OON042449
55
4
4
Features of your vehicleSunroof
Sunshade
Use the power sunshade to block direct
sunlight coming through the sunroof
glass.
Open or close the sunshade by hand.
INFORMATION
The sunshade opens automatically when
the sunroof glass is opened, but the sun
-
shade does not close automatically
when the sunroof glass is closed. Also,
only the sunshade cannot be closed
when the sunroof glass is opened.
NOTICE
Do not pull the sunshade up or down, or
apply excessive force as such action
may damage the sunshade or cause it to
malfunction.
Tilt open/close
1
Tilt open
2
Tilt close
僅Push the sunroof switch upward, the
sunroof glass tilts open.
僅Push the sunroof switch forward
when the sunroof glass is tilt opened,
the sunroof glass closes.
The sunroof glass tilts open or closes
while the switch is pushed.
INFORMATION
The sunroof glass cannot slide open and
tilt open at the same time. You cannot
tilt the sunroof glass open while the sun
-
roof glass is slide open. Also, you cannot
slide the sunroof glass open while the
sunroof is tilt open. Slide open or tilt
open the sunroof glass when the sun
-
roof glass is completely closed.
Slide open/close
僅Push the sunroof switch rearward, the
sunshade and sunroof glass slide
open. Push the sunroof switch for
-
ward, only the sunroof glass closes.
僅Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the first detent position,
the sunroof glass moves until the
switch is released.
僅Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the second detent posi
-
tion, the sunroof glass operates auto
-
matically (auto slide feature). To stop
the sunroof movement at any point,
push the sunroof switch in any direc
-
tion.
僅The sunroof glass stops halfway (first
detent position) before it is fully
OSG2H041064
OON042481_3
OON042450_2
Features of your vehicle
564
Sunroof
opened. To fully open the sunroof
glass, push the sunroof switch rear
-
ward once more. At this time, the sun
-
roof glass opens only while the switch
is pushed.
INFORMATION
To reduce wind noise while driving, we
recommend that you drive at the recom
-
mended position (first detent position)
before the maximum slide open position.
Automatic reversal
If the sunroof glass senses any obstacle
while it is closing automatically, it will
reverse direction then stop at a certain
position.
The auto reverse function may not work
if an object thin or soft is caught
between the sliding power sunshade or
sunroof glass and sunroof sash.
WARNING
僅Make sure heads, hands, arms or any
other body parts or objects are out of
the way before operating the sunroof.
Body parts or objects may get caught
causing injuries or vehicle damage.
僅Never deliberately use your body
parts to test the automatic reversal
function. The sunroof glass may
reverse direction, but there is a risk of
injury.
NOTICE
僅Do not continue to push the sunroof
switch after the sunroof is fully
opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to
the sunroof motor could occur.
僅Continuous operations such as slide
open/close, tilt open/close, etc. may
cause the motor or sunroof system to
malfunction.
僅Regularly remove any accumulated
dust on the sunroof rail.
僅Dust accumulated between the sun
-
roof and roof panel can make noise.
Open the sunroof and remove dust
regularly using a clean cloth.
僅Do not try to open the sunroof when
the temperature is below freezing or
when the sunroof is covered with
snow or ice. The sunroof may not
work properly and may break if
opened by force.
僅Do not open or drive with the sunroof
glass open immediately after rain or
washing the vehicle. Water may wet
the interior of the vehicle.
僅Do not extend any luggage outside
the sunroof while driving. Vehicle
damage may occur if the vehicle sud
-
denly stops.
WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms, body
parts or objects outside the sunroof
while driving. Injuries may occur if the
vehicle suddenly stops.
OCV041031L
57
4
4
Features of your vehicleSunroof
Resetting the sunroof
In some circumstances resetting the
sunroof operation may need to be per
-
formed. Some instances where resetting
the sunroof may be required include:
僅When the 12-volt battery is either dis
-
connected or discharged.
僅When the sunroof fuse is replaced.
僅If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/
CLOSE operation is not functioning
properly.
Sunroof resetting procedure:
1.It is recommended to perform the
reset procedure with the vehicle
engine running. Start the vehicle in P
(Park).
2.Make sure the sunroof glass is in the
fully closed position. If the sunroof
glass is open, push the switch forward
until the sunroof glass is fully closed.
3.Release the switch when the sunroof
glass is fully closed.
4. Push the switch forward until the sun
-
roof glass moves slightly. Then
release the switch.
5.Once again push and hold the sun
-
roof switch forward until the sunroof
glass slides open and close. Do not
release the switch until the operation
is completed. If you release the switch
during operation, start the procedure
again from step 2.
NOTICE
If the sunroof does not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected or dis
-
charged, or the sunroof fuse is blown,
the sunroof may not operate normally.
Sunroof open warning
If the driver turns off the engine when
the sunroof is not fully closed, the warn
-
ing chime will sound for several seconds
and the sunroof open warning will
appear on the cluster LCD display. Close
the sunroof securely when leaving your
vehicle.
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof
is left open, rain or snow may wet the
interior of the vehicle. Also, leaving the
sunroof open when the vehicle is unat
-
tended may invite theft.
OON042451
OON042488
Features of your vehicle
584
Steering wheel
Steering wheel
The steering wheel of this vehicle is
equipped with the Electric Power Steer
-
ing (EPS) system.
Electric Power Steering (EPS) sys
-
tem
Electric power steering is a device that
uses an electric motor to help the driver
provide less effort in steering the vehi
-
cle.
If the vehicle is off or if the Electric
Power Steering (EPS) becomes inopera
-
tive, the vehicle may still be steered, but
it will require increased steering effort.
The EPS is controlled by the power
steering control unit which senses the
steering wheel torque and vehicle speed
to command the motor.
The steering effort becomes heavier as
the vehicle's speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle's speed
decreases for better control of the steer
-
ing wheel.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the power steer
-
ing checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
僅When the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is the ON position, the steering
wheel enters normal operation mode
after diagnosing the Electric Power
Steering system (for about 3 sec
-
onds).
僅A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after turning the ENGINE
START/STOP button is turned to the
ON or OFF position.
僅If the steering wheel is operated when
the vehicle is not in motion or driven
at a low speed, you may hear some
noise.
僅If the Electric Power Steering system
does not operate normally, the warn
-
ing light will appear or blink on the
instrument cluster. If the power assis
-
tance of steering fails, you will need to
use more force to steer.
僅Operating the steering wheel at lower
temperatures may require more force
and accompany noise. However,
when the temperature increases, it
returns to normal.
僅Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the vehicle checked
as soon as possible.
僅When the charging system warning
light comes on due to the low voltage
(when the alternator or battery does
not operate normally or malfunc
-
tions), the steering wheel may require
increased steering effort.
NOTICE
When you continuously operate the
steering wheel, the overcurrent protec
-
tion device is activated and it requires
more force to operate the steering
wheel. However, this doesn't indicate a
malfunction, and it works for your safety
and will return to normal after some
time.
NOTICE
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) sys
-
tem does not work or an error occurs,
the warning light on the instrument
panel may be turned on or blink and it
may require more force to operate the
steering wheel. In this case, please hold
59
4
4
Features of your vehicleSteering wheel
the steering wheel more tightly than
usual and operate with greater force.
And then immediately pull your vehicle
over to a safe place and have your vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
If the EPS does not operate normally, the
warning light will appear on the instru
-
ment cluster. The steering wheel may
become difficult to control or operate
abnormally. In this case, have the system
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
When you operate the steering wheel in
low temperature, the steering effort may
be high and abnormal noise could occur.
If temperature rises, the noise will disap
-
pear. This is a normal condition.
When the vehicle is stationary, and the
steering wheel is turned all the way to
the left or right continuously, the steer
-
ing wheel becomes harder to turn. The
power assist is limited to protect the
motor from overheating.
As time passes, the steering wheel will
return to its normal condition.
Tilt & telescopic steering wheel
A tilt and telescopic steering wheel
allows you to adjust the steering wheel
before you drive
You can also raise it to give your legs
more room when you exit and enter the
vehicle.
The steering wheel should be positioned
so that it is comfortable for you to drive,
while permitting you to see the instru
-
ment panel warning lights and gauges.
WARNING
Steering wheel adjustment
Never adjust the angle and height of the
steering wheel while driving. You may
lose steering control.
Adjusting steering wheel angle
and height
1.To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock release lever (1).
2.Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3).
3.Pull up the lock-release lever to lock
the steering wheel in place.
4.Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to
the desired position before driving.
NOTICE
After adjustment, sometimes the lock-
release lever may not lock the steering
wheel.
It is not a malfunction. This occurs when
two gears engage. In this case, adjust
the steering wheel again and then lock
the steering wheel.
OON042082_2
Features of your vehicle
604
Steering wheel
Heated steering wheel (if
equipped)
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, pressing the heated
steering wheel button warms the steer
-
ing wheel. The indicator on the button
will illuminate.
Type A
Type B
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button once again. The indica
-
tor on the button will turn off.
NOTICE
The heated steering wheel will turn off
automatically approximately 30 min
-
utes after the heated steering wheel is
turned on.
CAUTION
僅Do not install any type of grip cover
for the steering wheel, it may impair
the function of the heated steering
wheel system.
僅When cleaning the heated steering
wheel, do not use an organic solvent
such as paint thinner, benzene, alco
-
hol and gasoline. Doing so may dam
-
age the surface of the steering wheel.
僅If the surface of the steering wheel is
damaged by a sharp object, damage
to the heated steering wheel compo
-
nents could occur.
WARNING
If the steering wheel becomes too warm,
turn the system off. The heated steering
wheel may cause burns even at low tem
-
peratures, especially if used for long
periods of time.
Horn
To sound the horn, press the area indi
-
cated by the horn symbol on your steer
-
ing wheel (see illustration).
The horn will operate only when this
area is pressed. Check the horn regularly
to be sure it operates properly.
OON042501
OON042083
OON042084
61
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
Mirrors
This vehicle is equipped with inside and
outside rearview mirrors to provide
views of objects behind the vehicle.
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
center view through the rear window is
seen. Make this adjustment before you
start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat or
cargo area which would interfere with
your vision through the rear window.
WARNING
Mirror adjustment
Do not adjust the rearview mirror while
the vehicle is moving. This could result in
loss of control.
NOTICE
Do not modify the inside mirror in any
manner, including installing a wide mir
-
ror. Doing so could result in injury during
an accident or deployment of the air
bag.
CAUTION
Cleaning mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper
towel or similar material dampened with
glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror. It may cause the
liquid cleaner to enter the mirror hous
-
ing.
For Telematics button function
1
Kia Connect button
2
Roadside assist button
Day/night rearview mirror (if
equipped)
Make this adjustment before you start
driving and while the day/night lever is
in the day position (1).
* (1): Day, (2): Night
Pull the day/night lever toward you (2) to
reduce the glare from the headlights of
the vehicles behind you when driving at
night.
Remember that you lose some rearview
clarity in the night position.
Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) (if
equipped)
The electric rearview mirror automati
-
cally controls the glare from the head
-
lights of the vehicles behind you at night
or in low-light driving conditions.
The sensor (3) mounted in the mirror
senses the light level around the vehicle,
and automatically controls the headlight
glare from the vehicles behind you.
When the engine is running, the glare is
automatically controlled by the sensor
mounted in the rearview mirror. When
-
OON042502
OON042085
Features of your vehicle
624
Mirrors
ever the shift lever is shifted into reverse
(R), the mirror will automatically go to
the brightest setting in order to improve
the drivers view behind the vehicle.
CAUTION
Cleaning mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper
towel or similar material dampened with
glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror. It may cause the
liquid cleaner to enter the mirror hous
-
ing.
Operating the electric rearview
mirror
The mirror defaults to the ON position
whenever the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is turned on.
僅Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn
the automatic dimming function off.
The mirror indicator light will turn off.
僅Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn
the automatic dimming function on.
The mirror indicator light (2) will illu
-
minate.
Digital Center Mirror (if
equipped)
The Digital Center Mirror is a system that
uses the camera on the rear of the vehi
-
cle and displays its image on the screen
of the Digital Center Mirror. The Digital
Center Mirror allows the driver to see the
rear view despite obstructions, such as
the headrest or luggage, ensuring rear
visibility.
WARNING
僅Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use of the Digi
-
tal Center Mirror could result in seri
-
ous accident.
-The Digital Center Mirror is a con
-
venience feature but it is not a sub
-
stitute for proper vehicle operation.
The system has areas where
objects cannot be viewed. Check
the blind spot of the Digital Center
Mirror before vehicle operation.
The driver is always responsible for
safe driving.
-Do not operate the Digital Center
Mirror while driving. Doing so can
be a distraction and it could lose
control of your vehicle and cause
an accident or serious injury.
-Do not disassemble or modify the
Digital Center Mirror, the camera
unit or wirings. If you do, it may
result in accidents or fire. In case
you notice smoke or smell coming
from the Digital Center Mirror, stop
using the system immediately.
Have the system inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
僅Be sure to adjust the Digital Center
Mirror before driving.
-Switch the system to the conven
-
tional rearview mirror mode and be
properly seated on the driver’s seat.
Then adjust the mirror so as to see
the rear window properly.
-Push the lever all the way to
change to digital mirror mode and
adjust the display settings. Driving
without adjusting the mirror may
cause difficulty in watching the dis
-
play at the Digital Mirror mode
(camera view mode) due to the
OON042086
63
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
reflection from the surface of the
mirror.
-As the range of the image display
by the Digital Center Mirror is dif
-
ferent from that of the optical mir
-
ror, make sure to check.
僅If the Digital Center Mirror malfunc
-
tion, immediately switch the system to
the conventional rearview mirror
mode.
僅When strong light (for example, sun
-
light or high beams from following
vehicles) enters the camera, a light
beam or a glaring light may appear on
the monitor screen of the Digital Cen
-
ter Mirror. In that case, switch the sys
-
tem to the conventional rearview
mirror mode appropriately.
僅If the camera lens (1) is dirty, the dis
-
played image may not be clear. In this
case, clean it with a soft cloth damp
-
ened with water or a swab.
System component
1.
Icon display area
Displays icons, adjusting Brightness &
Tilt
2.
Lever
Operate to change between digital
mirror mode and optical mirror mode.
3.
Menu button
Press to display the icon display area
and select the item you want to adjust
(Brightness & Tilt).
4.
Select/adjust button
Press to change the setting of the
item you want to adjust.
5.
Camera indicator
Indicates that the camera is operating
normally.
6.
HomeLink buttons
For the operation of the “HomeLink씾
Universal Transceiver”.
How to change the mode
The mode can be switched when the
switch is in the ON position.
1.Pull the mode select lever to all the
way switch to the Digital Center Mirror
mode (camera view mode).
* Displays an image of the area behind
the vehicle. In this mode, camera
indicator (6) is shown.
2.Push the mode select lever to all the
way switch to the optical inside rear
-
view mirror mode.
* Turns off the display of the Digital
Center Mirror allows it to be used as
an optical mirror.
OON042509
OON042510
OON042511_2
Features of your vehicle
644
Mirrors
Adjusting the mirror height
The height of the rearview mirror can be
adjusted to suit your driving posture.
Change to optical mirror mode, adjust
-
ing the rearview mirror angle by moving
it up and down.
Display settings (Digital mirror
mode)
1.Press the menu button (1) The icons
will be displayed.
2.Press the menu button (1) repeatedly
and select the item you want to
adjust.
3.Press the button (2) or button (3) to
change the setting.
The icons will disappear if the button
is not operated for approximately 5
seconds or more.
* If the brightness of the Digital Center
Mirror is set too high, it may cause eye
strain.
Adjust the Digital Center Mirror to and
appropriate brightness. If your eyes
become tired, change to optical mirror
mode.
To prevent the light sensors from
malfunctioning
To prevent the light sensors from mal
-
functioning, do not touch or cover them.
Digital mirror mode operating
condition
The START/STOP button is in the ON
position. When the START/STOP button
is changed ignition switch LOCK/OFF or
ACC position, the image will be disap
-
peared.
When using the Digital Center
Mirror in digital mirror mode
僅When the liftgate is open, the Digital
Center Mirror image may not display
properly. Before driving, make sure
the liftgate is closed.
僅If the display is difficult to see due to
reflected light, close the sunshade for
the sunroof. (if equipped)
僅Any of the following conditions may
occur when driving in the dark, such
IconsSettings
Select to adjust the brightness of
the display.
Select to adjust the display up/
down.
OON042512
OON042513
OON042514_2
65
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
as at night. None of them indicates
that the malfunction has occurred.
-Colors of objects in the displayed
image may differ their actual color.
-Depending on your physical condi
-
tion or age, it may take longer than
usual to focus on the displayed
image. In this case, change to opti
-
cal mirror mode.
-Do not let passengers stare at the
displayed image when the vehicle
is being driven, as doing so may
cause motion sickness.
When the system malfunctions
If the symbol shown in the illustration is
displayed when using the Digital Center
Mirror in digital mirror mode, the system
may be malfunctioning. The symbol will
disappear in a few seconds. Operate the
lever, change to optical mirror mode and
have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized KIA dealer.
CAUTION
僅To prevent the Digital Center Mirror
from malfunctioning.
僅Do not use detergents, such as thin
-
ner, benzene, and alcohol to clean the
mirror. They may dis color, deteriorate
or damage the mirror surface.
僅Do not remove, disassemble or mod
-
ify the mirror and camera.
僅Do not allow an organic solvent, vehi
-
cle wax, window cleaner or glass coat
-
ing to adhere to the camera. If this
happens, wipe it off as soon as possi
-
ble.
僅When cleaning the camera lens, wipe
the camera lens with a damp soft
cloth.
僅Do not strongly rub the camera lens,
as it may be scratched and will not be
able to transmit a clear image.
僅Do not subject the camera to a strong
impact as this could cause a malfunc
-
tion. If this happens, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized KIA dealer
as soon as possible.
僅Operating the system at the ON posi
-
tion while the engine is not running
would cause discharging of the bat
-
tery.
僅Do not attach an antenna of wireless
device near the Digital Center Mirror.
Electric wave from wireless device
may cause disturbed image in Digital
Center Mirror.
僅Do not push buttons excessively or
operating the lever roughly may
cause a system failure or the Digital
Center Mirror itself to drop.
僅Never rotate the body of Digital Cen
-
ter Mirror by 90° or more. It may dam
-
age the Digital Center Mirror. Do not
apply strong shocks to the body of
Digital Center Mirror. It may cause a
system failure.
僅If it is difficult to see the Digital Center
Mirror display screen because of a
strong external light, switch the mode
to the conventional rearview mirror
mode for better use.
OON042515
Features of your vehicle
664
Mirrors
Digital Center Mirror error icon and solution
SymptomLikely causeSolution
If the high temp icon
() is displayed on
the display right side.
The Digital Center Mirror is
extremely hot. (The display
will gradually become more
dim. If the temperature con
-
tinues to increase, the Digi
-
tal Center Mirror will turn
off.)
Reducing the cabin tem
-
perature is recommended to
reduce the temperature of
the mirror. (The icon will dis
-
appear when the mirror
becomes cool.)
If the icon does not disap
-
pear even though the mirror
is cool, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
KIA dealer.
If the display icon has
been switched to
which is the display error
icon.
The system may be mal
-
functioning.
Change to optical mirror
mode and have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
KIA dealer.
67
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
Electric chromic mirror with
HomeLink system (if equipped)
Operating the electric rearview
mirror
僅Press the I button (1) to turn the auto
-
matic- dimming function on. The mir
-
ror indicator light will illuminate.
僅Press the O button (2) to turn the
automatic- dimming function off. The
mirror indicator light will turn off.
HomeLink씾 Wireless Control sys
-
tem
1.Homelink buttons
2.Indicator light
3.Glare detection sensor
Your new mirror comes with an inte
-
grated HomeLink Universal Transceiver,
which allows you to program the mirror
to activate your garage door(s), estate
gate, home lighting, etc. The mirror actu
-
ally learns the codes from your various
existing transmitters.
Retain the original transmitter for future
programming procedures (i.e., new vehi
-
cle purchase). It is also suggested that
upon the sale of the vehicle, the pro
-
grammed HomeLink buttons be erased
for security purposes (follow step 1 in
"Programming HomeLink" on page 4-
67).
Programming HomeLink
Your vehicle may require the ENGINE
START/STOP button to be turned to the
ACC position for programming and/or
operation of HomeLink. It is also recom
-
mended that a new battery be replaced
in the hand-held transmitter of the
device being programmed to HomeLink
for quicker training and accurate trans
-
mission of the radiofrequency.
Follow these steps to train your Home
-
Link mirror:
1.When programming the buttons for
the first time, press and hold the left
and center buttons (, ) simulta
-
neously until the indicator light begins
to flash after approximately 20 sec
-
onds. (This procedure erases the fac
-
tory-set default codes. Do not perform
this step when programming the
additional HomeLink buttons.)
1)Flashing
NOTICE
For non-rolling code garage door open
-
ers, follow steps 2-3.
For rolling code garage door openers,
follow steps 2-6.
For Canadian Programming, please fol
-
low the Canadian Programming section.
For help with determining whether your
garage door opener is non-rolling code
or rolling code, please refer to the
garage door openers owner's manual or
OON042503
OON042504
OON042505
Features of your vehicle
684
Mirrors
contact HomeLink customer service at 1-
800-355-3515.
2.Press and hold the button on the
HomeLink system you wish to train
and the button on the transmitter
while the transmitter is approximately
1~3 inches (2~8 cm) away from the
mirror. Do not release the buttons
until step 3 has been completed.
1)Flashing
2) Transmitter
3.The HomeLink indicator light will
flash, first slowly and then rapidly.
When the indicator light flashes rap
-
idly, both buttons may be released.
(The rapid flashing light indicates suc
-
cessful programming of the new fre
-
quency signal.)
NOTICE
Some gate and garage door openers
may require you to replace step 3 with
the "cycling" procedure noted in the
"Canadian Programming" section of this
document.
Programming rolling code
To train a garage door opener (or other
rolling code equipped devices) with the
rolling code feature, follow these instruc
-
tions after completing "Programming
HomeLink" on page 4-67. (A second per
-
son assisting may make the following
training procedures quicker & easier.)
4.Locate the "learn" or "smart" button on
the device's motor head unit. Exact
location and color of the button may
vary by product brand. If there is diffi
-
culty locating the "learn" or "smart"
button, reference the device's owner's
manual or contact HomeLink at 1-
800- 355-3515 or on the internet at
www.homelink.com.
5.Press and release the "learn" or
"smart" button on the device's motor
head unit. You have 30 seconds to
complete step 6.
6.Return to the vehicle and firmly press
and release the programmed Home
-
Link button up to three times. The roll
-
ing code equipped device should now
recognize the HomeLink signal and
activate when the HomeLink button is
pressed. The remaining two buttons
may now be programmed if they have
not already been programmed. Refer
to "Programming HomeLink" on page
4-67.
Operating HomeLink
To operate, simply press the pro
-
grammed HomeLink button.
Activation will now occur for the trained
product (garage door, security system,
entry door lock, estate gate, or home or
office lighting). For convenience, the
hand-held transmitter of the device may
also be used at any time. The HomeLink
Wireless Controls system (once pro
-
grammed) or the original hand-held
transmitter may be used to activate the
device (e.g., garage door, entry door
lock, etc.). In the event that there are still
programming difficulties, contact Home
-
Link at 1-800-355-3515 or on the inter
-
net at www.homelink.com.
OON042506
69
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
Erasing programmed HomeLink
buttons
To erase the three programmed buttons
(individual buttons cannot be erased):
僅Press and hold the left and center
buttons simultaneously, until the indi
-
cator light begins to flash (approxi
-
mately 20 seconds). Release both
buttons. Do not hold for longer than
30 seconds.
HomeLink is now in the train (or learn
-
ing) mode and can be programmed at
any time.
Reprogramming a single Home
-
Link button
To program a device to HomeLink using
a HomeLink button that has already
been trained, follow these steps:
1.Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button. Do NOT release until step 4
has been completed.
2.When the indicator light begins to
flash slowly (after 20 seconds), posi
-
tion the hand-held transmitter 1~3
inches (2~8 cm) away from the Home
-
Link surface.
3.Press and hold the hand-held trans
-
mitter button (or press and "cycle" - as
described in "Canadian Program
-
ming").
4. The HomeLink indicator light will
flash, first slowly and then rapidly.
When the indicator light begins to
flash rapidly, release both buttons.
The previous device has now been
erased and the new device can be acti
-
vated by pushing the HomeLink button
that has just been programmed. This
procedure will not affect any other pro
-
grammed HomeLink buttons.
Canadian Programming Garage &
gate openers
During programming, your hand-held
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press and hold
the HomeLink button (note steps 2
through 4 in "Programming HomeLink"
on page 4-67) while you press and re-
press ("cycle") your handheld transmitter
every two seconds until the frequency
signal has been learned. Upon success
-
ful training, the indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly after several sec
-
onds.
Accessories
If you would like additional information
on the HomeLink Wireless Control sys
-
tem, HomeLink compatible products, or
to purchase other accessories such as
the HomeLink씾 Lighting Package,
please contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-
3515 or on the internet at www.home
-
link.com.
FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3
IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
The transceiver has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry Canada
rules. Changes or modifications not
OON042505
Features of your vehicle
704
Mirrors
expressly approved by the party respon
-
sible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the device.
Outside rearview mirror
Your vehicle is equipped with both left-
hand and right-hand outside rearview
mirrors.
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
The mirrors can be adjusted remotely
with the remote switch. The mirror
heads can be folded back to prevent
damage during an automatic car wash
or when passing through a narrow
street.
WARNING
Estimating distances accurately
Objects reflected in the mirror are closer
than they appear in the mirror. Do not
estimate the distance of vehicles behind
you based on what you see in the mirror,
as this could increase your risk of acci
-
dent.
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not
adjust the mirror by force. Use an
approved spray de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) to release the frozen mecha
-
nism or move the vehicle to a warm
place and allow the ice to melt.
WARNING
Mirror adjustment
Do not adjust or fold the outside rear
-
view mirrors while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control.
Adjusting the outside rearview
mirrors
Adjusting the rearview mirrors:
1.Move the L (Front left side) or R (Front
right side) switch (1) to select the rear
-
view mirror you would like to adjust.
2.Use the mirror adjustment control (2)
to position the selected mirror up,
down, left or right.
CAUTION
僅The mirrors stop moving when they
reach the maximum adjusting angles,
but the motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed. Do not
press the switch longer than neces
-
sary, the motor may be damaged.
僅Do not attempt to adjust the outside
rearview mirror by hand. Doing so
may damage the parts.
Folding the outside rearview mir
-
ror
Manual type
僅To fold the outside rearview mirror,
grasp the housing of the mirror and
then fold it toward the rear of the
vehicle.
OON042088
OON042089
71
4
4
Features of your vehicleMirrors
Electric type
僅The outside rearview mirror can be
folded or unfolded by pressing the
switch when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is in the ON position as
below.
1.To fold the outside rearview mirror
depress the button (1).
2.To unfold it, depress the button (1)
again.
僅The mirror will fold or unfold when the
door is locked or unlocked by the key.
僅The mirror will fold or unfold when the
door is locked or unlocked by the but
-
ton on the outside door handle.
The mirror will fold or unfold automati
-
cally as follows:
僅The mirror will fold or unfold when the
door is locked or unlocked by the
smart key.
僅The mirror will fold or unfold when the
door is locked or unlocked by the but
-
ton on the outside door handle.
僅The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors closed
and locked) with a smart key in pos
-
session when the Welcome Mirror
function is activated in User Settings.
(if equipped)
CAUTION
Do not fold an electric type outside rear
-
view mirror by hand as this could cause
motor failure.
Reverse parking aid function (if
equipped)
While the vehicle is moving rearward,
the outside rearview mirror(s) will move
downward to aid reverse parking.
According to the position of the outside
rearview mirror switch (1), the outside
rearview mirror(s) will operate as fol
-
lows:
L/R
: When the remote control outside
rearview mirror switch is selected to the
L (left) or R (right) position, both outside
rearview mirrors will move downward.
Neutral
: When the remote control out
-
side rearview mirror switch is placed in
the middle, the outside rearview mirrors
will not move downward even though
the vehicle is moving rearward.
The outside rearview mirrors will auto
-
matically revert to their original positions
under the following conditions:
1.The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the OFF position.
2.Shift lever is moved to any position
except R (Reverse).
3.Remote control outside rearview mir
-
ror switch is not selected.
OON042090
OON042091_2
Features of your vehicle
724
Instrument cluster
Instrument cluster
Type A
Type B
* The actual cluster and contents of the LCD display in the vehicle may differ from the
illustration.
1.Tachometer
2.Speedometer
3.Engine coolant temperature gauge
4.Fuel gauge
5.Odometer
6.Distance to empty
7.Transmission shift indicator
8.Outside temperature gauge
9.Warning and indicator lights
OON042139
OON042497
73
4
4
Features of your vehicleInstrument cluster
Instrument cluster control
The brightness of the instrument panel
illumination is changed by pressing the
illumination control button ("+" or "-")
when the ENGINE START/STOP button
is ON, or the taillights are turned on.
僅If you hold the illumination control
button ("+" or "-"), the brightness will
continuously change.
僅If the brightness reaches to the maxi
-
mum or minimum level, an alarm will
sound.
A:
Illumination
Gauges
The gauges display various information
such as the speed of the vehicle, the
amount of charge of the battery, and so
on.
Speedometer
Type A
Type B (km/h)/ (mph)
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per
hour (mph) and/or kilometers per hour
(km/h).
Tachometer
Type A / Type B
The tachometer indicates the approxi
-
mate number of engine revolutions per
minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct
shift points and to prevent lugging and/
or over-revving the engine.
CAUTION
Do not operate the engine within the
tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause
severe engine damage.
OON042092
OSG2PH042121N
OSG2PH042126N
ONQ5031526N_2
ONQ5031479N_2
Features of your vehicle
744
Instrument cluster
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
Type A / Type B
This gauge indicates the temperature of
the engine coolant when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is ON.
CAUTION
If the gauge pointer moves beyond the
normal range area (between the C-H)
toward the "H" position, it indicates over
-
heating that may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an over
-
heated engine. If your vehicle overheats,
refer to "If the engine overheats" on
page 7-5.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap when the
engine is hot. The engine coolant is
under pressure and could severely burn.
Wait until the engine is cool before add
-
ing coolant to the reservoir.
Fuel Gauge
Type A / Type B
This gauge indicates the approximate
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank.
NOTICE
僅The fuel tank capacity is given in
"Recommended lubricants and capac
-
ities" on page 9-5.
僅The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, which will
appear when the fuel tank is nearly
empty.
僅On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier
than usual due to the movement of
fuel in the tank.
WARNING
Fuel Gauge
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle
occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional fuel
as soon as possible after the warning
light comes on or when the gauge indi
-
cator comes close to the "E" level.
CAUTION
Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel
level. Running out of fuel could cause
the engine to misfire, which could dam
-
age the catalytic converter.
NOTICE
The fuel display may not be accurate if
the vehicle is on an incline.
ONQ5031480N_2
OSG2PH042127N_2
75
4
4
Features of your vehicleInstrument cluster
Odometer
Type A / Type B
The odometer Indicates the total dis
-
tance that the vehicle has been driven
and should be used to determine when
periodic maintenance should be per
-
formed.
僅Odometer range: 0~999,999 miles or
0~1,599,999 kilometers.
Outside Temperature Gauge
Type A / Type B
This gauge indicates the current outside
air temperatures by 1 °F (1 °C).
僅Temperature range: -40~140 °F (-
40~60 °C)
The outside temperature on the display
may not change immediately, like a nor
-
mal thermometer would.
To change the temperature unit (from °F
to °C or from °C to °F)
The temperature unit can be changed
by using the "User Settings" mode of the
LCD display.
* For more details, refer to "LCD display"
on page 4-76.
Transmission shift indicator
Transmission shift indicator displays
gear information depending on your
vehicle's transmission type.
Automatic Transmission Shift
Indicator
This indicator displays which automatic
transmission shift lever is selected.
Type A / Type B
僅Park: P
僅Reverse: R
僅Neutral: N
僅Drive: D
僅Sports Mode: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
ONQ5031492N_2
OON042489_2
OON042490_2
Features of your vehicle
764
LCD display
LCD display
The LCD display shows trip computer and other information.
LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.
1.: MODE button for changing
modes
2. / : MOVE switch for changing
items
3.OK: SELECT/RESET button for setting
or resetting the selected item
LCD Display Modes
The LCD display provides 5 modes. You can switch modes by pressing the Mode but
-
ton.
* : if equipped
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to
your vehicle.
OON042093
Mode
Driving Assist
Trip Computer
Turn By Turn (TBT)*
Information/Master
Warning
Up/Down
Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist
Lane Keeping Assist
Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Warning
Smart Cruise Control
Lane Following Assist
Highway Driving Assist*
Drive InfoRoute Guidance
Driving force distribu
-
tion/Energy flow
(AWD)*
Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist
Since RefuelingDestination InfoTPMS
Accumulated InfoThe Master Warning
mode displays warn
-
ing messages related
to the vehicle when one
or more systems is not
operating normally.
AUTO STOP
Speedometer
77
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD display
NOTICE
Keep the engine running when configur
-
ing the display settings to prevent the
battery from discharging.
Driving Assist mode
This mode displays the state of:
僅Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
Lane Keeping Assist
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning
Smart Cruise Control
Lane Following Assist
Highway Driving Assist*
僅Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
* For more details, refer to each system
information in "Driving your vehicle"
on page 5-3.
Trip Computer mode
A:
Drive info
1
Accumulated trip distance
2
Total driving time
3
Average fuel efficiency
The trip computer mode displays infor
-
mation related to vehicle driving param
-
eters including fuel economy, tripmeter
information and vehicle speed.
* For more details, refer to "Trip informa
-
tion (trip computer)" on page 4-79.
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
This mode displays the state of the navi
-
gation.
Information mode
Tire Pressure
A:
Tire Pressure
Information related to Tire Pressure.
Refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem (TPMS) (if equipped)" on page 7-6.
Driving force distribution/Energy
flow (AWD)
OON052241
OON042491
ONQ5031455N
OON042140
OON042141
Features of your vehicle
784
LCD display
僅This mode informs the driver of their
energy flow in various operating
modes.
僅The distribution status of the driving
power of the front and rear wheels
are displayed when Auto 4WD mode
is activated. For more details, refer to
"All Wheel Drive (AWD) system (if
equipped)" on page 5-14.
Master warning mode
A:
Check headlamp LED
This warning light informs the driver of
the following situations.
僅Driver assistance system malfunction,
limitation or radar/camera blockage
僅LED headlamp malfunction
僅Lamp malfunction
僅TPMS failure, low tire pressure, etc.
Information icon () will change to a
Master Warning icon(). For Full LCD
cluster (Type B), the same Master Warn
-
ing icon () will appear under the
Power gauge.
If the warning situation is resolved, the
master warning light will be turned off
and the Master Warning icon will disap
-
pear.
OON042492
ONQ5031140N
79
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD displays
LCD displays
LCD displays show the following infor
-
mation to drivers.
僅Trip information
僅LCD modes
僅Warning messages
Trip information (trip computer)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-
controlled driver information system
that displays information related to driv
-
ing.
NOTICE
Some driving information stored in the
trip computer resets if the battery is dis
-
connected.
Trip modes
To change the trip mode, scroll the tog
-
gle the switch ( / ) on the steering
wheel.
A:
Drive Info
B:
Since Refueling
C:
Accumulated Info
D:
AUTO STOP
E:
Digital speedometer
1
Tripmeter
2
Timer
3
Average Fuel Economy
Fuel Economy
1
Average fuel economy
2
Instant fuel economy
Average Fuel Economy (1)
僅The average fuel economy is calcu
-
lated by the total driving distance and
fuel consumption since the last aver
-
age fuel economy reset.
-Fuel economy range: 0~99.9 mpg
or L/100 km
僅The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automati
-
cally.
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy man
-
ually, press the OK button on the steer
-
ing wheel for more than 1 second when
the average fuel economy is displayed.
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average fuel
economy select menu from the 'Fuel
economy auto reset' in the User Settings
mode on the LCD display.
OON042413
ONQ5031486N
Features of your vehicle
804
LCD displays
僅OFF - You may set to default manu
-
ally by using the trip switch reset but
-
ton.
僅After ignition - The vehicle will auto
-
matically set to default once 4 hours
pass after the Ignition is in OFF.
僅After refueling - After refueling more
than 1.6 gallons (6 liters) and driving
over 1 mph (1 km/h), the vehicle will
reset to default automatically.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
僅This mode displays the instant fuel
economy.
Drive Info display
This display shows the trip distance (1),
the average fuel efficiency (2), and the
total driving time (3) information once
per one ignition cycle.
A:
Drive info
1
Accumulated trip distance
2
Total driving time
3
Average fuel efficiency
僅Fuel efficiency is calculated after the
vehicle has run for more than 0.19
miles (300 meters).
僅If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor
-
mation will be accumulated.
NOTICE
The vehicle must be driven for a mini
-
mum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since
the last ignition cycle before the average
accumulated driving information is
recalculated.
Accumulated Info display
This display shows the accumulated trip
distance (1), the average fuel efficiency
(2), and the total driving time (3).
A:
Accumulated info
1
Accumulated trip distance
2
Total driving time
3
Average fuel efficiency
僅Accumulated information is calculated
after the vehicle has run for more
than 0.19 miles (300 meters).
僅If you press "OK" button for more than
1 second after the Cumulative Infor
-
mation is displayed, the information
will be reset.
僅If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor
-
mation will be accumulated.
NOTICE
The vehicle must be driven for a mini
-
mum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since
the last ignition cycle before the average
accumulated driving information is
recalculated.
OON042491
OON042493
81
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD displays
Information since refueling
A: Since refueling
1
Accumulated trip distance
2
Average fuel efficiency
3
Total driving time
This display shows the trip distance, the
average fuel efficiency, and the instant
fuel efficiency (or the total driving time)
since refueling.
僅Information since refueling is calcu
-
lated after the vehicle has run for
more than 0.19 miles (300 m).
僅If you press "OK" button for more than
1 second after the information since
refueling is displayed, the information
will be reset.
僅If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor
-
mation will be accumulated.
NOTICE
The vehicle must be driven for a mini
-
mum of 0.19 miles (300 m) since the last
ignition cycle before the average accu
-
mulated driving information is recalcu
-
lated.
AUTO STOP
A:
AUTO STOP
1.
Timer
2.
Reset
AUTO STOP display shows the elapsed
time of engine stop by Idle Stop and Go
(ISG) system.
If the ISG does not operate, the reason
for the non-operation is displayed. (if
equipped)
For more details, refer to "Idle Stop and
Go (ISG) system" on page 5-35.
Digital speedometer
This digital speedometer display shows
the speed of the vehicle.
Service Interval
This mode reminds you of scheduled
maintenance information.
Service in
It calculates and displays when you need
a scheduled maintenance service (mile
-
age or days).
If the remaining mileage or time reaches
900 miles (1,500 km) or 30 days, "Ser
-
vice in" message is displayed for several
seconds each time you set the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the ON position.
OON042494
OON042142
ONQ5031483N
Features of your vehicle
824
LCD displays
Service required
If you do not have your vehicle serviced
according to the already inputted ser
-
vice interval, "Service required" message
is displayed for several seconds each
time you set the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the ON position.
To reset the service interval to the mile
-
age and days that were previously
inputted:
僅Press the OK button (Reset) for more
than 1 second.
NOTICE
If any of the following conditions occurs,
the mileage and days may be incorrect.
僅The battery cable is disconnected.
僅The battery is discharged.
Driving info display
At the end of each driving cycle, the
Driving Info message is displayed.
A:
Drive info
1
Accumulated trip distance
2
Total driving time
3
Average fuel efficiency
This display shows the trip distance (1),
average energy consumption (2), driving
time (3).
This information is displayed for a few
seconds when you turn off the vehicle,
and then goes off automatically. The
information is calculated for each time
the vehicle is turned on.
NOTICE
僅If sunroof open warning is displayed
in the cluster, the Driving Information
message may not be displayed.
LCD display messages
Engine has overheated
This warning message appears when
the engine coolant temperature is above
248 °F (120 °C). This mean that the
engine is overheated and may be dam
-
aged.
* If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "If
the engine overheats" on page 7-5.
Low Key Battery for smart key
system
This warning message appears if the
battery of the smart key is discharged
when the ENGINE START/STOP button
changes to the OFF position.
Press START button while turn
-
ing wheel for smart key system
This message is displayed when the
smart key system is engage, to disen
-
gage press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while turning the steering wheel
right and left.
Check Steering Wheel Lock sys
-
tem for smart key system
This warning message appears if there is
a malfunction in steering wheel lock sys
-
tem when the ENGINE START/STOP
button changes to the OFF position.
OON042495
83
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD displays
Key not in vehicle for smart key
system
This warning message appears if the
smart key is not in the vehicle when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
ON position.
It means that you should always have
the smart key with you.
Key not detected for smart key
system
This warning message appears if the
smart key is not detected when you
press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
Door, Hood, Liftgate open warn
-
ing display
This warning is displayed if any door or
the hood or the liftgate is left open. The
warning will indicate which door is open
in the display.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you should
confirm that the door, hood, and liftgate
are fully closed. Also, check there is no
door/hood/liftgate open warning light or
message displayed on the instrument
cluster.
Sunroof open warning display (if
equipped)
This warning is displayed if you turn off
the vehicle when the sunroof is open.
Close the sunroof securely before leav
-
ing your vehicle.
Low Pressure warning display
A:
Low tire pressure
This warning message is displayed if the
tire pressure is low. The corresponding
tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.
* For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) (if
equipped)" on page 7-6.
Lights mode
A:
Lights
1
2
3
AUTO
4
OFF (O)
OON042496
OON042488
OON042146
ONQ5041286L
Features of your vehicle
844
LCD displays
This indicator displays which exterior
light is selected using the lighting con
-
trol.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/
Lights Display function from the User
Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
Wiper mode
A:
Front Wiper
1
OFF
2
AUTO
3
LO
4
HI
This indicator displays which wiper
speed is selected using the wiper con
-
trol.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/
Lights Display function from the User
Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
Shift to P or N to start engine for
smart key system
This warning message appears if you try
to start the engine with the shift lever
not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) posi
-
tion.
Press brake pedal to start engine
for smart key system
This warning message appears if the
ENGINE START/STOP button changes to
the ACC position twice by pressing the
button repeatedly without depressing
the brake pedal.
It means that you should depress the
brake pedal to start the engine.
Battery discharging due to exter
-
nal electrical devices
The vehicle can detect self-discharge of
the battery due to over-current that is
generated by unauthorized electrical
devices such as dashboard camera
(dash cam) mounting during parking.
Please note that functions such as Idle
Stop and Go (ISG) are limited and bat
-
tery discharge problems may occur.
If the warning continues even after
external electrical devices are removed,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Press START button again for
smart key system
This warning message appears if you
cannot operate the ENGINE START/
STOP button when there is a problem
with the ENGINE START/STOP button
system.
It means that you could start the engine
by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button once more.
If the warning message appears each
time you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Press START button with key for
smart key system
This warning message appears if you
press the ENGINE START/STOP button
while the warning message "Key not
detected" is illuminating.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator
light blinks.
ONQ5041287L
85
4
4
Features of your vehicleLCD displays
Check DAW (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with Driver Attention
Warning. In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
* For more information, refer to "Driver
Attention Warning (DAW)" on page 6-
51.
Check BCW (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Warning. In this
case, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
* For more information, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
(BCW)" on page 6-30.
Icy Road Warning (if equipped)
A:
Ice possible. Drive with care
This warning is to warn the driver the
road may be icy.
When the following conditions occur, the
warning light (including outside tem
-
perature gauge) blinks 5 times and then
illuminates, and also warning chime
sounds once.
僅The temperature on the outside tem
-
perature gauge is below approxi
-
mately 40 °F (4 °C).
NOTICE
If the icy road warning appears while
driving, you should drive more atten
-
tively and refrain from speeding, rapid
acceleration, sudden braking or sharp
turning.
Check headlight
This warning message appears if there is
a malfunction (burned-out bulb except
LED lamp or circuit malfunction) with the
headlamp. In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Be sure to use the bulb that meets the
specified capacity. Refer to "Bulb watt
-
age" on page 9-3.
When you use a bulb that does not meet
capacity, the above warning message
appears.
Check ECS
This warning message appears when a
malfunction occurs with the Electronic
Control Suspension (ECS) system. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
ONQ5031500N
Features of your vehicle
864
Warning and indicator lights
Warning and indicator lights
The warning light and indicator light
indicate a situation where the driver
should be careful and whether the vari
-
ous functions are activated.
Warning lights
The warning light indicates situations
that require the driver to pay attention.
NOTICE
Warning lights
Make sure that all warning lights are
OFF after starting the vehicle. If any light
is still ON, this indicates a situation that
needs attention.
Air bag warning light
This warning light appears:
僅Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It appears for approximately 6 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅When there is a malfunction with the
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
In this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Seat belt warning light
This warning light informs the driver that
the seat belt is not fastened.
* For more details, refer to "Seat belts" on
page 3-20.
Parking brake & brake fluid
warning light
This warning light appears:
僅Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds
-It remains on if the parking brake is
applied.
僅When the parking brake is applied.
僅When the brake fluid level in the res
-
ervoir is low.
-If the warning light appears with
the parking brake released, it indi
-
cates the brake fluid level in reser
-
voir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the res
-
ervoir is low:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.With the vehicle stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (For more details,
refer to "Brake fluid" on page 8-18).
Then check all brake components for
fluid leaks. If any leak on the brake
system is still found, the warning light
remains on, or the brakes do not
operate properly, do not drive the
vehicle.
In this case, have your vehicle towed
to an authorized Kia dealer and
inspected.
87
4
4
Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diag
-
onal braking systems. This means that
braking still works for two wheels even if
one of the dual systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems work
-
ing, greater pedal pressure is required to
stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will require increased
stopping distance with only a portion of
the brake system working.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light
ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid Warning Light appears with
the parking brake released, it indicates
that the brake fluid level is low.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
warning light
This warning light appears:
僅Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅When there is a malfunction with the
ABS (The normal braking system will
still be operational without the assis
-
tance of the Anti-lock Brake System).
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Electronic Brake force Distribu
-
tion (EBD) system warning light
These two warning lights appear
at the same time while driving:
僅When the ABS and regular brake sys
-
tem are not working, have your vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Electronic Brake force Distribution
(EBD) system warning light
When both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid warning lights are on, the
brake system will not work normally and
you may experience an unexpected and
dangerous situation during sudden
braking.
In this case, avoid high speed driving
and abrupt braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as possi
-
ble.
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
warning light
This warning light appears:
僅When the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is turned to ON, the warning light
appears for about 3 seconds and
turns off automatically if no problem.
If the warning light is tuned on, it may
indicate the failure of the EPS system, so
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Features of your vehicle
884
Warning and indicator lights
Charging system warning light
This warning light appears:
僅Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
僅When there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system.
If there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness or
breakage.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
This warning light appears:
僅When you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-The malfunction indicator light
appears for about 3 seconds and
then goes off.
僅Whenever there is a malfunction with
either the emission control system or
the engine or the vehicle powertrain. If
this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to
the emission control systems which
could affect drivability and/or fuel econ
-
omy.
CAUTION
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
appears, potential catalytic converter
damage is possible which could result in
loss of engine power.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Engine oil pressure warning light
This warning light appears:
僅Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It remains on until the engine is
started.
僅When the engine oil pressure is low.
僅Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
僅Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details, refer
to "Engine oil and filter" on page 8-15.)
If the level is low, add oil as required.
僅If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer. Continued driv
-
ing with the warning light on may
cause engine failure.
89
4
4
Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights
NOTICE
When engine oil pressure decreases due
to insufficient engine oil, etc., the Engine
Oil Pressure Warning Light will appear.
CAUTION
Engine Overheating
Do not continue driving with the engine
overheated. Otherwise, the engine may
be damaged.
CAUTION
Engine damage
If the engine is not stopped immediately
after the engine oil pressure warning
light is appeared and stays on while the
engine is running, serious engine dam
-
age may result.
Low fuel level warning light
This warning light appears:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
Add fuel as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Low Fuel Level
Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning
light on or with the fuel level below "E"
can cause the engine to misfire and
damage the catalytic converter.
Low tire pressure warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light appears:
僅Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅When one or more of your tires are
significantly under inflated. (The loca
-
tion of the underinflated tires are dis
-
played on the LCD display).
* For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) (if
equipped)" on page 7-6.
This warning light remains on
after blinking for approximately
70 seconds or repeats blinking on
and off at the intervals of
approximately 3 seconds:
僅When there is a malfunction with the
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS).
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
* For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) (if
equipped)" on page 7-6.
WARNING
Low tire pressure
僅Significantly low tire pressure makes
the vehicle unstable and can contrib
-
ute to loss of vehicle control and
increased braking distances.
僅Continued driving or low pressure
tires will cause the tires to overheat
and fail.
Features of your vehicle
904
Warning and indicator lights
WARNING
Safe Stopping
僅The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors.
僅If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
Master warning light
This warning light informs the
driver the following situations
僅LED headlamp malfunction (if
equipped)
僅Lamp malfunction
僅High Beam Assist (HBA) malfunction
(if equipped)
To identify the details of the warning,
look at the LCD display.
LED headlamp warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light appears:
僅Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅When there is a malfunction with the
LED headlamp.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
This warning light blinks when there is a
malfunction with a LED headlamp
related part. In this case, have your vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Forward Safety warning light
This indicator light appears:
僅Yellow:
-When you set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP button to the
ON position, it appears for approxi
-
mately 3 seconds and then goes
off.
-When Forward Safety of Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist is Off/
disable/malfunction. In this case,
have the vehicle inspected by a
professional workshop. Visit an
authorized Kia dealer.
僅Red: When Forward Safety/Forward
Cross-Traffic Safety of Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist is operating, it
appears blinking.
* For more details, refer to "Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Forward Safety warning light
This indicator light appears:
僅Yellow:
-When you set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP button to the
ON position, it appears for approxi
-
mately 3 seconds and then goes
off.
91
4
4
Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights
-When Forward/Side Safety of For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
Off/disable/malfunction. In this
case, have the vehicle inspected by
a professional workshop. Visit an
authorized Kia dealer.
僅Red: When Forward/Side Safety of
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
operating, it appears blinking.
* For more details, refer to "Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
warning light
This warning light appears:
僅Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅When there is a malfunction with the
EPB.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warn
-
ing Light
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Light may appear when the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indica
-
tor Light comes on to indicate that the
ESC is not working properly (This does
not indicate malfunction of the EPB).
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅When you set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP Button to the
ON position.
-It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅When you activate the system by
pressing the DBC button.
This indicator light blinks:
僅When the DBC is operating.
This indicator light appears yel
-
low:
僅When there is a malfunction with the
DBC system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
* For more details, refer to "Downhill
Brake Control (DBC)" on page 5-30.
All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning
light (if equipped)
This warning light appears:
僅Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅When there is a malfunction with the
AWD.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
(3%
Features of your vehicle
924
Warning and indicator lights
Indicator lights
The indicator light indicates whether the
various functions are activated.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅When there is a malfunction with the
ESC.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
* For more details, refer to "Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system" on
page 5-28.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
OFF indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅When you deactivate the ESC system
by pressing the ESC OFF button.
* For more details, refer to "Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system" on
page 5-28.
Immobilizer indicator light
This indicator light appears for
up to 30 seconds:
僅When the vehicle detects the smart
key in the vehicle properly while the
ENGINE START/STOP button is ACC
or ON.
-At this time, you can start the
engine.
-The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a
few seconds:
僅When the smart key is not in the vehi
-
cle.
-At this time, you cannot start the
engine.
This indicator light appears for 2
seconds and goes off:
僅When the vehicle cannot detect the
smart key which is in the vehicle while
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
ON.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
僅When the battery of the smart key is
weak.
僅When there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
93
4
4
Features of your vehicleWarning and indicator lights
Auto stop indicator
This indicator will appear when the
engine enters the Idle Stop mode of the
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system.
When the automatic starting occurs, the
auto stop indicator on the cluster will
blink for 5 seconds.
* For more details, refer to "Idle Stop and
Go (ISG) system" on page 5-35.
NOTICE
When the engine automatically starts by
the ISG system, warning lights (ABS,
ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking brake
warning light) may turn on for a few sec
-
onds.
This happens because of the low battery
voltage. It does not mean the system is
malfunctioning.
Turn signal indicator light
This indicator light blinks:
僅When you turn the turn signal light on.
If any of the following occurs there may
be a malfunction with the turn signal
system.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
僅The indicator light does not blink but
appears.
僅The indicator light blinks more rapidly.
僅The indicator light does not appear at
all.
Low beam indicator light (if
equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅When the headlights are on.
High beam indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅When the headlights are on and in the
high beam position.
僅When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
High Beam Assist indicator
(if equipped)
This warning light appears:
僅When High Beam Assist is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light position.
僅If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, High Beam Assist
will switch the high beam to low beam
automatically.
* For more details, refer to "High Beam
Assist (HBA)" on page 4-101.
Light ON indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅When the tail lights or headlights are
on.
Front fog indicator light (if
equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅When the front fog lights are on.
Features of your vehicle
944
Warning and indicator lights
Lane Safety indicator (if
equipped)
The Lane Safety indicator will appear
when you turn Lane Keeping Assist on
by pressing the Lane Safety button.
If there is a problem with the function,
the yellow Lane Keeping Assist indicator
will appear.
* For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA)" on page 6-24.
Cruise indicator light (if
equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅When Smart Cruise Control is
enabled.
* For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise
Control (SCC)" on page 6-57.
SPORT mode indicator light
(if equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅When you select "SPORT" mode as
drive mode.
* For more details, refer to "Drive mode
integrated control system (FWD)" on
page 5-38 and "Drive mode integrated
control system (AWD)" on page 5-41.
ECO mode indicator light
(if equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅When you select "ECO" mode as drive
mode.
* For more details, refer to "Drive mode
integrated control system (FWD)" on
page 5-38 and "Drive mode integrated
control system (AWD)" on page 5-41.
SMART mode indicator (if
equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅When you select "SMART" mode as
drive mode.
* For more details, refer to "Drive mode
integrated control system (FWD)" on
page 5-38 and "Drive mode integrated
control system (AWD)" on page 5-41.
AUTO HOLD indicator light
(AUTO HOLD) (if equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅
White
When you activate the auto
hold system by pressing the AUTO
HOLD button.
僅
Green
When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the brake
pedal with the auto hold system acti
-
vated.
僅
Yellow
When there is a malfunction
with the auto hold system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
* For more details, refer to "AUTO HOLD"
on page 5-24.
All Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK
indicator light (if equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
-It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
95
4
4
Features of your vehicleVehicle settings (infotainment system)
僅When you select AWD lock mode by
pressing the AWD LOCK button.
-The AWD lock mode is to increase
the drive power when driving on
wet pavement, snow covered roads
and/or off-road.
NOTICE
AWD Lock Mode
Do not use AWD LOCK mode on dry
paved roads or highway, it can cause
noise, vibration or damage of AWD
related parts.
Vehicle settings (infotainment
system)
Vehicle Settings in the infotainment sys
-
tem provide user options for the settings
including door lock/unlock, convenience
features, and driver assistance.
WARNING
Do not adjust the Vehicle Settings while
driving. You may be distracted from the
driving task and could crash.
Setting Your Vehicle
1.Press the
SETUP
button on the head
unit of the infotainment system.
2.Select
Vehicle
and change the setting
of the features.
A:
Vehicle
僅
Vehicle settings
1.
Driver assistance
2.
Drive mode
3.
Active sound design
OON042526
OON042507
OON042144
Features of your vehicle
964
Vehicle settings (infotainment system)
4.
Head-up display
5.
Cluster
6.
Climate
7.
Seat
8.
Lights
9.
Door
10.
Convenience
WARNING
Do not operate the
Vehicle settings
while driving. This may cause distraction
resulting in an accident.
INFORMATION
僅The information provided may differ
depending on which features are
applicable to your vehicle.
僅The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Driver assistance settings (info
-
tainment system)
Select
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver
assistance
on the infotainment system
screen to set the Driver Assistance func
-
tion.
僅
Driver assistance
-
Driving convenience
-
Speed limit
-
Warning Timing
-
Warning Methods
-
Driver Attention Warning
-
Driving Safety
-
Parking safety
OON042143
97
4
4
Features of your vehicleHead-Up Display (HUD)
Head-Up Display (HUD) (if
equipped)
The Head-Up Display (HUD) is a trans
-
parent display that projects an image of
certain information from the instrument
cluster and navigation system on the
windshield glass.
僅The HUD image on the HUD screen
may not be visible when:
-Sitting posture prevents visibility.
-Wearing polarized sunglasses.
-There is an object on the cover of
the Head-Up Display.
-Driving on a wet road.
-Lighting is turned on inside the
vehicle.
-Light is entering the vehicle from
the outside.
-Wearing inadequate glasses for
your eyesight.
僅If the HUD image is not displayed well,
adjust the height, rotation or illumina
-
tion of the HUD in the cluster.
僅When the HUD needs inspection or
repair, have your vehicle inspected or
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
HUD ON/OFF
A:
Vehicle Settings
1 Head-Up Display
2 Enable Head-Up Display
The HUD display can be activated or
deactivated in user setting mode while
engine is ON.
WARNING
Head-Up Display
The Head-Up Display is a supplemental
system. Do not solely rely on the system,
always drive safely, and pay attention to
the driving conditions on the road.
HUD Information
1
Turn By Turn navigation information
(if equipped)
2
Road signs (if equipped)
3
Speedometer
4
SCC setting speed (if equipped)
5
SCC Vehicle Distance information (if
equipped)
6
Lane Following Assist information (if
equipped)
7
Lane Safety information (if equipped)
OON042094
OON042145
OCV041041N
Features of your vehicle
984
Lighting
8
Blind-Spot Safety information (if
equipped)
9
Highway Auto Speed Change infor
-
mation (if equipped)
10
Highway Driving Assist information (if
equipped)
11
Surrounding vehicle information
* Road signs and Turn By Turn naviga
-
tion information are available depend
-
ing on the region.
HUD Setting
On the LCD display, you can change the
HUD settings as follows.
1.Display height
2.Rotation
3.Brightness
4.Content selection
5.Speedometer size
6.Speedometer color
* For more details, refer to "LCD Display
Modes" on page 4-76
Lighting
This vehicle is equipped with a variety of
lights to illuminate the interior and exte
-
rior of the vehicle.
CAUTION
To prevent the battery from being dis
-
charged, do not leave the headlight and
interior light on for a prolonged time
while the engine is not running.
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to prevent
the battery from being discharged if the
lights are left in the ON position. The
system automatically shuts off the park
-
ing lights after the engine is off and the
driver's door is opened.
However, the position lamps stay ON
even when the driver-side door is
opened if the light switch is operated
after the engine is turned off.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on turn
the position lamps OFF and ON again
using the headlamp switch on the steer
-
ing column after the engine is turned off.
Daytime Running Light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Light (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day.
The DRL can be helpful in many differ
-
ent driving conditions, and it is especially
helpful after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL will turn the dedicated lamp
OFF when:
僅The headlight switch is on.
僅The vehicle is off.
僅The front fog light is on.
僅Engaging the Parking Brake.
99
4
4
Features of your vehicleLighting
Lighting control
The light switch has a headlight and a
position lamp position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of the
following positions:
1.OFF position / DRL off position.
2.Auto light position
3.Position & Tail lamp
4. Headlight position
Position & Tail lamp
When the light switch is in the position
lamp position, the tail, license and instru
-
ment panel lights will turn ON.
Headlight position
When the light switch is in the headlight
position, the head, tail, license lights will
turn ON.
NOTICE
The ENGINE START/STOP button must
be in the ON position to turn on the
headlights.
Auto light
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillights and head
-
lights will turn ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of light out
-
side the vehicle.
CAUTION
僅Never place anything over the sensor
(1) located on the instrument panel as
this will ensure better auto-light sys
-
tem control.
僅Don't clean the sensor using a window
cleaner, the cleaner may leave a light
film which could interfere with sensor
operation.
僅If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on the
front windshield, the Auto light system
may not work properly.
OON042416
OON042417
OON042418
OON042414_2
Features of your vehicle
1004
Lighting
Operating high beam
To turn on the high beam headlamp:
僅Push the lever away from you.
The lever will return to its original
position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
WARNING
High beams
Do not use high beam when there are
other vehicles in front of or approaching
your vehicle. Using high beam could
obstruct the other driver's vision.
To flash the headlights:
僅Pull the lever towards you.
It will return to the normal (low beam)
position when released. The head
-
light switch does not need to be on to
use this flashing feature.
Operating turn signals and lane
change signals
The ENGINE START/STOP button must
be on for the turn signals to function.
To turn on the turn signals:
僅Move the lever up or down (A).
The green arrow indicators on the
instrument panel indicate which turn
signal is operating.
They will self-cancel after a turn is
completed. If the indicator continues
to flash after a turn, manually return
the lever to the OFF position.
To signal a lane change:
僅Move the turn signal lever slightly and
hold it in position (B).
The lever will return to the OFF posi
-
tion when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned out
and will require replacement.
NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally quick
or slow, a bulb may be burned out or
have a poor electrical connection in the
circuit.
OON042460
OON042461
OON042419
101
4
4
Features of your vehicleLighting
One-touch lane change function
To activate a one-touch lane change
function, move the turn signal lever
slightly and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the One
Touch Turn Signal function or choose
the number of blinking (3, 5, or 7) by
selecting "User Settings →Lights → One
Touch Turn Signal".
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
NOTICE
If the turn signal indicator stays on and
does not flash, or if it flashes abnormally,
a bulb may be burned out or have a
poor electrical connection in the circuit.
The bulb may require replacement.
Operating front fog light (if
equipped)
Fog lights are designed to provide
improved visibility when visibility is poor
due to fog, rain or snow, etc.
The fog lights will turn on when the fog
light switch (1) is turned to the on posi
-
tion after the headlight is turned on.
To turn off the fog lights:
僅Turn the fog light switch (1) to the OFF
position.
High Beam Assist (HBA)
High Beam Assist is a function that auto
-
matically adjusts the headlamp range
(switches between high beam and low
beam) depending on the brightness of
detected vehicles and certain road con
-
ditions.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect ambient light
and brightness while driving.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
NOTICE
僅Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of High Beam Assist.
OON042462
OON042420
OON052018
Features of your vehicle
1024
Lighting
僅For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to "For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
High Beam Assist setting
A:
Vehicle Settings
1 Lights
2 High Beam Assist
With the ignition switch or EV button in
the ON position, select '
Lights
→
High
Beam Assist
' from the Settings menu to
turn on High Beam Assist and deselect
to turn off the function.
WARNING
For your safety, adjust your high beam
settings only after parking the vehicle at
a safe location.
High Beam Assist operation
Display and control
僅After selecting '
High Beam Assist'
in
the Settings menu, High Beam Assist
will operate by following the proce
-
dure below.
-Place the headlamp switch in the
AUTO position and push the head
-
lamp lever towards the instrument
cluster. The High Beam Assist ()
indicator light will appear on the
cluster and the function will be
enabled.
-When the function is enabled, high
beam will turn on when vehicle
speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h).
When vehicle speed is below 15
mph (25 km/h), high beam will not
turn on.
-The High Beam () indicator light
will appear on the cluster when
high beam is on.
僅When High Beam Assist is operating,
if the headlamp lever or switch is
used, the function operates as follows:
-If the headlamp lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam is
off, the high beam will turn on with
-
out High Beam Assist canceled.
When you let go of the headlamp
lever, High Beam Assist will turn on
again.
-If you push the light switch towards
the instrument cluster, high beam is
turned on and High Beam Assist is
released.
-If the headlamp lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam is
on by High Beam Assist, low beam
will be on and the function will turn
off.
-If the headlamp switch is placed
from AUTO to another position
(headlamp/position/off), High
Beam Assist will turn off and the
corresponding lamp will turn on.
僅When High Beam Assist is operating,
high beam switches to low beam if
any of the following conditions occur:
-When the headlamp of an oncom
-
ing vehicle is detected.
-When the taillamp of a vehicle in
front is detected.
-When the headlamp or taillamp of a
motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
OON042486
103
4
4
Features of your vehicleLighting
-When the surrounding ambient
light is bright enough that high
beams are not required.
-When streetlights or other lights are
detected.
Malfunction and limitations
Malfunction
A:
Check High Beam Assist system
When High Beam Assist is not working
properly, the 'Check High Beam Assist
system' warning message will appear
and warning light () will appear on
the cluster. Have the function inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Limitations
High Beam Assist may not work properly
in the following situations:
僅Light from a vehicle is not detected
because of lamp damage, or because
it is hidden from sight, etc.
僅Headlamp of a vehicle is covered with
dust, snow or water.
僅A vehicle's headlamps are off but the
fog lamps are on and etc.
僅There is a lamp that has a similar
shape as a vehicle's lamp.
僅Headlamps have been damaged or
not repaired properly.
僅Headlamps are not aimed properly.
僅Driving on a narrow curved road,
rough road, uphill or downhill.
僅Vehicle in front is partially visible on a
crossroad or curved road.
僅There is a traffic light, reflecting sign,
flashing sign or mirror ahead.
僅There is a temporary reflector or flash
ahead (construction area).
僅The road conditions are bad such as
being wet, iced or covered with snow.
僅A vehicle suddenly appears from a
curve.
僅The vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or
is being towed.
僅Light from a vehicle is not detected
because of smoke, fog, snow, etc.
NOTICE
僅Depending on the instrument cluster
specification or theme, images or col
-
ors may be displayed differently.
僅For more details on the limitations of
the front view camera, refer to "For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
NOTICE
僅At times, High Beam Assist may not
work properly. The function is for your
convenience only. It is the responsibil
-
ity of the driver for safe driving prac
-
tices and always check the road
conditions for your safety.
僅When High Beam Assist does not
operate normally, change the head
-
lamp position manually between high
beam and low beam.
OSG2PH052004N
Features of your vehicle
1044
Wipers and washers
Wipers and washers
The wipers and washers remove foreign
substances from the windshield and rear
window, helping to maintain visibility.
Front windshield wiper/washer
Rear windshield wiper/washer
A: Wiper speed control (front)
僅MIST – Single wipe
僅OFF – Off
僅INT – Intermittent wipe
AUTO* – Auto control wipe
僅LO – Low wiper speed
僅HI – High wiper speed
B: Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
C: Wash with brief wipes (front)
D: Rear wiper/washer control
僅HI – Continuous wipe
僅LO – Intermittent wipe
僅OFF – Off
E: Wash with brief wipes (rear)
*: if equipped
Windshield washers
Operates as follows when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is turned ON.
MIST
: For a single wiping cycle, move
the lever to this (MIST) position and
release it. The wipers will operate contin
-
uously if the lever is held in this position.
OFF
: Wiper is not in operation
INT
: Wiper operates intermittently at the
same wiping intervals. Use this mode in
light rain or mist. To vary the speed set
-
ting, turn the speed control switch.
LO
: Normal wiper speed
HI
: Fast wiper speed
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or until
the snow and/or ice is removed before
using the windshield wipers to ensure
proper operation. If you do not remove
the snow and/or ice before using the
wiper and washer, it may damage the
wiper and washer system.
WARNING
Do not use the washer in freezing tem
-
peratures without first warming the
windshield with the defrosters; the
washer solution could freeze on the
windshield and obscure your vision.
OON042421
OON042463
105
4
4
Features of your vehicleWipers and washers
Auto control (if equipped)
The rain sensor (A) located on the upper
end of the windshield glass senses the
amount of rainfall and controls the wip
-
ing cycle for the proper interval. The
more it rains, the faster the wiper oper
-
ates. When the rain stops, the wiper
stops.
To vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob (1).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode
when the ENGINE START/STOP button
is ON position, the wiper will operate
once to perform a self-check of the sys
-
tem. Set the wiper to the OFF position
when the wiper is not in use.
WARNING
When the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ON position and the windshield
wiper switch is placed in AUTO mode,
use caution in the following situations to
avoid any injury to the hands or other
parts of the body:
僅Do not touch the upper end of the
windshield glass facing the rain sen
-
sor.
僅Do not wipe the upper end of the
windshield glass with a damp or wet
cloth.
僅Do not put pressure on the windshield
glass.
CAUTION
僅When washing the vehicle, set the
wiper switch in the OFF position to
stop the auto wiper operation.
The wiper may operate and be dam
-
aged if the switch is set in AUTO
mode while washing the vehicle.
僅Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the pas
-
senger side windshield glass. Damage
to system parts could occur and may
not be covered by your vehicle war
-
ranty.
僅When starting the vehicle in winter,
set the wiper switch in the OFF posi
-
tion. Otherwise, wipers may operate
and ice may damage the windshield
wiper blades. Always remove all snow
and ice and defrost the windshield
properly prior to operating the wind
-
shield wipers.
Operating windshield washer
Use this function when the windshield is
dirty.
1.Move the wiper speed control switch
to the OFF position.
2.Pull the lever gently toward you to
spray washer fluid on the windshield
and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check the
washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not
sufficient, you will need to add appropri
-
OON042415
OON042464
Features of your vehicle
1064
Wipers and washers
ate non-abrasive windshield washer
fluid to the washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in the
front of the motor compartment on the
passenger side.
CAUTION
Washer pump
To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
CAUTION
Wipers & windshields
僅To prevent possible damage to the
wipers or windshield, do not operate
the wipers when the windshield is dry.
僅To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene,
paint thinner, or other solvents on or
near them.
僅To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manually.
Operating rear window wiper and
washer switch
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the wiper
and washer switch lever.
僅Turn the switch to the desired position
to operate the rear wiper and washer.
僅HI: Continuous wipe
僅LO: Intermittent wipe
僅OFF: OFF
僅Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers 1~3 cycles.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever
OON042465
OON042466
107
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior lights
Interior lights
This vehicle is equipped with lights
throughout the vehicle to illuminate the
interior.
Automatic turn off function (if
equipped)
The interior lights automatically turn off
approximately 20 minutes after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is turned
off, if the lights are in the ON position.
If your vehicle is equipped with the theft
alarm system, the interior lights auto
-
matically turn off approximately 5 sec
-
onds after the system is armed.
Map lamp
僅Press the lens (1) to turn ON the map
lamp.
To turn the map lamp OFF press the
lens (1) again.
僅 (2): DOOR mode
-The map lamp and room lamp
come on when a door is opened.
The lamps go out after approxi
-
mately 30 seconds.
-The map lamp and room lamp
come on for approximately 30 sec
-
onds when doors are unlocked with
a smart key as long as the doors
are not opened.
-The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on for approximately 20 min
-
utes if a door is opened with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in the
ACC or OFF position.
-The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on continuously if the door is
opened with the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ON position.
-The map lamp and room lamp will
go out immediately if the ENGINE
START/STOP button is changed to
the ON position or all doors are
locked.
-To turn off the DOOR mode, press
the DOOR button (2) once again
(not pressed).
僅 (3): Press this switch to turn the
front and rear room lamps on and off.
Room lamp
Type A
Type B
僅(1): The light stays on at all times.
OON042011
OON042012
OON042013
Features of your vehicle
1084
Interior lights
Liftgate room lamp
僅DOOR: The light comes on when the
liftgate is opened.
僅OFF: The light stays off at all times.
僅ON: The light stays on at all times.
Vanity mirror lamp
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will
automatically turn on the mirror light.
* The actual sun visor lamp in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
CAUTION
Vanity mirror lamp
Always close the lid of the vanity mirror
in the off position when the vanity mirror
lamp is not in use. If the sun visor is
closed without the lamp off, it may dis
-
charge the battery or damage the sun
visor.
Glove box lamp (if equipped)
The glove box lamp comes on when the
glove box is opened.
CAUTION
To prevent unnecessary charging sys
-
tem drain, close the glove box securely
after using the glove box.
OON042014
OON042422
OON042015
109
4
4
Features of your vehicleWelcome system
Welcome system (if equipped)
The welcome system is a function that
illuminates the surroundings or the inte
-
rior when the driver approaches or exits
the vehicle.
Headlight (headlamp) escort
function
The headlights (and/or taillights) remain
on for approximately 5 minutes after the
vehicle is turned off. However, if the
driver's door is opened and closed, the
headlights are turned off after 15 sec
-
onds.
The headlights can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the smart
key twice or turning off the light switch
from the headlight or Auto light position.
Interior light
When the interior light switch is in the
DOOR position and all doors (and lift
-
gate) are locked and closed, the room
lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any
of the following occurs:
僅With the smart key system
-When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
-When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock
button, the lamps will turn off immedi
-
ately.
Pocket lamp (if equipped)
When all doors are locked and closed,
the pocket lamp will come on for 15 sec
-
onds if any of the following occurs:
僅With the smart key system
-When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
-When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock
button, the lamps will turn off immedi
-
ately.
Features of your vehicle
1104
Defroster
Defroster
The vehicle is equipped with a defroster
for removing frost or fog from the rear
window.
CAUTION
Conductors
To prevent damage to the conductors
bonded to the inside surface of the rear
window, never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing abrasives to
clean the window.
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to "Windshield
defrosting and defogging" on page 4-
130.
Operating rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
rear window, while the vehicle is on.
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
on the rear window, brush it off before
operating the rear defroster.
Type A
Type B
To activate the rear window defroster:
僅Press the rear window defroster but
-
ton located in the center fascia switch
panel.
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates when the
defroster is ON.
The rear window defroster automati
-
cally turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned off.
To turn off the defroster:
僅Press the rear window defroster but
-
ton again.
Operating outside mirror
defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the out
-
side rearview mirror defrosters, they will
operate simultaneously when you turn
on the rear window defroster.
OON042302
OON042337
111
4
4
Features of your vehicleClimate control system
Climate control system
The climate control system uses cooling
and heating to help maintain a pleasant
environment inside the vehicle.
System operation
Ventilation
1.Set the mode to the position.
2.Set the air intake control to the out
-
side (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1.Set the mode to the position.
2.Set the air intake control to the out
-
side (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5.If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system on.
僅If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the or position.
Operation tips
僅To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the
ventilation system, temporarily set the
air intake control to the recirculated
air position. Be sure to return the con
-
trol to the fresh air position when the
irritation has passed to keep fresh air
in the vehicle. This will help keep the
driver alert and comfortable.
僅Air for the heating/cooling system is
drawn in through the grilles just at the
base of the windshield. Care should
be taken that these are not blocked
by leaves, snow, ice or other obstruc
-
tions.
僅To prevent fog from forming on the
inside of the windshield:
-Set the air intake control to the
fresh air position and the fan speed
to the desired position.
-Turn on the air conditioning sys
-
tem, and adjust the temperature
control to desired temperature.
Air conditioning (A/C)
All Kia air conditioning systems are filled
with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1.Start the vehicle. Press the A/C but
-
ton.
2.Set the mode to the position.
3.Set the air intake control to the out
-
side-air or recirculated air position.
4.Adjust the fan speed control and tem
-
perature control to maintain maxi
-
mum comfort.
僅When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
extreme left position, set the mode
control to the MAX A/C position,
then set the fan speed control to
the highest speed.
CAUTION
僅The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified tech
-
nicians to ensure proper and safe
operation.
僅The refrigerant system should be ser
-
viced in a well-ventilated place.
僅The air conditioning evaporator (cool
-
ing coil) shall never be repaired or
Features of your vehicle
1124
Climate control system
replaced with one removed from a
used or salvaged vehicle and new
replacement MAC evaporators shall
be certified (and labeled) as meeting
SAE Standard J2842.
CAUTION
Excessive Air conditioning Use
When using the air conditioning system,
monitor the temperature gauge closely
while driving up hills or in heavy traffic
when outside temperatures are high. Air
conditioning system operation may
cause vehicle overheating. Continue to
use the blower fan but turn the air con
-
ditioning system off if the temperature
gauge indicates vehicle overheating.
CAUTION
The air conditioning system should only
be used with the windows and sunroof
closed to prevent condensation inside
the vehicle that may cause damage to
electrical components.
Air conditioning system opera
-
tion tips
僅If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time to
let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
僅To help reduce moisture inside of the
windows on rainy or humid days,
decrease the humidity inside the vehi
-
cle by operating the air conditioning
system.
僅During air conditioning system opera
-
tion, you may occasionally notice a
slight change in vehicle speed as the
air conditioning compressor cycles.
This is a normal characteristic of sys
-
tem operation.
僅To ensure maximum system perfor
-
mance, the air conditioning system
should be ran for a few minutes each
month.
僅When using the air conditioning sys
-
tem, you may notice clear water drip
-
ping (or even puddling) on the ground
under the passenger side of the vehi
-
cle. This is a normal characteristic of
system operation.
僅Operating the air conditioning system
in the recirculated air position pro
-
vides maximum cooling; however,
continual operation in this mode may
cause the air inside the vehicle to
become stale.
僅During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and humid
air intake. This is a normal character
-
istic of system operation.
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the vehi
-
cle from the outside through the heating
and air conditioning system.
A: Outside air
B: Recirculated air
C: Climate control air filter
D: Blower
E: Evaporator core
F: Heater core
ONQ5EP041426L
113
4
4
Features of your vehicleClimate control system
If dust or other pollutants accumulate in
the filter over a period of time, the air
flow from the air vents may decrease.
This leads to moisture accumulating on
the inside of the windshield even when
the outside (fresh) air position is
selected. If this happens, have the cli
-
mate control air filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
僅Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions
such as dusty or rough roads, more
frequent air conditioner filter inspec
-
tions and changes are required.
僅When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized Kia dealer.
Checking the amount of air con
-
ditioner refrigerant and compres
-
sor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also has a nega
-
tive impact on the air conditioning sys
-
tem.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
The oil and refrigerant in your vehicle's
air conditioning system is under very
high pressure. If proper service proce
-
dures are not followed an explosion may
result. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, the air conditioning sys
-
tem in your vehicle should only be ser
-
viced by trained and certified Kia
technicians.
CAUTION
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used,
otherwise, damage to the vehicle may
occur. To prevent damage, the air condi
-
tioning system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and certified
Kia technicians.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant is mildly
flammable and at high pressure, the air
conditioning system should only be ser
-
viced by trained and certified techni
-
cians.
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed with
proper equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful to
individuals and environment. Failure to
heed these warnings can lead to serious
injuries.
Features of your vehicle
1144
Climate control system
Air conditioning refrigerant label
Example
* The actual air conditioning refrigerant
label in the vehicle may differ from the
illustration.
Each symbol and specification on the air
conditioning refrigerant label is repre
-
sented below:
1.Classification of refrigerant
2.Amount of refrigerant
3.Classification of Compressor lubricant
4.Caution
5.Flammable Refrigerant
6.To requires Registered technician to
service Air Conditioning system
Refer to "Refrigerant label" on page 9-8
for more detail on the location of air con
-
ditioning refrigerant label.
ONQ5031519N
115
4
4
Features of your vehicleManual climate control system
Manual climate control system
The manual climate control system uses cooling and heating to help maintain a
pleasant environment inside the vehicle.
1
Fan speed control knob
2
Front windshield defroster button
3
Rear window defroster button
4
Air conditioning (A/C) button
5
Air intake control button
6
Mode selection knob
7
Temperature control knob
8
Rear control button
CAUTION
Operating the blower when the ignition
switch is in the ON position could cause
the battery to discharge. Operate the
blower when the engine is running.
OON042338
Features of your vehicle
1164
Manual climate control system
Heating and air conditioning
1.Start the engine.
2.Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
僅Heating:
僅Cooling:
3.Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4.Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
5.Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
OON042339
117
4
4
Features of your vehicleManual climate control system
Mode selection
The mode selection knob controls the
direction of the air flow through the ven
-
tilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dash
-
board outlets, or windshield. Five sym
-
bols are used to represent Face, Bi-
Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost
air position.
Face-Level (B, D, F)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each outlet
can be controlled to direct the air dis
-
charged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed towards the face and
the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield, side
window defrosters and side air vents.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters and side air vents.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters
and side air vents.
Instrument panel vents
You can adjust the direction of air deliv
-
ered from these vents using the vent
control lever as shown.
To close the vent, push the air vent lever
in the opposite direction of the passen
-
ger.
To open the vent, push the air vent lever
in the same direction of the passenger.
Temperature control
The temperature control knob allows
you to control the temperature of the air
flowing from the ventilation system.
To change the air temperature in the
passenger compartment, turn the knob
to the right for warm and hot air or to
the left for cooler air.
NOTICE
When starting the vehicle in cold
weather a more efficient way to heat the
passenger compartment is to do the fol
-
lowing.
OON042340
OON042341
OON042342
Features of your vehicle
1184
Manual climate control system
僅Turn off or lower the blower, right
after starting the engine.
僅Engine temperature is still low and the
air flow from the heater is still cold.
僅After a few minutes of engine warm
up, turn on or set the fan to a higher
level and adjust the temperature set
-
ting to hot.
Controlling air intake
The air intake control is used to select
the outside (fresh) air position or recircu
-
lated air position.
To change the air intake control position.
僅Push the desired control button
Recirculated air position
The indicator light on the but
-
ton illuminates when the recir
-
culated air position is
selected.
With the recirculated air position
selected, air from the passenger com
-
partment will be drawn through the
heating system and heated or cooled
according to the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
The indicator light on the but
-
ton will turn off when the out
-
side (fresh) air position is
selected.
With the outside (fresh) air position
selected, air enters the vehicle from out
-
side and is heated or cooled according
to the function selected.
NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in the
recirculated air position (without air con
-
ditioning selected) may cause fogging of
the windshield and side windows, and
the air within the passenger compart
-
ment may become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air con
-
ditioning with the recirculated air posi
-
tion selected will result in excessively dry
air in the passenger compartment.
WARNING
僅Continuously using the climate control
system in the recirculated air position
may allow humidity to increase inside
the vehicle, which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
僅Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
conditioning or heating system on. It
may cause serious harm or death due
to a drop in the oxygen level and/or
body temperature.
僅Continuously using the climate control
system in the recirculated air position
can cause drowsiness or sleepiness,
and loss of vehicle control. Set the air
intake control to the outside (fresh) air
position as much as possible while
driving.
OON042343
119
4
4
Features of your vehicleManual climate control system
Controlling fan speed
The fan speed control knob allows you
to control the fan speed of the air flow
-
ing from the ventilation system.
The ENGINE START/STOP button must
be in the ON position for fan operation.
To change the fan speed:
僅Turn it right for higher speed, or turn
it left for lower speed.
Turning off the blowers
To turn off the blowers:
僅Turn the fan speed control knob to
the "0" position.
Air conditioning (A/C)
僅Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator light
will illuminate).
僅Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
OON042345
OON042346
OON042344
Features of your vehicle
1204
Automatic climate control system
Automatic climate control system (if equipped)
The automatic climate control system uses cooling and heating to help maintain a
pleasant environment inside the vehicle.
1.Driver's temperature control knob
2.AUTO (automatic control) button
3.OFF button
4. Front windshield defroster button
5.Fan speed control button
6.Rear control button
7.Mode selection button
8.Air conditioning (A/C) button
9.Rear window defroster button
10.Air intake control button
11.Passenger's temperature control knob
12.SYNC button
13.Air conditioning display
NOTICE
Operating the blower when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ON posi
-
tion could cause the battery to dis
-
charge. Operate the blower when the
vehicle is ON.
OON042301
121
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
Heating and air conditioning
automatically
Automatic climate control system but
-
tons are touch sensitive, and must be
touched in the center of the button, for
proper activation.
1.Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by setting the tempera
-
ture.
2.Turn the temperature control switch
to the desired temperature.
僅To turn the automatic operation off,
select any of the following buttons or
switches:
-Mode selection button
-Air conditioning (A/C) button
-Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time to
deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign
will illuminate on the information
display once again.)
-Fan speed control switch
The selected function will be con
-
trolled manually while other func
-
tions operate automatically.
僅For your convenience and to improve
the effectiveness of the climate con
-
trol, use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 72 °F (22 °C).
NOTICE
Do not place anything over the sensor
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating and
cooling system.
Driver's sidePassenger's side
OON042316
OON042317_2
LevelIndicatorLCD DisplayAir flow
High2~8
Medium1~7
Low1~5
OON042018
Features of your vehicle
1224
Automatic climate control system
Heating and air conditioning manually
The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons or
turning knob(s) other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons or
knob(s) selected.
1.Start the vehicle.
2.Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
僅Heating:
僅Cooling:
3.Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4.Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
5.Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to convert to fully automatic control of the system.
OON042303
123
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls the
direction of the air flow through the ven
-
tilation system.
The air flow outlet ports are switched in
the following sequence:
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each outlet
can be controlled to direct the air dis
-
charged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face and
the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
Temperature control
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by turning the knob all
the way to the right.
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (Lo) by turning the knob all the
way to the left.
When turning the knob, the temperature
will increase or decrease by 1 °F/0.5 °C.
When set to the lowest temperature set
-
ting, the air conditioning will operate
continuously.
NOTICE
When starting the vehicle in cold
weather using manual temperature con
-
trol, operate the system in the following
method to improve heating.
僅Turn off or lower the blower, right
after starting the engine.
僅Allow the engine to warm up during
this time since the air flow from the
heater is still cold.
OON042318
Driver's sidePassenger's side
OON042319
OON042317_2
Features of your vehicle
1244
Automatic climate control system
僅After a few minutes of engine warm
up, turn on or set the fan to a higher
level and adjust the temperature set
-
ting to hot.
Adjusting the driver and passen
-
ger side temperature, fan speed
and air flow direction equally
1.Press the "SYNC" button to adjust the
driver and front/rear passenger side
temperature, fan speed and air flow
direction equally.
The front and rear passenger side
temperature, fan speed and air flow
direction will be set to the same tem
-
perature, fan speed and air flow direc
-
tion as the driver's side.
2.Turn the driver side temperature con
-
trol knob. The driver and front/rear
passenger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
Press the fan speed control button.
The driver and front/rear passenger
side fan speed will be adjusted
equally.
Press the driver side mode selection
button. The driver and front/rear pas
-
senger side air flow will be adjusted
equally.
3.When the rear climate control is
turned ON, the fan speed and air flow
direction will automatically follow the
first row setting.
Adjusting the driver and passen
-
ger side temperature, fan speed
and air flow direction individually
僅Press the "SYNC" button again to
adjust the driver and front/rear pas
-
senger side temperature, fan speed
and air flow direction individually.
Changing temperature scale
僅To change the temperature display
from Fahrenheit to Celsius and vice
versa, press the OFF button, while
pressing the AUTO button for 3 sec
-
onds or more.
The display will change from Centigrade
to Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to
Centigrade. If the battery has been dis
-
charged or disconnected, the tempera
-
ture mode display will reset to
Fahrenheit.
Controlling air intake
This is used to select the outside (fresh)
air position or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position:
僅Push the desired control button.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air enters
the vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled according
to the function selected.
OON042320
OON042321
125
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air posi
-
tion selected, air from the
passenger compartment will
be drawn through the heating
system and heated or cooled according
to the function selected.
Prolonged operation of the heater in the
recirculated air position (without air con
-
ditioning selected) may cause fogging of
the windshield and side windows and
make the air in the passenger compart
-
ment stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air con
-
ditioning with the recirculated air posi
-
tion selected will result in excessively dry
air in the passenger compartment.
Controlling fan speed
The fan speed can be set to the desired
speed by operating the fan speed con
-
trol button.
To change the fan speed:
僅Press button right for higher speed, or
press button left for lower speed.
To turn the fan speed control off:
僅Press the front blower OFF button.
Air conditioning (A/C)
僅Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator light
will illuminate).
僅Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
WARNING
Reduced Visibility
Continuous use of the climate control
system in the recirculated air position
may allow humidity to increase inside
the vehicle which may fog the glass and
obscure visibility.
WARNING
Recirculated Air
Continued use of the climate control sys
-
tem in the recirculated air position can
cause drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss
of vehicle control. Set the air intake con
-
trol to the outside (fresh) air position as
much as possible while driving.
WARNING
Sleeping with A/C on
Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air con
-
ditioning or heating on as this may
cause serious harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level and/or body
temperature.
OON042322
OON042323
Features of your vehicle
1264
Automatic climate control system
Turning off the front air climate
control
僅Press the OFF button to turn off the
front and rear air climate control sys
-
tem.
However, you can still operate the
mode and air intake buttons as long
as the ENGINE START/STOP button is
in the ON position.
Controlling rear climate
Rear
1.Rear temperature control button
2.Rear AUTO button
3.Rear mode selection button
4. Rear air conditioning display
5.Rear air conditioning OFF button
6.Rear fan speed control button
僅When the "SYNC" is ON, the rear tem
-
perature, rear fan speed and rear
mode is controlled automatically by
the front climate control system.
僅If you operate the rear temperature,
rear fan speed or rear mode on the
rear climate control panel, the corre
-
sponding rear temperature, rear fan
speed or rear mode will operate inde
-
pendently regardless of the front cli
-
mate control system operation.
Controlling rear fan speed
Front climate control panel
1.Press the REAR button located on the
front climate control panel and press
the rear fan speed control button on
the audio or multimedia screen.
2.To change the fan speed, press ()
the button for higher speed, or press
the () the button for lower speed.
The fan speed is displayed on the
screen.
Rear climate control panel
1.Adjust the fan speed by pressing the
rear fan speed control button.
2.To change the speed, press the but
-
ton () for higher speed, or press the
button () for lower speed.
The fan speed is displayed on the
screen.
OON042324
OON042017
OON042325
OON042326
127
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
Controlling rear temperature
Front climate control panel
1.Press the REAR button located on the
front climate control panel and adjust
the temperature on the audio or mul
-
timedia screen.
2.Press the button (+) for warmer air or
press the button (-) for cooler air.
Rear climate control panel
1.Adjust the temperature by pressing
the rear temperature control button.
2.To change the temperature, press the
button () for warmer air or press
the button () for cooler air.
The temperature is displayed on the
screen.
OFF mode
Front climate control panel
僅To turn off the rear climate control
system, press the REAR button
located on the front climate control
panel and OFF button on the audio or
multimedia screen.
Rear climate control panel
僅To turn off the rear climate control
system, press the rear blower OFF
button
OON042325
OON042327
OON042325
OON042433
Features of your vehicle
1284
Automatic climate control system
Selecting rear mode
The rear mode is selected by pressing
the rear mode selection button on the
rear control panel as follows:
僅: Rear air blows from the upper
vents.
僅: Rear air blows from the upper
vents on the rear ceiling and the lower
vents.
僅: Rear air blows from the right
side lower vents.
: Air discharged from [A] spreads
over a wider area.
: Air discharged from [B] has a cen
-
tered and direct flow.
OON042328_2
OON042314_2
OON042315
129
4
4
Features of your vehicleAutomatic climate control system
Opening/closing the vent and adjusting the direction
You can set the direction of air by adjusting the knob of air vents located above the
2nd-row and 3rd-row seats. Adjust the outer and central parts of the air vent to the
desired positions.
NOTICE
If all the vents are closed, it may cause
some noise. Always open 2 vents or
more.
Outer part of the vent (A)
Central part of the vent
(B)
Description
OpenClose
The air spreads widely around the passen
-
ger. However, the air volume may
decrease.
OpenOpen
The air is spread widely towards and
around the passenger.
CloseOpenThe air blows only towards the passenger.
Features of your vehicle
1304
Windshield defrosting and defogging
Windshield defrosting and
defogging
When the windshield is covered with
frost or moisture, the front view is
blurred, you should remove the frost
and moisture.
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the or position
during cooling operation in extremely
humid weather. The difference between
the temperature of the outside air and
the windshield could cause the outer
surface of the windshield to fog up,
causing loss of visibility. In this case, set
the mode selection to the position
and fan speed control to the lower
speed.
僅To speed up the defrosting process,
turn the temperature control all the
way to the right and set the fan speed
to the highest.
僅If you want warm air to flow towards
the floor while defrosting or defog
-
ging, set the mode to the floor-defrost
position.
僅Before driving, clear all snow and ice
from the windshield, rear window,
outside rear view mirrors, and all side
windows.
僅Clear all snow and ice from the hood
and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster effi
-
ciency and to reduce the probability
of fogging up the inside of the wind
-
shield.
CAUTION
Do not place anything on the instrument
panel which may cover the air outlets.
Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed,
preventing the windshield defoggers
from defogging.
Defogging inside windshield with
manual climate control system
1.Select any fan speed except "0" posi
-
tion.
2.Select desired temperature.
3.Select the or position.
The outside (fresh) air and air condi
-
tioning will be selected automatically.
OON052154
OON042329_4
131
4
4
Features of your vehicleWindshield defrosting and defogging
If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)
air position are not selected automati
-
cally, press the corresponding button
manually.
Defrosting outside windshield
with manual climate control sys
-
tem
1.Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2.Set the temperature to the extreme
hot position.
3.Select the position.
The outside (fresh) air and air condi
-
tioning will be selected automatically.
Defogging inside windshield with
the automatic climate control
1.Set the fan speed to the desired posi
-
tion.
2.Select desired temperature.
3.Press the defroster button ().
The outside (fresh) air position will be
selected automatically and the air
conditioning will turn on according to
the detected ambient temperature.
If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)
air position are not selected automati
-
cally, adjust the corresponding button
manually. If the position is
selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to
a higher fan speed.
OON042330_4
OON042331_4
Features of your vehicle
1324
Windshield defrosting and defogging
Defrosting outside windshield
with automatic climate control
1.Set the fan speed to the highest posi
-
tion.
2.Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HI) position.
3.Press the defroster button ().
The outside (fresh) air position will be
selected automatically and the air
conditioning will turn on according to
the detected ambient temperature.
Defogging logic (if equipped)
To reduce the possibility of fogging up
the inside of the windshield, the air
intake or air conditioning is controlled
automatically according to certain con
-
ditions such as or position.
To cancel automatic defogging logic or
return to the automatic defogging logic,
do the following.
Canceling/returning automatic
defogging logic on manual cli
-
mate control system
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
to the ON position.
2.Turn the mode selection knob to the
defrost position ().
3.Push the air intake control button at
least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The indicator light in the air intake
control button will blink 3 times. It
indicates that the defogging logic is
canceled or returned to the pro
-
grammed status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog logic
status.
OON042332_4
OON042333_3
133
4
4
Features of your vehicleWindshield defrosting and defogging
Canceling/returning automatic
defogging logic on automatic cli
-
mate control system
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
to the ON position.
2.Press the defroster button ().
3.While pressing the air conditioning (A/
C) button, press the air intake control
button at least 5 times within 3 sec
-
onds.
The recirculation indicator blinks 3
times in 0.5 second of intervals. It indi
-
cates that the defogging logic is can
-
celed or returned to the programmed
status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog logic
status.
Auto Defogging System (ADS)
(only for automatic climate con
-
trol system) (if equipped)
The Auto Defogging System (ADS)
reduces the probability of fogging up
the inside of the windshield by automati
-
cally sensing the moisture inside the
windshield.
The ADS operates when the heater or air
conditioning is on.
The indicator illuminates when the ADS
senses the moisture on the inside of the
windshield and operates.
The ADS addresses excess moisture on
the inside of the windshield in stages.
For example if auto defogging does not
defog inside the windshield at step 1, it
tries to defog again at step 2.
1.Outside air position
2.Operating the air conditioning
3.Increasing air flow toward the wind
-
shield
4.Blowing air flow toward the wind
-
shield
OON042334_3
OON042407
Features of your vehicle
1344
Additional features of climate control
Turning the ADS on or off
僅Press the front windshield defroster
button for 3 seconds when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
ON position.
When the ADS system is canceled, the
defroster button indicator will blink 3
times per 0.5 sec.
僅To reset the ADS system to ON, hold
the front windshield defrost for 0.25
sec and the "ADS OFF" will be
removed from the climate control
screen.
CAUTION
Do not remove the sensor cover located
on the upper end of the passenger side
windshield glass. Damage to the system
parts could occur and may not be cov
-
ered by your vehicle warranty.
Additional features of climate
control
Sunroof inside air recirculation (if
equipped)
The outside (fresh) air position is auto
-
matically selected, when the sunroof is
opened.
When you select the recirculated air
position, the system maintains the recir
-
culated air position for 3 minutes and
then automatically converts to the out
-
side (fresh) air position.
When the sunroof is closed, the air
intake position will return to the original
position that was selected.
Automatic ventilation (if
equipped)
The system automatically selects the
outside (fresh) air position when the cli
-
mate control system operates over a
certain period of time (approximately 30
minutes) in low temperature with the
recirculated air position selected.
To cancel or reset the Automatic
Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is on,
select Face Level mode and while
pressing the A/C button, press the recir
-
culated air position button five times
within three seconds.
When the automatic ventilation is can
-
celed, the indicator blinks 3 times. When
the automatic ventilation is activated,
the indicator blinks 6 times.
135
4
4
Features of your vehicleStorage compartment
Smart Temperature Comfort Con
-
trol System (for driver's seat) (if
equipped)
The temperature of the driver’s seat
warmer, air ventilated seat and heated
steering wheel is automatically con
-
trolled depending on the inside and out
-
side temperature of the vehicle when
the vehicle is running.
The heated steering wheel and seat
warmer/ventilation defaults to the OFF
position whenever the vehicle is
restarted. However, if the "Auto. controls
that use climate control settings" is ON,
the heated steering wheel and seat
warmer/ventilation will turn on and off
depending on the inside and outside
temperature.
Operation
僅Select
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Seat
→
Heating/Ventilation
→
Auto. Con
-
trols That Use Climate Control Set
-
tings
→
Steering wheel warmer
/
Seat warmer/ventilation
on the info
-
tainment screen.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
NOTICE
For detailed information, refer to Navi
-
gation Quick Reference Guide.
Storage compartment
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the driver
or passengers.
僅To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compart
-
ment.
僅Always keep the storage compart
-
ment covers closed while driving. Do
not place too many items in the stor
-
age compartment to make sure that
the compartment can be closed
securely.
WARNING
Flammable materials
Do not store glasses, gas lighter, porta
-
ble battery, canned beverage, spray can,
propane cylinder, cosmetic tube or other
flammable/explosive materials in the
vehicle. These items may catch fire and/
or explode if the vehicle is exposed to
hot temperatures for extended periods.
Center console storage
To open the center console storage:
僅Pull up the lever.
OON042019
Features of your vehicle
1364
Storage compartment
Glove box
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key (1).
To open:
僅Pull the lever (2).
Close the glove box after use.
WARNING
Glove Box
To reduce the risk of injury in an acci
-
dent or sudden stop, always keep the
glove box door closed while driving.
NOTICE
If the temperature control switch is in
the warm or hot position, warm or hot air
will flow into the glove box.
Sunglass holder
To open the sunglass holder:
僅Press the cover and the holder will
slowly open.
Place your sunglasses with the lenses
facing out. To close the sunglass holder
push it up.
WARNING
Sunglass holder
僅Do not keep objects except sun
-
glasses inside the sunglass holder.
Such objects can be thrown from the
holder in the event of a sudden stop
or an accident, possibly injuring the
passengers in the vehicle.
僅Do not open the sunglass holder while
the vehicle is moving. The rear view
mirror of the vehicle can be blocked
by an opened sunglass holder.
OON042020_2
OON042021
137
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
Luggage box
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector
triangle, tools, etc. in the box for easy
access.
僅Grasp the handle on the edge of the
cover and lift it.
Interior features
There are various features inside the
vehicle for the convenience of the occu
-
pants.
Ambient light (if equipped)
The ambient lights are applied to the
front passenger's crash pad and front
door.
When the headlamp light is on, the
ambient light is on at the same time
could be set in the infotainment menu.
Refer to the infotainment manual for
details.
Cup holder
The front and rear seats of the vehicle
have cup holders to accommodate cups.
WARNING
Hot liquids
Do not place uncovered cups with hot
liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle
is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you
may burn yourself. Such a burn to the
driver could lead to loss of control of the
vehicle.
OON042022
OON042467_5
Features of your vehicle
1384
Interior features
CAUTION
僅Keep your drinks sealed while driving
to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid
spills, it may get into the vehicle's
electrical/electronic system and dam
-
age electrical/electronic parts.
僅When cleaning spilled liquids, do not
use heat to dry the cup holders. This
may damage the cup holder.
僅Use shatter-proof and light contain
-
ers. Otherwise, there is the increased
danger of injury in an accident.
僅Do not forcefully push unsuitable con
-
tainers into the cup holders. This may
result in damage.
Front/2nd row
Rear seats
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
2nd row center (if equipped)
Pull the armrest down to use the cup
holders.
Seat warmer (if equipped)
The seat warmer is provided to warm
the front seats during cold weather.
Front seat/2nd row seat
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position:
僅Push the levers up to warm the front
seat.
僅Press the buttons to heat the rear seat
as indicated in the above image.
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer
is not needed, keep the levers/switches
in the "OFF" position.
OON042468_2
OON042469_2
OON042470_2
139
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
Manual temperature control
Each time you push the levers up (front
seat) or press the buttons (rear seat), the
temperature setting of the seat will
change as follows:
The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned on.
Automatic temperature control
The seat warmer starts to automatically
control the seat temperature in order to
prevent low-temperature burns after
being manually turned on.
You may manually push the levers up
(front seat) or press the buttons (rear
seat) to increase the seat temperature.
However, it soon returns to the auto
-
matic mode again. When pushing the
levers up (front seat) or pressing the
buttons (rear seat) for more than 1.5 sec
-
onds with the seat warmer operating,
the seat warmer will turn OFF. The seat
warmer defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the ON position.
NOTICE
With the seat warmer switch in the ON
position, the heating system in the seat
turns off or on automatically depending
on the seat temperature.
WARNING
Seat warmer burns
The seat warmer may cause burns, even
at low temperature, if used over a long
period of time. Never allow passengers
who may not be able to take care of
themselves to be exposed to the risk of
seat heater burns. These include:
1.Infants, children, elderly or disabled
persons, or hospital outpatients
2.Persons with sensitive skin or those
that burn easily
3.Fatigued individuals
4.Intoxicated individuals
5.Individuals taking medication that can
cause drowsiness or sleepiness
(sleeping pills, cold tablets, etc.)
Air ventilation seat (if equipped)
Front seat/2nd row seat
The temperature setting of the seat
changes according to the levers/
switches position.
僅To ventilate your seat cushion, push
the levers down (front seat) or press
the button (rear seat).
Each time you push the levers down
(front seat) or press the button (rear
OON042471_2
Features of your vehicle
1404
Interior features
seat), the airflow will change as fol
-
lows:
The seat warmer (with air ventilation)
defaults to the OFF position whenever
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned on.
CAUTION
Seat damage
僅When cleaning the seats, do not use
an organic solvent such as paint thin
-
ner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the air ventila
-
tion seat.
僅Do not place heavy or sharp objects
on the seat. Those things may dam
-
age the air ventilation seat.
僅Be careful not to spill liquid such as
water or beverages on the seat. If you
spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a
dry towel. Before using the air ventila
-
tion seat, dry the seat completely.
Sun visor
Use the sun visor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
* The actual sun visor lamp in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
僅To use the sun visor, pull it downward.
僅To use the sun visor for the side win
-
dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from
the bracket (1) and swing it to the side
(2).
僅To use the vanity mirror, pull down
the visor and slide the mirror cover
(3).
Adjust the sun visor forward or back
-
ward (4) as needed.
The ticket holder (5) is provided for
holding a tollgate ticket.
CAUTION
Vanity mirror lamp
To prevent unnecessary charging sys
-
tem drain, close the vanity mirror cover
securely after using the mirror.
Power outlet
The power outlet is designed to provide
power for mobile telephones or other
devices designed to operate with vehicle
electrical systems.
Front
2nd row
OON042423
OON042032
OON042033
141
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
Rear
The devices should draw less than 10
amps with the vehicle on.
僅Use the power outlet only when the
vehicle is on and remove the acces
-
sory plug after use. Using the acces
-
sory plug for prolonged periods of
time with the vehicle off could cause
the battery to discharge.
僅Only use 12 V electric accessories
which are less than 10 A in electric
capacity.
僅Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to
the lowest operating level when using
the power outlet.
僅Close the cover when not in use.
僅Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when plugged
into a vehicle's power outlet. These
devices may cause excessive audio
static and malfunctions in other elec
-
tronic systems or devices used in your
vehicle.
僅Push the plug in as far as it will go. If
the plug is not properly inserted into
the outlet, the plug may overheat and
the fuse may open.
僅For electronic devices equipped with
batteries, only plug in the devices with
reverse current protection. The cur
-
rent from the battery may flow into
the vehicle's electrical/electronic sys
-
tem and cause system malfunction.
WARNING
Electric shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign object
(pen, etc.) into a power outlet and do not
touch with a wet hand. You may get an
electric shock.
USB charger
The USB car charger allows drivers to
charge their digital devices like smart
-
phones, and PC tablets. Plug the cable
into the USB port, and charging will
begin.
Front
Center (if equipped)
2nd row
OON042034
OON042035
OON042036
OON042037
Features of your vehicle
1424
Interior features
3rd row
The USB car charger is available with
either the ACC or the ignition on. We rec
-
ommend you connect the USB port and
digital devices with the engine running.
See the display screen of the device to
check its charging process completion.
Your smartphone or tablet PC could get
heated up while charging. This is no rea
-
son to worry, as it doesn't impact life or
functions of the device. There is no func
-
tion to stop charging by monitoring the
battery heat or damage of the device
being charged by the USB charger itself.
There is however, a function to block
itself if the device is being charged when
the device requires overcurrent or the
USB charger is overheated.
CAUTION
僅Use the USB car charger with the igni
-
tion on. Otherwise, vehicle battery can
be discharged.
僅Use the official USB cable of the man
-
ufacturer of the digital device to be
charged.
僅Make sure that no foreign objects,
drinks, and water come into contact
with the USB car charger. Water or
foreign objects can damage the USB
charger.
僅Do not charge a device whose current
consumption exceeds 2.1 A.
僅Do not connect an electrical device
that generates excessive electromag
-
netic noise to the USB car port. If you
do so, noise can be heard or vehicle
electronic devices can be interrupted
while audio or AV is on.
僅If the charger is connected incorrectly,
it can cause serious damage on the
devices. Please note that damages
due to incorrect usage are not cov
-
ered by warranty service.
AC inverter (if equipped)
The AC inverter supplies 115 V / 150 W
electric power to operate electric acces
-
sories or equipment.
If you wish to use the AC inverter, open
up the AC inverter cover and connect a
plug to it. The AC inverter supplies elec
-
tric power when vehicle is on.
NOTICE
僅Rated voltage: AC 115 V
僅Maximum electric power: 150 W
NOTICE
僅Be sure to read this manual before
use to avoid any electrical system fail
-
ure, electric shock, etc.
僅Be sure to close the cover except for
when in use.
OON042038
OON042039
OON042508
143
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
僅To prevent the battery from being dis
-
charged, do not use the AC inverter
while the vehicle is not on.
僅After using an electric accessory or
equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving
the accessory or equipment plugged
in for a long time may cause battery
discharge.
僅Do not use an electric accessory or
equipment whose power consump
-
tion is greater than 150 W (115 V).
僅The AC inverter is ‘turned off’ in the
low battery voltage condition (11.3V or
under), and can be used normally
when the voltage is returning to the
normal level.
僅While the power consumption of
some electrical devices/appliances
may be within the AC inverter's elec
-
tric power range, it may malfunction
in the following cases.
-If the device/appliance requires
high electric power for initial start
up.
-If the device/appliance processes
precise/very accurate data.
-If the device/appliance requires
very stable supply of electricity.
CAUTION
Electric accessory devices
僅Do not use broken electric accessories
which may damage the AC inverter
and electrical systems of the vehicle.
僅Do not use two or more electric acces
-
sories at the same time. It may cause
damage to the electrical systems of
the vehicle.
Wireless smart phone charging
system (if equipped)
A wireless smart phone charging system
is located in front of the center console.
Firmly close all doors, and turn the vehi
-
cle on. To start wireless charging, place
the smart phone capable of wireless
charging on the wireless charging pad.
For best wireless charging results, place
the smart phone on the center of the
charging pad.
The wireless charging system is
designed for smart phones compatible
with QI technology. Please refer to the
smart phone accessory cover or the
smart phone manufacturer homepage
to check whether your smart phone sup
-
ports QI function.
Charging smart phone wirelessly
1.Remove any object on the smart
phone charging pad including the
smart key. If there is any foreign
object on the pad other than a smart
phone, the wireless charging function
may not operate properly.
2.Place the smart phone on the center
of the wireless charging pad.
The indicator light will change to
orange once the wireless charging
begins. After the charging is com
-
OON042411_2
Features of your vehicle
1444
Interior features
plete, the orange light will change to
green.
You can choose to turn the wireless
charging function on or off by selecting
the USM on the instrument cluster.
(Please refer to "Instrument cluster" on
page 4-72 for details).
If the wireless charging does not work,
gently move your smart phone around
the pad until the charging indicator light
turns orange.
Depending on the smart phone, the
charging indicator light may not turn
green even after the charging is com
-
plete.
If the wireless charging is not function
-
ing properly, the orange light will blink
and flash for ten seconds then turn off.
In such cases, remove the smart phone
from the pad and replace it on the pad
again, or double check the charging sta
-
tus.
If you leave the smart phone on the
charging pad when the vehicle is turned
off, the vehicle will alert you through
warning messages and sound (applica
-
ble for vehicles with the voice guidance
function) after the 'Goodbye' function on
the instrument cluster ends.
For some manufacturers' smart phones,
the system may not warn you even
though the smart phone is left on the
wireless charging unit. This is due to the
particular characteristic of the smart
phone and not a malfunction of the
wireless charging.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Driving while distracted can result in a
loss of vehicle control that may lead to
an accident, severe bodily injury, or
death. The driver's primary responsibility
is in the safe and legal operation of a
vehicle. Any use of handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems that
take the driver's eyes, attention, and
focus away from the safe operation of a
vehicle are not permissible by law. These
should never be used during the opera
-
tion of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Liquid in Wireless Smart Phone Char
-
ger
To prevent liquid from damaging the
wireless smart phone charging system in
your vehicle, be sure not to spill liquid
over the charging system when charging
your phone.
CAUTION
Metal in Wireless Charging system
If any metallic object such as a coin is
located between the wireless charging
system and the smart phone, the
charging may be disrupted. Also, the
metallic object may heat up and poten
-
tially damage the charging system. If
there is any metallic object between the
smart phone and the charging pad,
immediately remove the smart phone.
Remove the metallic object after it has
cooled down.
NOTICE
僅When the interior temperature of the
wireless charging system rises above
a set temperature, the wireless
charging will cease to function. After
the interior temperature drops below
the threshold, the wireless charging
function will resume.
145
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
僅The wireless charging may not func
-
tion properly when there is a bulky
accessory cover on the smart phone.
僅The wireless charging will stop when
using the wireless smart key search
function to prevent radio wave disrup
-
tion.
僅The wireless charging will stop when
the smart key is moved out of the
vehicle with the vehicle in ON.
僅The wireless charging will stop when
any of the doors are opened (applica
-
ble for vehicles equipped with smart
keys).
僅The wireless charging will stop when
the vehicle is turned OFF.
僅The wireless charging will stop when
the smart phone is not in complete
contact with the wireless charging
pad.
僅Items equipped with magnetic com
-
ponents such as credit card, tele
-
phone card, bankbook or any
transportation ticket may become
damaged during wireless charging.
僅Place the smart phone on the center
of the charge pad for best results. The
smart phone may not charge when
placed near the rim of the charging
pad. When the smart phone does get
charged, it may heat up excessively.
僅For smart phones without built-in
wireless charging system, an appro
-
priate accessory has to be equipped
in order to use the vehicle's wireless
charging system.
僅Certain smart phones may display
messages on a weak current. This is
due to the particular characteristics of
that smart phone, and does not imply
a malfunction of the wireless charging
function.
僅The indicator light of some manufac
-
turers' smart phones may still be
orange after the smart phone is fully
charged. This is due to the particular
characteristic of the smart phone and
not a malfunction of the wireless
charging.
僅When any smart phone without a
wireless charging function or a metal
-
lic object is placed on the charging
pad, a small noise may sound. This
small sound is due to the vehicle dis
-
cerning compatibility of the object
placed on the charging pad. It does
not affect your vehicle or the smart
phone in any way.
僅The wireless smart phone charging
system may not support certain smart
phones which are not verified for QI
specification .
僅When placing your smart phone on
the charging pad, position the phone
in the middle of the pad for maximum
efficiency.
If your smart phone is off to the side,
the charging speed may slow down,
and in some cases, your phone may
experience higher heat conduction.
僅When charging some smart phones
with a self-protection feature, the
wireless charging speed may
decrease, and the charging may stop.
This device complies with part 15
of the FCC Rules
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
Features of your vehicle
1464
Interior features
Coat hook (if equipped)
A Coat hook is next to the rear grab han
-
dle.
* This actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
CAUTION
Hanging clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes, since they
may damage the hook.
WARNING
Do not hang other objects such as hang
-
ers or hard objects except clothes. Also,
do not put heavy, sharp or breakable
objects in the clothing's pockets. In an
accident or when the curtain air bag is
inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or
bodily injury.
Side curtain (if equipped)
To use the side curtain:
1.Lift the curtain by the knob (1).
2.Hang the curtain on both sides of the
hook.
If the curtain is hung on one side, the
curtain may be wrinkled.
CAUTION
僅Do not hang any other object except
the side curtain on the hooks.
僅If you pull the door curtain or apply
force to return the curtain to its origi
-
nal position after use, you may find
the curtain wrinkled or out of shape.
To lower the door curtain, be sure to
put the knob downward and slowly
return the curtain to its original posi
-
tion.
僅Curtains may not work properly if for
-
eign objects (coins, toys, cookies, etc.)
are stuck in the door. Be careful that
the foreign objects do not get into the
door.
OSG2PH042051N
OSG2PH042045N
OON042409
147
4
4
Features of your vehicleInterior features
Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)
Type A / Type B
When using a floor mat on the front floor
carpet, make sure it attaches to the floor
mat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keeps
the floor mat from sliding forward.
WARNING
Aftermarket floor mat
Do not install aftermarket floor mats that
are not capable of being securely
attached to the vehicle's floor mat
anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can interfere with
pedal operation.
WARNING
The following must be observed when
installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
僅Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's floor
mat anchor(s) before driving the vehi
-
cle.
僅Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot
be firmly attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchors.
僅Do not stack floor mats on top of one
another (e.g., all-weather rubber mat
on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a
single floor mat should be installed in
each position.
僅Use floor mats not too thick and
designed to be properly secured on
the floor to avoid the interference with
pedals. Make sure that installing the
floor mats without removing plastic
films on carpets may damage or
break floor mat fix rings, resulting in
the mats to be unsecured. Especially
for a driver's seat, the unsecured mats
may cause unintended acceleration/
brake. Ensure to remove all the plastic
films on the carpets before installing
the mats.
Luggage net holder
Type A
Type B
OON042472_4
OON042067
OON042066
Features of your vehicle
1484
Exterior features
To keep items from shifting in the cargo
area, you can use the 4 holders located
in the cargo area to attach the luggage
net.
If necessary, contact an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods or the
vehicle, be careful when carrying fragile
or bulky objects in the luggage compart
-
ment.
WARNING
DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net
and ALWAYS keep your face and body
out of the luggage net's recoil path. Fail
-
ure to comply with these instructions
may result in severe facial injuries. DO
NOT use when the strap has visible
signs of wear or damage.
Exterior features
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can
load cargo on top of your vehicle.
Roof rack (if equipped)
Type A
Type B
Crossbars and fixing components
needed to install the roof rack on your
vehicle may be obtained from an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
僅The crossbars (if equipped) should be
placed in the proper load carrying
positions prior to placing items onto
the roof rack.
僅If the vehicle is equipped with a sun
-
roof, be sure not to position cargo
onto the roof rack in such a way that it
could interfere with sunroof opera
-
tion.
僅When the roof rack is not being used
to carry cargo, the crossbars may
need to be repositioned if wind noise
is detected.
CAUTION
Loading Roof Rack
僅When carrying cargo on the roof rack,
take the necessary precautions to
make sure the cargo does not dam
-
age the roof of the vehicle.
僅When carrying large objects on the
roof rack, make sure they do not
exceed the overall roof length or
width.
僅When you are carrying cargo on the
roof rack, do not operate the sunroof
(if equipped). This can damage the
sunroof.
OON042527
OON042043
149
4
4
Features of your vehicleAudio system
The following specification is the maxi
-
mum weight that can be loaded onto the
roof rack. Distribute the load as evenly
as possible across the crossbars (if
equipped) and roof rack and secure the
load firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage in excess of
the specified weight limit on the roof
rack may damage your vehicle.
WARNING
僅The vehicle center of gravity will be
higher when items are loaded onto
the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts,
braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneu
-
vers or high speeds that may result in
loss of vehicle control or rollover
resulting in an accident.
僅Always drive slowly and turn corners
carefully when carrying items on the
roof rack. Severe wind updrafts,
caused by passing vehicles or natural
causes, can cause sudden upward
pressure on items loaded on the roof
rack. This is especially true when car
-
rying large, flat items such as wood
panels or mattresses. This could
cause the items to fall off the roof
rack and cause damage to your vehi
-
cle or others around you.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
while driving, check frequently before
and while driving to make sure the items
on the roof rack are securely fastened.
Audio system
NOTICE
If you install an aftermarket HID head
lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic
device may malfunction.
* If your vehicle is equipped with multi
-
media system, refer to a separately
supplied manual for detailed informa
-
tion.
Shark-fin Antenna
The shark fin antenna receives data
transmitted from base stations and sat
-
ellites (e.g. AM/FM, GPS, Sirius XM, LTE)
and also transmits to base stations (e.g.
LTE).
USB port
You can use a USB port to plug in a USB.
ROOF
LOAD
220 lbs. (100 kg)
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
OON042044
OON042045
Features of your vehicle
1504
Audio system
How vehicle radio works
FM reception
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast
from transmitter towers located around
your city. They are intercepted by the
radio antenna on your vehicle. This sig
-
nal is then processed by the radio and
sent to your vehicle speakers.
In some cases the signal coming to your
vehicle may not be strong and clear.
This can be due to factors, such as the
distance from the radio station, close
-
ness of other strong radio stations or the
presence of buildings, bridges or other
large obstructions in the area.
AM reception
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts.
This is because AM radio waves are
transmitted at low frequencies. These
long distance, low frequency radio
waves can follow the curvature of the
earth rather than traveling straight. In
addition, they curve around obstructions
resulting in better signal coverage.
FM radio station
FM broadcasts are transmitted at high
frequencies and do not bend to follow
the earth's surface. Because of this, FM
broadcasts generally begin to fade
within short distances from the station.
Also, FM signals are easily affected by
buildings, mountains, and obstructions.
This can lead to undesirable or unpleas
-
ant listening conditions which might lead
you to believe a problem exists with your
radio.
The following conditions are normal and
do not indicate radio trouble:
僅Fading - As your vehicle moves away
from the radio station, the signal will
weaken and sound will begin to fade.
When this occurs, we suggest that you
select another station with a stronger
signal.
OGL3061067L
OGL3061070L
OGL3061069L
151
4
4
Features of your vehicleAudio system
僅Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the trans
-
mitter and your radio can disturb the
signal causing static or fluttering
noises to occur. Reducing the treble
level may lessen this effect until the
disturbance clears.
僅Station Swapping - As an FM signal
weakens, another more powerful sig
-
nal near the same frequency may
begin to play. This is because your
radio is designed to lock onto the
clearest signal. If this occurs, select
another station with a stronger signal.
僅Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio sig
-
nals being received from several
directions can cause distortion or flut
-
tering. This can be caused by a direct
and reflected signal from the same
station, or by signals from two sta
-
tions with close frequencies. If this
occurs, select another station until the
condition has passed.
Using a cellular phone or a two-
way radio
When a cellular phone is used inside the
vehicle, noise may be produced from the
audio system. This does not mean that
something is wrong with the audio
equipment. In such a case, try to operate
mobile devices as far from the audio
equipment as possible.
When using a communication system
such as a cellular phone or a radio set
inside the vehicle, a separate external
antenna must be fitted. When a cellular
phone or a radio set is used with only the
internal antenna, it may interfere with
the vehicle's electrical system and
adversely affect the safe operation of
the vehicle.
WARNING
Cell phone use
Do not use a cellular phone while driv
-
ing. Stop at a safe location to use a cellu
-
lar phone.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Driving while distracted can result in a
loss of vehicle control that may lead to
an accident, severe bodily injury, or
death. The driver's primary responsibility
is in the safe and legal operation of a
vehicle. Any use of handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems that
take the driver's eyes, attention, and
focus away from the safe operation of a
vehicle are not permissible by law. These
should never be used during the opera
-
tion of the vehicle.
OGL3061071L
OGL3061068L
Features of your vehicle
1524
Declaration of Conformity
Declaration of Conformity
FCC
This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to part
15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protec
-
tion against harmful interference in a
residential installation.
This equipment generates, uses and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if
not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause
harmful interference to radio or televi
-
sion reception, which can be determined
by turning the equipment off and on, the
user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the fol
-
lowing measures:
僅Reorient or relocate the receiving
antenna.
僅Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
僅Connect the equipment into an outlet
on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
僅Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician for help.
CAUTION
Any changes or modifications to this
device not explicitly approved by manu
-
facturer could void your authority to
operate this equipment.
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator and your body.
This transmitter must not be collocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter unless
authorized to do so by the FCC.
5Driving your vehicle
Driv ing your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.................................5-3
Before driving................................................................................5-3
ENGINE START/STOP button......................................................5-5
僅 Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button.............................................5-5
僅 ENGINE START/STOP button position...................................................5-5
僅 Starting the engine..........................................................................................5-6
Automatic transmission................................................................5-8
僅 Transmission overheated.............................................................................5-9
僅 Transmission ranges......................................................................................5-9
僅 Shift lock system.............................................................................................5-11
僅 ENGINE START/STOP button interlock system.................................5-12
僅 Good driving practices.................................................................................5-12
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system..................................................5-14
僅 AWD (AWD/SNOW MODE)........................................................................5-14
僅 For safe All Wheel Drive (AWD) operation..........................................5-16
Brake system............................................................................... 5-20
僅 Power brakes..................................................................................................5-20
僅 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)................................................................5-22
僅 AUTO HOLD.....................................................................................................5-24
僅 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................................................5-27
僅 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system............................................5-28
僅 Downhill Brake Control (DBC).................................................................5-30
僅 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) system....................................5-32
僅 Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) system.......................................................5-33
僅 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)..................................................................5-33
僅 Brake Assistant System (BAS)..................................................................5-33
僅 Good braking practices...............................................................................5-34
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system...................................................5-35
僅 Auto stop............................................................................................................5-35
僅 Auto start...........................................................................................................5-36
僅 Operating conditions....................................................................................5-36
5Driving your vehicle
僅 Deactivating the ISG.....................................................................................5-37
僅 ISG malfunction..............................................................................................5-37
Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)........................5-38
Drive mode integrated control system (AWD) ........................5-41
TOW mode...................................................................................5-44
Economical operation.................................................................5-44
Special driving conditions.........................................................5-46
Winter driving.............................................................................5-49
Trailer towing...............................................................................5-53
僅 Hitches................................................................................................................5-53
僅 Safety chains....................................................................................................5-54
僅 Trailer brakes...................................................................................................5-54
僅 Driving with a trailer.....................................................................................5-54
僅 Maintenance when trailer towing...........................................................5-56
僅 If you do decide to pull a trailer...............................................................5-57
Vehicle load limit........................................................................5-59
僅 Tire and loading information label.........................................................5-59
僅 Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -......................................5-60
僅 Certification label...........................................................................................5-61
Vehicle weight.............................................................................5-63
3
5
5
Driving your vehicleBe sure the exhaust system does not leak.
Driving your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system
does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked
whenever the vehicle is raised to change
the oil or for any other purpose.
If you hear a change in the sound of the
exhaust or if you drive over something
that strikes the underneath side of the
vehicle, have the exhaust system
checked as soon as possible by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Engine exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or leave
your engine running in an enclosed area
for a prolonged time. Exhaust fumes
contain carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless gas that can cause uncon
-
sciousness and death by asphyxiation.
WARNING
Open liftgate
Do not drive with the liftgate open. Poi
-
sonous exhaust gases can enter the pas
-
senger compartment. If you must drive
with the liftgate open proceed as fol
-
lows:
1.Close all windows.
2.Open side vents.
3.Set the air intake control at "Fresh",
the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face"
and the fan at the highest speed.
Before driving
Before getting into the vehicle, you
should examine the car and its sur
-
roundings. After getting into the vehicle,
you should check a number of things
before driving.
Before entering vehicle
僅Be sure that all windows, outside mir
-
ror(s), and outside lights are clean.
僅Check the condition of the tires.
僅Check under the vehicle for any sign
of leaks.
僅Be sure there are no obstacles behind
you if you intend to back up.
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid
should be checked on a regular basis, at
the exact interval depending on the
fluid. Further details are provided in
chapter 7, "Maintenance".
WARNING
Distracted driving
Focus on the road while driving. The
driver's primary responsibility is in the
safe and legal operation of the vehicle.
Any use of handled, other equipment or
vehicle systems that distract the driver
should not be used during vehicle oper
-
ation.
Driving your vehicle
45
Before driving
Before starting
僅Close and lock all doors.
僅Position the seat so that all controls
are easily reached.
僅Buckle your seat belt.
僅Adjust the inside and outside rearview
mirrors.
僅Be sure that all lights work.
僅Check all gauges.
僅Check the operation of warning lights
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is turned to the ON position.
僅Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light is not on.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its equip
-
ment.
WARNING
Fire risk
When you intend to park or stop the
vehicle with the engine on, be careful
not to depress the accelerator pedal for
a long period of time. It may overheat
the engine or exhaust system and cause
fire.
WARNING
Check surroundings
Always check the surrounding areas
near your vehicle for people, especially
children, before putting a vehicle into D
(Drive) or R (Reverse).
WARNING
Loose objects
Securely store items in your vehicle.
When you make a sudden stop or turn
the steering wheel rapidly, loose objects
may drop on the floor and it could inter
-
fere with the operation of the foot ped
-
als, possibly causing an accident.
WARNING
Driving while intoxicated
Do not drive while intoxicated. Drinking
and driving is dangerous. Even a small
amount of alcohol will affect your
reflexes, perceptions and judgment.
Driving while under the influence of
drugs is as dangerous as or more dan
-
gerous than driving drunk.
WARNING
Proper footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes when
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes
(high heels, ski boots, sandals, etc.) may
interfere with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedals.
5
5
5
Driving your vehicleENGINE START/STOP button
ENGINE START/STOP button
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP
button
The light will go off after about 30 sec
-
onds when the door is closed. It will also
go off immediately when the theft-alarm
system is armed.
ENGINE START/STOP button
position
Your vehicle is equipped with four differ
-
ent ignition positions.
OFF
To turn off the engine (START/RUN posi
-
tion) or vehicle power (ON position),
press the ENGINE START/STOP button
with the shift lever in the P (Park) posi
-
tion. When you press the ENGINE
START/STOP button without the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, the
ENGINE START/STOP button will not
change to the OFF position but to the
ACC position.
NOTICE
You are able to turn off the engine
(START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON),
only when the vehicle is not in motion.
CAUTION
In an emergency situation while the
vehicle is in motion, you are able to turn
the engine off and to the ACC position
by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button for more than 2 seconds or 3
times repeatedly within 3 seconds.
If the vehicle is still moving, to restart the
vehicle:
僅Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton when vehicle speed is 3 mph (5
km/h) or over.
ACC (Accessory)
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
while it is in the OFF position without
engaging the brake pedal.
Some electrical accessories are opera
-
tional.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ACC position for more than 1 hour,
the button is turned off automatically to
prevent battery discharge.
ON
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
while it is in the ACC position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not
leave the ENGINE START/STOP button
in the ON position for a long time. The
battery may discharge, because the
engine is not running.
OON052002
ONQ5041441N
Driving your vehicle
65
ENGINE START/STOP button
START/RUN
To start the engine, press the brake
pedal and push the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the shift lever in the P
(Park) or the N (Neutral) position. For
your safety, start the engine with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position.
NOTICE
If you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button without pressing the brake pedal,
the engine will not start and the ENGINE
START/STOP button changes as follow:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC
WARNING
僅Never press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while the vehicle is in motion.
This would result in loss of directional
control and braking function, which
could cause an accident.
僅Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever is
engaged in P (Park), set the parking
brake fully and shut the engine off.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement may occur if these precau
-
tions are not taken.
僅Never reach for the ENGINE START/
STOP button or any other controls
through the steering wheel while the
vehicle is in motion. The presence of
your hand or arm in the area could
cause loss of vehicle control, an acci
-
dent and serious bodily injury or
death.
僅Do not place any movable objects
around the driver's seat as they may
move while driving, interfere with the
driver and lead to an accident.
Starting the engine
WARNING
僅Do not start the vehicle with the accel
-
erator pedal engaged. The vehicle can
move and lead to an accident.
僅Wait until the engine rpm is normal.
The vehicle may suddenly move if the
brake pedal is released when the rpm
is high.
Starting the engine
1.Make sure the smart key is located
inside the vehicle and close to the
driver's seat. The vehicle may not start
if it is not located near the driver seat.
2.Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
3.Make sure the shift lever in P (Park).
僅Press the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton.
Make sure that the accelerator pedal
is not pressed.
5.Do not wait for the engine to warm up
while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
Starting the engine with smart
key
At the time that the vehicle doors are
opened or when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is pressed the vehicle will
check for the smart key.
If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the
"" indicator and a message "Key is
not in the vehicle" will appear on the
instrument cluster and LCD window. And
7
5
5
Driving your vehicleENGINE START/STOP button
if all doors are closed, the chime will
sound for 5 seconds. The indicator or
warning will turn off while the vehicle is
moving. Always have the smart key with
you.
WARNING
The engine will start, only when the
smart key is in the vehicle. Never allow
children or any person who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle touch the ENGINE
START/STOP button or related parts.
Pushing the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton while the smart key is in the vehicle
may result in unintended engine activa
-
tion and/or unintended vehicle move
-
ment.
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in
motion, do not attempt to move the shift
lever to the P (Park) position. If the traffic
and road conditions permit, you may put
the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position
while the vehicle is still moving and
press the ENGINE START/STOP button
in an attempt to restart the engine.
NOTICE
僅If the battery is weak or the smart key
does not work correctly, you can start
the engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button with the smart
key.
When you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button directly with the smart
key, the smart key should contact the
button at a right angle.
僅When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you cannot start the engine normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If it
is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button for 10 seconds
while it is in the ACC position. The
engine can start without pressing the
brake pedal. But for your safety
always press the brake pedal before
starting the engine.
CAUTION
Do not press the ENGINE START/STOP
button for more than 10 seconds except
when the stop lamp fuse is blown.
OON052004
Driving your vehicle
85
Automatic transmission
Automatic transmission
The automatic transmission has 8 for
-
ward speeds and one reverse speed.
Press the brake pedal and the lock
release button when shifting.
Press the lock release button when
shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
The individual speeds are selected auto
-
matically, depending on the position of
the shift lever.
NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if
the battery has been disconnected, may
be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal
condition, and the shifting sequence will
adjust after shifts are cycled a few times
by the TCM (Transmission Control Mod
-
ule) or PCM (Powertrain Control Mod
-
ule).
For smooth operation, press the brake
pedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to
a forward or reverse gear.
WARNING
Automatic transmission
僅Always check the surrounding areas
near your vehicle for people, espe
-
cially children, before shifting a vehi
-
cle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
僅Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever is in
the P (Park) position; then set the
parking brake fully and shut the
engine off. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur if these
precautions are not followed in the
order identified.
僅Do not use the engine brake (shifting
from a high gear to lower gear) rap
-
idly on slippery roads. The vehicle
may slip causing an accident.
CAUTION
僅To avoid damage to your transmis
-
sion, do not accelerate the engine in R
(Reverse) or any forward gear posi
-
tion with the brakes on.
僅When stopped on an incline, do not
hold the vehicle stationary with
engine power. Use the service brake
or the parking brake.
僅Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P
(Park) into D (Drive), or R (Reverse)
when the engine is above idle speed.
OON052005
9
5
5
Driving your vehicleAutomatic transmission
Transmission overheated
A:
Transmission Hot! Park with engine
on
B:
Vehicle Power limited due to high
transmission temperature
C:
Trans cooled. Resume driving
僅When the transmission is overheated,
the safe protection mode engages
and the "Transmission Hot! Park with
engine on" warning message will
appear on the LCD display with a
chime.
-When driving on muddy and sandy
roads under the severe condition,
the transmission could be over
-
heated.
-If this occurs, pull over to a safe
location, stop the vehicle with the
engine running, apply the brakes
and shift the vehicle to P (Park),
and allow the transmission to cool.
-If you ignore this warning, the driv
-
ing condition may become worse.
You may experience abrupt shifts,
frequent shifts, or jerkiness. To
return to the normal driving condi
-
tion, stop the vehicle and apply the
foot brake or shift into P (Park).
Then allow the transmission to cool
for a few minutes with engine on,
before driving off.
僅If you continue to drive with over
-
heated transmission, the above warn
-
ing message is displayed and self-
protection mode restricts the power
output of the vehicle.
-Move the vehicle to a safe location
and shift the gear to P (Park), and
stop the vehicle with the engine on.
Wait until the transmission is suffi
-
ciently cooled down.
-If the above message is continu
-
ously displayed, we recommend
that you contact an authorized Kia
dealer.
If the warning messages in the LCD dis
-
play continue to blink, for your safety,
have the system checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument cluster
displays the shift lever position when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into P (Park). This position locks
the transmission and prevents the front
wheels from rotating.
WARNING
僅Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle
is in motion will cause the drive
wheels to lock which will cause you to
ONQ5041120L
OON052345
OON052346
Driving your vehicle
105
Automatic transmission
lose control of the vehicle and possi
-
bly damage the transmission.
僅Do not use the P (Park) position in
place of the parking brake. Always
make sure the shift lever is latched in
the P (Park) position and set the park
-
ing brake fully.
僅Never leave a child unattended in a
vehicle.
CAUTION
The transmission may be damaged if
you shift into P (Park) while the vehicle is
in motion.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you
may damage the transmission if you
shift into R while the vehicle is in motion,
except as explained in "Rocking the
vehicle" in this section.
N (Neutral)
When in Neutral, wheels and transmis
-
sion are not engaged. The vehicle will
roll freely even on the slightest incline
unless the parking brake or service
brakes are applied.
WARNING
Do not drive with the shift lever in N
(Neutral). The engine brake will not work
and could lead to an accident.
CAUTION
Always park the vehicle in "P" (Park) for
safety and engage the parking brake.
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving posi
-
tion. The transmission will automatically
shift through an 8-gear sequence pro
-
viding the best fuel economy and power.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into D (Drive).
Manual mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or in
motion, Manual mode is selected by
pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive)
position into the manual gate. To return
to D (Drive) range operation, push the
shift lever back into the main gate.
In Manual mode, moving the shift lever
backwards or forwards will allow you to
make gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to a
manual transmission, the Manual mode
allows gearshifts with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
僅Up (+): Push the lever forward once to
shift up one gear.
僅Down (-): Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one gear.
OON052006
11
5
5
Driving your vehicleAutomatic transmission
NOTICE
僅In Manual mode, the driver must exe
-
cute upshifts in accordance with road
conditions, being careful to keep the
engine speed below the red zone.
僅In Manual mode, only the 8 forward
gears can be selected. To reverse or
park the vehicle, move the shift lever
to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position
as required.
僅In Manual mode, downshifts are made
automatically when the vehicle slows
down. When the vehicle stops, 1st
gear is automatically selected.
僅In Manual mode, when the engine
rpm approaches the red zone, shift
points are varied to upshift automati
-
cally.
僅To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety, the
system may not execute certain gear
-
shifts when the shift lever is operated.
僅When driving on a slippery road, push
the shift lever forward into the + (up)
position. This causes the transmission
to shift into the 2nd gear which is bet
-
ter for smooth driving on a slippery
road. Push the shift lever to the -
(down) side to shift back to the 1st
gear.
僅When Manual mode is activated:
-The engine rpm will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelera
-
tor.
-Upshifts are delayed when acceler
-
ating.
僅In Manual mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
Shift lock system
For your safety, the Automatic transmis
-
sion has a shift lock system which pre
-
vents shifting the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake
pedal is engaged.
Shifting the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse)
To shift the transmission from P (Park)
into R (Reverse):
1.Press and hold the brake pedal.
2.Start the engine or place the ENGINE
START/STOP button in the ON posi
-
tion.
3.Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly engaged
and released with the shift lever in the P
(Park) position, a chattering noise near
the shift lever may be heard. This is a
normal condition.
WARNING
Always fully depress the brake pedal
before and while shifting out of the P
(Park) position into another position to
avoid inadvertent motion of the vehicle
which could injure persons in or around
the vehicle.
Overriding the shift lock
If the shift lever cannot be moved from
the P (Park) position into the R (Reverse)
position with the brake pedal engaged,
continue engaging the brake, then do
the following:
OON052007
Driving your vehicle
125
Automatic transmission
1.Place the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the OFF position.
2.Apply the parking brake.
3.Carefully remove the cap covering the
shift-lock release access hole.
4. Insert a tool (e.g., flathead screw
-
driver) into the access hole and press
down on the tool.
5.Move the shift lever.
6.Remove the tool from the shift-lock
override access hole then install the
cap.
If the shift lever does not move even
after performing this procedure, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer immediately.
ENGINE START/STOP button
interlock system
The ENGINE START/STOP button will
not change to the OFF position unless
the shift lever is in the P (Park) position.
Good driving practices
僅Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator pedal
engaged.
僅Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
僅Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
僅Never take the vehicle out of gear and
coast down a hill. This may be
extremely hazardous. Always leave
the vehicle in gear when moving.
僅Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunc
-
tion. Instead, when you are driving
down a long hill, slow down and shift
to a lower gear. When you do this,
engine braking will help slow down
the vehicle.
僅Slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged.
僅Always use the parking brake. Do not
depend on placing the transmission in
P (Park) to keep the vehicle from
moving.
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution when driving
on a slippery surface. Be especially care
-
ful when braking, accelerating or shifting
gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt
change in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and the
vehicle to go out of control.
僅Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
pressing and releasing the accelerator
pedal.
WARNING
僅When driving uphill or downhill,
always shift to D (Drive) for driving
forward or shift to R (Reverse) for
driving backwards, and check the
gear position indicated on the cluster
before driving.
Driving in the opposite direction of the
selected gear can lead to a dangerous
situation by shutting off the engine
and affecting the braking perfor
-
mance.
僅Always buckle-up! In a collision, an
unbelted occupant is significantly
more likely to be seriously injured or
killed than a properly belted occu
-
pant.
僅Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
13
5
5
Driving your vehicleAutomatic transmission
僅Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
僅The risk of a rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
僅Losing control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver oversteers to reenter
the roadway.
僅In the event your vehicle leaves the
roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
僅Never exceed posted speed limits.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,
mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt
to rock the vehicle free by moving it for
-
ward and backward. Do not attempt this
procedure if people or objects are any
-
where near the vehicle. During the rock
-
ing operation the vehicle may suddenly
move forward or backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing injury or
damage to nearby people or objects.
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a stand
-
ing start:
1.Press the brake pedal, release the
parking break, and shift the shift lever
to D (Drive).
2.Select the appropriate gear depend
-
ing on load weight and steepness of
the grade, and release the parking
brake.
3.Press the accelerator gradually while
releasing the service brakes.
When accelerating from a stop on a
steep hill, the vehicle may have a ten
-
dency to roll backwards.
WARNING
When you start driving after the car was
stopped on a hill, even though the shift
lever is in D (Driving) position, if you do
not step on the accelerator pedal or
brake pedal, the car may roll backward,
resulting in a fatal accident.
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into D (Drive).
Driving your vehicle
145
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
(if equipped)
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system deliv
-
ers engine power to front and rear
wheels for maximum traction.
AWD is useful when extra traction is
required, such as when driving slippery,
muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.
If the system determines there is a need
for four wheel drive, the engine's driving
power will be distributed to all four
wheels automatically.
WARNING
If the AWD warning light () stays on
the instrument cluster, your vehicle may
have a malfunction with the AWD sys
-
tem. When the AWD warning light ()
appears, have your vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer as soon as pos
-
sible.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
僅Do not drive in conditions that exceed
the vehicle's intended design such as
challenging off-road conditions.
僅Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
僅Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
僅The risk of a rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
僅Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
僅In the event your vehicle leaves the
roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
AWD (AWD/SNOW MODE)
AWD helps the vehicle's performance by
controlling 4 wheels.
Switching from/to SNOW MODE
You can switch from DRIVE MODE to
SNOW mode by turning the knob.
NOTICE
Even if you turn off the vehicle in SNOW
mode, DRIVE mode will be set when you
restart the vehicle.
OON052158
15
5
5
Driving your vehicleAll Wheel Drive (AWD) system
AWD transfer mode selection
When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is
delivered entirely to the front wheels. This shock is not a mechanical failure.
Transfer
mode
Selection modeDescription
AWD AUTO-
僅AWD AUTO is used when driving on roads in
normal conditions, roads in urban areas, and
on highways.
僅All wheels are in operation when a vehicle trav
-
els at a constant speed. Required tractions
applied on front and rear wheels vary depend
-
ing on road and driving conditions, which will
be automatically controlled by the computing
system.
僅When the cluster's AWD display mode is
selected, the cluster displays the status of how
four wheels' traction forces are distributed.
SNOW
SNOW mode is used to appropriately distribute
the vehicle's traction forces and help prevent
wheel slippage when driving on snowy or slippery
road.
AWD LOCK
(Indicator light is
illuminated)
僅The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to allow a
driver to maximize the vehicle's traction under
extreme driving conditions such as unpaved
off-road, sandy roads, and muddy roads.
僅AWD Lock mode is in operation only when a
vehicle travels at 25 mph (40 km/h) or less.
When travelling at 25 mph (40 km/h) or faster,
the mode will switch to AWD Auto.
When travelling at 20 mph (30 km/h) or less,
the mode will switch back to AWD Lock.
僅Press the AWD Lock mode switch again to
switch back to AWD Auto.
SNOW
Driving your vehicle
165
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
NOTICE
Normal road conditions
僅Maintain AWD Auto mode when driv
-
ing on roads in normal conditions.
僅When driving under normal road con
-
ditions (especially when cornering) in
AWD Lock mode, a driver may find
minor mechanical vibration or noise,
which is extremely normal phenome
-
non, not a malfunction. When AWD
Lock mode is released, such noise or
vibration will be immediately gone.
For safe All Wheel Drive (AWD)
operation
WARNING
All Wheel Drive
The conditions of on-road or off-road
that demand All Wheel Drive mean all
functions of your vehicle are exposed to
more extreme stress than under normal
road conditions. Slow down and be
ready for changes in the composition
and traction of the surface under your
tires. If you have any doubt about the
safety of the conditions you are facing,
stop and consider the best way to pro
-
ceed.
僅Do not try to drive in deep standing
water or mud since such conditions
can stall your engine and clog your
exhaust pipes. Do not drive down
steep hills since it requires extreme
skill to maintain control of the vehicle.
僅When you are driving up or down hills
drive as straight as possible. Use
extreme caution in going up or down
steep hills, since you may flip your
vehicle over depending on the grade,
terrain and water/mud conditions.
WARNING
Hills
Driving across the contour of steep hills
can be extremely dangerous. This dan
-
ger can come from slight changes in the
wheel angle which can destabilize the
vehicle or, even if the vehicle is main
-
taining stability under power, it can lose
that stability if the vehicle stops its for
-
ward motion. Your vehicle may roll over
without warning and without time for
ONQ5041421N
ONQ5041422N
17
5
5
Driving your vehicleAll Wheel Drive (AWD) system
you to correct a mistake that could
cause serious injury or death.
僅You must learn how to corner in an
AWD vehicle Do not rely on your
experience in conventional FWD vehi
-
cles when cornering the vehicle in
AWD mode. For starters, you must
drive slower in AWD.
WARNING
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Reduce speed when you turn corners.
The center of gravity of AWD vehicles is
higher than that of conventional FWD
vehicles, making them more likely to roll
over when you turn corners too fast.
WARNING
Steering wheel
Do not grab the inside of the steering
wheel when you are driving on unpaved
roads. You may hurt your arm by a sud
-
den steering maneuver or from steering
wheel rebound due to impact with
objects on the ground. You could lose
control of the steering wheel.
僅Always hold the steering wheel firmly
when you are driving on unpaved
roads.
僅Make sure all passengers are wearing
seat belts.
WARNING
Wind danger
If you are driving in heavy wind, the
vehicle's higher center of gravity
decreases your steering control capacity
and requires you to drive more slowly.
僅If you need to drive in water, stop
your vehicle, set your transfer to the
AWD LOCK mode and drive at less
than 5 mph (8 km/h).
WARNING
Driving through water
Drive slowly. If you are driving too fast in
water, the water can get into the engine
compartment and wet the ignition sys
-
tem, causing your vehicle to suddenly
stop. If this happens and your vehicle is
in a tilted position, your vehicle may roll
over.
NOTICE
僅Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
僅Check your brake condition once you
are out of mud or water. Press the
brake pedal several times as you
move slowly until you feel normal
braking forces return.
僅Shorten your scheduled maintenance
interval if you drive in offroad condi
-
tions such as sand, mud or water
(refer to "Maintenance Under Severe
Usage Conditions" on page 8-11).
Always wash your vehicle thoroughly
after off-road use, especially cleaning
the bottom of the vehicle.
僅Since the driving torque is always
applied to the 4 wheels the perfor
-
mance of the AWD vehicle is greatly
affected by the condition of the tires.
OON052009
Driving your vehicle
185
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
Be sure to equip the vehicle with four
tires of the same size and type.
僅A full time All Wheel Drive vehicle can
-
not be towed by an ordinary tow
truck. Make sure that the vehicle is
placed on a flat bed truck for moving.
WARNING
All Wheel Drive (AWD) driving
僅Avoid high cornering speed.
僅Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
僅The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at high speed.
僅In a collision, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die com
-
pared to a person wearing a seat belt.
僅Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over-steers to re-enter
the roadway. In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not steer
sharply. Instead, slow down before
pulling back into the travel lanes.
CAUTION
Mud or snow
If one of the front or rear wheels begins
to spin in mud, snow, etc. the vehicle can
sometimes be driven out by engaging
the accelerator pedal further; however
avoid running the engine continuously
at high rpm because doing so could
damage the AWD system.
Driving in sand or mud
僅Maintain slow and constant speed.
Operate the accelerator pedal slowly
to ensure safe driving (wheel-slip pre
-
vention).
僅Use tire chains driving in mud if nec
-
essary.
僅Keep sufficient distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
僅Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
僅Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and sharp
turns to prevent getting stuck.
僅When the vehicle is stuck in snow,
sand or mud, the tires may not oper
-
ate.
僅This is to protect the transmission and
not a malfunction.
NOTICE
Moving the car forcibly to get out of
mud or sand can cause damage/over
-
heat of the engine or damage/break
-
down of the transaxle, differential or
4WD system as well as damage to tires.
If excessive wheel slip occurs after
entering a sandy/muddy road, the vehi
-
cle may fall into the sand/mud. When it
happens, put a stone or a tree branch
under the tire, and then try to pull out
the car, or try to get it unstuck by
repeatedly moving forwards and back
-
wards.
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide safe ride and han
-
dling capability. Do not use tires and
wheels that are different in size and type
from the originally installed ones. It can
affect the safety and performance of
your vehicle, which could lead to steer
-
19
5
5
Driving your vehicleAll Wheel Drive (AWD) system
ing failure or rollover and serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity.
WARNING
Jacked vehicle
While the full-time AWD vehicle is being
raised on a jack, never start the engine
or cause the tires to rotate.
There is the danger that rotating tires
touching the ground could cause the
vehicle to go off the jack and to jump
forward.
僅Full-time AWD vehicles must be
tested on a special four wheel chassis
dynamometer.
NOTICE
Never engage the parking brake while
performing these tests.
僅A full-time AWD vehicle should not be
tested on a FWD roll tester. If a FWD
roll tester must be used, perform the
following:
1.Check the tire pressures recom
-
mended for your vehicle.
2.Place the front wheels on the roll tes
-
ter (1) for a speedometer test as
shown in the illustration.
3.Release the parking brake.
4.Place the rear wheels on the tempo
-
rary free roller (2) as shown in the
illustration.
WARNING
Dynamometer testing
Keep away from the front of the vehicle
while the vehicle is in gear on the dyna
-
mometer. This is very dangerous as the
vehicle can jump forward and cause
serious injury or death.
CAUTION
僅When lifting up the vehicle, do not
operate front and rear wheel sepa
-
rately. All four wheels should be oper
-
ated.
僅If you need to operate the front wheel
and rear wheel when lifting up the
vehicle, you should release the park
-
ing brake.
OON052010
Driving your vehicle
205
Brake system
Brake system
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes,
parking brake, and various braking sys
-
tems for safe driving.
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through nor
-
mal usage.
In the event that the power-assisted
brakes lose power because of a stalled
engine or some other reason, you can
still stop your vehicle by applying
greater force to the brake pedal than
you normally would. The stopping dis
-
tance, however, will be longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially depleted
each time the brake pedal is applied. Do
not pump the brake pedal when the
power assist has been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when neces
-
sary to maintain steering control on slip
-
pery surfaces.
NOTICE
僅When stepping on the brake pedal
under a certain driving or weather
condition you may witness your car
make a sound of squealing or some
other noises. This is not a brake mal
-
function but a normal phenomenon.
僅When driving on the road to which
deicing chemicals are applied, the
vehicle may witness noises from the
brake or abnormal abrasion of tires
because of such deicing chemicals.
You should operate brake additionally
so that you would be able to remove
the deicing chemicals on the brake
disk and pad under a safe traffic con
-
dition.
CAUTION
Brake Pedal
Do not drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. This will create abnor
-
mally high brake temperatures which
can cause excessive brake lining and
pad wear.
WARNING
Steep hill braking
Avoid continuous application of the
brakes when descending a long or steep
hill by shifting to a lower gear. Continu
-
ous brake application will cause the
brakes to overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking performance.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's abil
-
ity to safely slow down; the vehicle may
also pull to one side when the brakes are
applied. Applying the brakes lightly will
indicate whether they have been
affected in this way. Always test your
brakes in this fashion after driving
through deep water. To dry the brakes,
apply them lightly while maintaining a
safe forward speed until brake perfor
-
mance returns to normal.
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate while the
vehicle is in motion, you can make an
emergency stop with the parking brake.
The stopping distance, however, will be
much greater than normal.
WARNING
Parking brake
Avoid applying the parking brake to stop
the vehicle while it is moving except in
an emergency situation. Applying the
parking brake while the vehicle is mov
-
ing at normal speeds can cause a sud
-
21
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
den loss of control of the vehicle. If you
must use the parking brake to stop the
vehicle, use great caution in applying the
brake.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply
steady and firm pressure to the brake
pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce
engine power.
If you experience this condition, take the
following steps:
1.Apply the brakes and bring your vehi
-
cle to a safe stop.
2.Move the transmission to P (Park),
switch the engine off and apply the
parking brake.
3.Inspect the accelerator pedal for any
interference.
If none are found and the condition per
-
sists, have your vehicle towed to an
authorized Kia dealer and inspected.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear a
high-pitched warning sound from your
front brakes or rear brakes. You may
hear this sound come and go or it may
occur whenever you press the brake
pedal.
CAUTION
Replace brake pads
Do not continue to drive with worn brake
pads. Continuing to drive with worn
brake pads can damage the braking sys
-
tem and result in costly brake repairs.
WARNING
Brake wear
Do not ignore high pitched wear sounds
from your brakes. If you ignore this audi
-
ble warning, you will eventually lose
braking performance, which could lead
to a serious accident.
NOTICE
Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving con
-
ditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear and does contribute to
brake noise.
Check the brake warning light by turn
-
ing the ENGINE START/STOP button ON
(do not start the engine). This light will
appear when the parking brake is
applied with the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off.
If the brake warning light remains on
after the parking brake is released while
the engine is running, there may be a
malfunction in the brake system. Imme
-
diate attention is necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehi
-
cle immediately. If that is not possible,
use extreme caution while operating the
vehicle and only continue to drive the
vehicle until you can reach a safe loca
-
tion or repair shop.
Driving your vehicle
225
Brake system
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Applying the parking brake
To apply the EPB (electronic
parking brake) manually:
1.Stop the vehicle.
2.Depress the brake pedal and pull up
the EPB switch. Make sure the warn
-
ing light comes on.
EPB may be automatically
applied when:
僅Requested by other systems.
僅If the driver applies the EPB while the
engine is ON then turn the engine off,
the EPB may be applied again auto
-
matically.
A:
Parking brake automatically
engaged
僅If the driver turns the engine off by
mistake while Auto Hold is operating,
EPB will be automatically applied. But
if the driver turns the engine off and
pushes the EPB switch in 1 second,
the EPB does not apply.
Emergency Braking
僅If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency brak
-
ing is possible by pulling up and hold
-
ing the EPB switch. Braking is possible
only while you are holding the EPB
switch. If you hand off the EPB switch,
the braking force is lost. If you hold
the EPB switch and the vehicle stops,
the EPB is applied.
僅During emergency braking by the
EPB, the parking brake warning light
will appear and the warning sounds
will occur to indicate that the system
is operating.
僅The braking distance may be longer
than under normal braking conditions.
* EPB stands for Electronic Parking
Brake.
WARNING
Do not operate the parking brake while
the vehicle is moving except in an emer
-
gency situation. It could damage the
vehicle system and endanger driving
safety.
CAUTION
If you continuously notice a noise or
burning smell when the EPB is used for
emergency braking, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OON052013_2
ONQ5041125N
23
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
Releasing the parking brake
To release the EPB manually:
Press the EPB switch in the following
condition.
僅Have the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position.
僅Depress the brake pedal.
僅The shift lever must be in P (Park).
僅Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
To release EPB automatically
(automatic transmission):
1.Close the driver's door, engine hood
and liftgate.
2.Fasten the driver's seat belt.
3.Start the engine.
4.If the shift lever is in P (Park), depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive), the
EPB is released automatically. Make
sure the brake warning light goes off.
5.If the shift lever is in N (Neutral),
depress the brake pedal and shift out
of N (Neutral) to R (Rear) or D (Drive),
the EPB is released automatically.
Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
僅If you try to drive off depressing the
accelerator pedal with the EPB
applied, but doesn't release auto
-
matically, a warning will sound
once and a message will appear.
A:
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt
and close door, hood and liftgate
僅If the driver's seat belt is not fas
-
tened, driver’s door is opened, the
engine hood is opened in D or the
liftgate is opened in R, a warning
will sound once and a message will
appear.
僅If there is a problem with the vehi
-
cle, a warning may sound once and
a message may appear. If the
above situation occurs, depress the
brake pedal and release EPB by
pressing the EPB switch.
WARNING
僅Never allow anyone who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle to touch the parking
brake. If the parking brake is released
unintentionally, serious injury may
occur.
僅Do not place any objects around the
EPB switch. They could release the
EPB switch.
CAUTION
僅To prevent unintentional movement
when stopped and leaving the vehicle,
do not use the shift lever in place of
the parking brake. Set the parking
brake and make sure the shift lever is
securely positioned in P (Park). Use
wheel chocks if necessary.
僅In winter or cold conditions, the EPB
may freeze. Park the vehicle with the
shift lever in P on the even and safe
OON052014
OSG2PH052158N
Driving your vehicle
245
Brake system
place without applying the EPB. And
use wheel chocks.
僅Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB
applied. It may cause excessive wear
of brake pad and brake rotor.
僅A click sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB, but
these conditions are normal and indi
-
cate that the EPB is functioning prop
-
erly.
僅When leaving your keys with a park
-
ing lot attendant or valet, make sure
to inform him/her how to operate the
EPB.
僅When the battery is drained, the EPB
does not apply or release. In this case,
jump start your vehicle.
Malfunction of EPB
If the EPB malfunction indicator remains
on, it indicates that the EPB may have
malfunctioned. If this occurs, have the
system checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
The EPB malfunction indicator may
appear when the ESC indicator comes
on to indicate that the ESC is not work
-
ing properly, but it does not indicate a
malfunction of the EPB.
CAUTION
僅The EPB warning light may appear if
the EPB switch operates abnormally.
Shut the engine off and turn it on
again after a few minutes. The warn
-
ing light will go off and the EPB switch
will operate normally. However, if the
EPB warning light is still on, have the
system checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
僅If the parking brake warning light
does not appear or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled up,
the EPB is not applied. If the parking
brake warning light blinks when the
EPB warning light is on, press the
switch, then pull it up. Once more
press it back to its original position
and pull it back up. If the EPB warning
does not go off, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
AUTO HOLD
The Auto Hold is designed to maintain
the vehicle in a standstill even though
the brake pedal is not pressed after the
driver brings the vehicle to a complete
stop by pressing the brake pedal.
Applying Auto Hold function
1.Press the brake pedal and start the
vehicle.
2.Press the Auto Hold button. The white
AUTO HOLD indicator will come on
indicating the system is in standby.
Before the Auto Hold will engage, the
driver's door and engine hood must
be closed and the liftgate must be
closed.
When coming to a complete stop by
pressing the brake pedal, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from white to
green indicating the AUTO HOLD is
ONQ5H041017
OON052015
25
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
engaged. The vehicle will remain at a
standstill even if you release the brake
pedal.
If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
If you press the accelerator pedal with
the shift lever in D (Drive) or Manual
mode, the Auto Hold will be released
automatically and the vehicle will start to
move. The indicator changes from green
to white indicating the Auto Hold is in
standby and the EPB is released.
When driving off from Auto Hold by
pressing the accelerator pedal, always
check the surrounding area near your
vehicle.
Slowly press the accelerator pedal for a
smooth launch.
Canceling Auto Hold function
僅To cancel the Auto Hold operation,
press the Auto Hold button. The
AUTO HOLD indicator will go out.
僅To cancel the Auto Hold operation
when the vehicle is at a standstill,
press the Auto Hold button while
pressing the brake pedal.
NOTICE
僅The following are conditions when the
Auto Hold will not engage (Auto Hold
light will not turn green and the Auto
Hold system remains in stand by):
-The driver's door is opened
-The engine hood or liftgate is
opened
-The shift lever is in P (Park)
-The EPB is applied
僅For your safety, the Auto Hold auto
-
matically switches to EPB under any
of the following conditions (Auto Hold
light remains white and the EPB auto
-
matically applies):
-The driver's door is opened.
-The engine hood or liftgate is
opened.
-The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes.
-The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope.
-The vehicle moved for a few sec
-
onds.
In these cases, the brake warning
light comes on, the AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white, and a warning sounds and a
message will appear to inform you
that EPB has been automatically
engaged. Before driving off again,
press foot brake pedal, check the
surrounding area near your vehicle
and release parking brake manu
-
ally with the EPB switch.
僅If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights up
yellow, the Auto Hold is not working
properly. Take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
OON052016
OON052015
Driving your vehicle
265
Brake system
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an accident, do not
activate Auto Hold while driving down
-
hill, backing up or parking your vehicle.
If there is a malfunction with the driver's
door or engine hood or liftgate open
detection system, the Auto Hold may not
work properly.
Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the system checked.
NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor whine
sound may be heard while operating or
releasing the EPB, but these conditions
are normal and indicate that the EPB is
functioning properly.
Warning messages
The Auto Hold function will display a
warning message with sound under cer
-
tain conditions.
When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold,
a warning will sound and a message will
appear.
A:
Parking brake automatically
engaged
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is not working properly a warning
will sound and a message will appear.
A:
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press
brake pedal
NOTICE
When this message is displayed, the
Auto Hold and EPB may not operate. For
your safety, press the brake pedal.
If you do not apply the brake pedal
when you release the Auto Hold by
pressing the Auto Hold button, a warn
-
ing will sound and a message will
appear.
A:
Press brake pedal to deactivate
AUTO HOLD
When you press the Auto Hold button, if
the driver's door and engine hood are
not closed or the liftgate is not closed, a
warning will sound and a message will
appear on the LCD display.
A:
AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
Close door, hood and liftgate
ONQ5041125N
ONQ5041439N
ONQ5041442N
OSG2PH052159N
27
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
At this moment, press the Auto Hold but
-
ton after closing the driver's door,
engine hood and liftgate.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) pre
-
vents the wheels from locking. So the
vehicle remains stable and can still be
steered.
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents
due to improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle control
is improved during emergency braking,
always maintain a safe distance
between you and objects ahead. Vehicle
speeds should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The vehicle
should be driven at reduced speeds in
the following circumstances:
僅When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
僅When driving with tire chains installed
僅When driving on roads where the road
surface is pitted or has different sur
-
face heights.
Driving in these conditions increases the
stopping distance for your vehicle.
The ABS continuously senses the speed
of the wheels. If the wheels are going to
lock, the ABS repeatedly modulates the
hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under con
-
ditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear a "tik-tik'' sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa
-
tion in the brake pedal. This is normal
and it means your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum benefit
from your ABS in an emergency situa
-
tion, do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to pump
your brakes. Press your brake pedal as
hard as possible to allow the ABS to con
-
trol the force being delivered to the
brakes.
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the vehi
-
cle compartment when the vehicle
begins to move after the vehicle is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Anti-lock Brake
System is functioning properly.
Even with the Anti-lock Brake System,
your vehicle still requires sufficient stop
-
ping distance. Always maintain a safe
distance from the vehicle in front of you.
Always slow down when cornering. The
Anti-lock Brake System cannot prevent
accidents resulting from excessive
speeds.
On loose or uneven road surfaces, oper
-
ation of the Anti-lock Brake System may
result in a longer stopping distance than
for vehicles equipped with a conven
-
tional brake system.
The ABS warning light will stay on for
approximately 3 seconds after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is ON.
During that time, the ABS will go through
self diagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays on,
you may have a problem with your ABS.
Contact an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
When you drive on a road having poor
traction, such as an icy road, and have
operated your brakes continuously, the
ABS will be active continuously and the
ABS warning light may appear. Pull your
vehicle over to a safe place and stop the
vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
285
Brake system
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning
light goes off, then your ABS is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem
with the ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the vehicle
may not run as smoothly and the ABS
warning light may turn on at the same
time. This happens because of low bat
-
tery voltage. It does not mean your ABS
has malfunctioned.
僅Do not pump your brakes!
僅Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is
designed to stabilize the vehicle during
cornering maneuvers.
ESC applies the brakes on individual
wheels and intervenes with the vehicle
management system to stabilize the
vehicle.
ESC will not prevent accidents. Excessive
speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers and
hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still
result in serious accidents.
Only a safe and attentive driver can pre
-
vent accidents by avoiding maneuvers
that cause the vehicle to lose traction.
Even with ESC installed, always follow all
the normal precautions for driving -
including driving at safe speeds for the
conditions.
WARNING
For maximum protection, always wear
your seat belt. No system, no matter
how advanced, can compensate for all
driver error and/or driving conditions.
Always drive responsibly.
The ESC system is an electronic system
designed to help the driver maintain
vehicle control under adverse condi
-
tions. It is not a substitute for safe driv
-
ing practices. Factors including speed,
road conditions and driver steering input
can all affect whether ESC will be effec
-
tive in preventing a loss of control. It is
still your responsibility to drive and cor
-
ner at reasonable speeds and to leave a
sufficient margin of safety.
When you apply your brakes under con
-
ditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear a "tik-tik'' sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa
-
tion in the brake pedal. This is normal
and it means your ESC is active.
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the vehi
-
cle compartment when the vehicle
begins to move after the vehicle is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Electronic Stability
Control system is functioning properly.
OON052017
29
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
僅When the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is turned ON, ESC and ESC OFF
indicator lights appear for approxi
-
mately 3 seconds, then ESC is turned
on.
僅Press the ESC OFF button for at least
half a second after turning the vehicle
ON to turn ESC off. (ESC OFF indica
-
tor will appear). To turn the ESC on,
press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF
indicator light will go off).
僅When starting the vehicle, you may
hear a slight ticking sound. This is the
ESC performing an automatic system
self-check and does not indicate a
problem.
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the
ESC indicator light blinks. When
the ESC is operating properly,
you can feel a slight pulsation in the
vehicle. This is only the effect of brake
control and indicates nothing unusual.
When moving out of the mud or driving
on a slippery road, pressing the acceler
-
ator pedal may not cause the vehicle
rpm (revolutions per minute) to increase.
ESC operation off
This car has 2 kinds of ESC off
states.
If the vehicle stops when ESC is
off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the
vehicle, the ESC will automatically turn
on again.
ESC off state 1 - Traction and Sta
-
bility Control
A:
Traction and Stability Control lim
-
ited
To turn off the traction control function
and only operate the brake control func
-
tion of the ESC, press the ESC OFF but
-
ton (ESC OFF ) for less than 3
seconds and the ESC OFF indicator light
(ESC OFF ) will appear.
ESC off state 2 - Traction & stabil
-
ity control disabled
A:
Traction and Stability Control dis
-
abled
To turn off the traction control function
and the brake control function of the
ESC, press the ESC OFF button (ESC
OFF ) for more than 3 seconds. ESC
OFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) will
appear and ESC OFF warning chime will
sound. At this state, the car stability con
-
trol function does not operate any more.
OON052216
OON052217
Driving your vehicle
305
Brake system
Indicator light
ESC indicator light
ESC OFF indicator light
When ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned to ON, the indicator light
appears, then goes off if the ESC system
is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
ESC is operating or appears when ESC
fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on
when the ESC is turned off with the but
-
ton.
WARNING
Electronic Stability Control
Drive carefully even though your vehicle
has Electronic Stability Control. It can
only assist you in maintaining control
under certain circumstances.
ESC OFF usage
When driving
僅ESC should be turned on for daily
driving whenever possible.
僅To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving on a
flat road surface.
WARNING
Operating ESC
Never press the ESC OFF button while
ESC is operating (ESC indicator light
blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat
-
ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.
NOTICE
僅When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the ESC is
turned off (ESC OFF light appeared). If
the ESC is left on, it may prevent the
vehicle speed from increasing, and
result in false diagnosis.
僅Turning the ESC off does not affect
ABS or brake system operation.
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
The Downhill Brake Control (DBC) fea
-
ture assists the driver to descend down a
steep hill without having to depress the
brake pedal.
The system automatically applies the
brakes to maintain the vehicle speed 2.5
mph (4 km/h) ~ 25 mph (40 km/h) and
allows the driver to concentrate on
steering the vehicle down hill.
Always turn off the DBC on normal
roads. The DBC might activate inadver
-
tently from the stand by mode when
driving through speed bumps or making
sharp curves.
NOTICE
The DBC defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ignition switch or ENGINE
START/STOP button is placed in the ON
position.
Noise or vibration may occur from the
brakes when the DBC is activated. The
rear stop light comes on when DBC is
activated.
OON052196
31
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
DBC operation
NOTICE
If the DBC yellow indicator light appears,
the system may have overheated or
have malfunctioned. When the warning
light appears even though the DBC sys
-
tem has cooled off, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
NOTICE
僅The DBC may not deactivate on steep
inclines even though the brake or
accelerator pedal is depressed.
僅The DBC does not operate when:
-The gear is in P (Park).
-The ESC is activated.
ModeIndicator lightDescription
Standby
appeared
Press the DBC button when vehicle speed is under 38 mph (60
km/h). The DBC system will turn ON and enter the standby
mode.
The system does not turn ON if vehicle speed is over 38 mph (60
km/h).
Activated
blinks
In the standby mode, It enters the operating mode when the fol
-
lowing conditions are met.
僅The road surface should be more than a certain angle of incli
-
nation
僅The accelerator pedal must not be depressed.
僅The vehicle speed should be within 2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 25
mph (40 km/h)
Within operating vehicle speed 2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 25 mph (40
km/h), the driver can lower or raise the vehicle speed by stepping
on the brake pedal or accelerator pedal.
Temporarily
deactivated
appeared
In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deactivate under
the following conditions:
僅The hill is not steep enough.
僅The accelerator pedal is depressed.
僅When the vehicle speed is in the range of 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
38 mph (60 km/h)
If the above conditions are not met, the DBC will automatically
activate again.
OFF
not appeared
The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions:
僅The DBC button is pressed again.
僅When the accelerator pedal is depressed and the vehicle
speed exceeds 38 mph (60 km/h)
Driving your vehicle
325
Brake system
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) system
The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
provides further enhancements to vehi
-
cle stability and steering responses
under the following condition:
僅when driving on a slippery road or
僅when a change in the coefficient of
friction between left and right wheels
is detected.
WARNING
Tire/Wheel size
When replacing tires and wheels, make
sure they are the same size as the origi
-
nal tires and wheels installed. Driving
with varying tire or wheel sizes may
diminish any supplemental safety bene
-
fits of the VSM system.
VSM operation
When the VSM is in operation, ESC indi
-
cator light () blinks.
When the VSM is operating properly,
you can feel a slight pulsation in the
vehicle and/or abnormal steering
responses (Electric Power Steering
(EPS)). This is only the effect of brake
and EPS control and indicates nothing
unusual.
The VSM does not operate when:
僅Driving on a sloping road such as a
gradient or incline
僅Driving in reverse
僅ESC OFF indicator light () remains
on the instrument cluster
僅EPS indicator light remains on the
instrument cluster
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to turn
off the ESC, the VSM will also cancel and
the ESC OFF indicator light ()
appears.
To turn on the VSM, press the button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light goes
out.
WARNING
Vehicle Stability Management
Drive carefully even though your vehicle
has Vehicle Stability Management. It can
only assist you in maintaining control of
the vehicle under certain circumstances.
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if you
don't cancel the VSM operation by
pressing the ESC OFF button. It indicates
that a malfunction has been detected
somewhere in the Electric Power Steer
-
ing system or VSM system. If the ESC
indicator light () or EPS warning light
remains on, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the sys
-
tem checked.
The VSM is not a substitute for safe driv
-
ing practices but a supplementary func
-
tion only. It is the responsibility of the
driver to always check the speed and the
distance to the vehicle ahead. Always
hold the steering wheel firmly while driv
-
ing.
Your vehicle is designed to activate
according to the driver's intention, even
with installed VSM. Always follow all the
normal precautions for driving at safe
speeds for the conditions – including
driving in clement weather and on a slip
-
pery road.
33
5
5
Driving your vehicleBrake system
WARNING
For maximum protection, always wear
your seat belt. No system, no matter
how advanced, can compensate for all
driver error and/or driving conditions.
Always drive responsibly.
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) sys
-
tem
The Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) is oper
-
ated as a vehicle stability control system.
The TSA is designed to stabilize the vehi
-
cle and trailer when the trailer sways or
oscillates. There are various factors that
make the vehicle sway or oscillate.
Such incidents mostly happen at high
speed, but, there is also a risk of swaying
when the trailer is affected by cross
-
winds, buffeting or improper overload
-
ing.
Factors of swaying such as:
僅High speed
僅Strong crosswinds
僅Improper overloading
僅Sudden controlling of steering wheel
僅Uneven road
The TSA continuously analyzes the vehi
-
cle and trailer instability. When the
Trailer Stability Assist detects sway, the
brakes are applied automatically on the
wheels and the engine power is properly
reduced to stabilize the vehicle. When
the vehicle is stable from swaying, the
TSA does not operate.
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)
A vehicle has the tendency to roll back
on a steep hill when it starts to go after
stopping. The Hill-start Assist Control
(HAC) prevents the vehicle from rolling
back by applying the brakes automati
-
cally for about 2 seconds.
The brakes are released when the accel
-
erator pedal is engaged or after about 2
seconds.
The HAC is activated only for about 2
seconds, so when the vehicle is starting
off on an incline, always engage the
accelerator pedal.
WARNING
Maintaining Brake Pressure on Incline
HAC does not replace the need to apply
brakes while stopped on an incline.
While stopped, make sure you maintain
brake pressure sufficient to prevent your
vehicle from rolling backward and caus
-
ing an accident. Don't release the brake
pedal until you are ready to accelerate
forward.
Brake Assistant System (BAS)
The Brake Assistant System provides
additional pressure when the brake
pedal is momentarily and strongly
depressed in a situation sudden braking
is required while driving.
The Brake Assistant System reduces the
time for ABS (Anti-Lock Brake System)
control to enter and consequently
reduces the braking distance, by provid
-
ing additional pressure up to the point of
ABS intervention.
BAS operation
僅When the vehicle speed is more than
30 km/h and the ABS control is not
entered.
僅When the brake pedal is depressed
strongly over a certain level.
僅When the friction of the road surface
is above a certain level.
Driving your vehicle
345
Brake system
BAS operation off
僅The vehicle speed is below 10 km/h.
僅The brake pedal is depressed over
certain conditions.
僅The friction of the road surface is
below a certain level.
WARNING
The system may not operate depending
on driver's driving habit, the degree to
which the brake pedal is depressed and
the road surface condition.
NOTICE
Take the following precautions when
using the Brake Assist System (BAS):
This system is only a supplemental sys
-
tem and it is not intended to, nor does it
replace the need for extreme care and
attention of the driver. The sensing
range and objects detectable by the sen
-
sors are limited. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
NEVER drive too fast in accordance with
the road conditions or while cornering.
Always drive cautiously to prevent unex
-
pected and sudden situations from
occurring. BAS does not stop the vehicle
completely and does not avoid collisions.
Good braking practices
Good braking practices help keep occu
-
pants safe and extend brake life.
僅Check to be sure the parking brake is
not engaged and the parking brake
indicator light is out before driving
away.
僅Driving through water may get the
brakes wet. They can also get wet
when the vehicle is washed. Wet
brakes can be dangerous! Your vehi
-
cle will not stop as quickly if the
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may
cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns
to normal, taking care to keep the
vehicle under control at all times. If
the braking action does not return to
normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do
so and call an authorized Kia dealer
for assistance.
僅Don't coast down hills with the vehicle
out of gear. This is extremely hazard
-
ous. Keep the vehicle in gear at all
times, use the brakes to slow down,
then shift to a lower gear so that vehi
-
cle braking will help you maintain a
safe speed.
僅Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Resting
your foot on the brake pedal while
driving can be dangerous because the
brakes might overheat and lose their
effectiveness. It also increases the
wear of the brake components.
僅If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while
you slow down. When you are moving
slowly enough for it to be safe to do
so, pull off the road and stop in a safe
place.
僅Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake and
place the shifter lever in P. If your
vehicle is facing downhill, turn the
front wheels into the curb to help
keep the vehicle from rolling.
If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn the
front wheels away from the curb to
help keep the vehicle from rolling. If
there is no curb or if it is required by
other conditions to keep the vehicle
from rolling, block the wheels.
35
5
5
Driving your vehicleIdle Stop and Go (ISG) system
僅Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged posi
-
tion. This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around or near the rear
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If
there is a risk that the parking brake
may freeze, apply it only temporarily
while you put the shifter lever in P and
block the rear wheels so the vehicle
cannot roll. Then release the parking
brake.
僅Do not hold the vehicle on an incline
with the accelerator pedal. This can
cause the transmission to overheat.
Always use the brake pedal or parking
brake.
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
The Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
reduces fuel consumption by automati
-
cally shutting down the engine when the
vehicle is at a standstill. (For example:
red light, stop sign and traffic jam)
The engine starts automatically as soon
as the starting conditions are met.
The ISG is ON whenever the engine is
running.
NOTICE
When the engine automatically starts by
the ISG system, some warning lights
(ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking
brake warning light) may turn on for a
few seconds.
This happens because of low battery
voltage. It does not mean the system has
malfunctioned.
Auto stop
If you depress the brake pedal and the
vehicle comes to a stop with the ISG ON,
the engine will stop automatically.
Stop the vehicle completely by pressing
the brake pedal when the shift lever is in
the D (Drive) or N (Neutral) position.
The engine will stop and the green
AUTO STOP () indicator on the
instrument cluster will appear.
OON052218
Driving your vehicle
365
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
A:
Auto Stop is Off. Shift to P or N and
start engine manually
NOTICE
If you open the engine hood in auto stop
mode, the following will happen:
僅The ISG system will deactivate (the
light on the ISG OFF button will illumi
-
nate).
僅A message will appear on the LCD dis
-
play.
A:
Press brake pedal for Auto Start
僅If you move the transmission lever
from N to D (Manual mode) or R with
-
out depressing the brake pedal after
stopping engine automatically, the
engine does not restart automatically
and a warning chime alarms. When
this happens, press the brake pedal
for auto start.
Auto start
When the engine stops automatically by
ISG, the engine will restart if one of the
following driver actions.
僅Release the brake pedal.
僅Move the shift gear to the R (Reverse)
position or the Manual mode while
depressing the brake pedal.
The engine will start and the green
AUTO STOP indicator () on the
instrument cluster will go out.
The engine will also restart auto
-
matically without any driver
actions if the following occurs:
僅The brake vacuum pressure is low.
僅The engine has stopped for about 5
minutes.
僅The air conditioning is ON with the fan
speed set to the highest position.
僅The front defroster is ON.
僅The battery is weak.
僅The cooling and heating performance
of the climate control system is unsat
-
isfactory.
僅The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) when
Auto Hold is activated.
僅The door is opened or the seatbelt is
unfastened when Auto Hold is acti
-
vated.
僅The EPB switch is pressed when Auto
Hold is activated.
Operating conditions
The ISG will operate under the following
conditions:
僅The driver’s seatbelt is fastened.
僅The driver’s door and hood are closed.
僅The brake vacuum pressure is ade
-
quate.
僅The battery sensor is activated and
the battery is sufficiently charged.
ONQ5041436N
ONQ5041129N
ONQ5A041109_2
37
5
5
Driving your vehicleIdle Stop and Go (ISG) system
僅Outside temperature is not too low or
too high.
僅The vehicle is driven over a constant
speed and stops.
僅The climate control system satisfies
the conditions.
僅The vehicle is sufficiently warmed up.
僅The incline is gradual.
僅The steering wheel is turned less than
180 degrees and then the vehicle
stops.
NOTICE
僅If the ISG system does not meet the
operation condition, the ISG system is
deactivated. The light on the ISG OFF
button and yellow AUTO STOP ()
indicator on the instrument cluster will
appear.
僅If the light comes on continuously,
please check the operation condition.
Deactivating the ISG
僅If you wish to deactivate the ISG,
press the ISG OFF button. The light on
the ISG OFF button will illuminate.
僅If you press the ISG OFF button again,
the ISG will be activated and the light
on the ISG OFF button will turn off.
ISG malfunction
The ISG may not operate when:
The ISG may not operate when an ISG
related sensor or system error occurs.
The following will happen:
僅The yellow AUTO STOP () indica
-
tor on the instrument cluster will stay
on after blinking for 5 seconds.
僅The light on the ISG OFF button will
illuminate.
When the engine is in Idle Stop mode, it's
possible to restart the engine without
the driver taking any action. Before leav
-
ing the car or doing anything in the
engine compartment, stop the engine by
the ENGINE START/STOP button to the
OFF position.
NOTICE
If the AGM battery is reconnected or
replaced, ISG system will not operate
immediately. If you want to use the ISG
system, the battery sensor needs to be
calibrated for approximately 4 hours
with the ignition off. After calibration,
turn the engine on and off 2 or 3 times.
OON052136
ONQ5E031430L
Driving your vehicle
385
Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)
Drive mode integrated control
system (FWD)
The drive mode may be selected accord
-
ing to the driver's preference or road
condition.
The mode changes whenever the DRIVE
MODE knob is turned.
僅SMART mode: SMART mode automat
-
ically adjusts the driving mode (ECO
↔ COMFORT ↔ SPORT) in accor
-
dance with the driver's driving habits.
僅COMFORT mode: COMFORT mode
provides soft driving and comfortable
riding.
僅SPORT mode: SPORT mode provides
sporty but firm riding.
僅ECO mode: ECO mode improves fuel
efficiency for eco-friendly driving.
The driving mode will be set to COM
-
FORT or ECO mode when the engine is
restarted. If it is in COMFORT/SPORT
mode, COMFORT mode will be set,
when the engine is restarted.
If it is in ECO mode, ECO mode will be
set when the engine is restarted.
NOTICE
Drive mode is deactivated when TOW
mode is on.
SMART mode
SMART mode selects the
proper driving mode among
ECO, COMFORT and SPORT
by judging the driver's driving
habits (i.e., mild or dynamic) from the
brake pedal or the steering wheel opera
-
tion.
僅Turning the DRIVE MODE knob to
activate SMART mode. When SMART
mode is activated, the indicator
appears on the instrument cluster.
僅The vehicle starts in SMART mode,
when the engine was turned OFF in
SMART mode.
僅SMART mode automatically controls
the vehicle driving, such as gear shift
-
ing patterns, engine torque, in accor
-
dance with the driver's driving habits.
NOTICE
僅When you mildly drive the vehicle in
SMART mode, the driving mode
changes to ECO mode to improve fuel
efficiency. However, the actual fuel
efficiency may differ in accordance
with your driving situations (i.e.,
upward/downward slope, vehicle
deceleration/acceleration).
僅When you dynamically drive the vehi
-
cle in SMART mode by abruptly decel
-
erating or sharply curving, the driving
mode changes to SPORT mode. How
-
ever, it may adversely affect fuel
economy.
OON052003
60$57
39
5
5
Driving your vehicleDrive mode integrated control system (FWD)
Various driving situations, which
you may encounter in SMART
mode
僅The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a certain
period of time, when you gently press
the accelerator pedal (Your driving is
categorized to be mild.).
僅The driving mode automatically
changes from SMART ECO mode to
SMART COMFORT mode after a cer
-
tain period of time, when you sharply
or repetitively press the accelerator
pedal.
僅The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART COMFORT mode
with the same driving patterns, when
the vehicle starts to drive on an
upward slope of a certain angle. The
driving mode automatically returns to
SMART ECO mode, when the vehicle
enters a leveled road.
僅The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT, when you
abruptly accelerate the vehicle or
repetitively operate the steering wheel
(Your driving is categorized to be
sporty.). In this mode, your vehicle
drives in a lower gear for abrupt
accelerating/decelerating and
increases the engine brake perfor
-
mance.
僅You may still sense the engine brake
performance, even when you release
the accelerator pedal in SMART
SPORT mode. It is because your vehi
-
cle remains to be in a lower gear over
a certain period of time for next accel
-
eration. Thus, it is a normal driving sit
-
uation, not indicating any malfunction.
僅The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT mode only
in harsh driving situations. In most of
the normal driving situations, the driv
-
ing mode sets to be either in SMART
ECO mode or in SMART COMFORT
mode.
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in fol
-
lowing situations. (The OFF indicator
appears in those situations.)
僅The driver manually moves the shift
lever: It deactivates SMART mode. The
vehicle moves, as the driver manually
moves the shift lever.
僅Cruise control is activated: The Cruise
function may deactivate the SMART
mode. When a higher system is set by
the cruise system, it starts to control
vehicle speed and deactivates SMART
mode. (SMART mode is not
deactivated just by activating the
cruise system.)
僅The transmission oil temperature is
either extremely low or extremely
high: The SMART mode can be active
in most of the normal driving situa
-
tions. However, an extremely high/
low transmission oil temperature may
temporarily deactivate the SMART
mode, because the transmission con
-
dition is out of normal operation con
-
dition.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the
driving dynamics by automat
-
ically adjusting the steering
effort, and the engine and
transmission control logic for enhanced
driver performance.
僅When SPORT mode is selected by
turning the DRIVE MODE knob, the
SPORT indicator (orange color) will
appear.
63257
Driving your vehicle
405
Drive mode integrated control system (FWD)
僅Whenever the engine is restarted, the
Drive Mode will revert back to COM
-
FORT mode. If SPORT mode is
desired, re-select SPORT mode from
the DRIVE MODE knob.
僅When SPORT mode is activated:
-The engine rpm will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelera
-
tor.
-Upshifts are delayed when acceler
-
ating.
NOTICE
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may
decrease.
ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is set to
ECO mode, the engine and
transmission control logic are
changed to maximize fuel effi
-
ciency.
僅When ECO mode is selected by turn
-
ing the Drive mode knob, the ECO
indicator (green color) will appear.
僅If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,
when the engine is turned OFF and
restarted the Drive Mode setting will
remain in ECO mode.
NOTICE
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's
driving habit and road condition.
When ECO mode is activated:
僅The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is engaged moderately.
僅The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
The above situations are normal condi
-
tions when ECO mode is activated to
improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode opera
-
tion:
If the following conditions occur while
ECO mode is operating, the system
operation is limited even though there is
no change in the ECO indicator.
僅When driving the vehicle with the
automatic transmission gear shift
lever in Manual mode.
The system will be limited according
to the shift location.
(&2
41
5
5
Driving your vehicleDrive mode integrated control system (AWD)
Drive mode integrated control
system (AWD)
The drive mode may be selected accord
-
ing to the driver's preference or road
condition.
The Drive mode is activated by turning
the knob.
The Drive mode is changes whenever
the knob is turned.
僅SMART mode: SMART mode automat
-
ically adjusts the driving mode (ECO
↔ COMFORT ↔ SPORT) in accor
-
dance with the driver's driving habits.
僅COMFORT mode: COMFORT mode
provides soft driving and comfortable
riding.
僅SPORT mode: SPORT mode provides
sporty but firm riding.
僅ECO mode: ECO mode improves fuel
efficiency for eco-friendly driving.
The driving mode will be set to COM
-
FORT or ECO mode when the engine is
restarted. If it is in COMFORT/SPORT
mode, COMFORT mode will be set,
when the engine is restarted.
If it is in ECO mode, ECO mode will be
set when the engine is restarted.
NOTICE
Drive mode is deactivated when TOW
mode is on.
SMART mode
SMART mode selects the
proper driving mode among
ECO, COMFORT and SPORT
by judging the driver's driving
habits (i.e., mild or dynamic) from the
brake pedal or the steering wheel opera
-
tion.
僅Turning the knob to activate SMART
mode. When SMART mode is acti
-
vated, the indicator appears on the
instrument cluster.
僅The vehicle starts in SMART mode,
when the engine was turned OFF in
SMART mode.
僅SMART mode automatically controls
the vehicle driving, such as gear shift
-
ing patterns, engine torque, in accor
-
dance with the driver's driving habits.
NOTICE
僅When you mildly drive the vehicle in
SMART mode, the driving mode
changes to ECO mode to improve fuel
efficiency. However, the actual fuel
efficiency may differ in accordance
with your driving situations (i.e.,
upward/downward slope, vehicle
deceleration/acceleration).
僅When you dynamically drive the vehi
-
cle in SMART mode by abruptly decel
-
erating or sharply curving, the driving
mode changes to SPORT mode. How
-
ever, it may adversely affect fuel
economy.
OON052033
60$57
Driving your vehicle
425
Drive mode integrated control system (AWD)
Various driving situations, which
you may encounter in SMART
mode
僅The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a certain
period of time, when you gently press
the accelerator pedal (Your driving is
categorized to be mild.).
僅The driving mode automatically
changes from SMART ECO mode to
SMART COMFORT mode after a cer
-
tain period of time, when you sharply
or repetitively press the accelerator
pedal.
僅The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART COMFORT mode
with the same driving patterns, when
the vehicle starts to drive on an
upward slope of a certain angle. The
driving mode automatically returns to
SMART ECO mode, when the vehicle
enters a leveled road.
僅The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT, when you
abruptly accelerate the vehicle or
repetitively operate the steering wheel
(Your driving is categorized to be
sporty.). In this mode, your vehicle
drives in a lower gear for abrupt
accelerating/decelerating and
increases the engine brake perfor
-
mance.
僅You may still sense the engine brake
performance, even when you release
the accelerator pedal in SMART
SPORT mode. It is because your vehi
-
cle remains to be in a lower gear over
a certain period of time for next accel
-
eration. Thus, it is a normal driving sit
-
uation, not indicating any malfunction.
僅The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT mode only
in harsh driving situations. In most of
the normal driving situations, the driv
-
ing mode sets to be either in SMART
ECO mode or in SMART COMFORT
mode.
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in fol
-
lowing situations. (The OFF indicator
appears in those situations.)
僅The driver manually moves the shift
lever: It deactivates SMART mode. The
vehicle moves, as the driver manually
moves the shift lever.
僅Smart Cruise Control is activated: The
Cruise function may deactivate the
SMART mode. When a higher system
is set by Smart Cruise Control, it starts
to control vehicle speed and deacti
-
vates SMART mode. (SMART mode is
not deactivated just by activing Smart
Cruise Control.)
僅The transmission oil temperature is
either extremely low or extremely
high: The SMART mode can be active
in most of the normal driving situa
-
tions. However, an extremely high/
low transmission oil temperature may
temporarily deactivate the SMART
mode, because the transmission con
-
dition is out of normal operation con
-
dition.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the
driving dynamics by automat
-
ically adjusting the steering
effort, and the engine and
transmission control logic for enhanced
driver performance.
僅When SPORT mode is selected by
turning the knob, the SPORT indicator
(orange color) will appear.
63257
43
5
5
Driving your vehicleDrive mode integrated control system (AWD)
僅Whenever the engine is restarted, the
Drive Mode will revert back to COM
-
FORT mode. If SPORT mode is
desired, re-select SPORT mode from
the knob.
僅When SPORT mode is activated:
-The engine rpm will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelera
-
tor.
-Upshifts are delayed when acceler
-
ating.
NOTICE
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may
decrease.
ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is set to
ECO mode, the engine and
transmission control logic are
changed to maximize fuel effi
-
ciency.
僅When ECO mode is selected by turn
-
ing the knob, the ECO indicator (green
color) will appear.
僅If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,
when the engine is turned OFF and
restarted the Drive Mode setting will
remain in ECO mode.
NOTICE
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's
driving habit and road condition.
When ECO mode is activated:
僅The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is engaged moderately.
僅The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
The above situations are normal condi
-
tions when ECO mode is activated to
improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode opera
-
tion:
If the following conditions occur while
ECO mode is operating, the system
operation is limited even though there is
no change in the ECO indicator.
僅When driving the vehicle with the
automatic transmission gear shift
lever in Manual mode.
The system will be limited according
to the shift location.
(&2
Driving your vehicle
445
TOW mode
TOW mode (if equipped)
Press TOW mode button on the left side
of the crashpad to activate TOW mode.
The vehicle will adjust the power output,
transmission, braking, and ESC to assist
towing. TOW mode indicator will be
shown on the LCD display.
The maximum towing capacity can be
adjusted in 3 stages.
僅Heavy
僅Medium
僅Light
NOTICE
僅In order to maximize driving comfort,
ISG will not be activated.
僅When accelerating in uphill, the vehi
-
cle will adjust the brake pressure to
avoid rolling back.
僅When TOW mode is on, some driver
assistance system may be limited.
僅Drive mode is deactivated when TOW
mode is on.
Economical operation
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where
you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how many
miles (kilometers) you can get from a
gallon (liter) of fuel.To operate your vehi
-
cle as economically as possible, use the
following driving suggestions to help
save money in both fuel and repairs:
僅Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a mod
-
erate rate. Don't make "jackrabbit"
starts or full-throttle shifts and main
-
tain a steady cruising speed. Don't
race between stoplights. Try to adjust
your speed to the traffic so you don't
have to change speeds unnecessar
-
ily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos
-
sible. Always maintain a safe distance
from other vehicles so you can avoid
unnecessary braking. This also
reduces brake wear.
僅Drive at a moderate speed. The faster
you drive, the more fuel your vehicle
uses. Driving at a moderate speed,
especially on the highway, is one of
the most effective ways to reduce fuel
consumption.
僅Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This can
increase fuel consumption and also
increase wear on these components.
In addition, driving with your foot rest
-
ing on the brake pedal may cause the
brakes to overheat, which reduces
their effectiveness and may lead to
more serious consequences.
僅Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pres
-
sure. Incorrect inflation, either too
much or too little, results in unneces
-
sary tire wear. Check the tire pres
-
sures at least once a month.
OON052199
45
5
5
Driving your vehicleEconomical operation
僅Be sure that the wheels are aligned
correctly. Improper alignment can
result from hitting curbs or driving too
fast over irregular surfaces. Poor
alignment causes faster tire wear and
may also result in other problems as
well as greater fuel consumption.
僅Keep your vehicle in good condition.
For better fuel economy and reduced
maintenance costs, maintain your
vehicle in accordance with "Scheduled
maintenance service" on page 8-8. If
you drive your vehicle in severe con
-
ditions, more frequent maintenance is
required (Refer to "Maintenance
Under Severe Usage Conditions" on
page 8-11 for details).
僅Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi
-
mum service, your vehicle should be
kept clean and free of corrosive mate
-
rials. It is especially important that
mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed to
accumulate on the underside of the
vehicle. This extra weight can result in
increased fuel consumption and also
contribute to corrosion.
僅Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary
weight in your vehicle.Weight reduces
fuel economy.
僅Don't let the engine idle longer than
necessary. If you are waiting (and not
in traffic), turn off your engine and
restart only when you're ready to go.
僅Remember, your vehicle does not
require extended warm-up. After the
engine has started, allow the engine
to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to
placing the vehicle in gear. In very
cold weather, however, give your
engine a slightly longer warm-up
period.
僅Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.
Lugging is driving too slowly in a very
high gear resulting in engine bucking.
If this happens, shift to a lower gear.
Over-revving is racing the engine
beyond its safe limit. This can be
avoided by shifting at the recom
-
mended speed.
僅Use your air conditioning sparingly.
The air conditioning system is oper
-
ated by engine power so your fuel
economy is reduced when you use it.
僅Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
僅Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset some
of this loss, slow down when driving in
these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for economy
and safety. Therefore, have an autho
-
rized Kia dealer perform scheduled
inspections and maintenance.
WARNING
Engine off during motion
Never turn the engine off to coast down
hills or anytime the vehicle is in motion.
The power steering and power brakes
will not function properly without the
engine running. Keep the engine on and
downshift to an appropriate gear for
engine braking effect.
Driving your vehicle
465
Special driving conditions
Special driving conditions
If driving conditions deteriorate due to
poor weather or road conditions, you
should pay even more attention than
usual to your driving.
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions are
encountered such as water, snow, ice,
mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow
these suggestions:
僅Drive cautiously and allow extra dis
-
tance for braking.
僅Avoid sudden braking or steering.
僅When braking with non-ABS brakes
pump the brake pedal with a light up-
and-down motion until the vehicle is
stopped.
僅Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
僅If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use
the second gear. Accelerate slowly to
avoid spinning the drive wheels.
僅Use sand, rock salt, or other nonslip
material under the drive wheels to
provide traction when stalled in ice,
snow, or mud.
Reducing the risk of a rollover
This multi-purpose passenger vehicle is
defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).
Utility vehicles have a significantly
higher rollover rate than other types of
vehicles. SUV's have higher ground
clearance and a narrower track to make
them capable of performing in a wide
variety of offroad applications.
Specific design characteristics give them
a higher center of gravity than ordinary
vehicles. An advantage of the higher
ground clearance is a better view of the
road, which allows you to anticipate
problems.
They are not designed for cornering at
the same speeds as conventional pas
-
senger vehicles, any more than low-
slung sports vehicles are designed to
perform satisfactorily in off-road condi
-
tions. Due to this risk, driver and passen
-
gers are strongly recommended to
buckle their seat belts.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seat belt. There are
steps that a driver can make to reduce
the risk of a rollover.
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or
abrupt maneuvers, do not load your roof
rack with heavy cargo, and never modify
your vehicle in any way.
WARNING
Rollover
As with other Sports Utility Vehicle
(SUV), failure to operate this vehicle cor
-
rectly may result in loss of control, an
accident or vehicle rollover.
僅Utility vehicles have a significantly
higher rollover rate than other types
of vehicles.
僅Specific design characteristics (higher
ground clearance, narrower track,
etc.) give this vehicle a higher center
of gravity than ordinary vehicles.
僅A SUV is not designed for cornering at
the same speeds as conventional
vehicles.
僅Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu
-
vers.
僅In a rollover crash, an unbelted person
is significantly more likely to die than
a person wearing a seat belt. Make
47
5
5
Driving your vehicleSpecial driving conditions
sure everyone in the vehicle is prop
-
erly buckled up.
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide safe ride and han
-
dling capability. Do not use tires and
wheels that are different in size and type
from the originally installed ones. It can
affect the safety and performance of
your vehicle, which could lead to steer
-
ing failure or rollover and serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to
free it from snow, sand, or mud, first
turn the steering wheel right and left to
clear the area around your front wheels.
Then, shift back and forth between R
(Reverse) and any forward gear.
Do not race the vehicle, and spin the
wheels as little as possible. If you are still
stuck after a few tries, have the vehicle
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid vehi
-
cle overheating and possible damage to
the reduction gear.
WARNING
Sudden Vehicle Movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if
people or objects are nearby. The vehi
-
cle may suddenly move forward or
backwards as it becomes unstuck.
CAUTION
Vehicle rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause vehicle
overheating, reduction gear damage or
failure, and tire damage.
CAUTION
Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially at
speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/h).
Spinning the wheels at high speeds
when the vehicle is stationary could
overheat and damage tires, and the
rotating wheels may fly away and injure
bystanders.
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
should be turned OFF prior to rocking
the vehicle.
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in cor
-
ners, especially when roads are wet. Ide
-
ally, corners should always be taken
under gentle acceleration. If you follow
these suggestions, tire wear will be held
to a minimum.
Driving at night
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to remem
-
ber:
僅Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as it
may be more difficult to see at night,
especially in areas where there may
not be any street lights.
僅Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlights.
Driving your vehicle
485
Special driving conditions
僅Keep your headlights clean and prop
-
erly aimed. (On vehicles not equipped
with the automatic headlight aiming
feature.) Dirty or improperly aimed
headlights will make it much more dif
-
ficult to see at night.
僅Avoid staring directly at the head
-
lights of oncoming vehicles. You could
be temporarily blinded, and it will take
several seconds for your eyes to read
-
just to the darkness.
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you're not pre
-
pared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider when
driving in the rain:
僅A heavy rainfall will make it harder to
see and will increase the distance
needed to stop your vehicle, so slow
down.
僅Keep your windshield wiping equip
-
ment in good shape. Replace your
windshield wiper blades when they
show signs of streaking or missing
areas on the windshield.
僅If your tires are not in good condition,
making a quick stop on wet pavement
can cause a skid and possibly lead to
an accident. Be sure your tires are in
good shape.
僅Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
僅Driving too fast through large puddles
can affect your brakes. If you must go
through puddles, try to drive through
them slowly.
僅If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking
operation returns.
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several
times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Driving on unpaved roads
Drive carefully on unpaved roads
because your vehicle may be damaged
by rocks or roots of trees. Become famil
-
iar with the on unpaved roads conditions
where you are going to drive before you
begin driving.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pressures
will result in overheating and possible
failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction or
tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire inflation
pressure shown on the tires.
WARNING
Under/over inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper infla
-
tion before driving. Underinflated or
overinflated tires can cause poor han
-
dling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden
tire failure leading to accidents, injuries,
and even death. For proper tire pres
-
sures, refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 9-4.
49
5
5
Driving your vehicleWinter driving
WARNING
Tire tread
Always check the tire tread before driv
-
ing your vehicle. Worn-out tires can
result in loss of vehicle control. Worn-out
tires should be replaced as soon as pos
-
sible. For further information and tread
limits, refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 9-4.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
High speed travel consumes more fuel
than urban motoring. Do not forget to
check both the engine coolant and
engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.
Winter driving
Severe weather conditions in the winter
result in greater wear and other prob
-
lems.
To minimize the problems of winter driv
-
ing, you should follow these sugges
-
tions:
Snowy or icy conditions
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires or to
install tire chains on your tires.
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary
to select tires equivalent in size and type
of the original equipment tires. Failure to
do so may adversely affect the safety
and handling of your vehicle. Further
-
more, speeding, rapid acceleration, sud
-
den brake applications, and sharp turns
are potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use vehicle braking
to the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli
-
cations on snowy or icy roads may cause
skids to occur. You need to keep suffi
-
cient distance between the vehicle in
operation in front of your vehicle. Also,
apply the brake gently. It should be
noted that installing tire chains on the
tire will provide a greater driving force,
but will not prevent side skids.
Tire chains are not legal in all states.
Check state laws before fitting tire
chains.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,
make sure they are radial tires of the
same size and load range as the original
tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels
to balance your vehicle's handling in all
weather conditions. Keep in mind that
the traction provided by snow tires on
Driving your vehicle
505
Winter driving
dry roads may not be as high as your
vehicle's original equipment tires. You
should drive cautiously even when the
roads are clear. Check with the tire
dealer for maximum speed recommen
-
dations.
Do not install studded tires without first
checking local, state and municipal reg
-
ulations for possible restrictions against
their use.
WARNING
Snow tire size
Snow tires should be equivalent in size
and type to the vehicle's standard tires.
Otherwise, the safety and handling of
your vehicle may be adversely affected.
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls on some radial tires
are thinner than other types of tires, they
may be damaged by mounting certain
types of tire chains on them. Therefore,
the use of snow tires is recommended
instead of tire chains. Do not mount tire
chains on vehicles equipped with alumi
-
num wheels; if unavoidable, use wire-
type chains with a thickness of less than
0.59 in (15mm). Install the tire chain after
reviewing the instructions provided with
the tire chains.
Damage to your vehicle caused by
improper tire chain use is not covered by
your vehicle manufacturer's warranty.
NOTICE
僅Install wire-type chain on the front
tires for FWD vehicles or for AWD
vehicles. It should be noted that
installing wire-type chain on the tires
will provide a greater driving force,
but will not prevent side skids.
僅Do not install studded tires without
first checking local and municipal reg
-
ulations for possible restrictions
against their use.
CAUTION
When using wire-type chain:
僅Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage your
vehicle's brake lines, suspension,
body and wheels.
僅If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to prevenwire-type chaint con
-
tact with the vehicle body.
僅To prevent body damage, retighten
the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles
(0.5~1.0 km).
Chain installation
When using tire chains, chains should be
installed on the front wheels. This also
applied All four wheels vehicle.
When installing wire-type chain, follow
the manufacturer's instructions and
mount them as tightly as possible. Drive
slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with
chains installed. If you hear the chains
contacting the body or chassis, stop and
tighten them. If they still make contact,
slow down until the noise stops.
Remove the wire-type chain as soon as
you begin driving on cleared roads.
OON052070
51
5
5
Driving your vehicleWinter driving
WARNING
Mounting chains
When mounting snow chains, park the
vehicle on level ground away from traf
-
fic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning
flashers and place a triangular emer
-
gency warning device behind the vehicle
if available. Always place the vehicle in P
(Park), apply the parking brake and turn
off the engine before installing snow
chains.
WARNING
Tire chains
僅The use of chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling.
僅Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h) or
the chain manufacturer's recom
-
mended speed limit, whichever is
lower.
僅Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the vehicle
to bounce.
僅Avoid sharp turns or lockedwheel
braking.
CAUTION
僅Chains that are the wrong size or
improperly installed can damage your
vehicle's brake lines, suspension,
body and wheels.
僅Stop driving and retighten the chains
any time you hear them hitting the
vehicle.
僅Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage your
vehicle's brake lined, suspension,
body and wheels. Use SAE "S" class or
wire chains.
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high qual
-
ity ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling
system. It is the only type of coolant that
should be used because it helps prevent
corrosion in the cooling system, lubri
-
cates the water pump and prevents
freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish
your coolant refer to "Normal mainte
-
nance schedule" on page 8-9. Before
winter, have your coolant tested to
assure that its freezing point is sufficient
for the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the
battery system. Visually inspect the bat
-
tery and cables (refer to "For best bat
-
tery service" on page 8-24). The level of
charge in your battery can be checked
by an authorized Kia dealer or a service
station.
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended that
a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be
used during cold weather. Refer to "Rec
-
ommended lubricants and capacities" on
page 9-5 for recommendations. If you
aren't sure what weight oil you should
use, consult an authorized Kia dealer.
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect your spark plugs as described in
"Scheduled maintenance service" on
page 8-8 and replace them if necessary.
Also check all ignition wiring and compo
-
Driving your vehicle
525
Winter driving
nents to be sure they are not cracked,
worn or damaged in any way.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt
an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine
into the key opening. If a lock is covered
with ice, squirt it with an approved de-
icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is
frozen internally, you may be able to
thaw it out by using a heated key. Han
-
dle the heated key with care to avoid
injury.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window washer
system from freezing, add an approved
window washer anti-freeze solution in
accordance with instructions on the con
-
tainer. Window washer anti-freeze is
available from an authorized Kia dealer
and most auto parts outlets. Do not use
vehicle coolant or other types of anti-
freeze as these may damage the paint
finish.
Don't let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged posi
-
tion. This is most likely to happen when
there is an accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if the
brakes are wet. If there is a risk the park
-
ing brake may freeze, apply it only tem
-
porarily while you put the gear shift lever
in P (Park) and block the rear wheels so
the vehicle cannot roll. Then release the
parking brake.
Don't let ice and snow accumu
-
late underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice
can build up under the fenders and
interfere with the steering. In severe win
-
ter conditions you should periodically
check underneath the vehicle to be sure
the movement of the front wheels and
the steering components are not
obstructed.
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropriate
emergency equipment. Some of the
items you may want to carry include tow
straps or chains, flashlight, emergency
flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, win
-
dow scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cov
-
eralls, blanket, etc.
Drive your vehicle when water
vapor condenses and accumu
-
lates inside the exhaust pipes
When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter while the engine is run
-
ning, water vapor may condense and
accumulate inside the exhaust pipes.
Water in the exhaust pipes may cause
noise, etc., but it is drained driving at
medium to high speed.
53
5
5
Driving your vehicleTrailer towing
Trailer towing
If you are considering towing with your
vehicle, you should first check with your
country's Department of Motor Vehicles
to determine their legal requirements.
Since laws vary the requirements for
towing trailers, cars, or other types of
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask an
authorized Kia dealer for further details
before towing.
WARNING
Towing a trailer
Always check your towing equipment to
confirm correct equipment size and
installation before use. Using incompati
-
ble or incorrectly installed trailer equip
-
ment can effect the vehicle operation
and endanger you and your passengers.
You may require an additional wiring
harness connector to install a trailer
hitch. Please contact an authorized Kia
dealer for more details.
WARNING
Weight limits
Before towing, make sure the total trailer
weight, GCW (Gross Combination
Weight), GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight),
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) and trailer
tongue load are all within the limits.
CAUTION
Trailer installation
Follow instructions in this section when
pulling a trailer. Pulling a trailer improp
-
erly can damage your vehicle and result
in costly repairs not covered by your
warranty.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify
what the vehicle trailering capacity is for
your vehicle, you should read the infor
-
mation in "Weight of the trailer" on page
5-58.
Remember that trailering is different
than just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling,
durability, and fuel economy. Successful,
safe trailering requires correct equip
-
ment, and it has to be used properly.
This section contains many time-tested,
important trailering tips and safety rules.
Many of these are important for your
safety and that of your passengers.
Please read this section carefully before
you pull a trailer.
Load-pulling components such as the
engine, transmission, wheel assemblies,
and tires are forced to work harder
against the load of the added weight.
The engine is required to operate at rela
-
tively higher speeds and under greater
loads. This additional burden generates
extra heat. The trailer also adds consid
-
erably to wind resistance, increasing the
pulling requirements.
Hitches
It's important to have the correct hitch
equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks
going by, and rough roads are a few rea
-
sons why you'll need the right hitch.
Here are some rules to follow:
僅Will you have to make any holes in the
body of your vehicle when you install
a trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure
to seal the holes later when you
remove the hitch.
If you don't seal them, deadly carbon
monoxide (CO) from your exhaust
can get into your vehicle, as well as
dirt and water.
Driving your vehicle
545
Trailer towing
僅The bumpers on your vehicle are not
intended for hitches. Do not attach
rental hitches or other bumper-type
hitches to them. Use only a frame-
mounted hitch that does not attach to
the bumper.
僅Kia trailer hitch accessory is available
at an authorized Kia dealer.
Safety chains
You should always attach chains
between your vehicle and your trailer.
Cross the safety chains under the
tongue of the trailer so that the tongue
will not drop to the road if it becomes
separated from the hitch.
Instructions about safety chains may be
provided by the hitch manufacturer or
by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturer's recommendation for
attaching safety chains. Always leave
just enough slack so you can turn with
your trailer. And, never allow safety
chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer brakes
If your trailer is equipped with a braking
system, make sure it conforms to your
state's regulations and that it is properly
installed and operating correctly.
If your trailer weight exceeds the maxi
-
mum allowed weight without trailer
brakes, then the trailer will also require
its own brakes as well. Be sure to read
and follow the instructions for the trailer
brakes so you'll be able to install, adjust
and maintain them properly.
僅Don't tap into or modify your vehicle's
brake system.
WARNING
Trailer brakes
Do not use a trailer with its own brakes
unless you are absolutely certain that
you have properly set up the brake sys
-
tem. This is not a task for amateurs. Use
an experienced, competent trailer shop
for this work.
Driving with a trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Before setting
out for the open road, you must get to
know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with
the feel of handling and braking with the
added weight of the trailer. And always
keep in mind that the vehicle you are
driving is now a good deal longer and
not nearly so responsive as your vehicle
is by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch
and platform, safety chains, electrical
connector(s), lights, tires and mirror
adjustment. If the trailer has electric
brakes, start your vehicle and trailer
moving and then apply the trailer brake
controller by hand to be sure the brakes
are working. This lets you check your
electrical connection at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally to
be sure that the load is secure, and that
the lights and any trailer brakes are still
working.
Following distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when driv
-
ing your vehicle without a trailer. This
can help you avoid situations that
require heavy braking and sudden turns.
55
5
5
Driving your vehicleTrailer towing
Passing
You'll need more passing distance up
ahead when you're towing a trailer. And,
because of the increased vehicle length,
you'll need to go much farther beyond
the passed vehicle before you can return
to your lane. Due to the added load to
the engine when going uphill the vehicle
may also take longer to pass than it
would on flat ground.
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel
with one hand. Then, to move the trailer
to the left, just move your hand to the
left. To move the trailer to the right,
move your hand to the right. Always
back up slowly and, if possible, have
someone guide you.
Making turns
When you're turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this so your
trailer won't strike soft shoulders, curbs,
road signs, trees, or other objects near
the edge of the road. Avoid jerky or sud
-
den maneuvers. Signal well in advance
before turning or lane changes.
Turn signals when towing a
trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has
to have a different turn signal flasher
and extra wiring. The green arrows on
your instrument panel will flash when
-
ever you signal a turn or lane change.
Properly connected, the trailer lights will
also flash to alert other drivers you're
about to turn, change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows
on your instrument panel will flash for
turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signals
when, in fact, they are not. It's important
to check occasionally to be sure the
trailer bulbs are still working. You must
also check the lights every time you dis
-
connect and then reconnect the wires.
Do not connect a trailer lighting system
directly to your vehicle's lighting system.
Use only an approved trailer wiring har
-
ness.
An authorized Kia dealer can assist you
in installing the wiring harness.
CAUTION
Always use an approved trailer wiring
harness. Failure to use an approved
trailer wiring harness could result in
damage to the vehicle electrical system.
Driving on grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
before you start down a long or steep
downgrade. If you don't shift down, you
might have to use your brakes so much
that they would get hot and no longer
operate efficiently. On a long uphill
grade, shift down and reduce your
speed to around 45 mph (70 km/h) to
reduce the possibility of engine and
transmission overheating.
If your trailer weighs more than the max
-
imum trailer weight without trailer
brakes and you have an automatic
transmission, you should drive in D
(Drive) when towing a trailer.
Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) when
towing a trailer will minimize heat build
up and extend the life of your transmis
-
sion.
Driving your vehicle
565
Trailer towing
Towing uphill
When towing a trailer on steep grades
(in excess of 6%) pay close attention to
the engine coolant temperature gauge
to ensure the engine does not overheat.
If the needle of the coolant temperature
gauge moves across the dial towards "H"
(HOT), pull over and stop as soon as it is
safe to do so, and allow the engine to
idle until it cools down. You may proceed
once the engine has cooled sufficiently.
You must decide driving speed depend
-
ing on trailer weight and uphill grade to
reduce the possibility of engine and
transmission overheating.
Parking on hills
Generally, if you have a trailer attached
to your vehicle, you should not park your
vehicle on a hill. People can be seriously
or fatally injured, and both your vehicle
and the trailer can be damaged if they
unexpectedly roll downhill.
However, if you ever have to park your
trailer on a hill, here's how to do it:
1.Pull the vehicle into the parking space.
Turn the steering wheel in the direc
-
tion of the curb (right if headed down
-
hill, left if headed up hill).
2.If the vehicle has an automatic trans
-
mission, place the vehicle in P (Park).
3.Set the parking brake and shut off the
engine.
4. Place chocks under the trailer wheels
on the down hill side of the wheels.
5.Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shift
to neutral, release the parking brake
and slowly release the brakes until the
trailer chocks absorb the load.
6.Reapply the brakes, reapply the park
-
ing brake and shift the vehicle to P
(Park) for automatic transmission.
7.Shut off the vehicle and release the
vehicle brakes but leave the parking
brake set.
When you are ready to leave
after parking on a hill
1.With the automatic transmission in P
(Park), apply your brakes and hold the
brake pedal down while you:
僅Start your engine;
僅Shift into gear; and
僅Release the parking brake.
2.Slowly remove your foot from the
brake pedal.
3.Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and
store the chocks.
Maintenance when trailer towing
Your vehicle will need service more
often when you regularly pull a trailer.
Important items to pay particular atten
-
tion to include engine oil, automatic
transmission fluid, axle lubricant and
cooling system fluid. Brake condition is
another important item to frequently
check. Each item is covered in this man
-
ual, and the Index will help you find
them quickly. If you're trailering, it's a
good idea to review these sections
before you start your trip.
Don't forget to also maintain your trailer
and hitch. Follow the maintenance
schedule that accompanied your trailer
and check it periodically. Preferably,
conduct the check at the start of each
day's driving. Most importantly, all hitch
nuts and bolts should be tight.
57
5
5
Driving your vehicleTrailer towing
CAUTION
Air conditioning (A/C)
Do not use the air conditioning while
using your vehicle to tow uphill. Due to
higher load during trailer usage, over
-
heating might occur on hot days or
during uphill driving.
僅When towing check transmission fluid
more frequently.
If you do decide to pull a trailer
Here are some important points if you
decide to pull a trailer:
僅Consider using a sway control. You
can ask a hitch dealer about sway
control.
僅Do not do any towing with your vehi
-
cle during its first 1,200 miles (2,000
km) in order to allow the engine to
properly break in. Failure to heed this
caution may result in serious engine
or transmission damage.
僅When towing a trailer, be sure to con
-
sult an authorized Kia dealer for fur
-
ther information on additional
requirements such as a towing kit, etc.
僅Always drive your vehicle at a moder
-
ate speed (less than 60 mph (100 km/
h)).
僅On a long uphill grade, do not exceed
45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted tow
-
ing speed limit, whichever is lower.
僅The chart contains important consid
-
erations that have to do with weight:
To identify what the vehicle trailering
capacity is for your vehicle, you
should read the information in
"Weight of the trailer" on page 5-58.
僅For X-PRO Trim (equipped with all-
terrain 18” tire), you need to increase
the rear tire pressure when towing a
trailer for steering stability.
* For recommended inflation pressure,
refer to "Tires and wheels" on page
9-4.
Item
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
lbs. (kg)
Maximum
trailer
weight
Without brake
system
1,650 (750)
With brake sys
-
tem (Type A)
5,000 (2,268)
With brake sys
-
tem (Type B)
5,500 (2,495)
Maximum tongue weight500 (227)
Inflation PressureNormalTowing
Front35 psi35 psi
Rear35 psi40 psi
Driving your vehicle
585
Trailer towing
Weight of the trailer
A: Tongue Load
B: Total Trailer Weight
What is the maximum safe weight of a
trailer? It should never weigh more than
the maximum trailer weight with trailer
brakes. But even that can be too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use your
trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature and how
often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer
are all important. The ideal trailer weight
can also depend on any special equip
-
ment that you have on your vehicle.
A: Gross Axle Weight
B: Gross Vehicle Weight
The tongue load of any trailer is an
important weight to measure because it
affects the total Gross Vehicle Weight
(GVW) of your vehicle. This weight
includes the curb weight of the vehicle,
any cargo you may carry in it, and the
people who will be riding in the vehicle.
And if you will tow a trailer, you must
add the tongue load to the GVW
because your vehicle will also be carry
-
ing that weight.
After you've loaded your trailer, weigh
the trailer and then the tongue, sepa
-
rately, to see if the weights are proper. If
they aren't, you may be able to correct
them simply by moving some items
around in the trailer.
WARNING
Trailer
Always follow the loading instructions
provided with your trailer. Improper
loading can effect vehicle operation and
result in an accident.
OCV051256N
OCV051257N
59
5
5
Driving your vehicleVehicle load limit
Vehicle load limit
The vehicle load limit is displayed
on the tire and loading informa
-
tion label on the driver's door.
Tire and loading information
label
Example of tire and loading
information label
The label located on the driver's
door sill gives the original tire
size, cold tire pressures recom
-
mended for your vehicle, the
number of people that can be in
your vehicle and vehicle capacity
weight.
Vehicle capacity weight:
僅7 persons: 1,173 lbs. (532 kg)
僅8 persons: 1,764 lbs. (800 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the
maximum combined weight of
occupants and cargo. If your
vehicle is equipped with a trailer,
the combined weight includes
the tongue load.
Seating capacity:
Total
僅7 persons (Front seat: 2 per
-
sons, Rear seat: 5 persons)
僅8 persons (Front seat: 2 per
-
sons, Rear seat: 6 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity
may be reduced based upon the
weight of all of the occupants,
and the weight of the cargo
being carried or towed. Do not
overload the vehicle as there is a
limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and
cargo, the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity:
僅(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi Without
trailer brakes: 1,650 lbs. (750
kg)
僅With trailer brakes:
-Type A: 5,000 lbs. (2,268 kg)
-Type B: 5,500 lbs. (2,495 kg)
Towing capacity is the maximum
trailer weight including its cargo
weight, your vehicle can tow.
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehi
-
cle will increase or decrease
depending on the weight and the
number of occupants.
OCV051258N
Driving your vehicle
605
Vehicle load limit
Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehi
-
cle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined
weight of the driver and passen
-
gers that will be riding in your
vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs..
(4) The resulting figure equals
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity. For
example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in your
vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity
is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 × 150) =
650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle. That
weight may not safely exceed
the available cargo and luggage
load capacity calculated in Step
4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
of your vehicle.
WARNING
Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured
blunt objects in the passenger
compartment of your vehicle
(e.g. suit cases or unsecured
child seats). These items may
strike an occupant during a sud
-
den stop or crash.
Example 1
ItemDescriptionTotal
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occu
-
pant Weight
150 lbs. (68 kg) ×
2
300 lbs.
(136 kg)
C
Available Cargo
and Luggage
weight
549 lbs.
(249 kg)
OCV051259N
61
5
5
Driving your vehicleVehicle load limit
Example 2
Example 3
Refer to your vehicle's tire and
loading information label for spe
-
cific information about your vehi
-
cle's capacity weight and seating
positions. The combined weight
of the driver, passengers and
cargo should never exceed your
vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification label
The certification label is located
on the driver's door sill at the
center pillar.
Example of certification label
This label shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle. This is called the
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating). The GVWR includes the
ItemDescriptionTotal
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occu
-
pant Weight
150 lbs. (68 kg) ×
5
750 lbs.
(340 kg)
C
Available Cargo
and Luggage
weight
99 lbs.
(45 kg)
OCV051260N
OCV051261N
ItemDescriptionTotal
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occu
-
pant Weight
161 lbs. (73 kg) × 5
805 lbs.
(365 kg)
C
Available Cargo
and Luggage
weight
44 lbs.
(20 kg)
OSG2EV052180N
Driving your vehicle
625
Vehicle load limit
weight of the vehicle, all occu
-
pants and cargo.
This label also tells you the maxi
-
mum weight that can be sup
-
ported by the front and rear
axles, called Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR).
To find out the actual loads on
your front and rear axles, you
need to go to a weigh station and
weigh your vehicle. Your dealer
can help you with this. Be sure to
spread out your load equally on
both sides of the centerline.
WARNING
Over loading
Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the
front or rear axle and vehicle
capacity weight. Exceeding these
ratings can affect your vehicle's
handling and braking ability.
The label will help you decide
how much cargo and installed
equipment your vehicle can
carry.
If you carry items inside your
vehicle - like suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else - they
are moving as fast as the vehicle.
If you have to stop or turn
quickly, or if there is a crash, the
items will keep going and can
cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
WARNING
Over loading
Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your vehi
-
cle's tires and possible tire fail
-
ure, increased stopping
distances and poor vehicle han
-
dling-all of which may result in a
crash.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would
not be covered by your warranty.
Do not overload your vehicle.
63
5
5
Driving your vehicleVehicle weight
Vehicle weight
This chapter will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle or
trailer, to keep your loaded vehi
-
cle weight within its design rating
capability, with or without a
trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the
vehicle design performance.
Before loading your vehicle,
familiarize yourself with the fol
-
lowing terms for determining
your vehicle's weight ratings,
with or without a trailer, from the
vehicle's specifications and the
compliance label:
Base curb weight
This is the
weight of the vehicle including a
full tank of fuel and all standard
equipment. It does not include
passengers, cargo, or optional
equipment.
Vehicle curb weight
This is the
weight of your new vehicle when
you picked it up from your dealer
plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo weight
This figure
includes all weight added to the
Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This
is the total weight placed on each
axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all pay
-
load.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rat
-
ing)
This is the maximum allow
-
able weight that can be carried
by a single axle (front or rear).
These numbers are shown on the
compliance label. The total load
on each axle must never exceed
its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus pas
-
sengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
This is the maximum
allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle (including all
options, equipment, passengers
and cargo). The GVWR is shown
on the certification label located
on the driver's door sill.
CAUTION
Do not use replacement tires
with lower load carrying capaci
-
ties than the original tires
because they may lower your
vehicle's GVWR and GAWR lim
-
itations. Replacement tires with a
higher limit than the original tires
do not increase the GVWR and
GAWR limitations.
6Driver assistance system
Driver assistance system
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)....6-4
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist settings.......................................6-6
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation...................................6-9
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and
limitations...........................................................................................................6-16
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA).........................................................6-24
僅 Lane Keeping Assist settings....................................................................6-24
僅 Lane Keeping Assist operation.................................................................6-25
僅 Lane Keeping Assist malfunction and limitations............................6-27
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning (BCW)...................6-30
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning settings...........................6-31
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning operation.......................6-32
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning malfunction and limita-
tions......................................................................................................................6-35
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)..................................................................6-39
僅 Safe Exit Assist settings...............................................................................6-39
僅 Safe Exit Assist operation..........................................................................6-40
僅 Safe Exit Assist malfunction and limitations......................................6-42
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)...........................................6-43
僅 Manual Speed Limit Assist operation...................................................6-43
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)........................................ 6-45
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist settings..................................................6-46
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist operation...............................................6-47
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist malfunction and limitations.........6-49
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)..............................................6-51
僅 Driver Attention Warning settings..........................................................6-51
僅 Driver Attention Warning operation......................................................6-52
僅 Driver Attention Warning malfunction and limitations..................6-53
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)................................................6-55
僅 Blind-Spot View Monitor settings...........................................................6-56
6Driver assistance system
僅 Blind-Spot View Monitor operation........................................................6-56
僅 Blind-Spot View Monitor malfunction...................................................6-56
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)....................................................... 6-57
僅 Smart Cruise Control settings..................................................................6-57
僅 Smart Cruise Control operation...............................................................6-59
僅 Smart Cruise Control malfunction and limitations..........................6-66
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC).....................6-71
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control settings.............................6-71
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control operation........................6-72
僅 Limitations of Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control................6-73
Lane Following Assist (LFA)......................................................6-76
僅 Lane Following Assist settings.................................................................6-76
僅 Lane Following Assist operation..............................................................6-77
僅 Lane Following Assist malfunction and limitations.........................6-78
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)..................................................6-79
僅 Highway Driving Assist settings.............................................................6-80
僅 Highway Driving Assist operation..........................................................6-81
僅 Highway Driving Assist malfunction and limitations......................6-87
Rear View Monitor (RVM)..........................................................6-89
僅 Rear View Monitor settings.......................................................................6-89
僅 Rear View Monitor operation....................................................................6-91
僅 Rear View Monitor malfunction and limitations...............................6-92
Surround View Monitor (SVM)..................................................6-93
僅 Surround View Monitor settings..............................................................6-93
僅 Surround View Monitor operation..........................................................6-94
僅 Surround View Monitor malfunction and limitations.....................6-96
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA).........6-97
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist settings................6-98
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist operation.............6-99
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction
and limitations...............................................................................................6-101
6Driver assistance system
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)............................6-105
僅 Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings...................................6-105
僅 Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation...............................6-105
僅 Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction and
precautions.....................................................................................................6-106
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ..........6-108
僅 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings................6-109
僅 Parking Distance Warning operation.................................................6-109
僅 Parking Distance Warning malfunction and limitations..............6-111
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA).............. 6-113
僅 Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist settings....................................6-113
僅 Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist operation.................................6-114
僅 Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and
limitations.........................................................................................................6-115
Declaration of conformity........................................................6-120
僅 The radio frequency components (Front radar) complies:......6-120
僅 The radio frequency components (Front Corner Radar/Rear
Corner radar) complies:............................................................................6-120
Driver assistance system
46
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Driver assistance system
INFORMATION
Driver Assistance system functions can
be updated by infotainment software
update. Descriptions for each function of
the system may differ from the owners'
manual once updated. Refer to the
user's manual provided in the infotain
-
ment system and the quick reference
guide.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Basic function
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
designed to help detect and monitor the
vehicle ahead or help detect a powered
two-wheeler, pedestrian or cyclist in the
roadway and warn the driver that a colli
-
sion is imminent with a warning mes
-
sage and warning and apply emergency
braking.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
detect vehicles ahead and adjacent
lanes even at high speeds. If the driver
makes a lane change at those speeds,
your vehicle will apply emergency brak
-
ing to mitigate or avoid a collision (if
equipped).
Junction Turning function
When turning left at a crossroad with the
turn signal on, the vehicle will assist the
driver in braking control to mitigate or
avoid a collision with an oncoming vehi
-
cle.
Junction Crossing function (if
equipped)
Junction Crossing function will help
avoid a collision with oncoming vehicles
on the left or right side when crossing an
intersection by applying emergency
braking.
Lane-Change Oncoming function
(if equipped)
[A] : Oncoming vehicle
Lane-Change Oncoming function will
help avoid a collision with an oncoming
vehicle when changing lanes by assist
-
ing the driver's steering.
OON052187
OON052277
OON052278
OON052280
5
6
6
Driver assistance systemForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Lane-Change Side function (if
equipped)
[A]: Front-side vehicle
Lane-Change Side function will help
avoid a collision with the vehicle in the
next lane when changing lanes by
assisting the driver's steering.
Evasive Steering Assist function
(if equipped)
僅Driver steering assist
If a possible collision with a vehicle
ahead, pedestrian, or cyclist is
detected and the driver steers to
avoid the collision, it will assist the
driver in steering.
僅Evasive steering assist
Evasive Steering Assist function helps
avoid a collision with a pedestrian or
cyclist ahead in the same lane. When
a risk or collision is detected, it will
warn the driver and if there is space to
avoid collision in the lane, it will assist
the driver's steering.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
Front radar
Front corner radar (if equipped)
Rear corner radar (if equipped)
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
OON052281
OON052283
OON052018
OON052025
OON052284
OON052048
Driver assistance system
66
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
CAUTION
僅Never disassemble the detecting sen
-
sor or sensor assembly, or cause any
damage to it.
僅If the detecting sensors have been
replaced or repaired, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
僅If the radar or around the radar expe
-
riences an impact, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not operate
properly even if a warning message is
not displayed on the cluster.
僅Never install any accessories or stick
-
ers on the front windshield, or tint the
front windshield.
僅Pay extreme caution to keep the front
view camera dry.
僅Never place any reflective objects (for
example, white paper, mirror) over the
dashboard.
僅Do not place any objects near the
front windshield or install any acces
-
sories on the front windshield. It can
affect the performance of the defog
-
ging and defrosting function of the cli
-
mate control system, which may
prevent the Driver Assistance systems
from operating.
僅Do not change the position of the
license plate or apply license plate
frame. This may adversely affect the
detecting performance of the front
radar.
僅Always keep the front radar and cover
clean and free of dirt and debris.
Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehi
-
cle. Do not spray pressurized water
directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
僅The genuine Kia front radar sensor
covers are parts with quality and per
-
formance ensured. If arbitrarily apply
-
ing paint on or changing the cover,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not function properly.
Use only Kia Genuine Parts or those
of an equivalent standard with proven
quality and performance to repair or
replace the radar sensor covers.
僅Do not arbitrarily apply paint, license
plate molds, vehicle accessories,
wraps, and stickers on or around the
detecting sensor.
僅Replacing the bumper or repairing (or
painting) on around the front/rear
corner radar can reduce the detecting
performance of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
僅Installing a trailer, a carrier (a bike
rack), or other equipment may
adversely affect the detecting perfor
-
mance of the rear corner radar or
temporarily limit Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist settings
Forward safety
A:
Driver assistance
1 Driving safety
2 Forward safety
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
on the infotainment system
screen to set whether or not to use each
function.
OSG2PH052193N
7
6
6
Driver assistance systemForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅Forward safety: Collision warning or
emergency braking will operate in a
collision-imminent situation. If you
deselect the setting, Forward safety
will turn off and the warning light ()
will appear on the cluster.
Forward cross-traffic safety (if
equipped)
A:
Driver assistance
1 Forward safety
2 Forward cross-traffic safety
With the vehicle on, select
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver assistance
→
Driving
safety
→
Forward cross-traffic safety
from the infotainment system screen to
turn on Junction Crossing function and
deselect to turn off the function.
僅
Forward cross-traffic safety
:
Depending on the collision risk levels,
with oncoming vehicles on the left or
right side when crossing an intersec
-
tion, an audible warning will sound,
and the braking will be assisted.
Forward/side safety (if equipped)
A:
Driver assistance
1 Driving safety
2 Forward/side safety
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver assistance
→
Driving
safety
→
Forward/side safety
on the
infotainment system. The forward and
side vehicle detection function of For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist will be
activated.
僅Forward/side safety: Collision warning
or emergency steering will assist the
driver in a collision-imminent situa
-
tion. If you deselect the setting, For
-
ward safety will turn off and the
warning light () will appear on the
cluster.
The driver can monitor Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist On/Off status
from the Settings menu. If the Forward
Safety warning light () or Emergency
steering warning light () remains ON
when Forward safety or Forward/side
safety is selected, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
When the vehicle is restarted, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will always
turn on. However, if
Forward safety
is
deselected, the driver should always be
aware of the surroundings and drive
safely.
OON052200
OON052201
Driver assistance system
86
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
CAUTION
僅Forward safety provides ‘Basic Func
-
tion’ and 'Junction Turning function'.
Forward Cross-Traffic Safety provides
‘Junction Crossing function' and For
-
ward/Side Cross-Traffic Safety pro
-
vides 'Lane change oncoming
function', 'Lane change side function'
and 'Evasive Steering Assist function'
(if equipped).
僅If Forward safety is deselected, Even if
Forward Cross-Traffic safety and For
-
ward/Side Cross-Traffic Safety is
selected, 'Junction Crossing function'
will not operate. (if equipped)
Forward Safety Warning Timing
A:
Driving safety
1 Forward safety warning timing
2 Standard
3 Late
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Forward Safety Warning
Timing
on the infotainment system to
change the initial warning activation tim
-
ing of Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
僅Use
Standard
in normal driving con
-
ditions. If the Forward Safety Warning
Timing seems sensitive, change it to
Late
.
僅If
Late
is selected, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist warns the driver a
little later.
CAUTION
僅Even though
Standard
is selected for
Forward Safety Warning Timing, if the
front vehicle suddenly stops, the
warning may seem late.
僅Select
Late
for Warning Timing when
traffic is light and when driving speed
is slow.
NOTICE
僅Warning timing setting does not apply
on Forward/side safety.
僅The warning timing you have set will
be maintained even if the vehicle is
restarted.
Warning Methods
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Warning Methods
2 Warning Volume
3 Driving Safety Priority
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to change the Warning Sound.
僅
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
OSG2PH052098N
OON052202
9
6
6
Driver assistance systemForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
NOTICE
僅Ensure that Warning Sound and Hap
-
tic you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
僅Warning Sound will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
僅If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
→
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
僅The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
僅Depending on your region or update,
the menu may be displayed as 'Warn
-
ing Sound' or 'Warning Methods'.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation
Basic function
The basic function for Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist is warned and con
-
trolled by the following level.
僅Collision warning
僅Emergency braking
僅Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
Collision warning
A:
Collision Warning
Collision warning will alert the driver
with a Forward safety warning light (),
a warning message, and an audible
warning.
Collision Warning will be activated under
the following conditions depending on
the target ahead.
Your driving speed:
僅For vehicle or powered two-wheeler:
Approximately 6~124 mph (10~200
km/h)
僅For pedestrian or cyclist: Approxi
-
mately 6~53 mph (10~85 km/h)
Emergency braking
A:
Emergency Braking
Emergency braking will alert the driver
with a Forward safety warning light (),
a warning message, and an audible
warning. The brake assist will be
activated to help avoid a collision with a
vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist.
Emergency braking will be activated
under the following your driving speed
conditions, depending on the target
ahead and the level of risk.
OON052219
OON052220
Driver assistance system
106
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅For vehicle or powered two-wheeler:
-(if equipped)*: If Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist judges that avoid
-
ing collision is difficult even by
changing the driving lane due to
surroundings of the vehicle, it assist
braking at an earlier time.
僅For pedestrian or cyclist: Approxi
-
mately 6~40 mph (10~65 km/h)
CAUTION
The function operation range may
decrease due to the front traffic condi
-
tion or the surroundings of the vehicle.
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
A:
Drive carefully
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the warning mes
-
sage will appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
僅Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
Junction Turning function
The Junction turning function is warned
and controlled by the following level.
僅Collision warning
僅Emergency braking
僅Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
Collision warning
A:
Collision Warning
Collision warning will alert the driver
with a Forward safety warning light (),
a warning message, an audible warning,
and steering wheel vibration.
Collision warning will be activated in the
following conditions.
僅Your driving speed: Approximately
6~19 mph (10~30 km/h)
僅Oncoming vehicle or powered two
wheeler speed: Approximately 19~44
mph (30~70 km/h)
Emergency braking
A:
Emergency Braking
Emergency braking will alert the driver
with a Forward safety warning light (),
a warning message, an audible warning,
and steering wheel vibration. The brake
assist will be activated and to help avoid
a collision with an oncoming vehicle.
Driving targetStopped target
Weak braking
power
Approximately 6~124 mph (10~200 km/h)
Strong brak
-
ing power
Approximately 6~80
mph (10~130 km/h)
Approximately 6~47
mph (10~75 km/h)
Strong brak
-
ing power - (if
equipped)*
Approximately 6~62
mph (10~100 km/h)
OON052221
OON052222
OON052223
11
6
6
Driver assistance systemForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Emergency braking will be activated in
the following conditions.
僅Your driving speed: Approximately
6~19 mph (10~30 km/h)
僅Oncoming vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately 19~44 mph (30~70 km/h)
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
A:
Drive carefully
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the warning mes
-
sage will appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
僅Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
Junction Crossing function (if
equipped)
Warning and control
The Junction Crossing function is
warned and controlled by the following
level.
僅Collision warning
僅Emergency braking
僅Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
Collision warning
A:
Collision Warning
Forward collision warning will alert the
driver with a Forward safety warning
light (), a warning message, an audi
-
ble warning, and steering wheel vibra
-
tion.
Collision warning will be activated in the
following conditions.
僅Your driving speed: Approximately
6~19 mph (10~30 km/h)
僅Crossing vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately 10~37 mph (15~60 km/h)
Emergency braking
A:
Emergency Braking
OON052221
OON052224
OON052225
OON052226
OON052227
Driver assistance system
126
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Emergency braking will alert the driver
with a Forward safety warning light (),
a warning message, and an audible
warning. The brake assist will be acti
-
vated to help avoid a collision with an
oncoming vehicle.
Emergency braking will be activated in
following conditions.
僅Your driving speed: Approximately
6~19 mph (10~30 km/h)
僅Crossing vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately 10~37 mph (15~60 km/h)
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
A:
Drive carefully
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the warning mes
-
sage will appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
僅Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
CAUTION
If the collision angle with the crossing
vehicle is beyond a certain range, Junc
-
tion Crossing Warning and control may
be late or may not operate.
NOTICE
You can turn off the audible warning by
pressing the hazard warning flasher
during Collision warning or Emergency
braking.
Lane-change oncoming function
(if equipped)
Warning and control
The Lane-change oncoming function is
warned and controlled by the following
level.
僅Collision warning
僅Emergency steering
Collision warning
A:
Collision Warning
Collision warning will alert the driver
with a Steering warning light (), a
warning message, an audible warning,
and steering wheel vibration.
Collision warning will be activated in the
following conditions.
僅Your driving speed: Approximately
25~90 mph (40~145 km/h)
僅Oncoming vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately above 6 mph (10 km/h)
僅Relative speed: Approximately below
124 mph (200 km/h)
OON052221
OON052222
13
6
6
Driver assistance systemForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Emergency steering
A:
Emergency Steering
Emergency steering will alert the driver
with a Steering warning light (), a
warning message, and an audible warn
-
ing. The steering assist will be activated
to help avoid a collision with an oncom
-
ing vehicle or powered two-wheelers.
Emergency steering will be activated in
following conditions.
僅Your driving speed: Approximately
25~90 mph (40~145 km/h)
僅Oncoming vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately above 6 mph (10 km/h)
僅Relative speed: Approximately below
124 mph (200 km/h)
Lane-change side function (if
equipped)
Warning and control
The Lane-change side function is
warned and controlled by the following
level.
僅Collision warning
僅Emergency steering
Collision warning
A:
Collision Warning
Collision warning will alert the driver
with a Steering warning light (), a
warning message, an audible warning,
steering wheel vibration.
Emergency steering will be activated in
following conditions.
僅Your driving speed: Approximately
25~90 mph (40~145 km/h)
Emergency steering
A:
Emergency Steering
Emergency steering will alert the driver
with a Steering warning light (), a
warning message, an audible warning,
and steering wheel vibration.
OON052229
OON052222
OON052228
OON052229
OON052230
Driver assistance system
146
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Emergency steering will be activated in
following conditions.
僅Your driving speed: Approximately
25~90 mph (40~145 km/h)
僅Vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
the next lane: Driving
WARNING
僅Lane-Change Side function does not
operate if the oncoming vehicle from
the front side is stopped.
僅The detecting area of front and rear
corner radar is determined by a stan
-
dard lane width of the standard road.
The warning may appear from the
vehicle driving in the next lane for
narrow roads. Or, the warning may
not appear due to not detecting vehi
-
cle on the next lane for wide roads.
僅Lane change side function is deacti
-
vated in following conditions:
-Approaching to next lane for stan
-
dard amount of distance
-Getting away from the collision
hazard direction
-Sharply steering the vehicle
-Depressing the brake pedal
-Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
is operating
僅After Lane change side function is
activated or lane change is done,
move your vehicle to the center of the
lane afterwards.
Lane change side function will not
operate when the vehicle is not being
driven on the center of the lane.
NOTICE
If emergency steering is likely to cause
additional collisions, the vehicle will alert
the driver only with collision warning.
Evasive Steering Assist function
(if equipped)
Warning and control
The Evasive Steering Assist function is
warned and controlled by the following
level.
僅Emergency Steering
Emergency Steering (Driver
steering assist)
A:
Emergency Steering
Emergency steering will alert the driver
with a Steering warning light (), a
warning message, an audible warning,
and steering wheel vibration. If a possi
-
ble collision with a vehicle ahead, pedes
-
trians, cyclists, and powered two
wheeler is detected and the driver steers
to avoid the collision, the vehicle will
assist the driver in steering.
Emergency Steering will be activated in
following conditions.
僅Your driving speed: Approximately
25~53 mph (40~85 km/h)
OON052233
OON052234
15
6
6
Driver assistance systemForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Emergency Steering (Evasive
steering assist)
A:
Emergency Steering
Emergency steering will alert the driver
with a Steering warning light (), a
warning message, an audible warning,
and steering wheel vibration. If there is a
risk of collision with vehicles, pedestri
-
ans, cyclists and powered two-wheelers
in front and your vehicle already
exceeded the emergency braking speed
limit, the steering will be assisted to help
prevent collision when the driver steers
the vehicle to avoid collision.
Emergency Steering will be activated in
following conditions.
僅Your driving speed: Approximately
40~47 mph (65~75 km/h)
CAUTION
僅The steering wheel may turn auto
-
matically when emergency steering is
operating.
僅Emergency steering will automati
-
cally cancel when risk factors disap
-
pear. If necessary, the driver must
steer the vehicle.
僅Emergency steering may not operate
or may cancel during operation if the
steering wheel is held tight or steered
in the opposite direction.
僅When steering is assisted to avoid col
-
lision with a vehicle, pedestrian and
cyclist, Evasive steering assist will be
canceled if collisions with other
objects (vehicles, pedestrians, cyclists,
or powered two wheeler) are
expected.
僅Evasive steering assist may not oper
-
ate if space to avoid collision in the
driving lane is insufficient.
NOTICE
For more details on warning messages,
refer to "Collision warning" on page 6-9.
WARNING
僅For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
僅Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate in all situations or
cannot avoid all collisions.
僅The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to control the vehicle. Do not
solely depend on Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist. Rather, maintain a
safe braking distance, and if neces
-
sary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
僅Never deliberately operate Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist on people,
objects, etc. It may cause serious
injury or death.
僅Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate if the driver
depresses the brake pedal to avoid
collision.
僅Depending on the road and driving
conditions, Forward Collision-Avoid
-
OON052233
OON052234
Driver assistance system
166
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
ance Assist may warn the driver late
or may not warn the driver.
僅During Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always have the
seat belt on and keep loose objects
secured.
僅If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist warning message may not
be displayed and audible warning
may not be generated.
僅You may not hear the warning sound
of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
if the surrounding is noisy. Adjust the
warning volume vehicle appropriately,
and always be aware of the surround
-
ings and drive safely.
僅Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may turn off or may not operate prop
-
erly or may operate unnecessarily
depending on the road conditions and
the surroundings.
僅Even if there is a problem with For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
vehicle's basic braking performance
will operate properly.
僅During emergency braking, braking
control by Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist will automatically cancel
when the driver excessively depresses
the accelerator pedal or sharply steers
the vehicle.
CAUTION
僅The surroundings and pedestrians,
cyclists, other vehicles, or powered
two wheelers in front of you may
affect the speed or detection range to
operate Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist, resulting in Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist temporarily limited
or disabled.
僅Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate under certain conditions
by determining the risk level depend
-
ing on the surroundings and other
vehicles' driving directions or speed.
僅Driving at excessively higher or lower
speed than other vehicles can tempo
-
rarily limit or disable Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist.
僅When a collision with a surrounding
vehicle is expected, Lane-change
oncoming, Lane-change side and Eva
-
sive steering assist functions will only
warn the driver. (if equipped)
NOTICE
僅When a collision is imminent, the For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
assist the driver with brakes if the
driver fails to brake enough.
僅The images or colors may be dis
-
played differently depending on the
specifications of the instrument clus
-
ter or theme.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction and limitations
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
A:
Check forward safety systems
OSG2PH052042L
17
6
6
Driver assistance systemForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
A:
Check Forward/Side Safety system
When Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the warn
-
ing message will appear, and the yellow
(), () and () warning lights will
appear on the cluster. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
A:
Forward Safety system disabled.
Radar blocked
A:
Forward Safety systems disabled.
Camera obscured
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located, front radar
cover, bumper or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, it
can reduce the detecting performance
and temporarily limit or disable Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs the warning message, and
the yellow (), () and () warning
lights will appear on the cluster.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate properly when snow, rain or for
-
eign material is removed.
If Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate properly after obstruc
-
tion (snow, rain, or foreign material) is
removed (including trailer, carrier, etc.
from the rear bumper), have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅Even though the warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not properly operate.
僅Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate in an area
(e.g. open terrain), where there is
nothing to detect, or detecting sensor
is covered in foreign material after
turning ON the vehicle.
僅Even if restarting the vehicle with the
sensors blocked or malfunctioned,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate as the func
-
tion maintains the last setting.
Limitations of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not operate properly, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following cir
-
cumstances:
僅The detecting sensor or the surround
-
ings are contaminated or damaged
僅The temperature around the front
view camera is high or low due to sur
-
rounding environment
僅The camera lens is contaminated due
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
OON052235
OON052236
OON052237
Driver assistance system
186
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
damaged glass, or sticky foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
glass
僅Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
僅Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
or the wiper is on
僅Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
僅The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
僅Street light or light from an oncoming
traffic is reflected on the wet road sur
-
face, such as a puddle on the road
僅An object is placed on the dashboard
僅Your vehicle is being towed
僅The surrounding is very bright or the
surrounding is very dark, such as in a
tunnel, etc.
僅The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
僅The brightness outside is low, and the
headlamps are not on or are not
bright
僅Only part of the vehicle, powered two-
wheeler, pedestrian or cyclist is
detected
僅The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
truck, truck with an unusually shaped
cargo, trailer, etc.
僅The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in front has no tail lights, tail lights are
located unusually, etc.
僅The brightness outside is low, and the
tail lamps are not on or are not bright
僅The rear of the front vehicle is small or
the vehicle does not look normal, such
as when the vehicle is tilted, over
-
turned, or the side of the vehicle is vis
-
ible, etc.
僅The front vehicle's ground clearance
is low or high
僅A vehicle, powered two-wheeler,
pedestrian or cyclist suddenly cuts in
front
僅The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged or the front radar
is out of position
僅The temperature around the front
radar is high or low
僅Driving through a tunnel or iron
bridge
僅Driving in vast areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (for exam
-
ple, desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
僅Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
僅A material is near that reflects very
well on the front radar, such as a
guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
僅The cyclist in front is on a bicycle
made of material that does not reflect
on the front radar
僅The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in front is detected late
僅The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in front is suddenly blocked by an
obstacle
僅The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in front suddenly changes lane or
suddenly reduces speed
僅The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in front is bent out of shape
僅The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
僅You are departing or returning to the
lane
僅Unstable driving
僅You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
front is not detected
19
6
6
Driver assistance systemForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅You are continuously driving in a cir
-
cle
僅The vehicle in front has an unusual
shape
僅The vehicle in front is driving uphill or
downhill
僅The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully
detected, for example, if the pedes
-
trian is leaning over or is not fully
walking upright
僅The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing or equipment that makes it
difficult to detect
The illustration above shows the image
the front view camera and front radar
are capable of detecting as a vehicle,
powered two-wheeler, pedestrian and
cyclist.
僅The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving very quickly
僅The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
short or is posing a low posture
僅The pedestrian or cyclist in front has
impaired mobility or moving inter
-
sected with the driving direction
僅There is a group of pedestrians,
cyclists or a large crowd in front
僅The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
僅The pedestrian or cyclist is difficult to
distinguish from the similarly shaped
structure in the surroundings
僅You are driving by a pedestrian,
cyclist, traffic signs, structures, etc.,
near the intersection
僅When driving in the following places
-Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
-Driving through a tunnel or iron
bridge
-Driving in large areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (i.e.
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
-Driving in a parking lot
-Driving through toll gate, construc
-
tion areas, partially paved roads,
bumpy roads, speed bumps, etc.
-Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
-Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
-Driving through a roadside with
trees or streetlights
-Driving through a narrow road
where trees or grass are overgrown
-There is interference by electro
-
magnetic waves, such as driving in
an area with strong radio waves or
electrical noise
僅The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
僅Your vehicle height is low or high due
to heavy loads, abnormal tire pres
-
sure, etc.
Junction crossing, Lane-change
oncoming, Lane-change side, Evasive
steering assist function (if equipped)
僅The temperature around the front
corner radar or rear corner radar is
high or low
僅A trailer or carrier is installed around
the rear corner radar
OSG2EV051011
Driver assistance system
206
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅The front corner radar or rear corner
radar is covered with snow, rain, dirt,
etc.
僅The bumper around the front corner
radar or rear corner radar is covered
with objects, such as a bumper
sticker, bumper guard, bike rack, etc.
僅The bumper around the front corner
radar or rear corner radar is impacted,
damaged or the radar is out of posi
-
tion
僅The front corner radar or rear corner
radar is blocked by other vehicles,
walls or pillars
僅Driving on a highway (or motorway)
ramp
僅Driving on a road where the guardrail
or wall is in double structure
僅The other vehicle drives very close
behind your vehicle, or the other vehi
-
cle passes by your vehicle in close
proximity
僅The speed of the other vehicle is very
fast that it passes by your vehicle in a
short time
僅Your vehicle passes by the other vehi
-
cle
僅Your vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle next to you and
has accelerated
僅The vehicle in the next lane moves
two lanes away from you, or when the
vehicle two lanes away moves to the
next lane from you
僅If the following object is detected:
-A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
-A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
-A big vehicle such as a bus or truck
is detected
-A small moving obstacle such as a
pedestrian, animal, shopping cart
or a baby stroller is detected
-A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
僅When a lane or lane cannot be
detected:
-The lane is difficult to see due to
foreign material, such as rain, snow,
dust, sand, oil and water puddles
-The color of the lane marking is not
distinguishable from the road or
wet surface
-There are markings on the road
near the lane or the markings on
the road looks similar to the lane
markings
-The shadow is on the lane marking
by a median strip, trees, guardrail,
noise barriers, etc.
-The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings are
crossing
-There are more than two lane
markings on the road
-The lane markings are complicated
or a structure substitutes for the
lines, such as a construction area
-There are road markings, such as
zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings
and road signs
僅The lane suddenly disappears, such
as at the intersection
僅The lane is very wide or narrow
僅There is a curb or road edges without
a lane
僅The vehicle in front is driving with one
side on the lane marking
僅The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely short or the vehicle in front
is covering the lane marking (or road
edge)
21
6
6
Driver assistance systemForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
WARNING
僅Driving on a curved road
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not detect other vehicles, pow
-
ered two-wheelers, pedestrians or
cyclists in front of you when driving
on curved roads adversely affecting
the performance of the sensors. This
may result in no warning, braking
assist or steering assist (if equipped)
when necessary.
When driving on a curve, you must
maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, steer the vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may detect a vehicle, powered two-
wheeler, pedestrian or cyclist in the
next lane or outside the lane when
driving on a curved road.
If this occurs, Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may unnecessarily warn
the driver and control the brake or
steering (if equipped). Always check
the traffic conditions around the vehi
-
cle.
僅Driving on an inclined road
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not detect other vehicles, pow
-
ered two-wheelers, pedestrians or
cyclists in front of you while driving
uphill or downhill, adversely affecting
the performance of the sensors.
This may result in unnecessary warn
-
ings, braking assist, steering assist (if
equipped) or no warning, braking
assist, steering assist (if equipped)
when necessary.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when a vehicle, powered
two-wheeler, pedestrian or cyclist
ahead is suddenly detected.
Always have your eyes on the road
while driving uphill or downhill and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance.
OON052285_4
OON052286_4
OON052287_4
Driver assistance system
226
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅Changing lanes
[A]: Your vehicle,
[B]: Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle (B) moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane, it cannot
be detected by the sensor until it is in
the sensor's detection range.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not immediately detect the vehi
-
cle when the vehicle changes lanes
abruptly. In this case, you must main
-
tain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance.
[A]: Your vehicle,
[B]: Lane changing vehicle,
[C]: Same lane vehicle
When a vehicle (B) in front of you
merges out of the lane, Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist may not imme
-
diately detect the vehicle (C) that is
now in front of you. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance, and if necessary, steer your
vehicle and depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
僅Detecting vehicle
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab,
OSG2PH052078L
OSG2PH052079L
OON052161_2
23
6
6
Driver assistance systemForward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
or when the vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance, additional
special attention is required. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be
able to detect the cargo extending
from the vehicle. In these instances,
you must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance from the rearmost object, and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain distance.
WARNING
僅When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist for safety rea
-
sons.
僅Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may operate if objects that are similar
in shape or characteristics to vehicles,
powered two wheeler, pedestrians
and cyclists are detected.
僅Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate on bicycles, or
smaller wheeled objects, such as lug
-
gage bags, shopping carts, or stroll
-
ers.
僅Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly if interfered
by strong electromagnetic waves.
僅Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate for 15 seconds after
the vehicle is started, or the front view
camera is initialized.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Driver assistance system
246
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Lane Keeping Assist is designed to help
detect lane markings (or road edges)
while driving over a certain speed. Lane
Keeping Assist will warn the driver if the
vehicle leaves the lane without using the
turn signal, or will automatically assist
the driver's steering to help prevent the
vehicle from departing the lane.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
(or road edges).
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Lane Keeping Assist settings
Lane safety
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Driving Safety
2 Lane Safety
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
on the infotainment system.
僅
Lane Safety
: If Lane safety is
selected, Lane Keeping Assist will
automatically assist the driver's steer
-
ing when lane departure is detected
to help prevent the vehicle from mov
-
ing out of its lane. If Lane safety is
deselected, the indicator light ()
will be turned off.
WARNING
僅Lane Keeping Assist does not control
the steering wheel when the vehicle is
driven in the middle of the lane.
僅The driver should always be aware of
the surroundings and steer the vehi
-
cle if
Lane Safety
is deselected.
OON052018
OSG2PH052195N
25
6
6
Driver assistance systemLane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Warning Methods
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Warning Methods
2 Warning Volume
3 Lane Safety Audible Warning Off
4 Driving Safety Priority
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to change the Warning Sound.
僅
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3.
僅
Lane Safety Audible Warning Off
:
You can turn on or off the warning
volume of Lane Keeping Assist. Lane
Safety Audible Warning Off can be
selected when both Warning Volume
and haptic warning are on.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
僅Ensure that Warning Sound you have
set may apply to the Warning volume
of other Driver Assistance systems.
僅Warning Sound will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
僅If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
→
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
僅The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
僅Depending on your region or update,
the menu may be displayed as 'Warn
-
ing Sound' or 'Warning Methods'.
Lane Keeping Assist operation
Turning Lane Keeping Assist On/
Off
僅With the vehicle ON, press and hold
the Lane Driving Assist button to turn
on/off Lane Keeping Assist. If Lane
Keeping Assist is activated, the indica
-
tor () will be displayed on the
cluster.
NOTICE
僅When Lane Keeping Assist is turned
off by pressing the Lane Driving Assist
button (), Lane Safety will be turned
off.
僅Whenever the vehicle is turned off
and on, Lane safety settings will
always retain its settings.
OON052367
OON052288
Driver assistance system
266
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Warning and control
Left
Right
Lane Keeping Assist will warn and help
control the vehicle with Lane Departure
Warning and Lane Keeping Assist.
Lane Departure Warning
Lane Departure Warning will warn the
driver that the vehicle is departing from
with a green () indicator light, lane
blinking in the direction the vehicle
departed from, an audible warning, and
steering wheel indicator.
Lane departure warning will be activated
in the following conditions.
僅Your driving speed: Approximately
40~120 mph (60~200 km/h)
Lane Keeping Assist
The green () indicator light will blink
on the cluster, and the steering wheel
will make adjustments to prevent that
the vehicle is departing from the pro
-
jected lane in front.
Lane Keeping Assist will be activated in
the following conditions.
僅Your driving speed: Approximately
40~120 mph (60~200 km/h)
Hands-off warning
A:
Keep hands on steering wheel
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound in stages.
WARNING
僅The steering wheel may not be
assisted if the steering wheel is held
very tight or the steering wheel is
steered over a certain degree.
僅Lane Keeping Assist does not operate
at all times. It is the responsibility of
the driver to safely steer the vehicle
and to maintain the vehicle in its lane.
僅The hands–off warning message may
appear late depending on road condi
-
tions. Always have your hands on the
steering wheel while driving.
僅If the steering wheel is held very
lightly, the hands–off warning mes
-
sage may appear because Lane Keep
-
ing Assist may not recognize that the
driver has their hands on the steering
wheel.
僅If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may not
work properly.
NOTICE
僅For more details on setting the func
-
tions in the infotainment system Vehi
-
cle Settings, refer to "Vehicle settings
(infotainment system)" on page 4-95.
OON052238
OON052239
OON052240
27
6
6
Driver assistance systemLane Keeping Assist (LKA)
僅When lane markings (or road edges)
are detected, the lane lines on the
cluster will change from grey to white
and the green () indicator light
will appear.
僅With Lane Keeping Assist on, when
lane markings (or road edges) are
detected, the green lane lines on the
cluster may appear.
Lane undetected
Lane detected
僅The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
僅Even though the steering is assisted
by Lane Keeping Assist, the driver
may control the steering wheel.
僅The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Keeping Assist than
when it is not.
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction
and limitations
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction
A:
Check Lane Safety system
When Lane Keeping Assist is not work
-
ing properly, the warning message will
appear and the yellow () indicator
light will appear on the cluster. If this
occurs, have the function inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Lane Keeping Assist disabled
A:
Lane Safety system disabled. Cam
-
era obscured.
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located, is covered
with foreign material, such as snow or
rain, it can reduce the detecting perfor
-
mance and temporarily limit or disable
Lane Keeping Assist.
If this occurs, the warning message, the
master warning light and the Lane
Safety warning lights will appear on the
cluster. However, it is not a malfunction.
Lane Keeping Assist will operate prop
-
erly when snow, rain or foreign material
is removed. Always keep it clean.
If Lane Keeping Assist does not operate
properly after obstruction (snow, rain, or
OON052241
OON052242
OSG2PH052048L
OON052318
Driver assistance system
286
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
foreign material) is removed (including
trailer, carrier, etc. from the rear
bumper), have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅Lane Keeping Assist may not properly
operate without displaying any warn
-
ing messages or warning lights on the
cluster.
僅Even if restarting the vehicle with the
sensors blocked or malfunctioned,
Lane Keeping Assist may not properly
operate as the function maintains the
last setting.
Limitations of Lane Keeping
Assist
Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
properly or may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
僅The lane is contaminated or difficult
to detect because:
-The lane markings (or road edge)
are covered with rain, snow, dirt, oil,
etc.
-The color of the lane marking (or
road edge) is not distinguishable
from the road
-There are markings (or road edges)
on the road near the lane or the
markings (or road edges) on the
road look similar to the lane mark
-
ings (or road edge)
-The lane marking (or road edge) is
indistinct or damaged
-The shadow is on the lane marking
(or road edge) by a median strip,
trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc.
僅The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings (or
road edges) are crossing
僅There are more than two lane mark
-
ings (or road edges) on the road
僅The lane markings (or road edges) are
complicated or a structure substitutes
for the lines, such as a construction
area
僅There are road markings, such as zig
-
zag lanes, crosswalk markings and
road signs
僅The lane suddenly disappears, such
as at the intersection
僅The lane (or road width) is very wide
or narrow
僅There is a road edge without a lane
僅There is a boundary structure in the
roadway, such as a tollgate, sidewalk,
curb, etc.
僅The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely short or the vehicle in front
is covering the lane marking (or road
edge)
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to "Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
Fusion)" on page 6-4.
WARNING
僅The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to safely drive and control the
vehicle. Do not solely rely on Lane
Keeping Assist and drive dangerously.
僅The operation of Lane Keeping Assist
can be canceled or not work properly
depending on road conditions (road
edge) and surroundings. Always be
cautious while driving.
僅Refer to “Limitations of Lane Keeping
Assist” if the lane is not detected
properly.
29
6
6
Driver assistance systemLane Keeping Assist (LKA)
僅When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Lane Keeping
Assist for safety reasons.
僅If the vehicle is driven at high speed,
the steering wheel will not be con
-
trolled. The driver must always follow
the speed limit when using Lane
Keeping Assist.
僅If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Lane Keeping Assist
warning message may not be dis
-
played and audible warning may not
be generated.
僅You may not hear the warning sound
of Lane Keeping Assist if the sur
-
rounding is noisy. Adjust the vehicle
volume moderately and always pay
attention to the surrounding.
僅If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, steering may not be assisted
properly.
僅Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
for 15 seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the front view camera is
initialized.
僅Lane Keeping Assist will not operate
when:
-The turn signal or hazard warning
flasher is turned on.
-The vehicle is not driven in the cen
-
ter of the lane when Lane Keeping
Assist is turned on or right after
changing a lane.
-ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
VSM (Vehicle Stability Manage
-
ment) is activated.
-The vehicle is driven rapidly on a
curve.
-Vehicle speed is below 35 mph (55
km/h) or above 130 mph (210 km/
h).
-The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
-The vehicle brakes suddenly.
Driver assistance system
306
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning (BCW)
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid
-
ance Warning (BCW)
The collision warning will alert the driver
with a warning light and audible warning
if a possible collision with approaching
vehicles in the driver’s blind spot area is
detected. In addition, if there is a risk of
collision when driving forward out of a
parking space, Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Warning can help avoid a col
-
lision by applying the brake.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
helps detect and informs the driver that
a vehicle is in the blind spot.
CAUTION
The detecting range may vary depend
-
ing on the speed of your vehicle. Even if
there is a vehicle in the blind spot area,
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
may not warn you when you pass by at
high speeds.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
helps detect and informs the driver that
a vehicle is approaching at high speed
from the blind spot area.
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the vehicle approaching at
high speed.
When you are driving forward out of a
parking space, if Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Warning judges that there is
a collision risk with an approaching vehi
-
cle in the blind spot, it can help avoid
collision by applying the brake.
Detecting sensor
Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
CAUTION
僅Never disassemble the detecting sen
-
sor assembly, or cause any damage to
it.
僅If the detecting sensor or near the
sensor has been damaged or
impacted in any way, even though the
warning message does not appear on
the cluster, Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Warning may not operate
OON052042
OON052043
OON052289
OON052048
31
6
6
Driver assistance systemBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning (BCW)
properly. Have the function inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
僅If the detecting sensors have been
replaced or repaired, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
僅The genuine Kia rear bumpers which
the rear corner radar sensors are
mounted parts with quality and per
-
formance ensured. If arbitrarily apply
-
ing paint on or changing the bumper,
the Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning may not function properly.
Use only Kia Genuine Parts or those
of an equivalent standard with proven
quality and performance to repair or
replace the bumper.
僅Do not arbitrarily attach or add vehicle
wraps, accessories, license plate
molds and stickers on or around the
rear corner radar.
僅If a trailer, carrier, etc., is installed, it
may adversely affect the performance
of the rear corner radar or Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Warning may not
operate.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning settings
Blind-spot safety
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Driving Safety
2 Blind-Spot Safety
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Blind-Spot Safety
on the
infotainment system.
僅
Blind-Spot Safety
: Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Warning will warn
you with a warning message and an
audible warning depending on the
collision risk level while driving, and
will provide emergency braking
depending on the collision risk level
for parallel parking exit.
A:
Blind-Spot Safety System is Off
When activating Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Warning or restarting the
vehicle with this function activated, the
warning light on the side mirrors will
appear for approximately 3 seconds.
When the vehicle is restarted with Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning inacti
-
vated, the warning message will appear
on the cluster.
WARNING
If
Blind-Spot Safety
is deselected, the
driver should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.
NOTICE
If the vehicle is restarted, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Warning will main
-
tain the last setting.
OON052203
ONQ5041145L
Driver assistance system
326
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning (BCW)
Warning Methods
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Warning Methods
2 Warning Volume
3 Driving Safety Priority
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to change the Warning Sound and
Haptic.
僅
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
僅Ensure that Warning Sound you have
set may apply to the Warning volume
of other Driver Assistance systems.
僅Warning Sound will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
僅If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
→
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
僅The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
僅Depending on your region or update,
the menu may be displayed as 'Warn
-
ing Sound' or 'Warning Methods'.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning operation
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
will warn and control as following action.
僅Collision warning
僅Collision-avoidance assist (Parallel
Exit)
Collision warning
First warning (Left/Right)
The warning light on the outside rear
view mirror (side view mirror) and head-
up display (if equipped) will appear
when the vehicle on both lanes is
detected from the rear.
A vehicle is detected in the following
conditions.
僅Your driving speed: Above 12 mph (20
km/h)
僅The speed of the vehicle in your blind
spot area: Above 7 mph (10 km/h)
OON052202
OON052046
OON052047
33
6
6
Driver assistance systemBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning (BCW)
With the vehicle detection state, Collision
warning will alert the driver when the
turn signal is activated to make a lane
change with an adjacent car in the blind
spot area.
僅Collision warning will alert the driver
with the warning light on the outside
rear view mirrors (side view mirrors)
and head-up display (if equipped), an
audible warning, and steering wheel
vibration.
僅When the turn signal is turned off or
you move away from the lane, the col
-
lision warning will be canceled and
the function will return to Vehicle
detection state.
WARNING
僅The detecting range of the front cor
-
ner radar or rear corner radar is deter
-
mined by a standard road width,
therefore, on a narrow road, Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
may detect other vehicles two lanes
over and warn you. In contrast, on a
wide road, Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Warning may not be able
to detect a vehicle driving in the next
lane and may not warn you.
僅When the hazard warning flasher is
on, the collision warning by the turn
signal will not operate.
NOTICE
Images or colors may be displayed dif
-
ferently depends on the instrument clus
-
ter specifications or theme.
Collision-avoidance assist (Paral
-
lel Exit)
A:
Emergency Braking
The warning light on the outside rear
view mirror (side view mirror), head-up
display (if equipped), an audible warn
-
ing, and steering wheel vibration will
warn the driver of a collision. It assists in
braking control to prevent a collision
with a vehicle approaching from the
blind spot area.
Collision-Avoidance Assist will be acti
-
vated in the following conditions.
僅Your driving speed: Below 2 mph (3
km/h)
僅Speed of the vehicle in your blind spot
area: Above 3 mph (5 km/h)
A:
Drive carefully
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the warning mes
-
sage will appear on the cluster. For your
safety, the driver should depress the
OON052243
OON052221
Driver assistance system
346
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning (BCW)
brake pedal immediately and check the
surroundings.
僅Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
WARNING
僅For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
僅If any other system's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Warning's warning mes
-
sage may not be displayed and audi
-
ble warning may not be generated.
僅Vehicle interior/exterior noise may
disturb the driver from hearing the
audible warning of Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Warning. Always
pay attention and keep the vehicle
volume at a moderate level.
僅Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning may not operate if the driver
applies the brake pedal to avoid colli
-
sion.
僅When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning is operating, braking control
by the function will automatically can
-
cel when the driver excessively
depresses the accelerator pedal or
sharply steers the vehicle.
僅During Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning operation, the vehicle may
stop suddenly injuring passengers
and shifting loose objects. Always
have the seat belt on and keep loose
objects secured.
僅Even if there is a problem with Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
vehicle's basic braking performance
will operate properly.
僅Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning does not operate in all situa
-
tions or cannot avoid all collisions.
僅Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning may warn the driver late or
may not warn the driver depending
on the road and driving conditions.
僅Driver should maintain control of the
vehicle at all times. Do not depend on
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning. Maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce driving speed
or to stop the vehicle.
僅Never operate Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Warning on people, ani
-
mal, objects, etc. It may cause serious
injury or death.
WARNING
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
僅The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
僅ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
35
6
6
Driver assistance systemBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning (BCW)
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning malfunction and limita
-
tions
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning malfunction
A:
Check Blind-Spot Safety system
When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning is not working properly, the
warning message will appear on the
cluster for several seconds, and the
master () warning light will appear on
the cluster for several seconds. If this
occurs, have Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Warning be inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
A:
Check side view mirror warning
light
When the outside rearview mirror warn
-
ing light is not working properly, the
warning message will appear on the
cluster for several seconds, and the
master () warning light will appear on
the cluster. If this occurs, have Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealers.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning disabled
A:
Blind-Spot Safety system disabled.
Radar blocked
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, or
installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce
the detecting performance and tempo
-
rarily limit or disable Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Warning.
If this occurs, the warning message will
appear on the cluster.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
will operate properly when such foreign
material or trailer, etc., is removed, and
then the vehicle is restarted.
If Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning does not operate properly after
it is removed, have Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Warning be inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅Even though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster, Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
may not properly operate.
僅Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning may not properly operate in
an area (for example, open terrain)
where any objects are not detected
right after the vehicle is turned on, or
when the detecting sensor is blocked
with foreign material right after the
vehicle is turned on.
OSG2PH052051N
OSG2PH052052N
OON052244
Driver assistance system
366
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning (BCW)
CAUTION
Turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning to install or remove a trailer,
carrier, or another attachment. Turn on
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
when finished.
Limitations of Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Warning
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
may not operate properly, or it may
operate unexpectedly under the follow
-
ing circumstances:
僅There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
僅The detecting sensor is covered with
snow, rain, dirt, etc.
僅The temperature around the detect
-
ing sensor is high or low due to sur
-
rounding environment.
僅The detecting sensor is blocked while
driving near a vehicle, pillar, or wall.
僅Driving on a highway (or motorway)
ramp or driving through a tollgate.
僅The road pavement (or the peripheral
ground) abnormally contains metallic
components (for example, possibly
due to subway construction).
僅There is a fixed object near the vehi
-
cle, such as sound barriers, guardrails,
central dividers, entry barriers, street
lamps, signs, tunnels, walls, etc.
(including double structures)
僅Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
僅Driving in vast areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (for exam
-
ple, desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
僅Driving on a wet road surface, such as
a puddle on the road
僅The other vehicle drives very close
behind your vehicle, or the other vehi
-
cle passes by your vehicle in close
proximity
僅The speed of the other vehicle is very
fast that it passes by your vehicle in a
short time
僅Your vehicle passes by the other vehi
-
cle
僅Your vehicle changes lane
僅Your vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle next to you and
has accelerated
僅The vehicle in the next lane moves
two lanes away from you, or when the
vehicle two lanes away moves to the
next lane from you
僅A trailer or carrier is installed around
the rear corner radar
僅The bumper around the rear corner
radar is covered with objects, such as
a bumper sticker, bike rack, etc.
僅The bumper around the rear corner
radar is impacted, damaged or the
radar is out of position
僅Your vehicle height is low or high due
to heavy loads, abnormal tire pres
-
sure, etc.
僅When the following objects are
detected:
-A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
-A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
-A big vehicle such as a bus or truck
is detected
-A moving obstacle such as a pedes
-
trian, animal, shopping cart or a
baby stroller is detected
-A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
37
6
6
Driver assistance systemBlind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning (BCW)
Braking control may not work, driver's
attention is required in the following cir
-
cumstances:
僅The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven
road or concrete patch
僅Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
僅The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
僅The braking system has been modi
-
fied
僅The vehicle makes an abrupt lane
changes
WARNING
僅Driving on a curved road
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning may not operate properly
when driving on a curved road. Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
may not detect the vehicle in the next
lane.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning may not operate properly
when driving on a curved road. Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
may detect a vehicle in the same lane.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
僅Driving on an inclined road
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning may not operate properly
when driving on a slope. The function
may not detect the vehicle in the next
lane or may incorrectly detect the
ground or structure.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
僅Driving where the road is merging/
dividing
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning may not operate properly
when driving where the road merges
or divides. The function may not
detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
OON052049
OON052050
OON052052_2
OON052051
Driver assistance system
386
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning (BCW)
僅Driving where the heights of the lanes
are different
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning may not operate properly
when driving where the heights of the
lanes are different. The function may
not detect the vehicle on a road with
different lane heights (underpass join
-
ing section, grade separated intersec
-
tions, etc.).
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
WARNING
僅When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, make sure that you
turn off Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Warning.
僅Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning may not operate properly if
interfered with by strong electromag
-
netic waves.
僅Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning may not operate for 3 sec
-
onds after the vehicle is started, or the
front view camera or rear corner
radars are initialized.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
OON052053
39
6
6
Driver assistance systemSafe Exit Assist (SEA)
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
After the vehicle stops, when an
approaching vehicle from the rear area
is detected after a passenger opens the
door, Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver
with a warning message and an audible
warning to help prevent a collision.
When the electronic child safety lock
button is in the LOCK position and an
approaching vehicle from the rear area
is detected, the electronic child safety
lock () button will not unlock even if
the driver presses the button to prevent
the rear doors from opening.
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the approaching vehicle.
Detecting sensor
Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radars, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
(BCW)" on page 6-30.
Safe Exit Assist settings
Exit Safety
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Driving Safety
2 Exit Safety
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Exit Safety
on the infotain
-
ment system.
WARNING
The driver should always be aware of his
or her surroundings. If
Exit Safety
is
deselected, Safe Exit Assist cannot assist
you.
OON052290
OON042051
OON052048
OSG2PH052197N
Driver assistance system
406
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
NOTICE
If the vehicle is restarted, Safe Exit Assist
will maintain the last setting.
Warning Methods
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Warning Methods
2 Warning Volume
3 Driving Safety Priority
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to change the Warning Sound.
僅
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
僅Ensure that Warning Sound you have
set may apply to the Warning volume
of other Driver Assistance systems.
僅Warning Sound will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
僅If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
→
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
僅The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
僅Depending on your region or update,
the menu may be displayed as 'Warn
-
ing Sound' or 'Warning Methods'.
Safe Exit Assist operation
Safe Exit Assist warns the following
actions.
僅Collision warning when exiting vehicle
僅Safe Exit Assist linked to Electronic
child safety lock
Collision warning when exiting
vehicle
A:
Watch for traffic
The warning light on the side view mirror
will blink and the warning message will
appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound.
僅Collision warning when exiting vehicle
will warn under the following circum
-
stances:
OON052202
OON052046
Watch for traffic
nn_OON052245
41
6
6
Driver assistance systemSafe Exit Assist (SEA)
-Your driving speed: below 2 mph (3
km/h)
-The speed of the approaching vehi
-
cle from the rear: above 4 mph (6
km/h)
Safe Exit Assist linked to Elec
-
tronic child safety lock
A:
Check surroundings then try again
The warning light on the outside rear
view mirror will blink and the warning
message will appear on the cluster.
僅Safe Exit Assist linked to Electronic
child safety lock will operate in the fol
-
lowing conditions:
-Your driving speed: below 2 mph (3
km/h)
-The speed of the approaching vehi
-
cle from the rear: above 4 mph (6
km/h)
NOTICE
For more details on electric child safety
lock button, refer to "Electronic child
safety lock system" on page 4-26.
WARNING
If the driver presses the electronic child
safety lock button again within 10 sec
-
onds after the warning message
appears, Safe Exit Assist judges that the
driver has unlocked the doors acknowl
-
edging the rear status. The electronic
child safety lock will turn off (button indi
-
cator OFF) and the rear doors will
unlock. Always check the surroundings
before turning off the electronic child
safety lock button.
NOTICE
If a rear door is opened from the outside,
it will open regardless of Safe Exit Assist
operation.
WARNING
僅For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
僅If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Safe Exit Assist warning
message may not be displayed and
an audible warning may not be gener
-
ated.
僅You may not hear the warning sound
of Safe Exit Assist if the surrounding is
noisy.
僅Safe Exit Assist may not operate in all
situations. In certain situations, it
could not avoid collisions even if the
function operates.
僅Safe Exit Assist may warn the driver
late or may not warn the driver
depending on the road and driving
conditions. Always check vehicle sur
-
roundings.
僅The driver and passengers are
responsible for accidents that occur
while exiting the vehicle. Always check
the surroundings before you exit the
vehicle.
僅Never deliberately operate Safe Exit
Assist. Doing so may lead to serious
injury or death.
OSG2PH052054L
Driver assistance system
426
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
NOTICE
僅After the vehicle is turned off, Safe
Exit Assist operates approximately for
3 minutes, but turns off immediately if
the doors are locked.
僅The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
Safe Exit Assist malfunction and
limitations
Safe Exit Assist malfunction
A:
Check Blind-Spot Safety system
When Safe Exit Assist is not working
properly, the warning message will
appear on the cluster for several sec
-
onds, and the master () warning light
will appear on the cluster. Have Safe Exit
Assist be inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
A:
Check side view mirror warning
light
When the outside rearview mirror warn
-
ing light is not working properly, the
warning message will appear on the
cluster for several seconds, and the
master () warning light will appear on
the cluster. Have Safe Exit Assist be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Safe Exit Assist disabled
A:
Blind-Spot Safety system disabled.
Radar blocked
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, or
installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce
the detecting performance and tempo
-
rarily limit or disable Safe Exit Assist.
If this occurs, the warning message will
appear on the cluster.
Safe Exit Assist will operate properly
when such foreign material or trailer,
etc., is removed, and then the vehicle is
restarted.
If Safe Exit Assist does not operate prop
-
erly after it is removed, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅Even though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster, Safe
Exit Assist may not properly operate.
僅Safe Exit Assist may not properly
operate in an area (for example, open
terrain) where any objects are not
detected right after the vehicle is
turned on, or when the detecting sen
-
sor is blocked with foreign material
right after the vehicle is turned on.
OSG2PH052051N
OSG2PH052052N
OON052244
43
6
6
Driver assistance systemManual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)
CAUTION
Turn off Safe Exit Assist to install or
remove a trailer, carrier, or other attach
-
ments. Turn on Safe Exit Assist when fin
-
ished.
Limitations of Safe Exit Assist
Safe Exit Assist may not operate prop
-
erly, or it may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
僅Getting out of the vehicle where trees
or grass are overgrown
僅Getting out of the vehicle where the
road is wet
僅The approaching vehicle is very fast
or very slow
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of the
rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Warning (BCW)" on
page 6-30.
WARNING
僅Safe Exit Assist may not operate prop
-
erly if interfered by strong electro
-
magnetic waves.
僅Safe Exit Assist may not operate for 3
seconds after the vehicle is started, or
the rear corner radars are initialized.
僅Even if restarting the vehicle with the
sensors blocked or malfunctioned,
Safe Exit Assist may not properly
operate as the function maintains the
last setting.
Manual Speed Limit Assist
(MSLA)
1
Speed Limit indicator
2
Set speed
You can set the speed limit when you do
not want to drive over a specific speed.
If you drive over the preset speed limit,
Manual Speed Limit Assist operates (set
speed limit will blink and chime will
sound) until the vehicle speed returns
within the speed limit.
Manual Speed Limit Assist opera
-
tion
Setting speed limit
1.Press and hold Driving Assist () but
-
ton at the desired speed. The Speed
Limit () indicator will appear
on the cluster.
2.Push the (+) switch up or (-) switch
down, and release it at the desired
speed.
Push the (+) switch up or (-) switch
down and hold it. The speed will
increase or decrease to the nearest
multiple of 5 in mph (multiple of 10) at
first, and then increase or decrease by
5 mph (10 km/h).
ONQ5041151N
OON052291
Driver assistance system
446
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)
3.The set speed limit will be displayed
on the cluster.
If you would like to drive over the pre
-
set speed limit, depress the accelera
-
tor pedal beyond the pressure point
to activate the kickdown mechanism.
The set speed limit will blink and
chime will sound until you return the
vehicle speed within the speed limit.
NOTICE
When the accelerator pedal is not
depressed beyond the pressure point,
vehicle speed will maintain within the
speed limit.
Temporarily pausing Manual
Speed Limit Assist
Press the () switch to temporarily
pause the set speed limit. The set speed
limit will turn off but the Speed Limit
() indicator will stay on.
Resuming Manual Speed Limit
Assist
To resume Manual Speed Limit Assist
after the function was paused, operate
the (+), (-), () switch.
If you push the (+) switch up or (–)
switch down, vehicle speed will be set to
the current speed on the cluster.
If you press the () switch, vehicle
speed will resume to the preset speed.
OON052031
OON052030
ONQ5041152N
OON052292
OON052293_3
45
6
6
Driver assistance systemIntelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
Turning off Manual Speed Limit
Assist
Press the Driving Assist () button to
turn Manual Speed Limit Assist off. The
Speed Limit () indicator will go
off.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Manual Speed Limit Assist:
僅Always set the vehicle speed under
the speed limit in your country.
僅Keep Manual Speed Limit Assist off
when the function is not in use, to
avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
Check that the Speed Limit ()
indicator is off.
僅Manual Speed Limit Assist does not
substitute for proper and safe driving.
It is the responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely and should always
be aware of unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring. Pay atten
-
tion to the road conditions at all times.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
(ISLA)
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist uses infor
-
mation from the detected road sign and
navigation system to inform the driver of
the speed limit and additional informa
-
tion of the current road. Also, Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist helps the driver to
maintain within the speed limit of the
road.
CAUTION
僅Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly if the function is
used in other countries.
僅If a navigation system is applied to
your vehicle, the navigation needs to
be regularly updated for Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist to operate prop
-
erly. For more information, refer to the
user's manual provided in the info
-
tainment system and the quick refer
-
ence guide.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
OON052291
OON052018
Driver assistance system
466
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist set
-
tings
Speed limit
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Speed Limit
2 Speed Limit Assist
3 Speed Limit Warning
4 Off
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Speed
Limit
on the infotainment system.
僅
Speed Limit Offset
: The offset for
Speed limit can be adjusted. The vehi
-
cle will warn the speed limit or adjust
the driving speed when the current
driving speed is higher than the rec
-
ognized speed limit added with set
tolerance value.
僅
Speed Limit Assist
: Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist will inform the driver of
speed limit and additional road signs.
In addition, Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist will inform the driver to change
set speed of Manual Speed Limit
Assist or Smart Cruise Control (If
equipped) to help the driver stay
within the speed limit.
僅
Speed Limit Warning
: Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist will inform the
driver of speed limit and additional
road signs. In addition, Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist will warn the driver
when the vehicle is driven faster than
the speed limit. Manual Speed Limit
Assist or Smart Cruise Control (If
equipped) set speed will not be auto
-
matically adjusted. The driver should
adjust the speed manually.
僅
Off
: Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will
turn off.
WARNING
For your safety, change the settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe loca
-
tion.
NOTICE
僅Speed limit and Speed warning func
-
tion operates based on an offset value
added with the speed limit. Set the
offset value to '0' to change or warn
the speed according to the recog
-
nized speed limit.
僅The setting of Speed limit offset is not
reflected in Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control.
Warning Methods
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Warning Methods
2 Warning Volume
3 Driving Safety Priority
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to change the Warning Sound and
Haptic.
OON052347
OON052202
47
6
6
Driver assistance systemIntelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
僅
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
僅Ensure that Warning Sound you have
set may apply to the Warning volume
of other Driver Assistance systems.
僅Warning Sound will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
僅If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
→
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
僅The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
僅Depending on your region or update,
the menu may be displayed as 'Warn
-
ing Sound' or 'Warning Methods'.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
operation
Warning and control
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is warned
and controlled by the following action.
僅Displaying speed limit
僅Warning overspeed
僅Changing set speed
NOTICE
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist warning
and control are described based on the
Offset adjust to '0'. For details on Offset
setting, refer to "Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist settings" on page 6-46.
Displaying speed limit
Speed limit information is displayed on
the instrument cluster.
NOTICE
僅If speed limit information of the road
cannot be recognized, '---' sign will be
displayed. Please refer to "Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist malfunction and
limitations" on page 6-49 if the road
signs are difficult to recognize.
僅Intelligent Speed Limit Assist provides
additional road sign information in
addition to speed limit. The additional
road sign information provided may
vary according to your country.
僅The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
Warning overspeed
OON052246
OON052247
Driver assistance system
486
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
When driving at a speed higher than the
displayed speed limit, the red speed limit
indicator will be indicated.
Changing set speed
If the speed limit of the road changes
during the operation of Manual Speed
Limit Assist or Smart Cruise Control, an
arrow in the direction of up or down is
displayed to inform the driver that the
set speed needs to be changed. At this
time, the driver can change the set
speed according to the speed limit by
using the (+) or (–) switch on the steer
-
ing wheel.
Auto set speed change
When operating Manual Speed Limit
Assist or Smart Cruise Control, if the
speed set by the driver is the same as
the speed limit on the road, the set
speed is automatically adjusted accord
-
ingly the speed limit afterwards. The
auto set speed change function operates
on roads with a speed limit of above 45
mph (70 km/h). When the function is
activated, the set speed on the instru
-
ment cluster is displayed in green.
WARNING
僅When driving at a speed lower than
the speed limit, set the offset under
'0', or press (-) switch to decrease
your set speed.
僅Even after changing the set speed
according to the speed limit of the
road, the vehicle can still be driven
over the speed limit. If necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed.
僅If the speed limit of the road is under
20 mph (30 km/h), the set speed
change function will not work.
僅Intelligent Speed Limit Assist oper
-
ates using the speed unit in the instru
-
ment cluster set by the driver. If the
speed unit is set to a unit other than
the speed unit used in your country,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly.
NOTICE
僅For more details on Manual Speed
Limit Assist operation, refer to "Man
-
ual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)" on
page 6-43.
僅For more details on Smart Cruise Con
-
trol operation, refer to "Smart Cruise
Control (SCC)" on page 6-57.
ONQ5041153N
ONQ5041154N
OON052348
49
6
6
Driver assistance systemIntelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
malfunction and limitations
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
malfunction
A:
Check Speed Limit system
When Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is not
working properly, the warning message
will appear on the cluster for several sec
-
onds, and the master () warning light
and speed limit warning light () will
appear on the cluster. If this occurs, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist dis
-
abled
A:
Speed Limit system disabled. Cam
-
era obscured
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located is covered
with foreign material, such as snow or
rain, it can reduce the detecting perfor
-
mance and temporarily limit or disable
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist. If this
occurs, the warning message and speed
limit warning light () will appear on the
cluster.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will operate
properly when snow, rain or foreign
material is removed. Always keep it
clean.
If Intelligent Speed Limit Assist does not
operate properly after it is removed,
have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅Even though the warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
may not operate properly.
僅Even if restarting the vehicle with the
sensors blocked or malfunctioned,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
properly operate as the function
maintains the last setting.
Limitations of Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following cir
-
cumstances:
僅The road sign is contaminated or
indistinguishable
-The road sign is difficult to see due
to bad weather, such as rain, snow,
fog, etc.
-The road sign is partially obscured
by surrounding objects or shadow
僅The road signs do not conform to the
standard
-The text or picture on the road sign
is different from the standard
-The road sign is installed between
the main line and the exit road or
between diverging roads
-A sign is attached to another vehi
-
cle
僅The distance between the vehicle and
the road signs are far
OSG2PH052057N
OSG2PH052163N
Driver assistance system
506
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
僅The vehicle encounters appearing
road signs
僅Intelligent Speed Limit Assist incor
-
rectly recognizes numbers or pictures
in the street signs or other signs as
the speed limit
僅A road sign near the road you are
driving on is detected
僅Multiple signs are installed close
together
僅Other Auxiliary signs or commercial
signs are placed around the speed
limit signs.
僅The minimum speed limit sign is mis-
recognized
僅The minimum speed limit sign is on
the road
僅The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel or passing under a bridge
僅Headlamps are not used or the bright
-
ness of the headlamps are weak at
night or in the tunnel
僅The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
僅Road signs are difficult to recognize
due to the reflection of sunlight, street
lights, or oncoming vehicles
僅The navigation information or GPS
information contains errors.
僅The driver does not follow the guide
of the navigation.
僅Driving on a road that is sharply
curved or continuously curved
僅Driving through speed bumps, or driv
-
ing up and down or left to right on
steep inclines
僅The vehicle is shaking heavily
僅Driving on a newly opened road
僅The navigation is updated while driv
-
ing
僅The navigation is restarted while driv
-
ing
WARNING
僅Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is a sup
-
plemental function that helps the
driver to comply with the speed limit
on the road, and may not display the
correct speed limit or control the driv
-
ing speed properly.
僅It is the responsibility of the driver to
keep the speed limit.
僅When initializing (rebooting) the cam
-
era or restarting the vehicle, the func
-
tion may not operate for
approximately 15 seconds.
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to "Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
Fusion)" on page 6-4.
51
6
6
Driver assistance systemDriver Attention Warning (DAW)
Driver Attention Warning
(DAW)
Basic function
Driver Attention Warning can help deter
-
mine the driver's attention level by ana
-
lyzing driving pattern and driving time
while the vehicle is driven. Driver Atten
-
tion Warning will recommend a break
when the driver's attention level falls
below a certain level.
Leading vehicle departure alert
function
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
will inform the driver when a detected
vehicle in front departs from a stop.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to help detect driving
patterns and front vehicle departure
while the vehicle is being driven.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
僅Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of Driver Attention
Warning.
僅For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to "For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Driver Attention Warning set
-
tings
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Driver Attention Warning
2 Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
僅If
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
is
selected, the function will inform the
driver when a detected vehicle in
front departs from a stop.
INFORMATION
Descriptions for each function of the
Driver Assistance system may differ
from the owners' manual by infotain
-
ment software update. Refer to the web
manual that you can access with the QR
code in the infotainment system quick
reference.
OON052018
OSG2PH052200N
Driver assistance system
526
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Driver Attention Warning opera
-
tion
Basic function
The basic function of Driver Attention
Warning is to warn the driver 'Consider
taking a break'.
Taking a break
A:
Consider taking a break
If the driver's attention level drops below
a certain level, the function will alert the
driver through an audible warning and
the blinking indicator light (), along
with a message encouraging the driver
to take a break.
僅Driver Attention Warning will not sug
-
gest a break when the total driving
time is shorter than 4 minutes has not
passed after the last break was sug
-
gested.
Driver Attention Warning operates under
the following conditions:
僅Your driving speed: Approximately
0~120 mph (0~200 km/h).
WARNING
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe loca
-
tion.
CAUTION
僅Driver Attention Warning may suggest
a break depending on the driver's
driving patterns or habits, even if the
driver doesn't feel fatigue.
僅Driver Attention Warning is a supple
-
mental function and may not be able
to determine whether the driver is
inattentive.
僅The driver who feels fatigued should
take a break at a safe location, even
though there is no break suggestion
by Driver Attention Warning.
NOTICE
For more details on vehicle settings,
refer to "Vehicle settings (infotainment
system)" on page 4-95.
Leading vehicle departure alert
function
A:
Leading vehicle is driving away
When a detected vehicle in front departs
from a stop, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert will inform the driver by displaying
the warning message on the cluster and
an audible warning will sound.
WARNING
僅If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Leading Vehicle Depar
-
ture Alert's warning message may not
be displayed and audible warning
may not be generated.
僅The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to safely drive and control the
vehicle.
ONQ5041161L
OON052248
53
6
6
Driver assistance systemDriver Attention Warning (DAW)
CAUTION
僅Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is a
supplemental function and may not
alert the driver whenever the front
vehicle departs from a stop.
僅Always check the front of the vehicle
and road conditions before departure.
NOTICE
The images and colors in the instrument
cluster may differ depending on the
cluster type or theme selected from the
settings menu.
Driver Attention Warning mal
-
function and limitations
Driver Attention Warning mal
-
function
A:
Check Inattentive Driving Warning
system
When Driver Attention Warning is not
working properly, a driver attention
warning light (), a warning message
will appear on the cluster for several sec
-
onds, and the master warning light ()
will appear on the cluster. If this occurs,
have Driver Attention Warning be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Driver Attention Warning dis
-
abled
A:
Inattentive Driving Warning dis
-
abled. Camera obscured
When the front view camera is located is
covered with foreign material, such as
snow or rain, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Driver Attention Warning.
If this occurs, the warning message, the
master warning light () and the driver
attention warning light () will appear
on the cluster. However, it is not a mal
-
function. Driver Attention Warning will
operate properly when driving after
snow, rain or foreign material is
removed. Always keep it clean. Always
keep it clean.
If Driver Attention Warning does not
operate normally after obstruction
(snow, rain, or foreign material) is
removed, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅Driver Attention Warning may not
work properly in areas where sub
-
stances are not detected after turning
ON the vehicle (e.g. in open terrain) or
if the recognition sensor is contami
-
nated.
僅Even if restarting the vehicle with the
sensors blocked or malfunctioned,
Driver Attention Warning may not
properly operate as the function
maintains the last setting.
OON052249
OSG2PH052132L
Driver assistance system
546
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Limitations of Driver Attention
Warning
Driver Attention Warning may not work
properly in the following situations:
僅The vehicle is driven violently
僅The vehicle intentionally crosses over
lanes frequently
僅The vehicle is controlled by Driver
Assistance system, such as Lane
Keeping Assist
Leading vehicle departure alert
function
僅When the vehicle cuts in
[A]: Your vehicle, [B]: Front vehicle
If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehi
-
cle, Leading Departure Alert may not
operate properly.
僅When the vehicle ahead sharply
steers
[A]: Your vehicle, [B]: Front vehicle
If the vehicle in front makes a sharp
turn, such as to turn left or right or
make a U-turn, etc., Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may not operate
properly.
僅When the vehicle ahead abruptly
departures
If the vehicle in front abruptly departs,
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may
not operate properly.
僅When a pedestrian or bicycle is
between you and the vehicle ahead
If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s)
in between you and the vehicle in
front, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
may not operate properly.
僅When in a parking lot
If a vehicle parked in front drives
away from you, Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may alert you that the
parked vehicle is driving away.
OON052022
OON052294
OON052295
OON052296
OON052297
OON052298
55
6
6
Driver assistance systemBlind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
僅When driving at a tollgate or intersec
-
tion, etc.
If you pass a tollgate or intersection
with lots of vehicles or you drive
where lanes are merged or divided
frequently, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may not operate properly.
WARNING
Driver Attention Warning may not oper
-
ate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the front view camera is ini
-
tialized.
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Blind-Spot View Monitor
(BVM) (if equipped)
Left side
Right side
Blind-Spot View Monitor displays the
rear blind spot area of the vehicle in the
cluster when the turn signal is turned on
to help safely change lanes.
Detecting sensor
Wide-side view camera
(camera located at bottom of the mirror)
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
OON052299
OON052250
OON052251
OON052301
Driver assistance system
566
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
Blind-Spot View Monitor settings
Blind-Spot View
With the vehicle on, select
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Blind-Spot Safety
→
Blind-
Spot View
from the Settings menu to
turn on Blind-Spot View Monitor and
deselect to turn off the function.
Blind-Spot View Monitor opera
-
tion
Turn signal switch
Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn on and
off when the turn signal is turned on and
off.
Blind-Spot View Monitor
Operating conditions
僅When the left or right turn signal turns
on, the image on the instrument clus
-
ter will turn on.
Off conditions
Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn off
when one of the following conditions are
met:
僅When the turn signal is turned off.
僅When the hazard warning flasher is
on.
僅When other important warning is dis
-
played on the instrument cluster.
Blind-Spot View Monitor mal
-
function
When Blind-Spot View Monitor is not
working properly, or the cluster display
flickers, or the camera image does not
display normally, have Blind-Spot View
Monitor inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
僅The image shown on the cluster may
differ from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for safety.
僅If the camera lens is covered with for
-
eign material, Blind-Spot View Moni
-
tor may not operate normally.
Always keep the camera lens clean.
However, do not use chemical sol
-
vents such as strong detergents con
-
taining high alkaline or volatile
organic solvents (gasoline, acetone
etc.). This may damage the camera
lens.
OON042419
57
6
6
Driver assistance systemSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Basic function
Smart Cruise Control is designed to help
detect the vehicle ahead and help main
-
tain the desired speed and minimum
distance between the vehicle ahead.
Overtake acceleration assist
function
If the driver attempts to overtake, the
vehicle will accelerate to assist in over
-
taking.
Based on driving style (if
equipped)
When Smart Cruise Control is operating,
the vehicle applies to the driver's driving
style.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
Front radar
Front corner radar (if equipped)
The front view camera and front radar,
and front corner radars (if equipped) are
used as a detecting sensor to detect
front vehicles.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
僅Always keep the front view camera
and front radar in good condition to
maintain optimal performance of
Smart Cruise Control.
僅For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera and front radar,
refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)" on page
6-4.
Smart Cruise Control settings
Smart Cruise Control
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Smart Cruise Control
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Convenience
→
Smart Cruise Control
on the infotainment system to set the
OON052018
OON052025
OON052284
OSG2PH052123N
Driver assistance system
586
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
distance, acceleration and the reaction
speed.
Based on driving style (if
equipped)
A:
Driving convenience
1 Smart Cruise Control
2 Based on driving style
With the vehicle on, if
Settings
→
Vehi
-
cle
→
Driver assistance
→
Driving con
-
venience
→
Smart Cruise Control
→
Based on Driving Style
is selected from
the infotainment system screen, Smart
Cruise Control will operate based on the
driver's driving style, such as vehicle dis
-
tance, acceleration, reaction speed.
The driver's driving style can be adjusted
each driving style manually.
NOTICE
僅If equipped with Based on Driving
Style, Based on driving mode and
Based on driving style can be selected
from the infotainment system screen
by selecting
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver assistance
→
Driving conve
-
nience
→
Smart Cruise Control
.
僅If Based on driving mode is selected,
Smart Cruise Control will operate
based on the drive mode selected.
僅While Smart Cruise Control is operat
-
ing with Based on driving style
selected, if you press and hold the
Vehicle Distance () button, Smart
Cruise Control will be turned off. Press
and hold the Vehicle Distance ()
button to change Smart Cruise Con
-
trol to Based on driving style mode.
僅Smart Cruise Control learns the
driver's driving styles only when the
driver drives the vehicle.
僅When Based on Driving Style is turned
off, the driving style (Distance, Accel
-
eration, Reaction Speed) are main
-
tained at the same level as Based on
Driving Style.
僅Even if the driving style (Distance,
Acceleration, Reaction Speed) dis
-
played when Based on Driving Style is
activated or deactivated is the same
level, the function may operate differ
-
ently.
Warning Methods
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Warning Methods
2 Warning Volume
3 Driving Safety Priority
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to change the Warning Sound and
Haptic.
僅
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
OSG2EV052179N
OON052202
59
6
6
Driver assistance systemSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
NOTICE
僅Ensure that Warning Sound you have
set may apply to the Warning volume
of other Driver Assistance systems.
僅Warning Sound will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
僅If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
→
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
僅The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
僅Depending on your region or update,
the menu may be displayed as 'Warn
-
ing Sound' or 'Warning Methods'.
Smart Cruise Control operation
Operating conditions
Basic function
Smart Cruise Control operates when the
following conditions are satisfied.
僅The gear is in D (Drive)
僅Your driving speed is within the oper
-
ating speed range
-5~120 mph (10~200 km/h): when
there is no vehicle in front
-0~120 mph (0~200 km/h): when
there is a vehicle in front
僅ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
ABS is on
Smart Cruise Control does not operate in
the following conditions.
僅The driver's door is opened
僅The vehicle is in power limited mode
僅EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is
applied
僅ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
ABS is controlling the vehicle
僅Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
brake control is operating
NOTICE
When stopped behind another vehicle,
the driver can turn on Smart Cruise Con
-
trol while the brake pedal is depressed.
Overtaking Acceleration Assist
Overtaking Acceleration Assist will oper
-
ate when the turn signal indicator is
turned on to the left while Smart Cruise
Control is operating, and the following
conditions are satisfied:
僅Your driving speed is above 40 mph
(60 km/h)
僅A vehicle is detected in front of your
vehicle
Overtaking Acceleration Assist does not
operate in the following conditions.
僅The hazard warning flasher is on
僅Vehicle speed is reduced to maintain
distance with the vehicle in front
WARNING
僅When the turn signal indicator is
turned on to the left (left-hand drive)
or turned on to the right (right-hand
drive) while there is a vehicle ahead,
the vehicle may accelerate temporar
-
ily. Pay attention to the road condi
-
tions at all times.
僅Regardless of your country's driving
direction, Overtaking Acceleration
Driver assistance system
606
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Assist will operate when the condi
-
tions are satisfied. When using the
function in countries with different
driving direction, always check the
road conditions at all times.
Turning on Smart Cruise Control
Press the Driving Assist button to turn
on Smart Cruise Control. The speed will
be set to the current speed on the clus
-
ter.
僅If there is no vehicle in front of you,
the set speed will be maintained.
僅If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may be adjusted to maintain
the distance to the vehicle ahead. If
the vehicle ahead accelerates, your
vehicle will travel at a steady cruising
speed after accelerating to the set
speed.
NOTICE
If your vehicle speed is between 0~20
mph (0~30 km/h) when you press the
Driving Assist button, the set speed will
be set to 20 mph (30 km/h).
Setting vehicle distance
Each time the button is pressed, the
headway changes as follows:
For example, if you drive at 90 km/h (56
mph), the distance is maintained as fol
-
lows:
僅Distance 4: approximately 172 ft. (52.5
m)
僅Distance 3: approximately 130 ft. (40
m)
僅Distance 2: approximately 106 ft. (32.5
m)
僅Distance 1: approximately 82 ft. (25 m)
NOTICE
The distance is set to the last set dis
-
tance when the vehicle is restarted, or
when Smart Cruise Control was tempo
-
rarily canceled.
Increasing set speed
僅Push the (+) switch up and release it
immediately. The set speed will
increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
僅Push the (+) switch up and hold it. The
set speed will increase by 5 mph (10
km/h) each time the switch is oper
-
ated in this manner.
You can increase the set speed to 120
mph (200 km/h).
OON052291
OON052035
OON052031
61
6
6
Driver assistance systemSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
WARNING
Check the driving condition before using
the (+) switch. Driving speed may
sharply increase when you push up, hold
the (+) switch and change the speed
fast.
Decreasing set speed
僅Push the (-) switch down and release
it immediately. The set speed will
decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
僅Push the (-) switch down and hold it.
The set speed will decrease by 5 mph
(10 km/h) each time the switch is
operated in this manner.
You can decrease the set speed to 20
mph (30 km/h).
Temporarily canceling Smart
Cruise Control
Press the () switch or depress the
brake pedal to temporarily cancel Smart
Cruise Control.
Resuming Smart Cruise Control
To resume Smart Cruise Control after
the function was canceled, operate the
(+), (-) or () switch.
If you push the (+) switch up or (-) switch
down, the set speed will be set to the
current speed on the cluster.
If you press the () switch, vehicle
speed will resume to the preset speed.
WARNING
Check previous set speed before using
the () switch. Driving speed may
sharply increase or decrease when you
press the () switch.
Turning off Smart Cruise Control
Press the Driving Assist button to turn
Smart Cruise Control off.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is equipped with Manual
Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the
Driving Assist button to turn off Smart
Cruise Control. However Manual Speed
Limit Assist will turn on.
OON052030
OON052036_2
OON052293_3
OON052291
Driver assistance system
626
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
WARNING
Do not use the switches and buttons at
the same time. Smart Cruise Control
may not operate properly.
Displaying operating status
You can see the status of the Smart
Cruise Control operation in the Driving
Assist view on the cluster. Refer to "LCD
Display Modes" on page 4-76.
Smart Cruise Control will be displayed as
below depending on the status of the
function.
僅When operating
1.Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected distance level
2.Set speed
3.Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the target vehicle distance
僅When temporarily canceled
1.Your vehicle (shaded)
2.Previous set speed (shaded)
3.Whether there is a vehicle ahead
(shaded) (if equipped)
Accelerating temporarily
If you want to speed up temporarily
without altering the set speed while
Smart Cruise Control is operating,
depress the accelerator pedal. While the
accelerator pedal is depressed, the set
speed, distance level and target distance
will blink on the cluster.
However, if the accelerator pedal is
depressed insufficiently, the vehicle may
decelerate.
WARNING
Be careful when accelerating temporar
-
ily, because the speed and distance is
not controlled automatically, even if
there is a vehicle in front of you.
Based on Driving Style operating
(if equipped)
A:
Driving Style Adaptive SCC
When Based on Driving Style is operat
-
ing, the message will appear on the clus
-
ter for 2 seconds, and the distance level
and target distance will be displayed
based on the driving style.
OON052252
OON052254
OON052255
OON052256
63
6
6
Driver assistance systemSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
Temporarily canceling Smart
Cruise Control
A:
Smart Cruise Control deactivated
Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily
canceled automatically when:
僅Your driving speed is above 130 mph
(210 km/h)
僅The vehicle is stopped for a certain
period of time
僅The accelerator pedal is continuously
depressed for a certain period of time
僅The conditions for the Smart Cruise
Control to operate is not satisfied
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled automatically, the warning
message will appear on the cluster, and
an audible warning will sound to warn
the driver.
NOTICE
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled while the vehicle is at a stand
-
still with the function activated, EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake) maybe
applied.
WARNING
When Smart Cruise Control is temporar
-
ily canceled, distance with the front vehi
-
cle will not be maintained. Always have
your eyes on the road while driving, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
Smart Cruise Control conditions
not satisfied
A:
Smart Cruise Control conditions not
met
If the Driving Assist button, (+) switch, (-)
switch or () switch is operated when
Smart Cruise Control operating condi
-
tions are not satisfied, the warning mes
-
sage will appear on the cluster, and an
audible warning will sound.
In traffic situation
A:
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the
vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your
vehicle will start as well.
In addition, after the vehicle has stopped
and a certain time have passed, the
warning message will appear on the
cluster. Depress the accelerator pedal or
operate the (+) switch, (-) switch or ()
switch to start driving.
OON052257
OON052258
ONQ5041172L
Driver assistance system
646
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Warning road conditions ahead
A:
Watch for surrounding vehicles
In the following situation, the warning
message will appear on the cluster, and
an audible warning will sound to warn
the driver of road conditions ahead.
WARNING
Always pay attention to vehicles or
objects that may suddenly appear in
front of you, and if necessary, depress
the brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe dis
-
tance.
Collision warning
A:
Collision Warning
While Smart Cruise Control is operating,
when the collision risk with the vehicle
ahead is high, the warning message will
appear on the cluster, an audible warn
-
ing will sound, and steering wheel will
vibrate to warn the driver. Always have
your eyes on the road while driving, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
WARNING
In the following situations, Smart Cruise
Control may not warn the driver of a col
-
lision.
Always pay attention to road and driving
conditions while driving.
僅The distance from the front vehicle is
near, or the vehicle speed of the front
vehicle is faster or similar to your
vehicle
僅The speed of the front vehicle is very
slow or is at a standstill
僅The accelerator pedal is depressed
right after Smart Cruise Control is
turned on
WARNING
僅Smart Cruise Control does not substi
-
tute for proper and safe driving. It is
the responsibility of the driver to
always check the speed and distance
to the vehicle ahead.
僅Smart Cruise Control may not recog
-
nize unexpected and sudden situa
-
tions or complex driving situations, so
always pay attention to driving condi
-
tions and control your vehicle speed.
僅Keep Smart Cruise Control off when
the function is not in use to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
僅Do not open the door or leave the
vehicle when Smart Cruise Control is
operating, even if the vehicle is
stopped.
僅Always be aware of the selected
speed and headway distance.
僅Keep a safe distance according to
road conditions and vehicle speed. If
the headway distance is too close
during high-speed driving, a serious
collision may result.
OON052259
OON052219
65
6
6
Driver assistance systemSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
僅When maintaining distance with the
vehicle ahead, if the front vehicle dis
-
appears, Smart Cruise Control may
suddenly accelerate to the set speed.
Always be aware of unexpected and
sudden situations from occurring.
僅Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
僅Always be aware of situations such as
when a vehicle cuts in suddenly.
僅When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Smart Cruise
Control for safety reasons.
僅Turn off Smart Cruise Control when
your vehicle is being towed.
僅Smart Cruise Control may not operate
properly if interfered by strong elec
-
tromagnetic waves.
僅Smart Cruise Control may not detect
an obstacle in front and lead to a colli
-
sion. Always look ahead cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden situ
-
ations from occurring.
僅Vehicles moving in front of you with
frequent lane changes may cause a
delay in Smart Cruise Control reaction
or may cause Smart Cruise Control to
react to a vehicle actually in an adja
-
cent lane. Always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden situ
-
ations from occurring.
僅Always be aware of the surroundings
and drive safely, even though a warn
-
ing message does not appear or an
audible warning does not sound.
僅If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or warning sound is
generated, Smart Cruise Control
warning message may not be dis
-
played and warning sound may not
be generated.
僅You may not hear the warning sound
of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
if the surrounding is noisy.
僅The vehicle manufacturer is not
responsible for any traffic violation or
accidents caused by the driver.
僅Always set the vehicle speed under
the speed limit in your country.
僅If the driver's driving style changes,
distance, acceleration and the reac
-
tion speed may change.
CAUTION
僅The vehicle must be driven suffi
-
ciently to reflect the actual driving
style of the driver, such as vehicle dis
-
tance, acceleration and reaction
speed.
僅Based on Driving Style may not reflect
the driver's driving style or driving
conditions that affects driving safety.
僅If you are driving in special conditions,
such as snow, rain, fog or steep
sloped roads, the vehicle may not be
driven according to the driver's driv
-
ing style.
NOTICE
僅Smart Cruise Control may not operate
for a few seconds after the vehicle is
restarted or the front view camera or
front radar is initialized.
僅You may hear a sound when the
brakes are controlled by Smart Cruise
Control.
僅Based on Driving Style may not reflect
the driver's driving style that is not
safe such as rapid acceleration.
僅Based on Driving Style does not
reflect any other driving style other
than vehicle distance, acceleration
and reaction speed.
Driver assistance system
666
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Smart Cruise Control malfunc
-
tion and limitations
Smart Cruise Control malfunction
A:
Check Smart Cruise Control System
When Smart Cruise Control is not work
-
ing properly, the warning message will
appear, and the () warning light will
appear on the cluster. Have Smart
Cruise Control be inspected by a profes
-
sional workshop. Visit an authorized Kia
dealer.
Smart Cruise Control disabled
A:
Smart Cruise Control disabled.
Radar blocked
When the front radar cover or sensor is
covered with snow, rain, or foreign
material, it can reduce the detecting per
-
formance and temporarily limit or dis
-
able Smart Cruise Control.
If this occurs the warning message will
appear for a certain period of time on
the cluster.
Smart Cruise Control will operate prop
-
erly when snow, rain or foreign material
is removed. Always keep it clean.
WARNING
Even though the warning message does
not appear on the cluster, Smart Cruise
Control may not properly operate.
CAUTION
Smart Cruise Control may not properly
operate in an area (e.g. open terrain),
where there is nothing to detect, or
detecting sensor is covered in foreign
material after turning ON the vehicle.
Limitations of Smart Cruise Con
-
trol
Smart Cruise Control may not operate
properly, or it may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
僅The detecting sensor or the surround
-
ings are contaminated or damaged
僅Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
or the wiper is on
僅The camera lens is contaminated due
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or sticky foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
glass
僅Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
僅The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
僅Street light or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
僅The temperature around the front
view camera is high or low
僅An object is placed on the dashboard
僅The surrounding is very bright
僅The surrounding is very dark, such as
in a tunnel, etc.
OSG2PH052164N
ONQ5041175L
67
6
6
Driver assistance systemSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
僅The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
僅The brightness outside is low, and the
headlamps are not on or are not
bright
僅Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
僅Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
僅Only part of the vehicle is detected
僅The vehicle in front has no tail lights,
tail lights are located unusually, etc.
僅The brightness outside is low, and the
tail lamps are not on or are not bright
僅The rear of the front vehicle is small or
does not look normal (for example,
tilted, overturned, etc.)
僅The front vehicle's ground clearance
is low or high
僅A vehicle suddenly cuts in front
僅Your vehicle is being towed
僅An object reflecting off the front radar
such as a guardrail, nearby vehicle,
etc.
僅The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged or the front radar
is out of position
僅The temperature around the front
radar is high or low
僅The vehicle in front is made of mate
-
rial that does not reflect on the front
radar
僅Driving near a highway (or motorway)
interchange or tollgate
僅Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
僅Driving on a curved road
僅The vehicle in front is detected late
僅The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by an obstacle
僅The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
僅The vehicle in front is bent out of
shape
僅The front vehicle's speed is fast or
slow
僅With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
changes lane suddenly at low speed
僅The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
僅Unstable driving
僅You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
僅You are continuously driving in a cir
-
cle
僅The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
僅Your vehicle height is low or high due
to heavy loads, abnormal tire pres
-
sure, etc.
僅Driving in the following places
-Driving in a parking lot
-Driving through a construction
area, unpaved road, partially paved
road, uneven road, speed bumps,
etc.
-Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
-Driving through a roadside with
trees or streetlights
-Driving through a narrow road
where trees or grass are overgrown
-There is interference by electro
-
magnetic waves, such as driving in
an area with strong radio waves or
electrical noise
-Driving on a curved road
僅Driving through a tunnel or iron
bridge
Driver assistance system
686
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
僅Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
僅Driving in vast areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (for exam
-
ple, desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
-Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
-Driving near a highway (or motor
-
way) interchange or tollgate
-Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
僅Driving on a curved road
On curves, Smart Cruise Control may
not detect a vehicle in the same lane,
and may accelerate to the set speed.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when the vehicle ahead is
detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
curves and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Check to be sure that the road condi
-
tions permit safe operation of Smart
Cruise Control and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance
僅Driving on an inclined road
During uphill or downhill driving, the
Smart Cruise Control may not detect a
moving vehicle in your lane, and
cause your vehicle to accelerate to the
set speed. Also, vehicle speed will rap
-
idly decrease when the vehicle ahead
is detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
inclines and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
僅Changing lanes
[A] : Your vehicle,
[B] : Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle (B) moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane, it cannot
be detected by the sensor until it is in
OSG2H051058
OSG2H051059
OSG2H051060
OSG2H051026
69
6
6
Driver assistance systemSmart Cruise Control (SCC)
the sensor's detection range. Smart
Cruise Control may not immediately
detect the vehicle when the vehicle
changes lanes abruptly. In this case,
you must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe dis
-
tance.
僅Situations when detecting are limited
In the following cases, some vehicles
in your lane cannot be detected by
the sensor:
-Vehicles offset to one side
-Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
-Vehicles with higher ground clear
-
ance or vehicles carrying loads that
stick out of the back of the vehicle
-Vehicles that have the front lifted
due to heavy loads
-Vehicles within approximately 6 ft.
(2 m) from your vehicle
-Oncoming vehicles
-Stopped vehicles
-Vehicles with small rear profile,
such as trailers
-Narrow vehicles, such as motorcy
-
cles, bicycles, or powered two-
wheelers
-Special vehicles
-Animals and pedestrians
In the following cases, the vehicle in
front cannot be detected by the sen
-
sor. Always pay attention to the road
and driving conditions and drive
safely. If necessary, adjust your vehi
-
cle speed.
-You are steering your vehicle
-Driving on narrow or sharply
curved roads
僅When a vehicle ahead disappears at
an intersection, your vehicle may
accelerate.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
僅When a vehicle in front of you merges
out of the lane, Smart Cruise Control
may not immediately detect the new
vehicle that is now in front of you.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
OON052037
OON052161_2
OON052302
Driver assistance system
706
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
僅Always look out for pedestrians when
your vehicle is maintaining a distance
with the vehicle ahead.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
OON052023
OON052039
71
6
6
Driver assistance systemNavigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control (NSCC) (if
equipped)
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
can help drive at a certain speed accord
-
ing to the road conditions when driving
on highways (or motorways) by using
road information from the navigation
system while Smart Cruise Control is
operating.
NOTICE
僅Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is available only on controlled
access road of certain highways.
* Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and
exits that allow uninterrupted high
speed traffic flow. Only passenger
cars and motorcycles are allowed on
controlled access roads.
僅Additional highways may be
expanded by future navigation
updates.
NOTICE
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operates on main roads of highways (or
motorways), and does not operate on
interchanges or junctions.
WARNING
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
(NSCC) is a supplemental function and is
not a substitute for safe driving. It is the
responsibility of the driver to always
check the speed and distance to the
vehicle ahead. Always drive safely and
use caution.
NOTICE
僅Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
and Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function uses the same () sym
-
bol.
僅The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slow
-
down
If vehicle speed is high, Highway Curve
Zone Auto Slowdown function will tem
-
porarily decelerate your vehicle or limit
acceleration to help you drive safely on a
curve based on the curve information
from the navigation.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control settings
Highway Auto Speed Change
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Driving Convenience
2 Highway Auto Speed Change
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
convenience
→
Highway Auto Speed
Change
on the infotainment system.
Available highway (Controlled access road)
USA
Select Interstate Highway and U.S. (Federal)
and State Highways
CanadaSelect Provincial and Territorial Highways
OSG2PH052201N
Driver assistance system
726
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
NOTICE
When there is a problem with Naviga
-
tion-based Smart Cruise Control, the
function cannot be set from the Settings
menu.
INFORMATION
Descriptions for each function of the
Driver Assistance system may differ
from the owners' manual by infotain
-
ment software update. Refer to the web
manual that you can access with the QR
code in the infotainment system quick
reference.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operation
Operating conditions
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is ready to operate if all of the following
conditions are satisfied:
僅Smart Cruise Control is operating
僅Driving on main roads of highways (or
motorways)
NOTICE
For more details on how to operate
Smart Cruise Control, refer to "Smart
Cruise Control (SCC)" on page 6-57.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control display and control
When Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operates, it will be displayed on
the cluster as follows:
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control standby
If the operating conditions are satisfied,
the white () symbol will appear.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operating
If temporary deceleration is required in
the standby state and Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control is operating, the
green () symbol will appear on the
cluster.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control pause/driver operation
If Smart Cruise Control cannot be oper
-
ated due to pause or rerouting, the grey
() symbol will appear on the cluster.
If the accelerator pedal is depressed, the
white () symbol will appear on the
cluster.
WARNING
A:
Drive carefully
The warning message will appear in the
following circumstances:
OON052261
OON052221
73
6
6
Driver assistance systemNavigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
僅Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is not able to slow down your
vehicle to a safe speed
NOTICE
The images and colors in the instrument
cluster may differ depending on the
cluster type or theme selected from the
settings menu.
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slow
-
down
僅Depending on the curve ahead on the
highway (or motorway), the vehicle
will decelerate, and after passing the
curve, the vehicle will accelerate to
Smart Cruise Control set speed.
NOTICE
Vehicle deceleration time may differ
depending on the vehicle speed and the
degree of the curve on the road. The
higher the driving speed, deceleration
will start faster.
Limitations of Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
may not operate properly under the fol
-
lowing circumstances:
僅The navigation is not working prop
-
erly
僅Speed limit and road information in
the navigation is not updated
僅Map information is not transmitted
due to infotainment system's abnor
-
mal operation
僅The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
僅The navigation searches for a route
while driving
僅GPS signals are blocked in areas such
as a tunnel
僅A road that divides into two or more
roads and joins again
僅The driver goes off course the route
set in the navigation
僅The route to the destination is
changed or canceled by resetting the
navigation
僅The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
僅Android Auto or Car Play is operating
僅The navigation cannot detect the cur
-
rent vehicle position (for example, ele
-
vated roads including overpass
adjacent to general roads or nearby
roads exist in a parallel way)
僅The navigation is being updated while
driving
僅The navigation is being restarted
while driving
僅The speed limit of some sections
changes according to the road situa
-
tions
僅Driving on a road under construction
僅Driving on a road that is controlled
僅There is bad weather, such as heavy
rain, heavy snow, etc.
僅Driving on a road that is sharply
curved
[1]: Set route, [2]: Branch line, [3]: Driving
route, [4]: Main road, [5]: Curved road
section
OON052303
Driver assistance system
746
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
僅When there is a difference between
the navigation set route (branch line)
and the driving route (main road),
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function may not operate until the
driving route is recognized as the
main road.
僅When the vehicle's driving route is
recognized as the main road by main
-
taining the main road instead of the
navigation set route, Highway Curve
Zone Auto Slowdown function will
operate. Depending on the distance to
the curve and the current vehicle
speed, vehicle deceleration may not
be sufficient or may decelerate rap
-
idly.
[1]: Main road, [2]: Branch line, [3]: Driv
-
ing route, [4]: Set route, [5]: Curved road
section
僅When there is a difference between
the navigation route (main road) and
the driving route (branch line), High
-
way Curve Zone Auto Slowdown func
-
tion will operate based on the curve
information on the main road.
僅When it is judged that you are driving
out of the route by entering the high
-
way interchange or junction, Highway
Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function
will not operate.
[1]: Driving route, [2]: Branch line, [3]:
Curved road section, [4]: Main road
僅If there is no destination set on the
navigation, Highway Curve Zone Auto
Slowdown function will operate based
on the curve information on the main
road.
僅Even if you depart from the main
road, Highway Curve Zone Auto Slow
-
down function may temporarily oper
-
ate due to navigation information of
the highway curve section.
WARNING
僅Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is not a substitute for safe driving
practices, but a convenience function.
Always have your eyes on the road,
and it is the responsibility of the driver
to avoid violating traffic laws.
僅The navigation's speed limit informa
-
tion may differ from the actual speed
limit information on the road. It is the
driver's responsibility to check the
speed limit on the actual driving road
or lane.
僅Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol will automatically be canceled
when you leave the highway (or
motorway) main road. Always pay
attention to road and driving condi
-
tions while driving.
僅Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol may not operate due to the exis
-
tence of leading vehicles and the
driving conditions of the vehicle.
OON052304
OON052305
75
6
6
Driver assistance systemNavigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
僅When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Navigation-
based Smart Cruise Control for safety
reasons.
僅After you pass through a tollgate on a
highway (or motorway), Navigation-
based Smart Cruise Control will oper
-
ate based on the first lane. If you enter
one of the other lanes, Navigation-
based Smart Cruise Control might not
operate properly.
僅The vehicle will accelerate if the driver
depresses the accelerator pedal while
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is operating, and the function will
not decelerate the vehicle. However, if
the accelerator pedal is depressed
insufficiently, the vehicle may deceler
-
ate.
僅If the driver accelerates and releases
the accelerator pedal while Naviga
-
tion-based Smart Cruise Control is
operating, the vehicle may not decel
-
erate sufficiently or may rapidly
decelerate to a safe speed.
僅If the curve is too large or too small,
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol may not operate.
NOTICE
僅A time gap could occur between the
navigation's guidance and when Navi
-
gation-based Smart Cruise Control
operation starts and ends.
僅The speed information on the cluster
and navigation may differ.
僅Even if you are driving at a speed
lower than Smart Cruise Control set
speed, acceleration may be limited by
the curve sections ahead.
僅If Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is operating while leaving the
main road to enter an interchange,
junction, rest area, etc., the function
may operate for a certain period of
time.
僅Deceleration by Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control may feel it is not
sufficient due to road conditions such
as uneven road surfaces, narrow
lanes, etc.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Driver assistance system
766
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane Following Assist is designed to help
detect lane markings and/or vehicles on
the road, and assists the driver's steering
to help center the vehicle in the lane.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
and front vehicles.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Lane Following Assist settings
Warning Methods
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Warning Methods
2 Warning Volume
3 Driving Safety Priority
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to change the Warning Sound and
Haptic.
僅
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
僅Ensure that Warning Sound you have
set may apply to the Warning volume
of other Driver Assistance systems.
僅Warning Sound will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
僅If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
→
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
僅The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
僅Depending on your region or update,
the menu may be displayed as 'Warn
-
ing Sound' or 'Warning Methods'.
OON052018
OON052202
77
6
6
Driver assistance systemLane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane Following Assist operation
Turning Lane Following Assist
On/Off
With the vehicle on, shortly press the
Lane Driving Assist button located on
the steering wheel to turn on Lane Fol
-
lowing Assist. The grey or green ()
indicator light will appear on the cluster.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
Lane Following Assist
If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane
markings are detected and the vehicle
speed is below 120 mph (200 km/h), the
green () indicator light appears on the
cluster, and Lane Following Assist helps
center the vehicle in the lane by assist
-
ing the steering wheel.
CAUTION
When the steering wheel is not assisted,
the white () indicator light blinks and
change to grey.
Hands-off warning
A:
Keep hands on steering wheel
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
warning message will appear and an
audible warning will sound in stages.
僅First stage: Warning message
僅Second stage: Warning message (red
steering wheel) and audible warning
A:
Lane Following Assist deactivated
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning the warning message
will appear and Lane Following Assist
will be automatically canceled.
WARNING
僅The steering wheel may not be
assisted if the steering wheel is held
very tight or the steering wheel is
steered over a certain degree.
僅Lane Following Assist does not oper
-
ate at all times. It is the responsibility
of the driver to safely steer the vehicle
and to maintain the vehicle in its lane.
僅The hands–off warning message may
appear late depending on road condi
-
tions. Always have your hands on the
steering wheel while driving.
OON052288
OON052262
OSG2PH052047N
OSG2PH052032N
Driver assistance system
786
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
僅If the steering wheel is held very
lightly the hands–off warning mes
-
sage may appear because Lane Fol
-
lowing Assist may not recognize that
the driver has their hands on the
steering wheel.
僅If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may not
work properly.
NOTICE
僅When both lane markings are
detected, the lane lines on the cluster
will change from grey to white.
Lane undetected
Lane detected
僅The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
僅If lane markings are not detected,
steering wheel control by Lane Fol
-
lowing Assist can be limited depend
-
ing on whether a vehicle is in front or
the driving conditions of the vehicle.
僅Even though the steering is assisted
by Lane Following Assist, the driver
may control the steering wheel.
僅The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Following Assist than
when it is not.
Lane Following Assist malfunc
-
tion and limitations
Lane Following Assist malfunc
-
tion
A:
Check Lane Following Assist system
When Lane Following Assist is not work
-
ing properly, the warning message will
appear and the master warning light ()
will appear on the cluster.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Limitations of Lane Following
Assist
For more details on Lane Following
Assist limitations, refer to "Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA)" on page 6-24.
OON052263
OON052262
OSG2PH052031N
79
6
6
Driver assistance systemHighway Driving Assist (HDA)
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
(if equipped)
Highway Driving Assist
Highway Driving Assist is designed to
help detect vehicles and lanes ahead,
and help maintain distance from the
vehicle ahead, maintain the set speed,
help center the vehicle in the lane while
driving on the highway (or motorway).
Highway Lane Change Assist (if
equipped)
Highway Lane Change Assist function
helps change lanes to the direction the
driver slightly moves the turn signal
switch if the function judges that lane
change is possible.
NOTICE
僅Highway Driving Assist is available
only on controlled access road of cer
-
tain highways.
* Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and
exits that allow uninterrupted high
speed traffic flow. Only passenger
cars and motorcycles are allowed on
controlled access roads.
僅Additional highways may be
expanded by future navigation
updates.
Highway Driving Assist operates on
main roads of highways (or motorways),
and does not operate on interchanges or
junctions.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
Front radar
Front corner radar (if equipped)
OON052306
OON052307
Available highway (Controlled access road)
USA
Select Interstate Highway and U.S. (Federal)
and State Highways
CanadaSelect Provincial and Territorial Highways
OON052018
OON052025
OON052284
Driver assistance system
806
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Rear corner radar (if equipped)
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the detecting sensors, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Highway Driving Assist settings
Highway Driving Assist
A:
Driver assistance
1 Driving convenience
2 Highway Driving Assist
With the vehicle on, touch or select
Set
-
tings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver assistance
→
Driving convenience
on the infotain
-
ment system to set whether to use each
function.
Basic function
If
Highway Driving Assist
is selected, it
helps maintain distance from the vehicle
ahead, maintain the set speed, and
helps center the vehicle in the lane.
Highway Lane Change Assist (if
equipped)
A:
Driver assistance
1 Driving Convenience
2 Highway Lane change assist
If Highway Lane change assist is
selected, it helps changing lanes safely.
WARNING
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe loca
-
tion.
NOTICE
僅Highway Driving Assist should be
selected to use Highway Lane Change
Assist. (if equipped)
僅If there is a problem with the func
-
tions, the settings cannot be changed.
Have the function inspected by an
authorized kia Dealer.
僅If the vehicle is restarted, the func
-
tions will maintain the last setting.
OON052048
OSG2PH052202N
OON052206
81
6
6
Driver assistance systemHighway Driving Assist (HDA)
Warning Methods
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Warning Methods
2 Warning Volume
3 Driving Safety Priority
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to change the Warning Sound.
僅
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
僅Ensure that Warning Sound you have
set may apply to the Warning volume
of other Driver Assistance systems.
僅Warning Sound will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
僅If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
→
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
僅The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
僅Depending on your region or update,
the menu may be displayed as 'Warn
-
ing Sound' or 'Warning Methods'.
Highway Driving Assist operation
Highway Driving Assist
Displaying operating status
You can see the status of the Highway
Driving Assist operation in the Driving
Assist view on the cluster. Refer to "LCD
Display Modes" on page 4-76.
Operating State
Standby State
Highway Driving Assist will be displayed
as below depending on the status of the
function.
1
Highway Driving Assist indicator,
whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the selected distance level are dis
-
played.
僅Highway Driving Assist indicator
-Green
HDA
: Operating state
-Grey
HDA
: Standby state
OON052202
OON052264
OON052265
Driver assistance system
826
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
-White
HDA
blink: Accelerator
depressed state
-Not shown: Off state
2
Set speed
3
Lane Following Assist indicator
4
Whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the selected vehicle distance
5
Whether the lane is detected or not
NOTICE
僅For more details on the display, refer
to "Lane Following Assist (LFA)" on
page 6-76.
For more details on the display refer
to "Smart Cruise Control (SCC)" on
page 6-57.
僅The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
Highway Driving Assist operating
Highway Driving Assist operates when:
僅When driving on available road, press
Drive Assist button to turn on High
-
way Driving Assist.
僅When entering the main roads of
highways (or motorways) while Smart
Cruise Control is operating, Driving
Assist will not turn on if Lane Follow
-
ing Assist is turned off.
Restarting after stopping
A:
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
When Highway Driving Assist is operat
-
ing, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle
ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle
ahead of you starts moving within 30
seconds after the stop, your vehicle will
start as well. In addition, after the vehicle
has stopped and 30 seconds have
passed, the message will appear on the
cluster. Depress the accelerator pedal or
operate the (+) switch, (-) switch or ()
switch to start driving.
Hands-off warning
A:
Keep hands on steering wheel
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
warning message will appear and an
audible warning will sound in stages.
僅First stage: Warning message
僅Second stage: Warning message (red
steering wheel) and audible warning
A:
HDA (Motorway Driving Assist) sys.
cancelled
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning, the warning mes
-
sage will appear and Highway Driving
Assist will be automatically canceled.
ONQ5EP041172L
OSG2PH052047L
ONQ5EP041183L
83
6
6
Driver assistance systemHighway Driving Assist (HDA)
Driving speed limit
A:
Driver's grasp not detected. Speed
will be limited
When Highway Driving Assist is can
-
celed by the hands-off warning, The
driving speed will be limited.
While Driving Speed Limit function is
operating, the warning message will
appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound continuously.
Driving to one side within lane (if
equipped)
When vehicle speed is above 40 mph
(60 km/h), if a vehicle around you is
driving at a close distance, your vehicle
will control steering in the opposite
direction of the vehicle to assist in safe
driving. If there are vehicles in both sides
of the lane that are driving close to you,
the function will not veer to the opposite
side of the lane.
Highway Driving Assist standby
When the Smart Cruise Control is tem
-
porarily canceled while Highway Driving
Assist is operating, Highway Driving
Assist will be in the standby state. At this
time, Lane Following Assist will operate
properly.
NOTICE
僅Driving Speed Limit helps you drive
below 40 mph (60 km/h). At this time,
the vehicle decelerates due to the
vehicle ahead. After the vehicle has
decelerated, it cannot automatically
accelerate.
僅Driving Speed Limit will cancel in the
following circumstances:
-When the driver grabs the steering
wheel again
-When the driver turns on Lane Fol
-
lowing Assist by pressing the Lane
Driving Assist button
-When (+), (-), () switch or () but
-
ton is operated, or the accelerator
pedal or the brake pedal is
depressed
Highway Lane Change Assist (if
equipped)
Display and control
You can see the status of the Highway
Lane Change Assist function operation
in the Driving Assist view on the cluster.
Refer to "LCD Display Modes" on page 4-
76.
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will be displayed as below depending on
the status of the function.
Ready/Operating
ONQ5EP041184L
OON052308
OON052266
Driver assistance system
846
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Standby/Canceled
1
Highway Lane Change Assist indicator
僅Green () on: Ready state
僅Green () blink: Operating state
僅Grey () on: Standby state
僅White () blink: Canceled state
(display only a certain time)
2
Lane line
The lane line is displayed identical to
Highway Lane Change Assist indicator
(1). However, the lane detection avail
-
ability will be showed on Standby
state.
3
Green arrow and shade
The green arrow is displayed when
Highway Lane Change Assist is oper
-
ating.
4
Message
僅Message is displayed when the
function does not operate even
though the turn signal lever is used.
僅Message is displayed when the
function is canceled while operat
-
ing.
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will turn on when the following condi
-
tions are satisfied.
僅The Driving Assist button or Lane
Driving Assist button is used to turn
on Highway Driving Assist.
Highway Lane Change Assist
ready to operate
While Highway Lane Change Assist
function is on, the function will be ready
to operate when all the following condi
-
tions are satisfied:
僅Highway Driving Assist is operating
僅Lane Following Assist is operating
僅A vehicle in the rear area of your vehi
-
cle is detected more than once after
the vehicle is turned on
僅Your vehicle speed is above 40 mph
(60 km/h)
僅Hands-off warning is not displayed on
the cluster
僅Hazard warning flasher is off
NOTICE
僅While Lane Change Assist function is
turned on (indicator on), Lane Follow
-
ing Assist will not cancel even if the
turn signal indicator or hazard warn
-
ing flasher is operating.
僅Lane Change Assist function turns off
automatically when driven in the fol
-
lowing road conditions:
-One driving lane
-A road with no structure, such as a
medium strip, guardrails, etc.
-There is a pedestrian or cyclist on
the road ahead
僅When the function is in the ready
state, and vehicle speed is below 35
mph (55 km/h), the function will
change to the standby state.
僅The images or colors may be dis
-
played differently depending on the
specifications of the instrument clus
-
ter or theme.
WARNING
When Highway Lane Change Assist
function turns off while operating, steer
-
ing assist will be temporarily canceled.
Always be cautious while driving.
OON052267
85
6
6
Driver assistance systemHighway Driving Assist (HDA)
Highway Lane Change Assist
operating
1
Middle position
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will operate, when you push the turn sig
-
nal lever to A or B position while the
function is in the ready state () indi
-
cator is green), and all of the following
conditions are satisfied:
僅The driver has his/her hand on the
steering wheel
僅There is no collision risk in the direc
-
tion of lane change
僅There is a single dotted lane line in the
direction of lane change
僅There are no Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist and Blind Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist warnings
僅The vehicle is driven in the middle of
the lane (should not be driving close
to one side of the lane)
僅The road you are driving on, or the
road you are about to change lane is a
road that the function can operate
NOTICE
僅When the turn signal lever is placed at
A position, the Highway Lane Change
Assist function is performed. After
that, if the turn signal lever is placed
in (1) position, Highway Lane Change
Assist function is canceled before
stepping on the lane.
The Highway Lane Change Assist
function is not canceled after stepping
on the lane, but when the lane change
is completed, it is canceled and the
turn signal turns off.
僅When the turn signal lever is placed at
B position for a certain period of time,
the green arrow will appear. At this
time, even when the turn signal lever
is released and returns to (1) position,
lane change will still be assisted.
僅While lane change is being made by
the function, the turn signal indicator
will blink even when the turn signal
lever is not held, and the turn signal
indicator will turn off when lane
change is complete.
僅Highway Lane Change Assist func
-
tion will not operate on branch lines
on the main road.
Highway Lane Change Assist
standby
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will be in the standby state when one of
the ready state condition is not satisfied,
OON042419
OON052309
OON052310
Driver assistance system
866
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
or when entering or driving on one of
the following roads:
僅Road within a certain distance from
the tollgate on the main road of the
highway (or motorway)
僅The road ahead ends without an inter
-
change or junction
僅Road with sharp curves
僅Road with narrow lanes
Highway Lane Change Assist
cancel
The function will be canceled when:
僅The turn signal lever is turned on in
the opposite direction of lane change
僅The steering wheel is steered sharply
僅When the turn signal lever is placed at
A position, and then returns to (1)
position before entering the next lane.
WARNING
僅While the function is operating, the
function will cancel if one of the fol
-
lowing occurs:
-Highway Driving Assist is turned off
-Lane Following Assist or Smart
Cruise Control is turned off or tem
-
porarily disabled
-Hands-off warning message is dis
-
played on the cluster
-The turn signal lever is placed at A
position
-The hazard warning flasher is
turned on
-Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
or Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Warning warning message is dis
-
played
-Possible collision is detected in the
next lane, even though there are no
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
and Blind Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist warning
-The target lane to make a lane
change disappears
-The target lane to make a lane
change is not detected
-There is a problem with turn signal
lamps
-Highway Lane Change Assist func
-
tion is off (The function turns off
when the function is turned off
from the settings menu, when the
road changes to a one-way road,
when there is a intersection or
crosswalk ahead, when you enter a
road with no structure, such as a
medium strip, guardrail, etc., or
when there is a pedestrian or cyclist
on the driving lane.)
-Your vehicle speed is below 35 mph
(55 km/h)
僅While the function is operating, when
the function is canceled, depending
on the driving conditions, the vehicle
may drive to the middle of the driving
lane or steering assist may stop.
Always pay attention while driving.
僅The function may not operate nor
-
mally on roads with pedestrians or
cyclists. Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while driving.
87
6
6
Driver assistance systemHighway Driving Assist (HDA)
Highway Driving Assist malfunc
-
tion and limitations
Highway Driving Assist malfunc
-
tion
A:
Check Highway Driving Assist sys
-
tem
A:
Check lane change assist function
When Highway Driving Assist is not
working properly, the warning message
will appear, and the () warning light
will appear on the cluster. Have Highway
Driving Assist inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅The driver is responsible for con
-
trolling the vehicle for safe driving.
僅Always have your hands on the steer
-
ing wheel while driving.
僅Highway Driving Assist is a supple
-
mental function that assists the driver
in driving the vehicle and is not a
complete autonomous driving system.
Always check road conditions, and if
necessary, take appropriate actions to
drive safely.
僅Always have your eyes on the road,
and it is the responsibility of the driver
to avoid violating traffic laws. The
vehicle manufacturer is not responsi
-
ble for any traffic violation or acci
-
dents caused by the driver.
僅Highway Driving Assist may not be
able to recognize all traffic situations.
Highway Driving Assist may not
detect possible collisions due to lim
-
itations of the function. Always be
aware of the limitations of the func
-
tion. Obstacles such as vehicles,
motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, or
unspecified objects or structures such
as guardrails, tollgate, etc., that may
collide with the vehicle may not be
detected.
僅Highway Driving Assist will turn off
automatically under the following sit
-
uations:
-Driving on roads that Highway
Driving Assist does not operate,
such as a rest area, intersection,
junction, etc.
-The navigation does not operate
properly such as when the naviga
-
tion is being updated or restarted
僅Highway Driving Assist may inadver
-
tently operate or turn off depending
on road conditions (navigation infor
-
mation) and surroundings.
僅Lane Following Assist function may be
temporarily disabled when the front
view camera cannot detect lanes
properly or the hands-off warning is
on.
僅You may not hear the warning sound
of Highway Driving Assist if the sur
-
rounding is noisy.
僅If the vehicle is driven at high speed
above a certain speed at a curve, your
vehicle may drive to one side or may
depart from the driving lane.
ONQ5EP041185L
OON052268
Driver assistance system
886
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
僅When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Highway
Driving Assist for safety reasons.
僅The hands–off warning message may
appear early or late depending on
how the steering wheel is held or road
conditions. Always have your hands
on the steering wheel while driving.
僅For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using the
Highway Driving Assist.
僅Highway Driving Assist will not oper
-
ate when the vehicle is started, or
when the detecting sensors or naviga
-
tion is being initialized.
Limitations of Highway Driving
Assist
Highway Driving Assist and Highway
Lane Change Assist may not operate
properly, or it may not operate under the
following circumstances:
僅The map information and the actual
road is different because the naviga
-
tion is not updated
僅The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
僅The infotainment system is over
-
loaded by simultaneously performing
functions such as route search, video
playback, voice recognition, etc.
僅GPS signals are blocked in areas such
as a tunnel
僅The driver goes off course, or reset
-
ting the navigation route by changing
the destination (including route
change according to real-time road
traffic information), or canceling the
route to the destination
僅The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
僅Android Auto or Car Play is operating
僅The navigation cannot detect the cur
-
rent vehicle position (for example, ele
-
vated roads including overpass
adjacent to general roads or nearby
roads exist in a parallel way)
僅White single dotted lane line or road
edge cannot be detected
僅The road is temporarily controlled due
to construction, etc.
僅There is no structure, such as a
median strip, guardrails, etc., on the
road
僅There is a changeable lane in the
direction of lane change
僅When you are towing a trailer, carry
-
ing a carrier or other equipments
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera and front radar, refer
to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
89
6
6
Driver assistance systemRear View Monitor (RVM)
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Rear View Monitor (RVM) (if
equipped)
Rear View Monitor shows the area
behind the vehicle to assist you when
parking or backing up.
Detecting sensor
Wide-rear view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
Rear View Monitor settings
Warning Methods
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Warning Methods
2 Parking Safety Priority
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to change the Warning Sound and
Haptic.
僅
Parking Safety Priority
: For safe
parking, the audio volume will tempo
-
rarily decrease while Rear View Moni
-
tor is operating.
OON052311
OON052202
Driver assistance system
906
Rear View Monitor (RVM)
NOTICE
僅If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
→
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
僅The settings menu content may vary
depending of the vehicle specifica
-
tions.
僅Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
僅Depending on your region or update,
the menu may be displayed as 'Warn
-
ing Sound' or 'Warning Methods'.
Camera settings
A:
Camera Settings
1 Display Contents
2 Display Settings
You can change Rear View Monitor 'Dis
-
play Contents' by touching the setup
icon () on the screen while Rear View
Monitor is operating, or touching
Set
-
tings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver assistance
→
Parking safety
→
Camera settings
on
the infotainment system
僅
Display Contents
: To change the set
-
tings of Rear View Parking Guide
Lines and Extended Rear View Moni
-
tor.
僅
Display Settings
: To change the
screen's brightness and contrast.
NOTICE
The settings menu may not be depend
-
ing on the specifications of the vehicle
specifications.
INFORMATION
Descriptions for each function of the
Driver Assistance system may differ
from the owners' manual by infotain
-
ment software update. Refer to the web
manual that you can access with the QR
code in the infotainment system quick
reference.
Display Contents
Rear View Parking Guide
Rear View Parking Guide Lines
If
Rear View Parking Guide Lines
is
selected, the rear view parking guide
lines will be displayed at the left side of
the infotainment system screen.
NOTICE
The horizontal guideline shows the dis
-
tance of 1.6 ft. (0.5 m), 3.3 ft. (1 m) and
7.6 ft. (2.3 m) from the vehicle.
OSG2PH052203N
OON052207
91
6
6
Driver assistance systemRear View Monitor (RVM)
Top View Parking Guide Lines
If
Rear View Parking Guide Lines
is
selected, the top view parking guide
lines will be displayed at the left side of
the infotainment system screen.
NOTICE
The horizontal scale of rear top view
parking guide indicates the tailgate
opening distance, 4.9 ft. (1.5 m) from the
vehicle.
Extended Rear View Monitor
If Extended Rear View Monitor is
selected, Rear View Monitor keeps dis
-
playing the rear view when shifting from
R (Reverse) to N (Neutral) or D (Drive).
When exceeding a certain speed, the
rear view stops displaying.
Rear View Monitor operation
Parking/View button
Press the Parking/View button (1) to turn
on Rear View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
Rear view function
Operating conditions
Rear View Monitor will turn on when the
following conditions are satisfied:
僅Shifting the gear to R (Reverse).
僅Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
while P (Park) gear position is selected
僅Pressing the View icon with the Rear
top view on the screen
Off conditions
Rear View Monitor will turn off when the
following conditions are satisfied:
僅Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
again while P (Park) gear position is
selected with the rear view on the
screen.
僅Changing the gear from R (Reverse)
to P (Park).
NOTICE
Rear View Monitor will not turn off when
the vehicle is in R (Reverse).
Extended Rear View Monitor
Extended Rear View Monitor function
maintains the rear view of the vehicle
when shifting the gear from R (Reverse)
to N (Neutral) or D (Drive) to help you
park safely.
OON052208
OON042009
OON052207
Driver assistance system
926
Rear View Monitor (RVM)
Operating conditions
Rear View Monitor will maintain when
the following conditions are satisfied:
僅Shifting the gear from R (Reverse) to
N (Neutral) or D (Drive).
僅The vehicle speed is below approxi
-
mately 6 mph (10 km/h).
Off conditions
Extended Rear View Monitor function
will turn off when one the following con
-
ditions are satisfied:
僅The vehicle speed is above approxi
-
mately 6 mph (10 km/h).
僅Pressing the Parking/View button (1).
僅Shifting the gear to P (Park).
Rear Top View
Rear Top View shows the rear top view
of your vehicle when parking for you to
check the distance between an object
and behind the vehicle.
Rear Top View will turn on under the fol
-
lowing conditions:
僅The gear is shifted to R (Reverse) and
the icon is selected among the view
buttons.
僅The Parking/View button is pressed,
while the gear is in P (Park), N (Neu
-
tral) or D (Drive), and vehicle speed is
6 mph (10 km/h) or less.
Rear View Monitor malfunction
and limitations
Rear View Monitor malfunction
When Rear View Monitor is not working
properly, or the screen flickers, or the
camera image does not display properly,
have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Limitations of Rear View Monitor
WARNING
僅The wide-rear view camera does not
cover the complete area behind the
vehicle. The driver should always
check the rear area directly through
the inside and outside rearview mirror
before parking or backing up.
僅The image shown on the screen may
differ from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for safety.
僅Always keep the wide-rear view cam
-
era lens clean. If the lens is covered
with foreign material, it may adversely
affect camera performance and Rear
View Monitor may not operate prop
-
erly. However, do not use chemical
solvents such as strong detergents
containing high alkaline or volatile
organic solvents (gasoline, acetone
etc.). This may damage the camera
lens.
OON052208
93
6
6
Driver assistance systemSurround View Monitor (SVM)
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
(if equipped)
Surround View Monitor can assist in
parking by allowing the driver to see
around the vehicle.
Detecting sensor
僅1: Wide-front view camera
僅2, 3: Wide-side view camera (under
the side view mirror)
僅4: Wide-rear view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
Surround View Monitor settings
Warning Methods
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Warning Methods
2 Parking Safety Priority
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to change the Warning Sound and
Haptic.
僅
Parking Safety Priority
: For safe
parking, the audio volume will tempo
-
rarily decrease while Rear View Moni
-
tor is operating.
NOTICE
僅If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
→
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
僅The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
僅Depending on your region or update,
the menu may be displayed as 'Warn
-
ing Sound' or 'Warning Methods'.
Camera settings
With the vehicle on, select the setup icon
() on the screen or
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Parking Safety
→
Camera settings
from the infotain
-
ment system screen to change the Rear
View Monitor settings.
僅Display Contents: To change the set
-
tings of
Top view parking guidance
,
Parking guide in rear view
, and
Parking distance warning
function.
OON052313_2
OON052202
OON052209
Driver assistance system
946
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
僅Display Settings: To change the
screen's brightness and contrast.
Top View Parking Guidance
Front top view
Rear top view
Parking guidance is displayed on the
right side of the Surround View Monitor
screen when the
Front or Rear Top
View Parking Guidance
is selected.
Rear View Parking Guidance
Rear view parking guidance is displayed
in the rear view when the
Parking guide
in rear view
is selected.
NOTICE
The horizontal guideline of the Rear
View Parking Guidance shows the dis
-
tance of 1.6 ft. (0.5 m), 3.3 ft. (1 m) and
7.6 ft. (2.3 m) from the vehicle.
Parking Distance Warning
Parking distance warning is displayed on
the right side of the Surround View Mon
-
itor top view screen when the
Parking
distance warning
is selected.
Surround View Monitor Auto On
With the vehicle on, select
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance→ Parking
Safety
→
Surround View Monitor Auto
On
from the infotainment system screen
to use the function.
NOTICE
For more details on Surround View Mon
-
itor Auto On, refer to "Surround View
Monitor Auto On" on page 6-94.
Surround View Monitor operation
Parking/View button
Press the Parking/View button (1) to turn
on or off Surround View Monitor.
OON052210
OON052211
OON052212
OON052213
OON042009
95
6
6
Driver assistance systemSurround View Monitor (SVM)
Front view
Front view function is displayed on the
screen when the gear is in N (Neutral) or
D (Drive) to assist in parking. The front
view has a top view, front view, side view
and 3D view. Also, other view modes can
be selected by pressing the view icons
(2) on the Surround View Monitor
screen.
Operating conditions
Front view function will turn on when the
following conditions are satisfied:
僅Shifting from R (Reverse) to N (Neu
-
tral) or D (Drive) and the vehicle speed
is below approximately 6 mph (10 km/
h).
僅Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
when the gear is in D (Drive) or N
(Neutral) and vehicle speed is below 6
mph (10 km/h).
僅Forward Parking Distance Warning
warns the driver while driving in D
(Drive) (
Driver Assistance
→
Parking
Safety
→
Surround View Monitor
Auto On
selected from the Settings
menu)
Off conditions
Front view function will turn off when
the following conditions are satisfied:
僅Press the Parking/View button (1) or
the infotainment system button (3).
僅When vehicle speed is above 6 mph
(10 km/h).
僅Press one of the infotainment system
button (3), the screen will change to
the infotainment system screen.
僅Shifting to P (Park).
NOTICE
If Surround View Monitor is turned off
after driving more than 6 mph (10 km/
h), driving below 6 mph (10 km/h) again
will not switch to the Surround View
Monitor screen.
Rear view
Rear view function is displayed on the
screen when the gear is in R (Reverse) or
P (Park) to assist in parking. The rear
view has a top view, rear view, side view
and 3D view. Also, other view modes can
be selected by pressing the view icons
on the Surround View Monitor screen.
Operating conditions
Rear view function will turn on when the
following conditions are satisfied:
僅Shifting to R (Reverse).
僅Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
when P (Park) gear position is
selected.
Off conditions
Rear view function will turn off when the
following conditions are satisfied:
僅Shifting from R (Reverse) to P (Park).
僅Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
when P (Park) gear position is
selected.
NOTICE
Pressing the infotainment system button
(3) will not turn the rear view off when
the gear is in R (Reverse).
OON052312
Driver assistance system
966
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
3D view function
3D view function shows the vehicle in
various angles. Press the 3D view icon
on the Surround View Monitor screen to
choose the angle. Press the 3D view icon
again to reset the angle.
Operating conditions
3D view function will turn on when the
following conditions are satisfied:
僅Shifting to P (Park), N (Neutral) or D
(Drive) and the vehicle speed is below
6 mph (10 km/h).
僅When shifting to R (Reverse) and Sur
-
round View Monitor is on, Press 3D
view icon on the Surround View Moni
-
tor screen.
Off conditions
3D view function will turn off when the
following conditions are satisfied:
僅Vehicle in P (Park), N (Neutral) or D
(Drive)
-Shifting to P (Park)
-Pressing the Parking/View button
(1)
-Pressing the infotainment screen
button (3)
-Pressing the home button on the
Surround View Monitor screen (2)
-Vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10
km/h)
僅Vehicle in R (Reverse)
-Shifting to P (Park)
NOTICE
3D view function does not display the
parking guide.
Surround View Monitor malfunc
-
tion and limitations
Surround View Monitor malfunc
-
tion
When Surround View Monitor is not
working properly, or the screen flickers,
or the camera image does not display
normally, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Limitations of Surround View
Monitor
僅The screen may be displayed abnor
-
mally, and an icon will appear at the
top left side of the screen under the
following circumstances:
-The liftgate is opened.
-The driver or front passenger door
is opened.
-The outside rear view mirror is
folded.
WARNING
僅ALWAYS look around your vehicle to
make sure there are no objects or
obstacles before moving the vehicle.
What you see on the screen may dif
-
fer from the actual vehicle's location.
僅The image shown on the screen may
differ from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for safety.
僅Surround View Monitor is designed to
be used on a flat surface. Therefore, if
used on roads with different heights
such as curbs and speed bumps, the
image in the screen my not look cor
-
rect.
僅If the camera lens is covered with for
-
eign material, the Surround View
Monitor may not operate normally.
Always keep the camera lens clean.
However, do not use chemical sol
-
97
6
6
Driver assistance systemRear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
vents such as strong detergents con
-
taining high alkaline or volatile
organic solvents (gasoline, acetone
etc.). This may damage the camera
lens.
NOTICE
僅When Rear View while Driving is on, it
stays on while driving regardless of
vehicle speed.
僅When Rear View while Driving is on
while Reversing, the screen changes
to the rear view.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist is designed to help detect vehicles
approaching from the left and right side
while your vehicle is reversing, and warn
the driver that a collision is imminent
with a warning message and an audible
warning. Also, braking is assisted to help
prevent collision.
[A]: Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
operating range
[B]: Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist operating range
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
vehicle speed of the approaching vehi
-
cle.
Detecting sensor
Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
OON052314
OON052048
Driver assistance system
986
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
(BCW)" on page 6-30.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist settings
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Parking Safety
2 Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Park
-
ing Safety
→
Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety
on the infotainment system
screen to turn on Rear Cross-Traffic Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist.
WARNING
When the vehicle is restarted, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
will always turn on. However, if
Rear
Cross-Traffic Safety
is deselected after
the vehicle is restarted, the driver should
always be aware of the surroundings
and drive safely.
NOTICE
If the vehicle is restarted, Warning Vol
-
ume will maintain the last setting.
Warning Methods
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Warning Methods
2 Warning Volume
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to change the Warning Sound.
僅
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3.
NOTICE
僅Ensure that Warning Sound you have
set may apply to the Warning volume
of other Driver Assistance systems.
僅Warning Sound will maintain its last
setting even if the vehicle is restarted.
僅If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
→
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
僅The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
OSG2PH052204N
OON052202
99
6
6
Driver assistance systemRear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
僅Depending on your region or update,
the menu may be displayed as 'Warn
-
ing Sound' or 'Warning Methods'.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist operation
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn and control the vehicle
depending on collision risk level:
'Collision warning', 'Emergency braking'
and 'Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control'.
Collision warning
A:
Collision Warning
僅The warning light on the outside rear
-
view mirror, a warning message, a
warning symbol, an audible warning,
and steering wheel vibration will warn
the driver of a collision warning. A
warning will also appear on the info
-
tainment system screen.
僅Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist will operate when all the
following conditions are satisfied:
-The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
-Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
-The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 82 ft. (25 m) from
the left and right side of your vehi
-
cle
-The speed of the vehicle approach
-
ing from the left and right is above
3 mph (5 km/h)
NOTICE
僅If the operating conditions are satis
-
fied, there will be a warning whenever
the vehicle approaches from the left
or right side even though your vehicle
stops.
僅The images and colors in the cluster
may differ depending on the cluster
type or theme selected from the clus
-
ter.
Emergency braking
OON052046
OON052321
OON052215
OON052046
OON052269
Driver assistance system
1006
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
A:
Emergency Braking
僅The warning light on the outside rear
-
view mirror, a warning message, a
warning symbol, an audible warning,
and steering wheel vibration will warn
the driver of a collision warning. A
warning will also appear on the info
-
tainment system screen.
僅Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with approach
-
ing vehicles from the left and right.
僅Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist will operate when all the
following conditions are satisfied:
-The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
-Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
-The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 5 ft. (1.5 m) from the
left and right side of your vehicle
-The speed of the vehicle approach
-
ing from the left and right is above
3 mph (5 km/h)
WARNING
Brake control ends when the conditions
of the approaching vehicle from the rear
left or right side are as below:
僅The approaching vehicle is out of the
detecting range
僅The approaching vehicle passes
behind your vehicle
僅The approaching vehicle does not
drive toward your vehicle
僅The approaching vehicle speed slows
down
僅The driver depresses the brake pedal
with sufficient power
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
A:
Drive carefully
僅When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the warning mes
-
sage will appear on the cluster.
僅Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
僅During emergency braking, braking
control by Rear Cross-Traffic Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist will automati
-
cally cancel when the driver
excessively depresses the brake
pedal.
WARNING
僅For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
僅If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Rear Cross-Traffic Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist's warning mes
-
sage may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be gener
-
ated.
僅You may not hear the warning sound
of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
OON052215
OON052221
101
6
6
Driver assistance systemRear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
僅Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate if the
driver applies the brake pedal to avoid
collision.
僅During Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist operation, the vehi
-
cle may stop suddenly injuring pas
-
sengers and shifting loose objects.
Always have the seat belt on and keep
loose objects secured.
僅Even if there is a problem with Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist, the vehicle's basic braking per
-
formance will operate properly.
WARNING
僅When Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist is operating, braking
control by function will automatically
cancel when the driver excessively
depresses the accelerator pedal.
僅Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist does not operate in all sit
-
uations or cannot avoid all collisions.
僅Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may warn the driver late
or may not warn the driver depending
on the road and driving conditions.
僅The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to control the vehicle. Do not
solely depend on Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather,
maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
僅Never deliberately operate Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist on people, animal, objects, etc.
It may cause serious injury or death.
WARNING
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
僅The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
僅ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
NOTICE
僅If braking is assisted by Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
driver must immediately depress the
brake pedal and check vehicle sur
-
roundings.
僅After shifting the gear to R (Reverse),
braking control will operate once for
left and right vehicle approach.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist malfunction
and limitations
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist malfunction
A:
Check Blind-Spot Safety system
When Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist is not working prop
-
erly, the warning message will appear on
the cluster for several seconds, and the
master () warning light will appear on
the cluster. If this occurs, have the func
-
tion inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
OSG2PH052051N
Driver assistance system
1026
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
A:
Check side view mirror warning
light
When the outside rearview mirror warn
-
ing light is not working properly, the
warning message will appear on the
cluster for several seconds, and the
master () warning light will appear on
the cluster. If this occurs, have the func
-
tion inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist disabled
A:
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system
disabled. Radar blocked
When the rear bumper around the rear-
side radar or sensor is covered with for
-
eign material, such as snow or rain, or
installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce
the detecting performance and tempo
-
rarily limit or disable Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the warning message will
appear on the cluster.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate properly when such
foreign material or trailer, etc., is
removed.
If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist does not operate properly
after it is removed, have the function
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅Even though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly.
僅Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate properly
in an area (for example, open terrain),
where any substance are not detected
after turning ON the vehicle.
CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist to install or remove a
trailer, carrier, or another attachment.
Turn on Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist when finished.
Limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly, or it
may operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
僅Departing from where trees or grass
are overgrown
僅Departing from where roads are wet
僅Speed of the approaching vehicle is
fast or slow
Braking control may not work, driver's
attention is required in the following cir
-
cumstances:
僅The vehicle is severely shaken while
driving over bumpy roads, potholes or
road expansion joints.
僅Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
僅The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
OSG2PH052052N
OSG2PH052023N
103
6
6
Driver assistance systemRear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
僅The brake is tuned
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of the
rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Warning (BCW)" on
page 6-30.
WARNING
僅Driving near a vehicle or structure
[A]: Structure
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be limited when driv
-
ing near a vehicle or structure, and
may not detect the vehicle approach
-
ing from the left or right. If this occurs,
the function may not warn the driver
or control the brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
僅When the vehicle is in a complex
parking environment
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may detect vehicles which
are parking or pulling out near your
vehicle (example, a vehicle leaving
beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking
or pulling out in the rear area, a vehi
-
cle approaching your vehicle making
a turn, etc.).
If this occurs, the function may unnec
-
essarily warn the driver and control
the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
僅When the vehicle is parked diagonally
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be limited when
backing up diagonally, and may not
detect the vehicle approaching from
the left or right. If this occurs, the
function may not warn the driver or
control the brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
僅When the vehicle is on or near a slope
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be limited when the
vehicle is on a uphill or downhill slope,
or near it, and may not detect the
vehicle approaching from the left or
right. If this occurs, the function may
not warn the driver or control the
brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
OON052060
OON052061
OON052062
OON052063
Driver assistance system
1046
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
僅Pulling into the parking space where
there is a structure
[A]: Structure,
[B]: Wall
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may detect vehicles pass
-
ing by in front of you when parking in
reverse into a parking space with a
wall or structure in the rear or side
area. If this occurs, the function may
unnecessarily warn the driver and
control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
僅When the vehicle is parked rearward
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may detect vehicles pass
-
ing by behind you when parking in
reverse into a parking space. If this
occurs, the function may unnecessar
-
ily warn the driver and control the
brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
WARNING
僅When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist for
safety reasons.
僅Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate properly
if interfered by strong electromag
-
netic waves.
僅Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate for 3 sec
-
onds after the vehicle is started, or the
rear corner radars are initialized.
僅Even if restarting the vehicle with the
sensors blocked or malfunctioned,
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not properly operate
as the function maintains the last set
-
ting.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
OON052064
OON052065
105
6
6
Driver assistance systemReverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
Reverse Parking Distance
Warning (PDW) (if equipped)
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will
help warn the driver if a person, an ani
-
mal or an object is detected within a cer
-
tain distance when the vehicle is moving
in reverse.
Detecting sensor
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing settings
Warning Methods
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Warning Methods
2 Warning Volume
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to change the Warning Sound and
Haptic.
僅
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3.
NOTICE
僅Ensure that Warning Sound and Hap
-
tic you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
僅Warning Sound and Haptic will main
-
tain its last setting even if the vehicle
is restarted.
僅If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
→
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
僅The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
僅Depending on your region or update,
the menu may be displayed as 'Warn
-
ing Sound' or 'Warning Methods'.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing operation
Parking Safety button
Press the Parking Safety () button to
turn on or off Reverse Parking Distance
Warning.
OON052316
OON052202
OON052320
Driver assistance system
1066
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
僅When Reverse Parking Distance
Warning is off (button indicator light
off), if you shift the gear to R
(Reverse), Reverse Parking Distance
Warning will automatically turn on.
僅If you shift the gear to R (Reverse),
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
will not turn off even if you press the
Parking Safety () button for your
safety.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will
operate under the following conditions.
僅Shift the gear to R (Reverse).
僅The vehicle's speed is below 6 mph
(10 km/h).
Warning indication and warning
sound
僅The corresponding indicator will
appear on the cluster or infotainment
system whenever each ultrasonic sen
-
sor detects a person, animal or object
in its sensing range. Also an audible
warning will sound.
僅When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
僅Distance from object may be detected
differently when obstacles are not
located in front of the sensor.
僅The shape of the indicator in the illus
-
tration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing malfunction and precautions
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing malfunction
After starting the vehicle, a beep will
sound once when the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse) to indicate Reverse Parking
Distance Warning is operating normally.
However, if one or more of the following
occurs, first check whether the ultra
-
sonic sensor is damaged or blocked with
foreign material. If it still does not work
properly, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
僅The audible warning does not sound.
僅The buzzer sounds intermittently.
僅The warning message appears on the
cluster.
A:
Check Parking Distance Warning
system
Distance from
object
Warning indicator
when driving back
-
ward
Warning sound
24~48 inches
(60~120 cm)
Buzzer beeps inter
-
mittently
12~24 inches
(30~60 cm)
Beeps more fre
-
quently
12 inches (within 30
cm)
Beeps continuously
OON052271
OON052270
107
6
6
Driver assistance systemReverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
Limitations of Reverse Parking
Distance Warning
僅Reverse Parking Distance Warning
may not operate normally when:
-Moisture is frozen to the sensor
(Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing will operate normally when it is
melted.)
-Sensor is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or water
(Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing will operate normally when
such foreign material are removed.)
-The weather is extremely hot or
cold
-The sensor or sensor assembly is
disassembled
-The surface of the sensor is
pressed hard or an impact is
applied with a hard object
-The surface of the sensor is
scratched with a sharp object
-The sensors or its surrounding area
is directly sprayed with high pres
-
sure washer
僅Reverse Parking Distance Warning
may malfunction when:
-Heavy rain or water spray is pres
-
ent
-Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
-Affected by another vehicle's sen
-
sors
-The sensor is covered with snow
-Driving on uneven road, gravel
roads or bushes
-Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
-Installing the license plate differ
-
ently from the original location
-The vehicle bumper height or ultra
-
sonic sensor installation has been
modified
-Attaching equipments or accesso
-
ries around the ultrasonic sensors
僅The following objects may not be
detected:
-Sharp or slim objects, such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
-Objects, which tend to absorb sen
-
sor frequency, such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
-Objects smaller than 40 inches
(100 cm) in length and narrower
than 6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.
-Pedestrians, animals or objects that
are very close to the ultrasonic sen
-
sors
WARNING
僅Reverse Parking Distance Warning is
a supplemental function. The opera
-
tion of Reverse Parking Distance
Warning can be affected by several
factors (including environmental con
-
ditions). It is the responsibility of the
driver to always check the rear view
before and while parking.
僅Your vehicle warranty does not cover
any accidents or damage to the vehi
-
cle due to the malfunction of Reverse
Parking Distance Warning.
僅Pay close attention when driving near
objects, pedestrians, and especially
children. Some objects may not be
detected by the ultrasonic sensors,
due to the objects distance, size or
material, all of which can limit the
effectiveness of the sensor.
僅Parking Distance Warning indicator
may not occur sequentially depending
on vehicle speed or obstacle shape.
Driver assistance system
1086
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
僅If Reverse Parking Distance Warning
needs repair, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning (PDW) (if
equipped)
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning will help warn the driver if an
obstacle is detected within a certain dis
-
tance when the vehicle is moving for
-
ward or in reverse at low speeds.
Detecting sensor
Front ultrasonic sensors
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
OON052315
OON052316
109
6
6
Driver assistance systemForward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning settings
Warning Methods
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Warning Methods
2 Warning Volume
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to change the Warning Sound and
Haptic.
僅
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3.
NOTICE
僅Ensure that Warning Sound and Hap
-
tic you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
僅Warning Sound and Haptic will main
-
tain its last setting even if the vehicle
is restarted.
僅If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
→
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
僅The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
僅Depending on your region or update,
the menu may be displayed as 'Warn
-
ing Sound' or 'Warning Methods'.
Parking Distance Warning Auto
On
You can set the parking distance warn
-
ing to be ON at low speeds. To use Park
-
ing Distance Warning Auto On function,
select
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver
Assistance
→
Parking Safety
→
Park
-
ing Distance Warning Auto On
on the
infotainment system.
NOTICE
When
Parking Distance Warning Auto
On
is selected, the Parking Safety button
indicator () stays on.
Parking Distance Warning opera
-
tion
Control switch
Parking Safety button
僅Press the Parking Safety () button to
turn on Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning. Press the button again
to turn off the function.
僅When the gear is shift to R (Reverse),
Parking Distance Warning will auto
-
matically turn on (Parking Safety but
-
ton indicator on).
OON052202
OON052320
Driver assistance system
1106
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
僅When the gear is in R (Reverse), Park
-
ing Distance Warning does not turn
off even if the Parking Safety button
(3) is pressed.
Forward Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Forward Parking Distance Warning will
operate under the following conditions.
僅The gear is shifted from R (Reverse)
to D (Drive) with Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning on
僅The gear is in D (Drive) and the Park
-
ing Safety () button indicator light is
on
僅Forward Parking Distance Warning
warns the driver when the vehicle is in
D (Drive)
(If
Settings
→
Driver Assistance
→
Parking Safety
→
Parking Distance
Warning Auto On
on the instrument
cluster or
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Parking Safety
→
Parking Distance Warning Auto
On
on the infotainment system
selected)
僅Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/
h).
NOTICE
僅Forward Parking Distance Warning
does not operate when the vehicle's
forward speed is above 6 mph (10
km/h) even when the Parking Safety
() button indicator is on. Forward
Parking Distance Warning will operate
again when the vehicle's forward
speed decreases below 6 mph (10
km/h) while the Parking Safety ()
button indicator is on.
僅When the vehicle's forward speed is
above 18 mph (30 km/h), the Forward
Parking Distance Warning will turn off
(Parking Safety button indicator off).
Although you drive below 6 mph (10
km/h) again, Forward Parking Dis
-
tance Warning will not automatically
turn on (If
Settings
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Parking Safety
→
Parking
Distance Warning Auto On
on the
instrument cluster or
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Parking Safety
→
Parking Distance
Warning Auto On
on the infotain
-
ment system not selected).
Warning indication and warning
sound
僅The corresponding indicator will
appear whenever each ultrasonic sen
-
sor detects a person, animal or object
in its sensing range. Also an audible
warning will sound.
僅When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
僅The shape of the indicator in the illus
-
tration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Distance
from object
Warning indicator
when driving
forward
Warning
sound
24~40 inches
(60~100 cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12~24 inches
(30~60 cm)
Beeps more
frequently
12 inches
(within 30 cm)
Beeps
continuously
111
6
6
Driver assistance systemForward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will
operate under the following conditions.
僅The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
僅Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/
h).
NOTICE
Parking Distance Warning detects and
warns the driver of both rear and front
corners, when the vehicle speed is below
6 mph (10 km/h).
Warning indication and warning
sound
僅The corresponding indicator will
appear whenever each ultrasonic sen
-
sor detects a person, animal or object
in its sensing range. Also an audible
warning will sound.
僅When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
僅The shape of the indicator in the illus
-
tration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Parking Distance Warning mal
-
function and limitations
Parking Distance Warning mal
-
function
After starting the vehicle, a beep will
sound when the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse) to indicate Parking Distance
Warning is operating properly.
However, if one or more of the following
occurs, first check whether the ultra
-
sonic sensor is damaged or blocked with
foreign material. If it still does not work
properly, have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
僅The direction of Parking Distance
Warning sensor malfunction is shown
on the instrument cluster.
A:
Check Parking Distance Warning
system
Distance
from object
Warning indicator
when driving
backward
Warning
sound
24~48 inches
(60~120 cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12~24 inches
(30~60 cm)
Beeps more
frequently
12 inches
(within 30 cm)
Beeps
continuously
OON052271
OON052272
Driver assistance system
1126
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
Parking Distance Warning dis
-
abled
A:
Parking Distance Warning system
limited. Ultrasonic sensor blocked
If this occurs, the warning message
appears on the cluster. Parking Distance
Warning will operate properly when
snow, rain or foreign material is
removed. If Parking Distance Warning
does not operate properly after obstruc
-
tion (snow, rain, or foreign material) is
removed (including trailer, carrier, etc.,
from the rear bumper), have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Limitations of Parking Distance
Warning
僅Parking Distance Warning may not
operate properly when:
-Moisture is frozen to the sensor
-Sensor is covered with foreign sub
-
stance, such as snow or water
(Parking Distance Warning will
operate properly when such sub
-
stance is removed.)
-The weather is extremely hot or
cold
-The sensor or sensor assembly is
disassembled
-The surface of the sensor is
pressed hard or hit with a hard
object
-The surface of the sensor is
scratched with a sharp object
-The sensors or its surrounding area
is directly sprayed with high pres
-
sure washer
僅Parking Distance Warning may mal
-
function when:
-Heavy rain or water spray is pres
-
ent
-Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
-Affected by another vehicle's sen
-
sors
-The sensor is covered with snow or
ice
-Driving on uneven road, gravel
roads or bushes
-Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
-License plate is installed in a differ
-
ent spot from the original location
-The vehicle bumper height or ultra
-
sonic sensor installation has been
modified
-Attaching equipment or accessories
next to the ultrasonic sensors
僅The following objects may not be
detected:
-Sharp or slim objects, such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
-Narrow objects, such as corners of
a square column
-Objects, which tend to absorb sen
-
sor frequency, such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
-Objects smaller than 40 inches
(100 cm) in length and narrower
than 6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.
-Pedestrians, animals or objects that
are very close to the ultrasonic sen
-
sors
OSG2PH052085L
113
6
6
Driver assistance systemReverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
WARNING
僅Parking Distance Warning is a supple
-
mental function. The operation of
Parking Distance Warning can be
affected by several factors (including
environmental conditions). It is the
responsibility of the driver to always
check the front and rear views before
and while parking.
僅Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to the
vehicle due to the malfunction of
Parking Distance Warning.
僅Pay close attention when driving near
objects, pedestrians, and especially
children. Some objects may not be
detected by the ultrasonic sensors,
due to the objects distance, size or
material, all of which can limit the
effectiveness of the sensor.
僅Parking Distance Warning does not
warn you in the order of detection. It
varies depending on the speed of the
vehicle or the shape of a person, ani
-
mal, or object.
僅If the Parking Distance Warning does
not operate properly, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist (PCA) (if
equipped)
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist can warn the driver or assist with
braking to help reduce the possibility of
collision with a pedestrian or an object
while driving at low speed.
Detecting sensor
Wide-rear view camera
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist settings
Rear Safety
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Parking Safety
2 Rear Safety
OON052311
OON052316
OSG2PH052206N
Driver assistance system
1146
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Park
-
ing Safety
→
Rear Safety
on the info
-
tainment system to set the Rear Safety.
NOTICE
僅If the vehicle is restarted, Warning vol
-
ume will maintain the last setting.
僅If you change the Warning volume,
the Warning volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
Warning Methods
A:
Driver Assistance
1 Warning Methods
2 Warning Volume
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warn
-
ing Methods
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to change the Warning Sound and
Haptic.
僅
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3.
NOTICE
僅Ensure that Warning Sound and Hap
-
tic you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
僅Warning Sound and Haptic will main
-
tain its last setting even if the vehicle
is restarted.
僅If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
→
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
僅The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
僅Depending on your region or update,
the menu may be displayed as 'Warn
-
ing Sound' or 'Warning Methods'.
Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation
Turning Parking Collision Avoid
-
ance Assist On/Off
Press and hold the Parking Safety ()
button more than 2 seconds, 'Rear
Active Assist' or to turn the Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist on or off.
Operating conditions
Select 'Rear Safety' from the 'Parking
Safety' menu of the infotainment sys
-
tem. Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
is enabled when the following conditions
are satisfied:
僅The tailgate and door are closed
OON052202
OON052320
115
6
6
Driver assistance systemReverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
僅The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is
released
僅A trailer is not connected
僅The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
僅Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/
h) (detecting pedestrians)
僅Vehicle speed is below 2 mph (4 km/
h) (detecting objects)
僅Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
components such as the wide-rear
view camera and the rear ultrasonic
sensors are in normal conditions
When Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
activates, a line appears behind the vehi
-
cle image in the instrument cluster.
NOTICE
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist oper
-
ates only once after shifting the gear to
R (Reverse). To reactivate Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist, shift the gear
from another gear to R (Reverse).
Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist
If Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
detects a risk of collision around the
vehicle with a pedestrian or an object,
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist will
warn the driver with an audible warning
and warning message on the instrument
cluster. If the infotainment screen is on,
a warning will appear on the screen.
If collision is imminent, Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist will assist you with
braking.
Braking assist is released after 5 min
-
utes. Immediately depress the brake
pedal and check vehicle surroundings.
Braking assist is also released in the fol
-
lowing conditions when:
僅The gear is shifted to P (Park) or D
(Drive)
僅The brake pedal is depressed with
sufficient power
NOTICE
When Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
is activated while reversing, braking con
-
trol will be released after 5 minutes and
the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) will
be engaged.
Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction and limitations
Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
A:
Check Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist system
When Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
or other related functions are not work
-
ing properly, the warning message will
appear on the cluster, and Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist will turn off auto
-
matically. Have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
OON052273
OON052274
Driver assistance system
1166
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
Wide-rear view camera
The wide angle cameras are used as
detecting sensors to detect pedestrians.
If the camera lens is covered with for
-
eign material, such as snow or rain, it
may adversely affect camera perfor
-
mance and Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly. Always
keep the camera lens clean.
Rear ultrasonic sensors
The ultrasonic sensors detect objects
around the vehicle. If the sensors are
covered with foreign material, such as
snow or rain, it may adversely affect
sensor performance and Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist may not operate
properly. Always keep the rear bumper
clean.
Warning message
Wide-rear view camera
A:
Camera error or blockage
Rear ultrasonic sensors
A:
Ultrasonic sensor error or blockage
The warning message will appear on the
cluster if the following situations occur:
僅The camera(s) or ultrasonic sensor(s)
is covered with foreign material, such
as snow or rain, etc.
僅There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
If this occurs, Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may turn off or may not
operate properly. Check whether the
cameras and ultrasonic sensors are
clean.
Limitations of Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not assist braking or warn the driver
even if there are pedestrians or objects
under the following circumstances:
僅There is a problem with the vehicle
僅Any non-factory equipment or acces
-
sory is installed
OON052311
OON052316
OON052275
OON052276
117
6
6
Driver assistance systemReverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
僅Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
僅Bumper height or rear ultrasonic sen
-
sor installation has been modified
僅Wide view camera(s) or ultrasonic
sensor(s) is damaged
僅Wide view camera(s) or the ultrasonic
sensor(s) is stained with foreign mate
-
rial, such as snow, dirt, etc.
僅There is a problem with the surround
-
ings
僅Wide view camera(s) is obscured by a
light source or by inclement weather,
such as heavy rain, fog, snow, etc.
僅The surrounding is very bright or very
dark
僅Outside temperature is very high or
very low
僅The wind is either strong (above 12
mph (20 km/h)) or blowing perpen
-
dicular to the rear bumper
僅Objects generating excessive noise,
such as vehicle horns, loud motorcy
-
cle vehicles or truck air brakes, are
near your vehicle
僅An ultrasonic sensor with similar fre
-
quency is near your vehicle
僅The road is slippery or inclined
僅There is a problem with the pedestri
-
ans or objects
僅The pedestrians are difficult to detect
僅There is ground height difference
between the vehicle and the pedes
-
trian
僅The image of the pedestrian in the
front view camera is indistinguishable
from the background
僅The pedestrian is near the rear edge
of the vehicle
僅The pedestrian is not standing upright
僅The pedestrian is either very short or
very tall to detect
僅The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
僅The pedestrian is wearing clothing
that does not reflect ultrasonic waves
well
僅Size, thickness, height, or shape of the
object does not reflect ultrasonic
waves well (for example, pole, bush,
curbs, carts, edge of a wall, etc.)
僅The pedestrian or the object is moving
僅The pedestrian or the object is very
close to the rear of the vehicle
僅There is a large object such as a wall
behind the pedestrian or the object
僅The object is not located at the front
or rear center of your vehicle
僅The object is not parallel to the rear
bumper
僅There is a problem with the driving
conditions
僅The driver drives the vehicle immedi
-
ately after shifting to R (Reverse) or D
(Drive)
僅The driver accelerates or circles the
vehicle
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may
unnecessarily warn the driver or assist
with braking even if there are no pedes
-
trians or objects under the following cir
-
cumstances:
僅There is a problem with the vehicle
僅Any non-factory equipment or acces
-
sory is installed
僅Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
僅Bumper height or rear ultrasonic sen
-
sor installation has been modified
Driver assistance system
1186
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
僅Your vehicle height is low or high due
to heavy loads, abnormal tire pres
-
sure, etc.
僅Wide view camera(s) or the rear ultra
-
sonic sensor(s) is stained with foreign
material, such as snow, dirt, etc.
僅There is a problem with the surround
-
ings
僅The pattern on the road is mistaken
for a pedestrian
僅There is shadow or light reflecting on
the ground
僅Pedestrians or objects are around the
path of the vehicle
僅Objects generating excessive noise,
such as vehicle horns, loud motorcy
-
cle vehicles or truck air brakes, are
near your vehicle
僅Your vehicle is backing towards a nar
-
row passage or parking space
僅Your vehicle is backing towards an
uneven road surface, such as an
unpaved road, gravel, bump, gradient,
etc.
僅A trailer or carrier is installed on the
rear of your vehicle
僅An ultrasonic sensor with similar fre
-
quency is near your vehicle
僅An ultrasonic sensor with similar fre
-
quency is near your vehicle
WARNING
僅Always pay extreme caution while
driving. The driver is responsible for
controlling the brake for safe driving.
僅Always look around your vehicle to
make sure there are no pedestrians or
objects before moving the vehicle.
僅The performance of Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist may vary under cer
-
tain conditions. If vehicle speed is
above 2 mph (4 km/h), Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist will provide col
-
lision avoidance assist only when
pedestrians are detected. Always look
around and pay attention when driv
-
ing your vehicle.
僅Some objects may not be detected by
the rear ultrasonic sensors due to the
objects distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of
the sensor.
僅Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly or may
operate unnecessarily depending on
the road conditions and the surround
-
ings.
僅Do not solely rely on Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist. Doing so may lead
to vehicle damage or injuries.
僅Always keep the wide angle cameras
and ultrasonic sensors clean.
僅Do not use any cleanser containing
acid or alkaline detergents when
cleaning the camera lens. Use only a
mild soap or neutral detergent, and
rinse thoroughly with water.
僅Do not spray the wide angle cameras
or the rear ultrasonic sensors or their
surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. It may cause the
wide angle cameras or the ultrasonic
sensors to malfunction.
僅Do not apply objects, such as a
bumper sticker or a bumper guard,
near the wide angle cameras or ultra
-
sonic sensors or apply paint to the
bumper. Doing so may adversely
affect the performance of Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
僅Never disassemble or apply impact on
the wide angle cameras or the ultra
-
sonic sensors components.
僅Do not apply unnecessary force on
the wide angle cameras or the ultra
-
119
6
6
Driver assistance systemReverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
sonic sensors. Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not operate
properly if the wide angle cameras or
the ultrasonic sensor(s) is forcibly
moved out of proper alignment. Have
the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
僅Noise may be heard when sudden
braking occurs to avoid a collision.
僅If any other warning sound such as
the seat belt warning chime is already
generated, Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist warning may not sound.
僅Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not work properly if the bumper
has been damaged, replaced or
repaired.
僅Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly if interfered
by strong electromagnetic waves.
僅Playing the vehicle audio system at
high volume may prevent passengers
from hearing Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist warning sounds.
僅The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of
ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
-The ESC (Electronic Stability Con
-
trol) warning light is on
-ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
僅Check your brake fluid and brake pad
conditions regularly. The brake per
-
formance may decrease depending
on brake conditions.
NOTICE
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist can
detect a pedestrian or an object when:
僅A pedestrian is standing behind the
vehicle
僅A large obstacle, such as a vehicle, is
parked in the rear center of your vehi
-
cle
Driver assistance system
1206
Declaration of conformity
Declaration of conformity (if
equipped)
The radio frequency components
(Front radar) complies:
For United States and United
States territories
For Canada
The radio frequency components
(Front Corner Radar/Rear Corner
radar) complies:
For United States and United
States territories
OCV051263N
OCV051266N
OCV051267N
OCV051263N
121
6
6
Driver assistance systemDeclaration of conformity
For Canada
OON052197
OON052198
7What to do in an emergency
What to do in an emergency
Road warning.................................................................................7-2
僅 Hazard warning flasher..................................................................................7-2
In case of an emergency while driving.......................................7-2
僅 If the vehicle stalls while driving.................................................................7-2
僅 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing......................................7-2
僅 If you have a flat tire while driving............................................................7-2
If the engine will not start............................................................7-3
僅 If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly.................................7-3
僅 If engine turns over normally but does not start...............................7-3
Emergency starting.......................................................................7-4
僅 Jump-starting.....................................................................................................7-4
僅 Push-starting......................................................................................................7-5
If the engine overheats.................................................................7-5
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)..................................7-6
僅 Effective use of the TPMS.............................................................................7-7
僅 Low tire pressure telltale .............................................................................7-8
僅 TPMS malfunction indicator ......................................................................7-8
僅 Tire replacement with TPMS.......................................................................7-9
僅 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules........................7-10
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire).......................................7-11
僅 Jack and tools...................................................................................................7-11
僅 Storing the spare tire.....................................................................................7-13
僅 Changing tires..................................................................................................7-13
僅 Important - use of compact spare tire...................................................7-17
僅 Jack label...........................................................................................................7-19
Towing..........................................................................................7-20
僅 Towing without wheel dollies when using a towing service........7-21
僅 Removable towing hook..............................................................................7-21
僅 Emergency towing.........................................................................................7-22
What to do in an emergency
27
Road warning
What to do in an emergency
Road warning
When in an emergency situation occurs
while driving or when you park by the
edge of the roadway, you must alert
approaching or passing vehicles to be
careful as they pass. For this, you should
use the hazard warning flasher.
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves as a
warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching,
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency
repairs are being made or when the
vehicle is stopped near the edge of a
roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in any
position. The flasher switch is located in
the center fascia panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.
僅The hazard warning flasher operates
whether your vehicle is running or not.
僅The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
僅Care must be taken when using the
hazard warning flasher while the vehi
-
cle is being towed.
In case of an emergency while
driving
If an emergency situation occurs while
driving, stay calm and take the following
steps.
If the vehicle stalls while driving
1.Reduce your speed gradually, keep
-
ing a straight line.
2.Move cautiously off the road to a safe
place.
3.Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
4. Try to start the vehicle again. If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized Kia dealer or seek other
qualified assistance.
If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing
僅If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
僅If your vehicle has a manual transmis
-
sion not equipped with a ignition lock
switch, the vehicle can move forward
by shifting to the 2 (second) or 3
(third) gear and then turning the
starter without depressing the clutch
pedal.
If you have a flat tire while driv
-
ing
1.Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow down
while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immediately
or attempt to pull off the road as this
may cause a loss of control.
2.When the vehicle has slowed to such
a speed that it is safe to do so, brake
carefully and pull off the road.
OON062001
3
7
7
What to do in an emergencyIf the engine will not start
3.Drive off the road as far as possible
and park on firm level ground.
If you are on a divided highway, do
not park in the median area between
the two traffic lanes.
4. When the vehicle is stopped, turn on
your emergency hazard flashers, set
the parking brake and put the trans
-
mission in P.
5.Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the
side of the vehicle that is away from
traffic.
6.When changing a flat tire, follow the
instruction provided later in this sec
-
tion.
If the engine will not start
When the engine doesn't start, first
check to see how much fuel there is and
whether the battery is discharged.
If engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
1.Be sure the shift lever is in N (Neutral)
or P (Park) and the emergency brake
is set.
2.Check the battery connections to be
sure they are clean and tight.
3.Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is discharged.
4.Check the starter connections to be
sure they are securely tightened.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it.
This could cause damage to your vehi
-
cle. Refer to "Jump-starting" on page 7-
4.
WARNING
Push/pull start
Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it.
Push or pull starting may cause the cata
-
lytic converter to overload and create a
fire hazard.
If engine turns over normally but
does not start
1.Check the fuel level.
2.With the ENGINE START/STOP button
in the OFF position, check all connec
-
tors at the ignition coils and spark
plugs. Reconnect any that may be dis
-
connected or loose.
3.Check the fuel line in the engine com
-
partment.
4.If the engine still does not start, call an
authorized Kia dealer or seek other
qualified assistance.
What to do in an emergency
47
Emergency starting
Emergency starting
When the vehicle will not start because
of low battery power, you may need to
jump start the vehicle.
Jump-starting
Connect cables in numerical order and
disconnect in reverse order.
Jump-starting can be dangerous if done
incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm to
yourself or damage to your vehicle or
battery, follow these jump-starting pro
-
cedures. If in doubt, we strongly recom
-
mend that you have a competent
technician or towing service jump-start
your vehicle.
WARNING
Battery
Never attempt to check the electrolyte
level of the battery as this may cause the
battery to rupture or explode.
WARNING
Frozen batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle
if the discharged battery is frozen as the
battery may rupture or explode.
WARNING
Battery
Keep all flames or sparks away from the
battery. The battery produces hydrogen
gas which will explode if exposed to
flame or sparks.
WARNING
Battery cables
Do not connect the jumper cable from
the negative terminal of the booster bat
-
tery to the negative terminal of the dis
-
charged battery, directly. This can cause
the discharged battery to overheat and
crack, degradation.
Make sure to connect one end of the
jumper cable to the negative terminal of
the booster battery, and the other end to
a metallic point, far away from the bat
-
tery.
WARNING
Sulfuric acid risk
Automobile batteries contain sulfuric
acid. When jump starting your vehicle,
be careful not to get sulfuric acid on
yourself, your clothing, or on the vehicle.
This acid is poisonous and highly corro
-
sive.
Jump-starting
1.Make sure the booster battery is 12-
volt and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to
come in contact.
2.Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
3.Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustra
-
tion.
1)Connect on end of a jumper cable
to the positive terminal of the dis
-
charged battery (1).
2) Connect the other end to the posi
-
tive terminal of the booster battery
(2).
OON062037
5
7
7
What to do in an emergencyIf the engine overheats
3)Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery (3),
then the other end to a solid, sta
-
tionary, metallic point away from
the battery (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery terminals or the correct
ground. Do not lean over the bat
-
tery when making connections.
4.Start vehicle with the booster battery
and let it run at 2,000 rpm, then start
the vehicle with the discharged bat
-
tery.
If the cause of your battery discharg
-
ing is not apparent, you should have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Make sure to connect one end of the
jumper cable to the negative terminal of
the booster battery, and the other end to
a metallic point, far away from the bat
-
tery.
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic trans
-
mission cannot be push-started, and
only jump starting can be applied. Fol
-
low the directions in this page for jump-
starting.
WARNING
Tow starting vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it.
When the engine starts, the vehicle can
suddenly surge forward and could cause
a collision with the tow vehicle.
If the engine overheats
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss of
power, or hear loud pinging or knocking,
the engine will probably be too hot.
If this happens, you should:
1.Pull off the road and stop as soon as it
is safe to do so.
2.Place the shift lever in P and set the
parking brake.
3.If the air conditioning is on, turn it off.
4.If engine coolant is running out under
the vehicle or steam is coming out
from underneath the hood, stop the
engine. Do not open the hood until the
coolant has stopped running or the
steaming has stopped.
5.If there is no visible loss of engine
coolant and no steam, leave the
engine running and check to be sure
the engine cooling fan is operating.
1)If the fan is not running, turn the
engine off.
6.Check to see if the water pump drive
belt is missing.
1)If it is not missing, check to see that
it is tight.
2) If the drive belt seems to be satis
-
factory, check for coolant leaking
from the radiator, hoses or under
the vehicle. (If the air conditioning
had been in use, it is normal for
cold water to be draining from it
when you stop).
What to do in an emergency
67
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
WARNING
Under the hood
While the engine is running, keep
hair, hands and clothing away
from moving parts such as the
fan and drive belts to prevent
injury.
7.If the water pump drive belt is broken
or engine coolant is leaking out, stop
the engine immediately and call the
nearest authorized Kia dealer for
assistance.
8.If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal.
If coolant has been lost, carefully add
coolant to the reservoir to bring the
fluid level in the reservoir up to the
halfway mark.
9.Proceed with caution, keeping alert
for further signs of overheating. If
overheating happens again, call an
authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. This may
result in coolant being blown out
of the opening and cause serious
burns.
Serious loss of coolant indicates there is
a leak in the cooling system and this
should be checked as soon as possible
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem (TPMS) (if equipped)
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) detects the pressure of vehicle's
tires and displays it on the LCD display.
1.Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS mal
-
function indicator
2.Low tire pressure position telltale
(Shown on the LCD display)
Tire Pressure Indicator
僅You can check the tire pressure in the
assist mode on the cluster.
-Refer to "LCD Display Modes" on
page 4-76.
僅Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 minutes
later after driving.
僅If tire pressure is not displayed when
the vehicle is stopped, "Drive to dis
-
play" message displays. After driving,
check the tire pressure.
僅You can change the tire pressure unit
in the Settings from the infotainment
system screen.
-psi, kPa, bar.
OON062038_2
7
7
7
What to do in an emergencyTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
NOTICE
僅The tire pressure may change due to
factors such as parking condition,
driving style, and altitude above sea
level.
僅The tire pressure shown on the dash
-
board may differ from the tire pres
-
sure measured by tire pressure
gauge.
Effective use of the TPMS
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure
that may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident
Each tire, including the spare (if pro
-
vided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the vehi
-
cle placard or tire inflation pressure
label, you should determine the proper
tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS) that illumi
-
nates a low tire pressure telltale when
one or more of your tires is significantly
under-inflated. Accordingly, when the
low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon
as possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a signifi
-
cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire
to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi
-
ciency and tire tread life, and may affect
the vehicle's handling and stopping abil
-
ity.
Please note that the TPMS is not a sub
-
stitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-infla
-
tion has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pres
-
sure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not operat
-
ing properly. The TPMS malfunction
indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system
detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and
then remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon subse
-
quent vehicle start-ups as long as the
malfunction exists. When the malfunc
-
tion indicator is illuminated, the system
may not be able to detect or signal low
tire pressure as intended. TPMS mal
-
functions may occur for a variety of rea
-
sons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or wheels
on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS
from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction tell
-
tale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that
the replacement or alternate tires and
wheels allow the TPMS to continue to
function properly.
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have the
system checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
1.The low tire pressure telltale / TPMS
malfunction indicator does not appear
for 3 seconds when the ENGINE
What to do in an emergency
87
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
START/STOP button is turned to the
ON position or engine is running.
2.The TPMS malfunction indicator
remains illuminated after blinking for
approximately 1 minute.
3.The Low tire pressure position telltale
remains illuminated.
Low tire pressure telltale
Low tire pressure position telltale
When the TPMS warning indicators
appear, one or more of your tires is sig
-
nificantly under-inflated.
A:
Low tire pressure
If the telltale appears, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering
and anticipate increased stopping dis
-
tances. You should stop and check your
tires as soon as possible.
Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as
indicated on the vehicle's placard or tire
inflation pressure label located on the
driver's side center pillar outer panel. If
you cannot reach a service station or if
the tire cannot hold the newly added air,
replace the low pressure tire with the
spare tire.
Then the TPMS malfunction indicator
and the Low Tire Pressure telltale may
turn on and appear after restarting and
about 20 minutes of continuous driving
before you have the low pressure tire
repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
In winter or cold weather, the low tire
pressure telltale may appear if the tire
pressure was adjusted to the recom
-
mended tire inflation pressure in warm
weather. It does not mean your TPMS is
malfunctioning because the decreased
temperature leads to a proportional low
-
ering of tire pressure.
You should check the tire inflation pres
-
sure and adjust the tires to the recom
-
mended tire inflation pressure when
driving your vehicle in the following con
-
ditions.
僅from a warm area to a cold area
僅from a cold area to a warm area
僅the outside temperature is extremely
high or low
When filling tires with more air, condi
-
tions to turn off the low tire pressure tell
-
tale may not be met. This is because a
tire inflator has a margin of error in per
-
formance. The low tire pressure telltale
will be turned off if the tire pressure is
above the recommended tire inflation
pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Do not drive on low pressure tires. Sig
-
nificantly low tire pressure can cause the
tires to overheat and fail making the
vehicle unstable resulting in increased
braking distances and a loss of vehicle
control.
TPMS malfunction indicator
The low tire pressure telltale will illumi
-
nate after it blinks for approximately one
minute when there is a problem with the
TPMS.
If the system is able to correctly detect
an underinflation warning at the same
time as system failure, it will illuminate
both the TPMS malfunction and the low
OON042146
9
7
7
What to do in an emergencyTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
tire pressure position telltales. For exam
-
ple, if the Front Left sensor fails, the
TPMS malfunction indicator appears,
but if the Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear
Right tire is underinflated, the low tire
pressure position telltales may illuminate
together with the TPMS malfunction
indicator.
Have the system checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer as soon as possible to
determine the cause of the problem.
僅The TPMS malfunction indicator may
appear if the vehicle is moving around
electric power supply cables or radios
transmitters such as at police stations,
government and public offices, broad
-
casting stations, military installations,
airports, or transmitting towers, etc.
This can interfere with normal opera
-
tion of the TPMS.
僅The TPMS malfunction indicator may
appear if the vehicle is equipped with
snow chains or some personal elec
-
tronic devices (such as a laptop com
-
puter, mobile charger, remote starter
or navigation) are being used in the
vehicle. This can interfere with normal
operation of the TPMS.
Tire replacement with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pres
-
sure telltale will come on. Have the flat
tire repaired by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible or replace the flat
tire with the spare tire.
CAUTION
Repair Agents
Never use a puncture-repairing agent
not approved by Kia to repair and/or
inflate a low pressure tire. The sealant
not approved by Kia may damage the
tire pressure sensor.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire pres
-
sure sensor mounted inside the tire
behind the valve stem. You must use
TPMS specific wheels. It is recom
-
mended that you always have your tires
serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure tire
with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure
telltale will remain on until the low pres
-
sure tire is repaired and placed on the
vehicle.
After you replace the low pressure tire
with the spare tire, the TPMS malfunc
-
tion indicator may appear after a few
minutes. This is because the TPMS sen
-
sor mounted on the spare wheel is not
yet activated.
Once the low pressure tire is inflated
again to the recommended pressure and
installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sen
-
sor mounted on the replaced spare
wheel is initiated by an authorized Kia
dealer, the TPMS malfunction indicator
and the low tire pressure telltale will turn
off within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicator has not disappeared after
a few minutes of driving, please visit an
authorized Kia dealer.
If an original mounted tire is replaced
with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor on
the replaced spare wheel should be initi
-
ated and the TPMS sensor on the origi
-
nal mounted wheel should be
deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on the
original mounted wheel located in the
spare tire carrier still activates, the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System may not
operate properly. Have the tire with
TPMS serviced or replaced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
You may not be able to identify a low tire
by simply looking at it. Always use a
good quality tire pressure gauge to mea
-
What to do in an emergency
107
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
sure the tire's inflation pressure. Please
note that a tire that is hot (from being
driven) will have a higher pressure mea
-
surement than a tire that is cold (from
sitting stationary for at least 3 hours and
driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during
that 3 hour period).
Allow the tire to cool before measuring
the inflation pressure. Always be sure
the tire is cold before inflating to the rec
-
ommended pressure.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been
sitting for 3 hours and driven for less
than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Never use tire sealant if your vehicle is
equipped with a TPMS. The liquid seal
-
ant can damage the tire pressure sen
-
sors.
僅The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors such as nails or road
debris.
僅If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator, apply the brakes gradu
-
ally and with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
NOTICE
Protecting TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the driver of
low tire pressure conditions and/or
TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with,
modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) components
may void the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
11
7
7
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
If you have a flat tire (with
spare tire)
If you have a flat tire, you can change
the flat tire to a spare tire using tools.
WARNING
Driving on a flat tire will cause perma
-
nent damage to the tire. Re-inflating a
tire after it has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat may cause
a blowout and a serious crash. Never
attempt to re-inflate a tire that has been
driven on while severely underinflated or
flat. In this case, repair or replace the flat
tire as soon as possible.
WARNING
Changing as tire can be dangerous. Fol
-
low the instructions in this section when
changing a tire to reduce the risk of seri
-
ous injury or death.
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack handle to
stay clear of the flat end. The flat end
has sharp edges that could cause cuts.
Jack and tools
1.Jack handle
2.Wheel nut wrench
3.Socket
4.Jack
5.Wheel cap remover
6.Towing hook
The jack and tools are stored in the lug
-
gage side trim.
Remove the tray cover indicated in the
illustration.
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency tire
changing only.
僅To prevent the jack from "rattling"
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
properly.
僅Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
WARNING
Changing tires
僅Never attempt vehicle repairs in the
traffic lanes of a public road or high
-
way.
僅Always move the vehicle completely
off the road and onto the shoulder
before trying to change a tire. The
jack should be used on firm level
ground. If you cannot find a firm level
place off the road, call a towing ser
-
vice company for assistance.
僅Be sure to use the correct front and
rear jacking positions on the vehicle;
never use the bumpers or any other
part of the vehicle for jacking support.
僅The vehicle can roll off the jack caus
-
ing serious injury or death.
僅Do not get under a vehicle that is sup
-
ported by a jack.
僅Do not start or run the engine while
the vehicle is on the jack.
OON062005
What to do in an emergency
127
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
僅Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
僅Make sure any children present are in
a secure place away from the road
and from the vehicle to be raised with
the jack.
WARNING
Tire jack
Do not place any portion of your body
under a vehicle that is only supported by
a jack since the vehicle can easily roll off
the jack. Use vehicle support stands.
WARNING
Running vehicle on jack
Do not start or run the engine of the
vehicle while the vehicle is on the jack as
this may cause the vehicle to fall off the
jack.
NOTICE
Retreaded tires
Substantial design variations and the
age of the retreaded tire casing struc
-
ture can limit service life and have nega
-
tive impact on road safety.
Removing the spare tire
Your spare tire is stored underneath the
back of your vehicle, directly below the
right sliding door.
To remove the spare tire:
1.Open the luggage floor cover and find
the plastic hex bolt cover on the floor.
2.Remove the cover.
3.Use the tool to loosen the bolt enough
to lower the spare tire.
Turn the tool counterclockwise until
the spare tire reaches the ground.
4.After the spare tire reaches the
ground, continue to turn the tool
counterclockwise, and draw the spare
tire outside. Never rotate the tool
excessively, otherwise the spare tire
carrier may be damaged.
OON062006
OON062007
13
7
7
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
5.Remove the retainer from the center
of the spare tire.
Storing the spare tire
1.Place the wheel under the vehicle and
install the retainer through the wheel
center.
2.Turn the tool clockwise until it clicks.
Ensure the spare tire retainer is properly
aligned with the center of the spare tire
to prevent the spare tire from "rattling".
Otherwise, it may cause the spare tire to
fall off the carrier and lead to an acci
-
dent.
Changing tires
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack
causing serious injury or death to you or
those nearby. Take the following safety
precautions:
僅Never place any portion of your body
under a vehicle that is supported by a
jack.
僅NEVER attempt to change a tire in the
lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the
vehicle completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from traffic
before trying to change a tire. If you
cannot find a level, firm place off the
road, call a towing service for assis
-
tance.
僅Be sure to use the jack provided with
the vehicle.
僅ALWAYS place the jack on the desig
-
nated jacking positions on the vehicle
and NEVER on the bumpers or any
other part of the vehicle for jacking
support.
僅Do not start or run the engine while
the vehicle is on the jack.
僅Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
僅Keep children away from the road and
the vehicle.
1.Park on a level surface and apply the
parking brake firmly.
2.Place the transmission shift lever in P
(Park).
3.Activate the hazard warning flashers.
OON062008
OON062010
OON062029
What to do in an emergency
147
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
4. Remove the jack and tools from the
vehicle.
5.Block both the front and rear of the
wheel that is diagonally opposite from
the jack position.
WARNING
Jack location
To reduce the possibility of injury, be
sure to use only the jack provided with
the vehicle in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the vehicle
for jack support.
WARNING
Changing a tire
僅To prevent vehicle movement while
changing a tire, always set the park
-
ing brake fully, and always block the
wheel diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
僅We recommend that the wheels of the
vehicle be blocked, and that no per
-
son remain in a vehicle that is being
jacked.
6.Insert the tool (Wheel cap remover)
into the hole and pull out the wheel
cover. (if equipped)
7.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter
-
clockwise one turn each, but do not
remove any nut until the tire has been
raised off the ground.
8. Place the jack at the front (1) or rear
(2) jacking position closest to the tire
you are changing. Place the jack at
the designated locations under the
frame. The jacking positions are
plates welded to the frame with two
tabs and a raised dot to line up with
the jack.
OON062030
OON062039
OON062011
OON062012_2
15
7
7
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
9.Insert the wheel lug nut wrench into
the jack and turn it clockwise, raising
the vehicle until the tire just clears the
ground. This measurement is approxi
-
mately 1 inch (30 mm).
Before removing the wheel lug nuts,
make sure the vehicle is stable and
that there is no chance for movement
or slippage.
10.Loosen the wheel nuts and remove
them with your fingers.
11.Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it
flat so it cannot roll away.
12.To put the wheel on the hub, pick up
the spare tire, line up the holes with
the studs and slide the wheel onto
them. If this is difficult, tip the wheel
slightly and get the top hole in the
wheel lined up with the top stud.
13.Jiggle the wheel back and forth until
the wheel can slide over the other
studs.
Wheels may have sharp edges. Han
-
dle them carefully to avoid possible
severe injury. Before putting the
wheel into place, be sure that there is
nothing on the hub or wheel (such as
mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that prevents
the wheel from fitting solidly against
the hub.
WARNING
Installing a wheel
僅When you install a wheel, always
remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign
materials present on the mounting
surfaces of the wheel or the surface of
the wheel hub, brake drum or brake
disc that contacts the wheel. Make
sure to secure any fasteners that
attach the rotor to the hub so they do
not interfere with the mounting sur
-
faces of the wheel. Installing wheels
without correct metal-to-metal con
-
tact at the wheel mounting surfaces
can cause the wheel nuts to loosen
and the wheel to come off while your
vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of
vehicle control, personal injury or
death.
僅Make sure the wheel makes good
contact with the hub when installed. If
the contact of the mounting surface
between the wheel and hub is not
good, the wheel nuts could come
loose and cause the loss of a wheel.
Loss of a wheel may result in loss of
control of the vehicle.
WARNING
Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle's
compact spare. If you try to put a wheel
cover on the compact spare, the cover
or the spare could be damaged.
14.To install the wheel, hold it on the
studs, put the wheel nuts on the studs
and tighten them finger tight.
OON062013_2
OON062014
What to do in an emergency
167
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
15.Jiggle the tire to be sure it is com
-
pletely seated, then tighten the nuts
as much as possible with your fingers
again.
16.Insert the wrench into the jack and
lower the vehicle to the ground by
turning the wheel nut wrench coun
-
terclockwise.
17.Position the wrench as shown in the
drawing and tighten the wheel nuts.
Be sure the socket is seated com
-
pletely over the nut. Do not stand on
the wrench handle or use an exten
-
sion pipe over the wrench handle.
18.Go around the wheel, tightening
every nut following the numerical
sequence shown in the image until
they are all tight. Double-check each
nut for tightness.
After changing tires, have an autho
-
rized Kia dealer tighten the lug nuts to
their proper torque as soon as possi
-
ble. The wheel lug nut should be tight
-
ened to 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
Wheel nut tightening torque:
79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m)
19.After changing wheels, have an
authorized Kia dealer tighten the
wheel nuts to their proper torque as
soon as possible.
20.To prevent the jack, wheel lug nut
wrench and spare tire from rattling
while the vehicle is in motion, store
them properly.
21.Check the inflation pressures as soon
as possible after installing the spare
tire. Adjust it to the specified pressure,
if necessary. Refer to "Tires and
wheels" on page 9-4.
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure. If
the pressure is lower than recom
-
mended, drive slowly to the nearest ser
-
vice station and inflate to the correct
pressure. If it is too high, adjust it until it
is correct. Always reinstall the valve cap
after checking or adjusting the tire pres
-
sure. If the cap is not replaced, dust and
dirt may get into the tire valve and air
may leak from the tire. If you lose a valve
cap, buy another and install it as soon as
possible.
After you have changed the wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its place
and return the jack and tools to their
proper storage locations.
CAUTION
Reusing lug nuts
Make certain during wheel removal that
the same nuts that were removed are
reinstalled - or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same chamfer
configuration are used. Your vehicle has
metric threads on the wheel studs and
nuts. Installation of a non-metric thread
nut on a metric stud will not secure the
wheel to the hub properly and will dam
-
age the stud so that it must be replaced.
Note that most lug nuts do not have
metric threads. Be sure to use extreme
care in checking for thread style before
installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels.
If in doubt, consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
OON062015
17
7
7
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
WARNING
Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they may lose
their ability to retain the wheel. This
could lead to the loss of the wheel and a
collision resulting in serious injuries.
WARNING
Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts
because the nuts might come loose. The
vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a
crash.
Important - use of compact spare
tire
Your vehicle is equipped with a compact
spare tire. This compact spare tire takes
up less space than a regular-size tire.
This tire is smaller than a conventional
tire and is designed for temporary use
only.
僅You should drive carefully when the
compact spare is in use. The compact
spare should be replaced by the
proper conventional tire and rim at
the first opportunity.
僅The operation of this vehicle is not
recommended with more than one
compact spare tire in use at the same
time.
WARNING
Spare tire
The compact spare tire is for emergency
use only. Do not operate your vehicle on
this compact spare at speeds over 50
mph (80 km/h). The original tire should
be repaired or replaced as soon as pos
-
sible to avoid failure of the spare possi
-
bly leading to bodily injury or death.
The compact spare should be inflated to
60 psi (420 kPa).
NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure after install
-
ing the spare tire. Adjust it to the speci
-
fied pressure, as necessary.
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
僅Under no circumstances should you
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a higher
speed could damage the tire.
僅Ensure that you drive slowly enough
for the road conditions to avoid all
hazards. Any road hazard, such as a
pothole or debris, could seriously
damage the compact spare.
僅Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of vehi
-
cle control, and possible personal
injury.
僅Do not exceed the vehicle's maximum
load rating or the load-carrying
capacity shown on the sidewall of the
compact spare tire.
僅Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is smaller
than the diameter of a conventional
tire and reduces the ground clearance
approximately 1 inch (25 mm), which
could result in damage to the vehicle.
僅Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic vehicle wash while the
compact spare tire is installed.
僅Do not use tire chains on the compact
spare tire. Because of the smaller size,
a tire chain will not fit properly. This
could damage the vehicle and result
in loss of the chain.
僅Do not use the compact spare tire on
any other vehicle because this tire has
been designed especially for your
vehicle.
What to do in an emergency
187
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
僅The compact spare tire's tread life is
shorter than a regular tire. Inspect
your compact spare tire regularly and
replace worn compact spare tires with
the same size and design, mounted
on the same wheel.
僅The compact spare tire should not be
used on any other wheels, nor should
standard tires, snow tires, wheel cov
-
ers or trim rings be used with the
compact spare wheel. If such use is
attempted, damage to these items or
other vehicle components may occur.
僅Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
僅Do not tow a trailer while the compact
spare tire is installed.
僅Do not suddenly accelerate or decel
-
erate (0 ↔ 25 mph) in any driving
mode. It may cause leakage of trans
-
fer oil.
19
7
7
What to do in an emergencyIf you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Jack label
Type A
Type B
Type C
* The actual jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed
specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1.Model Name
2.Maximum allowable load
3.When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5.Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6.The designated locations under the frame
7.When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lift
-
ing point.
8.Move the shift position to the P (Park) position on vehicles.
9.The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10.Jack manufacturer
11.Production date
12.Representative company and address
OHYK060006
OHYK060007
OSK3068045NR
What to do in an emergency
207
Towing
Towing
If emergency towing is necessary, we
recommend having it done by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-
truck service.
Towing service
Proper lifting and towing procedures are
necessary to prevent damage to the
vehicle. The use of wheel dollies (1) or
flatbed is recommended.
On Front Wheel Drive (FWD) vehicles, it
is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the
rear wheel on the ground (without dol
-
lies) and the front wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspen
-
sion components are damaged or the
vehicle is being towed with the front
wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly
under the front wheels. When being
towed by a commercial tow truck and
wheel dollies are not used, the front of
the vehicle should always be lifted, not
the rear.
On All Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicles, your
vehicle must be towed with a wheel lift
and dollies or flatbed equipment with all
the wheels off the ground.
WARNING
Side and curtain Air bag
If your vehicle is equipped with side and
curtain air bag, set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to ACC position when the
vehicle is being towed.
The side and curtain air bag may deploy
when the ENGINE START/STOP button
to ON position and the rollover sensor
detects the situation as a rollover.
NOTICE
If the EPB does not release normally,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer by loading the vehicle on a flat
-
bed tow truck and have the system
checked.
CAUTION
Towing
僅Do not tow the vehicle backwards
with the front wheels on the ground
as this may cause damage to the
transmission.
OON062016_3
OON062017
OON062018
21
7
7
What to do in an emergencyTowing
僅Do not tow with sling-type equipment.
Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.
WARNING
僅If you tow the vehicle while the front
wheels are touching the ground, the
vehicle motor may generate electricity
and the motor components may be
damaged or a fire may occur.
僅When a vehicle fire occurs due to the
battery, there is a risk of a second fire.
Contact the fire department when
towing the vehicle.
Towing without wheel dollies
when using a towing service
When towing your vehicle in an emer
-
gency without wheel dollies:
1.Set the ENGINE START/STOP button
to ACC position.
2.Place the transmission shift lever in N
(Neutral).
3.Release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Towing gear position
Failure to shift to N (Neutral) may cause
internal damage to the vehicle.
Removable towing hook
1.Open the liftgate, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
2.Remove the hole cover pressing the
upper part of the cover on the front or
rear bumper. Install the towing hook
by turning it clockwise into the hole
until it is fully secured.
Front
Rear
3.Remove the towing hook and install
the cover after use.
OON062040
OON062041
OON062042
What to do in an emergency
227
Towing
Emergency towing
Front
Rear
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you have it done by an authorized Kia
dealer or a commercial tow truck ser
-
vice.
If a towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be tempo
-
rarily towed using a cable or chain
secured to the emergency towing hook
at the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard-surfaced roads for a short dis
-
tance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, power train, steering and
brakes must all be in good condition.
CAUTION
The driver must be in the vehicle for
steering and braking operations when
the vehicle is being towed. Passengers
other than the driver must not be in the
vehicle.
Always follow these emergency towing
precautions:
僅Place the ignition switch in the ACC
position so the steering wheel is not
locked.
僅Place the shift button in N (Neutral).
僅Release the parking brake.
僅Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal as you will have
reduced braking performance.
僅More steering effort will be required
because the power steering system
will be disabled.
僅Use a vehicle heavier than your own
to tow your vehicle.
僅The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other fre
-
quently.
僅Before emergency towing, check that
the hook is not broken or damaged.
僅Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
僅Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force.
僅Use a towing cable or chain less than
16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or
red cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm)
wide) in the middle of the cable or
chain for easy visibility.
OON062043
OON062044
ONQ5061124N
23
7
7
What to do in an emergencyTowing
僅Drive carefully so the towing cable or
chain remains tight during towing.
僅Before towing, check the automatic
transmission for fluid leaks under
your vehicle. If the automatic trans
-
mission fluid is leaking, flatbed equip
-
ment or a towing dolly must be used.
NOTICE
僅Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in
a slow and gradual manner while
maintaining tension on the tow rope
or chain to start or drive the vehicle,
otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle
may be damaged.
僅To avoid damage to your vehicle and
vehicle components when towing:
-Always pull straight ahead when
using the towing hooks. Do not pull
from the side or at a vertical angle.
-Do not use the towing hooks to pull
a vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
-Limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph
(15 km/h) and drive less than 1 mile
(1.5 km) when towing to avoid seri
-
ous damage to the automatic trans
-
mission.
8Maintenance
Maintenance
Engine compartment.....................................................................8-4
Maintenance services....................................................................8-5
Owner maintenance......................................................................8-6
僅 Owner maintenance schedule...................................................................8-6
Scheduled maintenance service..................................................8-8
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.........................8-12
Engine oil and filter.....................................................................8-15
僅 Checking the engine oil level....................................................................8-15
僅 Changing the engine oil and filter..........................................................8-15
Engine coolant.............................................................................8-16
僅 Checking the coolant level.........................................................................8-17
僅 Changing the coolant...................................................................................8-18
Brake fluid....................................................................................8-18
僅 Checking the brake fluid level..................................................................8-18
Washer fluid.................................................................................8-19
僅 Checking the washer fluid level...............................................................8-19
Air cleaner filter.......................................................................... 8-20
僅 Replacing air cleaner filter........................................................................8-20
Climate control air filter .............................................................8-21
僅 Inspecting and replacing climate control air filter...........................8-21
Wiper blades................................................................................8-22
僅 Front windshield wiper blade...................................................................8-23
僅 Replacing front windshield wiper blade..............................................8-23
僅 Replacing rear window wiper blade......................................................8-24
Battery ..........................................................................................8-24
Tires and wheels..........................................................................8-27
僅 Checking tire inflation pressure...............................................................8-28
僅 Tire rotation......................................................................................................8-29
僅 Wheel alignment and tire balance.........................................................8-30
8Maintenance
僅 Tire replacement...........................................................................................8-30
僅 Wheel replacement.......................................................................................8-31
僅 Tire traction......................................................................................................8-31
僅 Tire maintenance...........................................................................................8-31
僅 Tire sidewall labeling....................................................................................8-31
僅 Tire terminology and definitions.............................................................8-35
僅 All season tires................................................................................................8-37
僅 Summer tires....................................................................................................8-38
僅 Snow tires..........................................................................................................8-38
僅 Tire chains.........................................................................................................8-38
僅 Radial-ply tires................................................................................................8-39
僅 Low aspect ratio tire.....................................................................................8-39
Fuses.............................................................................................8-40
僅 Replacing inner panel fuse........................................................................8-42
僅 Replacing engine compartment fuse....................................................8-43
僅 Fuse/relay panel description...................................................................8-45
Light bulbs................................................................................... 8-52
僅 Replacing lights (LED type)......................................................................8-54
僅 Replacing front fog lamp (LED type)...................................................8-54
僅 Replacing stop lamp, tail lamp, and rear turn signal lamp
(Bulb type) (Rear combination lamp Type A)....................................8-55
僅 Replacing back up lamp (Bulb type) (Rear combination lamp
Type A)................................................................................................................8-55
僅 Replacing high mounted stop lamp (LED type)...............................8-55
僅 Replacing license plate lamp (Bulb type)............................................8-56
僅 Replacing map lamp (Bulb type)............................................................8-56
僅 Replacing vanity mirror lamp bulb (Bulb type)................................8-56
僅 Replacing room lamp (bulb type) bulb................................................8-56
僅 Replacing glove box lamp (Bulb type).................................................8-57
僅 Replacing luggage lamp bulb (Bulb type)..........................................8-57
Appearance care.........................................................................8-58
僅 Exterior care....................................................................................................8-58
8Maintenance
僅 Interior care......................................................................................................8-62
Emission control system............................................................8-64
California perchlorate notice.....................................................8-67
Maintenance
48
Engine compartment
Maintenance
Engine compartment
Open the hood to see the engine compartment.
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
* The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1.Engine coolant reservoir
2.Engine oil filler cap
3.Brake fluid reservoir
4.Air cleaner
5.Fuse box
6.Negative battery terminal
7.Positive battery terminal
8.Engine oil dipstick
9.Radiator cap
10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir
OON072001
5
8
8
MaintenanceMaintenance services
Maintenance services
You should exercise the utmost care to
prevent damage to your vehicle and
injury to yourself whenever performing
any maintenance or inspection proce
-
dures.
Should you have any doubts concerning
the inspection or servicing of your vehi
-
cle, we strongly recommend that you
have an authorized Kia dealer perform
this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has factory-
trained technicians and genuine Kia
parts to service your vehicle properly.
For expert advice and quality service,
see an authorized Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
servicing may result in operational prob
-
lems with your vehicle that could lead to
vehicle damage, an accident, or personal
injury.
Owner's responsibility
NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record Reten
-
tion are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that show
proper maintenance has been per
-
formed on your vehicle in accordance
with the scheduled maintenance service
charts shown on the following pages.
You need this information to establish
your compliance with the servicing and
maintenance requirements of your vehi
-
cle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is pro
-
vided in your Warranty & Consumer
Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as a
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not cov
-
ered.
We recommend you have your vehicle
maintained and repaired by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer. Authorized Kia dealers
meet Kia's high service quality standards
and receive technical support from Kia
in order to provide you with a high level
of service satisfaction.
NOTICE
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) has issued a
general warning to all vehicle owners of
all brands regarding the risks associated
with vehicle underbody corrosion. From
your initial purchase, take the following
steps to prevent unsafe corrosion dam
-
age to your vehicle:
僅Wash the undercarriage of your vehi
-
cle regularly during the winter and
whenever your vehicle has been
exposed to such salts or chemicals.
僅Do a thorough washing of the under
-
carriage at the end of the winter.
僅Use professional service technicians
or governmental inspection stations
to annually inspect for corrosion.
僅Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually
aware of corrosion flaking or scaling
or if you become aware of a change in
vehicle performance, such as soft or
spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impair
-
ment of directional control, suspen
-
sion noises or rattling metal straps.
僅NHTSA further advises that after a
vehicle is 7 years old, it is essential
that you take these indicated mainte
-
nance steps to ensure that you pro
-
tect yourself from unsafe corrosion
conditions.
Maintenance
68
Owner maintenance
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section, sev
-
eral procedures can be done only by an
authorized Kia dealer with special tools.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the
warranty period may affect warranty
coverage. For details, read the separate
Warranty & Consumer Information man
-
ual provided with the vehicle. If you're
unsure about any servicing or mainte
-
nance procedure, have it done by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Maintenance work
Do not wear jewelry or loose clothing
while working under the hood of your
vehicle with the engine running. These
items can become entangled in moving
parts, if you must run the engine while
working under the hood, make certain
that you remove all jewelry (especially
rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces)
and all neckties, scarves, and similar
loose clothing before getting near cool
-
ing fans.
WARNING
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts (including strut
bars) while the vehicle is operating or
hot. Doing so could result in serious
bodily injury. Turn the vehicle off and
wait until the metal parts cool down to
perform maintenance work on the vehi
-
cle.
Owner maintenance
The following lists detail the vehicle
checks and inspections that should be
performed by the owner or an autho
-
rized Kia dealer. They should be per
-
formed at the indicated frequencies to
help ensure the safe and dependable
operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer
as soon as possible.
These owner maintenance checks are
generally not covered by warranties and
you may be charged for labor, parts and
lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
僅Check the coolant level in coolant res
-
ervoir.
僅Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
僅Look for low or under-inflated tires.
Check if the front of the radiator and
condenser are clean and not blocked
with leaves, dirt or insects etc. If any
of the above parts are extremely dirty
or you are not sure of their condition,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer.
僅Check if the front of the radiator and
condenser are clean and not blocked
with leaves, dirt or insects etc. If any
of the above parts are extremely dirty
or you are not sure of their condition,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer.
7
8
8
MaintenanceOwner maintenance
WARNING
Hot coolant
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot cool
-
ant and steam may blow out
under pressure.
While operating your vehicle:
僅Note any changes in the sound of the
exhaust or any smell of exhaust
fumes in the vehicle.
僅Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering
effort or looseness in the steering
wheel, or change in its straight-ahead
position.
僅Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
slightly or "pulls" to one side when
traveling on smooth, level road.
僅When stopping, listen and check for
unusual sounds, pulling to one side,
increased brake pedal travel or "hard-
to-push" brake pedal.
僅If any slipping or changes in the oper
-
ation of your transmission occurs,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer.
僅Check the transmission P (Park) func
-
tion.
僅Check for fluid leaks under your vehi
-
cle (water dripping from the air condi
-
tioning system during or after use is
normal).
At least monthly:
僅Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir.
僅Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
僅Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires that
are worn, show uneven wear, or are
damaged.
僅Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least once every 6 months:
僅Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or dam
-
age.
僅Check the windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean the wiper
blades with clean cloth dampened
with washer fluid.
僅Check the headlight alignment.
僅Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
僅Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear
and function.
At least once a year:
僅Clean the body and door drain holes.
僅Lubricate the door hinges and check
the hood hinges.
僅Lubricate the door and hood locks
and latches.
僅Lubricate the door rubber weather
-
strips.
僅Check the air conditioning system.
僅Inspect and lubricate transmission
linkage and controls.
僅Clean the battery and terminals.
僅Check the brake fluid level.
僅Visually inspect steering, suspension,
and chassis components for dam
-
aged, loose, or missing parts or signs
of wear.
Maintenance
88
Scheduled maintenance service
Scheduled maintenance ser
-
vice
Follow the Normal Maintenance Sched
-
ule if the vehicle is usually operated
where none of the following conditions
apply.
If any of the following conditions apply,
follow the Maintenance Under Severe
Usage Conditions.
僅Repeated driving short distance of
less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles (16
km) in freezing temperature
僅Extensive engine idling or low speed
driving for long distances
僅Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
僅Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
僅Driving in heavy dust condition
僅Driving in heavy traffic area
僅Driving on uphill, downhill, or moun
-
tain road repeatedly
僅Using for towing or camping and driv
-
ing with loading on the roof
僅Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing
僅Frequently driving under high speed
or rapid acceleration/deceleration
僅Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition
If your vehicle is operated in any of the
prior listed conditions, you should
inspect, replace or refill more frequently,
using the severe usage maintenance
schedule instead of the normal usage
maintenance schedule.
NOTICE
After 10 years or 100,000 miles
(150,000 km), we recommend to use
severe maintenance schedule.
9
8
8
MaintenanceScheduled maintenance service
Normal maintenance schedule
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission
control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle services to protect your war
-
ranty. Where both mileage and date are shown, the frequency of service is deter
-
mined by whichever occurs first.
R: Replace or change
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months1224364860728496108120132144
Miles×1,00081624324048566472808896
Km×1,00013263952657891104117130143156
Tire rotationRotate every 8,000 miles (13,000 km)
Fuel additives
*1
Add every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Engine oil and engine
oil filter
*2
(Gasoline) 3.8
GDi
RRRRRRRRRRRR
Climate control air filterIRIRIRIRIRIR
Air cleaner filterIIRIIRIIRIIR
Brake fluid
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months,
Replace every 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 48 months
Spark plugsReplace every 96,000 miles (156,000 km)
Coolant (Engine)
*3
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (195,000 km) or 120 months
After that, replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 24 months
Air conditioner refrigerant
IIIIIIIIIIII
Air conditioner compressor
12V Battery condition
Vacuum hoses
Brake discs and pads
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Suspension ball joints
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
Exhaust system
Cooling system
Drive shaft and boots
-I-I-I-I-I-I
Propeller shaft (AWD)
Fuel tank and fuel cap
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
Fuel tank air filter
Differential oil (rear) (AWD)
*4
Inspect every 40,000 miles (65,000 km) or 48 months
Transfer case oil (AWD)
*5
Drive belts
*6
-
----IIIIIII
Valve clearance
*7
Inspect every 56,000 miles (91,000 km) or 72 months
Automatic transmission (AT) fluidNo service required
Maintenance
108
Scheduled maintenance service
*1. Fuel additives
Kia recommends that you use Tier 1
unleaded gasoline which has an octane
rating of RON (Research Octane Num
-
ber) 95/AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or
higher.
For customers who do not use good
quality gasolines including fuel addi
-
tives regularly, and have problems start
-
ing or the engine does not run smoothly,
one bottle of additives should be added
to the fuel tank at every 8,000 miles
(13,000 km).
Additives are available from an autho
-
rized Kia dealer. Do not mix with other
additives.
*2. Engine oil and engine oil filter
As it is normal for engine oil to be con
-
sumed during driving, the engine oil
level should be checked on regular
basis.
The engine oil change interval for nor
-
mal operating conditions is based on the
use of the recommended engine specifi
-
cation. If the recommended engine oil
specification is not used, then replace
the engine oil according to the mainte
-
nance schedule under severe operating
conditions.
*3. Coolant (Engine)
When adding coolant, use only deion
-
ized water or soft water for your vehicle
and never mix hard water in the coolant
filled at the factory. An improper coolant
mixture can result in serious malfunction
or engine damage.
*4. Differential oil (rear) (AWD)
If the vehicle has been submerged in
water or in a flooded area, the fluids
should be changed as a precaution.
*5. Transfer case oil (AWD)
If the vehicle has been submerged in
water or in a flooded area, the fluids
should be changed as a precaution.
*6. Drive belts (Engine)
Inspect alternator, water pump and air
conditioner drive belt and if necessary,
repair or replace. Inspect drive belt ten
-
sioner, idler and alternator pulley and if
necessary correct or replace.
*7. Valve clearance
Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or
engine vibration and adjust if necessary.
Have an authorized Kia dealer perform
the operation.
Fuel filter (Gasoline engine)
The fuel filter is considered to be main
-
tenance free but periodic inspection is
recommended for this maintenance
schedule depends on fuel quality.
僅If there are some important safety
matters like fuel flow restriction, surg
-
ing, loss of power, hard starting prob
-
lem etc, replace the fuel filter
immediately regardless of mainte
-
nance schedule and consult an autho
-
rized Kia dealer for details.
11
8
8
MaintenanceScheduled maintenance service
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under
severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance
intervals.
R: Replace
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Severe Driving Conditions
A: Repeatedly driving short distance of
less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal tem
-
perature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in
freezing temperature.
B: Extensive engine idling or low speed
driving for long distances
C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
D: Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
E: Driving in heavy dust condition
F: Driving in heavy traffic area
G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or moun
-
tain roads repeatedly
H: Using for towing or camping and driv
-
ing with loading on the roof
I: Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other com
-
mercial use of vehicle towing
J: Frequently driving under high speed
or rapid acceleration/deceleration
K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go
conditions
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervalsDriving condition
Engine oil and engine oil filterR
Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km)
or 6 months
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K
Automatic transmission (AT) fluidR
Every 56,000 miles (91,000
km)
A, C, F, G, H, I, J, K
Transfer case oil (AWD)R
Every 72,000 miles (117,000
km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Differential oil (rear) (AWD)R
Every 72,000 miles (117,000
km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Air cleaner filterRMore frequentlyC, E
Spark plugsRMore frequentlyA, B, F, G, H, I, K
Climate control air filterIMore frequentlyC, E, G
Brake discs, pads and calipersIMore frequentlyC, D, E, G, H, I, J, K
Suspension ball jointsIMore frequentlyC, D, E, G, H, I
Steering gear rack, linkage and
boots
IMore frequentlyC, D, E, F, G, H, I
Drive shafts and bootsIMore frequentlyC, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Propeller shaft (AWD)IMore frequentlyC, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Maintenance
128
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
Explanation of scheduled
maintenance items
The following parts require scheduled
maintenance.
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in the
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
being driven in severe conditions, more
frequent oil and filter changes are
required.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu
-
ration and replace if necessary. Drive
belts should be checked periodically for
proper tension and adjusted as neces
-
sary.
Fuel filter
Kia gasoline vehicles are equipped with
a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated
with the fuel tank. Regular maintenance
or replacement is generally not needed.
This may vary depending on fuel quality.
If you experience any of the following:
fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, or a hard starting issue, inspec
-
tion and, if necessary, replacement may
be needed. Have the fuel filter inspected
or replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec
-
tions
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con
-
nections for leakage and damage. Have
an authorized Kia dealer replace any
damaged or leaking parts immediately.
Fuel tank and fuel cap
The fuel tank and fuel cap should be
inspected at those intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. Make sure
that a new fuel tank or fuel cap is cor
-
rectly replaced.
Vacuum hoses
Inspect the surface of hoses for evi
-
dence of heat and/or mechanical dam
-
age. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking,
tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive
swelling indicate deterioration. Particular
attention should be paid to examine
those hose surfaces nearest to high heat
sources, such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure that
the hoses do not come in contact with
any heat source, sharp edges or moving
components which might cause heat
damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all
hose connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are secure,
and that no leaks are present. Hoses
should be replaced immediately if there
is any evidence of deterioration or dam
-
age.
Air cleaner filter
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recom
-
mended when the filter is replaced.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs of
the correct heat range.
When assembling parts, be sure to wipe
the inside and outside of the boot bot
-
tom of the ignition coil and the insulator
of the spark plug with a soft cloth to pre
-
vent contamination of the spark plug
insulator.
13
8
8
MaintenanceExplanation of scheduled maintenance items
Valve clearance (if equipped)
Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or
engine vibration and adjust if necessary.
An authorized Kia dealer should perform
the operation.
Cooling system
Check the cooling system components,
such as the radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage and
damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Coolant
The coolant should be changed at the
intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule.
Automatic transmission (AT) fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should not
be checked under normal usage condi
-
tions. But in severe conditions, the fluid
should be changed at an authorized Kia
dealer in accordance to the scheduled
maintenance at the beginning of this
section.
NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid color is
usually red. As the vehicle is driven, the
automatic transmission fluid will begin to
look darker.
It is the normal condition and you should
not judge the need to replace the fluid
based upon the changed color.
CAUTION
Transmission fluids
The use of a non-specified fluid could
result in transmission malfunction and
failure. Use only specified automatic
transmission fluid. (Refer to "Recom
-
mended lubricants and capacities" on
page 9-5.)
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damaged parts immediately.
NOTICE
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
NHTSA has warned all vehicle owners of
all brands that they must maintain their
vehicles in a manner which will prevent
brake hose and brake line failures due to
corrosion when such vehicles are
exposed to winter road salt and related
chemicals. While serious corrosion con
-
ditions typically only manifest them
-
selves as safety issues after 7 years of
vehicle use, the corrosion process starts
immediately and thus underbody clean
-
ing maintenance must commence from
your vehicle's first exposure to road salts
and chemicals. NHTSA urges vehicle
owners to take the following steps to
prevent corrosion:
1.Wash the undercarriage of your vehi
-
cle regularly throughout the winter
and do a thorough washing in the
spring to remove road salt and other
de-icing chemicals.
2.Monitor the brake system for signs of
corrosion by having regular profes
-
sional inspections and watching for
signs of problems, including loss of
brake fluid, unusual leaks and soft or
spongy feel in the brake pedal.
3.Replace the entire brake pipe assem
-
bly if you find severe corrosion that
causes scaling or flaking of brake
components.
Maintenance
148
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
Brake fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between "MIN" and "MAX" marks on the
side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic
brake fluid conforming to DOT 4 specifi
-
cation.
Exhaust system
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muf
-
fler and hangers for cracks, deteriora
-
tion, or damage. Start the engine and
listen carefully for any exhaust gas leak
-
age. Tighten connections or replace
parts as necessary.
Brake discs, pads and calipers
Check the pads for excessive wear, discs
for run out and wear, and calipers for
fluid leakage.
Suspension ball joints
Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.
Steering gear rack, linkage and
boots
With the vehicle stopped and off, check
for excessive free-play in the steering
wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage.
Check the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or dam
-
age. Replace any damaged parts and, if
necessary, repack the grease.
Propeller shaft
Check the propeller shaft, boots, clamps,
rubber coupling and center bearing rub
-
ber for cracks, deterioration, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts and if nec
-
essary, repack the grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and con
-
nections for leakage and damage.
Checking fluid levels
When checking engine oil, engine cool
-
ant, brake fluid, and washer fluid, always
be sure to clean the area around any
filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before
checking or draining any lubricant or
fluid. This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when the vehi
-
cle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning
the plug and dipstick areas will prevent
dirt and grit from entering the engine
and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
15
8
8
MaintenanceEngine oil and filter
Engine oil and filter
Checking the engine oil level
Engine oil is used for lubricating, cooling,
and operating various hydraulic compo
-
nents in the engine. Engine oil consump
-
tion while driving is normal, and it is
necessary to check and refill the engine
oil regularly. Also, check and refill the oil
level within the recommended mainte
-
nance schedule to prevent deterioration
of oil performance.Check the engine oil
following the below procedure.
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
1.Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
2.Start the engine and allow it to reach
normal operating temperature.
3.Turn the engine off, remove the oil
filler cap and pull the dipstick out.
Wait for 15 minutes for the oil to
return to the oil pan.
4.Wipe the dipstick clean and re-insert it
fully.
5.Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level. Check if the oil level is
between the F-L line, and if it is below
the L line, add enough oil to bring the
level to F line.
WARNING
Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the radiator
hose when checking or adding the
engine oil as it may be hot enough to
burn you.
CAUTION
When you wipe the oil level gauge, you
should wipe it with a clean cloth. When
mixed with debris, it can cause engine
damage.
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
Use a funnel to help prevent oil from
being spilled on engine components.
Use only the specified engine oil.
(Refer to "Recommended lubricants and
capacities" on page 9-5.)
僅Do not spill engine oil when adding or
changing engine oil. Wipe off spilled
oil immediately.
僅The engine oil consumption may
increase while you break in a new
vehicle and it will be stabilized after
driving 4,000 miles (6,000 km).
僅The engine oil consumption can be
affected by driving habits, climate
conditions, traffic conditions, oil qual
-
ity, etc. Therefore, it is recommended
that you inspect the engine oil level
regularly and refill it if necessary.
Changing the engine oil and filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to the
Maintenance Schedule at the beginning
of this chapter.
僅If the maintenance schedule to
replace engine oil is exceeded, the
engine oil performance may deterio
-
rate, and the engine condition may be
affected. Therefore, replace the
OON072002
OON072003
Maintenance
168
Engine coolant
engine oil according to the mainte
-
nance schedule.
僅To keep the engine in optimal condi
-
tion, use the recommended engine oil
and filter. If the recommended engine
oil and filter are not used replace it
according to the maintenance sched
-
ule under severe usage conditions.
僅The purpose of the maintenance
schedule for engine oil replacement is
to prevent oil deterioration and it is
irrelevant to oil consumption. Check
and refill engine oil regularly.
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause irritation or
cancer of the skin if left in contact with
the skin for prolonged periods of time.
Used engine oil contains chemicals that
have caused cancer in laboratory ani
-
mals. Always protect your skin by wash
-
ing your hands thoroughly with soap
and warm water as soon as possible
after handling used oil.
Do not leave used engine oil within the
reach of children.
CAUTION
The engine oil is very hot immediately
after the vehicle has been driven and
can cause burns during replacement.
Replace the engine oil after the engine
oil has cooled down.
Engine coolant
The high-pressure cooling system has a
reservoir filled with year round anti
-
freeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at
the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter season, and
before traveling to a colder climate.
WARNING
Radiator/Inverter cap
Never attempt to remove the radiator or
inverter cap while the engine is operat
-
ing or hot. Doing so might lead to cool
-
ing system and engine damage and
could result in serious bodily injury from
escaping hot coolant or steam.
Recommended coolant
When adding coolant, use only deion
-
ized water or soft water for your vehicle
and never mix hard water in the coolant
filled at the factory. An improper coolant
mixture can result in serious malfunction
or damage.
僅Do not use alcohol or methanol cool
-
ant or mix them with the specified
coolant.
僅Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less than
35% antifreeze, which would reduce
the effectiveness of the solution.
僅The cooling circuit of a vehicle
equipped with a heat pump system
may freeze in extremely low tempera
-
ture when the concentration of the
antifreezing liquid is below 45%.
For mixture percentage, refer to the fol
-
lowing table.
17
8
8
MaintenanceEngine coolant
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap when
the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding
hot coolant and steam may blow out
under pressure which may result in seri
-
ous injury.
Engine room rear view
Checking the coolant level
WARNING
Removing radiator
cap
Never attempt to
remove the radiator
cap while the engine is
operating or hot. Doing so might lead to
cooling system damage and could result
in serious personal injury from escaping
hot coolant or steam.
1.Turn the vehicle off and wait until it
cools down.
2.Use extreme care when removing the
radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel
around it, and turn it counterclockwise
slowly to the first stop.
3.Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system.
4.When you are sure all the pressure
has been released, press down on the
cap, using a thick towel, and continue
turning counterclockwise to remove it.
WARNING
Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The electric motor
(cooling fan) is controlled by coolant
temperature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed. It may sometimes operate
even when the vehicle is not running.
5.Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and heater
hoses.
6.Replace any swollen or deteriorated
hoses.
Ambient Tem
-
perature
Mixture Percentage (volume)
AntifreezeWater
5 °F (-15 °C)3565
-13 °F (-25 °C)4060
-31 °F (-35 °C)5050
-49 °F (-45 °C)6040
OON078071NR
OON072004
OON072005
Maintenance
188
Brake fluid
7.Check the coolant level. The coolant
level should be filled between F and L
marks on the side of the coolant res
-
ervoir when the engine room is cool.
8.If the coolant level is low, add enough
specified coolant to provide protec
-
tion against freezing and corrosion.
Bring the level to F, but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required, see an
authorized Kia dealer for a cooling sys
-
tem inspection.
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant changed by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer according to the Mainte
-
nance Schedule at the beginning of this
chapter.
CAUTION
Put a thick cloth or fabric around the
radiator cap before refilling the coolant
in order to prevent the coolant from
overflowing into engine parts such as
the alternator.
Brake fluid
The brake fluid acts to transmit force to
the brake when the driver depresses the
brake pedal. Brake fluid must be main
-
tained periodically to ensure that the
brakes operate smoothly.
Checking the brake fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
1.Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the area
around the reservoir cap thoroughly
to prevent brake fluid contamination.
CAUTION
Proper fluid
Only use brake fluid in the brake system.
Small amounts of improper fluids can
cause damage to the brake system.
2.Periodically check that the fluid level
in the brake fluid reservoir is between
MIN and MAX. The level will fall with
accumulated mileage. This is a normal
condition associated with the wear of
the brake linings. If the fluid level is
excessively low, have the brake sys
-
tem checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Use only the specified brake fluid. (Refer
to "Recommended lubricants and capac
-
ities" on page 9-5.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
OON072006
19
8
8
MaintenanceWasher fluid
In the event the brake system requires
frequent additions of fluid, the vehicle
should be inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
When changing and adding brake fluid,
handle it carefully. Do not let it come in
contact with your eyes. If brake fluid
should come in contact with your eyes,
immediately flush them with a large
quantity of fresh tap water. Have your
eyes examined by a doctor as soon as
possible.
CAUTION
Brake fluid
Do not allow brake fluid to contact the
vehicle's body paint, as paint damage
will result.
Brake fluid, which has been exposed to
open air for an extended time should
never be used as its quality cannot be
guaranteed. It should be disposed of
properly.
CAUTION
To maintain your vehicle’s best brake
and ABS/ESC performance, use Kia gen
-
uine brake fluid as in the specification.
(Classification : SAE J1704 DOT4 LV,
ISO4925 CLASS-6,FMVSS116 DOT-4)
Washer fluid
Washer fluid is used when wiping the
windshield of the vehicle with a wind
-
shield wiper. You should check and refill
washer fluid periodically to make sure
that it doesn't run out.
Checking the washer fluid level
The reservoir is translucent so that you
can check the level with a quick visual
inspection.
僅Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces
-
sary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available. However,
use washer solvent with antifreeze
characteristics in cold climates to pre
-
vent freezing.
WARNING
Flammable Fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to come in
contact with open flames or sparks. The
windshield washer fluid reservoir is flam
-
mable under certain circumstances. This
can result in a fire.
WARNING
Coolant
僅Do not use radiator coolant or anti
-
freeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
僅Radiator coolant can severely obscure
visibility when sprayed on the wind
-
shield and may cause loss of vehicle
control.
OON072007
Maintenance
208
Air cleaner filter
WARNING
Windshield fluid
Do not drink the windshield washer fluid.
The windshield washer fluid is poisonous
to humans and animals.
Air cleaner filter
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recom
-
mended when the filter is replaced.
Replacing air cleaner filter
Air cleaner filter must be replaced when
necessary, and should not be washed.
You can clean the filter when inspecting
the air cleaner compartment. Clean the
filter by using compressed air.
1.Pull out the air cleaner cover.
2.Unlock by turning the locking lever
downward.
3.Pull the air cleaner filter to replace.
4. Lock the cover with the reverse order.
OON072009
OON072010
OON072011
OON072012
21
8
8
MaintenanceClimate control air filter
Replace the filter according to the Main
-
tenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the ele
-
ment more often than the usual recom
-
mended intervals. (Refer to
"Maintenance Under Severe Usage Con
-
ditions" on page 8-11.)
CAUTION
Air filter maintenance
僅Do not drive with the air cleaner
removed; this will result in excessive
engine wear.
僅When removing the air cleaner filter,
be careful that dust or dirt does not
enter the air intake, or damage may
result.
僅Use a Kia genuine part. Use of a non-
genuine part could damage the air
flow sensor.
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter should be
replaced according to the maintenance
schedule. If the vehicle is operated in
severely air-polluted cities or on dusty
rough roads for a long period, it should
be inspected more frequently and
replaced earlier.
Inspecting and replacing climate
control air filter
When you replace the climate control air
filter, replace it performing the following
procedure. Be careful to avoid damaging
other components.
1.Open the glove box and remove the
stoppers on both sides.
2.With the glove box open, pull the pin
and the support strap (1).
OON072013
OON072014
Maintenance
228
Wiper blades
3.Remove the climate control air filter
cover while pressing the lock on the
upper side of the cover.
4.Replace the climate control air filter.
5.Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
When replacing the climate control air
filter install it properly. Otherwise, the
system may produce noise and the
effectiveness of the filter may be
reduced.
Wiper blades
When the wipers no longer clean ade
-
quately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, do not attempt to
move the wipers manually.
The use of a non-specified wiper blade
could result in wiper malfunction and
failure.
Blade inspection
Commercial hot waxes applied by auto
-
matic vehicle washes have been known
to make the windshield difficult to clean.
Contamination of either the windshield
or the wiper blades with foreign matter
can reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield wipers. Common sources of
contamination are insects, tree sap, and
hot wax treatments used by some com
-
mercial vehicle washes. If the blades are
not wiping properly, clean both the win
-
dow and the blades with a good cleaner
or mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with clean water.
OON072015
ONQ5061103L
ONQ5061120N
23
8
8
MaintenanceWiper blades
Front windshield wiper blade
To inspect or replace the windshield
wiper blades and to prevent damaging
the hood, move the windshield wiper
blades to the service position as follows;
僅After turning off the engine, move the
wiper switch to the single wiping
(MIST) position within 20 seconds and
hold the switch more than 2 seconds
until the wiper blade is in the fully up
position
Replacing front windshield wiper
blade
Type A
1.Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose the
plastic locking clip.
CAUTION
Wiper arms
僅Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.
僅Do not pull wiper arm forward, since
arm could chip hood paint.
2.Compress the clip and slide the blade
assembly downward.
3.Lift it off the arm.
4.Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
Type B
1.Raise the wiper arm.
2.Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then
pull down the blade assembly and
remove it (2).
3.Install the new blade assembly.
4.Return the wiper arm on the wind
-
shield.
5.Turn ignition to the ON position and
wiper arms will return to the normal
operating position.
OON072076
OCV071052L
OCV071053L
OON072078
ONQ5041198_2
ONQ5041199
Maintenance
248
Battery
Replacing rear window wiper
blade
1.Raise the wiper arm and pull out the
wiper blade assembly.
2.Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the slot
in the wiper arm until it clicks into
place.
3.Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, have an authorized
Kia dealer replace the wiper blade.
Battery
The battery powers the engine in order
to move the vehicle as well as supplying
power to the various devices installed in
the vehicle.
For best battery service
僅Keep the battery securely mounted.
僅Keep the battery top clean and dry.
僅Keep the terminals and connections
clean, tight, and coated with petro
-
leum jelly or terminal grease.
僅Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the
battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
僅If the vehicle is not going to be used
for an extended time, disconnect the
battery cables.
WARNING
Risk of explosion
Keep cigarette lighter and all
other flames or sparks away
from the battery.
The battery contains hydrogen
-- a highly combustible gas
which will explode if it comes
in contact with a flame or
spark.
Keep batteries out of the reach
of children because batteries
contain highly corrosive SUL
-
FURIC ACID and electrolytes.
Do not allow battery acid to contact your
skin, eyes, clothing or paint finish.
OON072074
OON072075
OON072017
25
8
8
MaintenanceBattery
Wear eye protection when
charging or working near a
battery. Always provide venti
-
lation when working in an
enclosed space.
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes with
clean water for at least 15 min
-
utes and get immediate medi
-
cal attention. If electrolyte gets on your
skin, thoroughly wash the contacted
area. If you feel pain or burning sensa
-
tion, get medical attention immediately.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s) or regula
-
tion.
The battery contains lead. Do
not dispose of it after use.
Please return the battery to an
authorized Kia dealer to be
recycled.
Never attempt to recharge the battery
when the battery cables are connected.
WARNING
Risk of electrocution
Never touch the electrical ignition sys
-
tem while the vehicle is running. This
system works with high voltage which
can "zap" you.
NOTICE
If you connect unauthorized electronic
devices to the battery, the battery may
be discharged. Never use unauthorized
devices.
WARNING
Recharging battery
Never attempt to recharge the battery
when the battery cables are connected.
WARNING
Battery lead compound
Battery posts, terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead com
-
pounds. Wash hands after handling.
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery
僅If the battery becomes discharged in a
short time (because, for example, the
headlights or interior lights were left
on while the vehicle was not in use),
recharge it by slow charging (trickle)
for 10 hours.
僅If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while the
vehicle is being used, recharge it at
20~30 A for two hours.
When recharging the battery, observe
the following precautions:
僅The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in an area with
good ventilation.
僅Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
flame near the battery.
僅Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging rate
in following cases:
Maintenance
268
Battery
1.the battery cells begin gassing
(boiling) violently
2.the electrolyte temperature of any
cell exceeds 120 °F (49 °C).
僅Wear eye protection when checking
the battery during charging.
僅Disconnect the battery charger in the
following order.
1.Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2.Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3.Unhook the positive clamp from the
positive battery terminal.
僅Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the vehicle.
僅The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last when
the battery is disconnected.
CAUTION
AGM battery
僅Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) batteries
are maintenance free and have the
AGM battery serviced by a profes
-
sional workshop. Visit an authorized
Kia dealer.
For charging your AGM battery, use
only fully automatic battery chargers
that are specially developed for AGM
batteries.
僅When replacing the AGM battery, use
parts for replacement from a profes
-
sional workshop. Visit an authorized
Kia dealer.
僅Do not open or remove the cap on top
of the battery. This may cause leaks
of internal electrolyte that could result
in severe injury.
Reset items
The following items should be reset after
the battery has been discharged or the
battery has been disconnected.
僅Auto up/down window (Refer to "Win
-
dow opening and closing" on page 4-
42)
僅Trip computer (Refer to "Trip informa
-
tion (trip computer)" on page 4-79)
僅Climate control system (Refer to
"Automatic climate control system (if
equipped)" on page 4-120)
27
8
8
MaintenanceTires and wheels
Tires and wheels
For proper maintenance, safety,
and maximum fuel economy,
you must always maintain the
recommended tire inflation pres
-
sures and stay within the load
limits and weight distribution rec
-
ommended for your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire infla
-
tion pressures
All tire pressures should be
checked when the tires are cold.
"Cold Tires" means the vehicle
has not been driven for at least
three hours or driven less than 1
mile (1.6 km).
Recommended pressures must
be maintained for the best ride,
vehicle handling, and minimum
tire wear.
For recommended inflation pres
-
sure, refer to "Tires and wheels"
on page 9-4.
All specifications (sizes and pres
-
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver's side cen
-
ter pillar.
WARNING
Tire underinflation
Inflate your tires consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual. Regularly check the tire
inflation pressure, and correct it
as needed: at least twice a month
and before any long trips on the
road. If you fail to observe this
precaution, you may be driving
on underinflated tires, which may
not only compromise your vehi
-
cle's driving stability, but also
lead to tire damage and the risk
of an accident. This risk is much
higher on hot days and when
driving for long periods at high
speeds.
Failure to maintain specified
pressure may result in excessive
wear, poor handling, reduced
fuel economy, deformation of
tire and/or wheel, harsh ride con
-
ditions, possibility for additional
damage from road hazards, or
result in tire failure.
Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
僅Check tire pressure when the
tires are cold. (After vehicle has
been parked for at least three
hours or hasn't been driven
more than 1 mile (1.6 km) since
startup.)
OON082010
Maintenance
288
Tires and wheels
僅Check the pressure of your
spare tire each time you check
the pressure of other tires.
僅Never overload your vehicle.
Be careful not to overload a
vehicle luggage rack if your
vehicle is equipped with one.
僅Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pres
-
sures by 4~6 psi (28~41 kPa).
Do not release air from warm
tires to adjust the pressure or
the tires will be underinflated.
WARNING
Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and lead
to sudden tire failure. This could
result in loss of vehicle control
and potential injury.
Checking tire inflation pres
-
sure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Use a good quality gauge to
check tire pressure. You cannot
tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at
them. Radial tires may look prop
-
erly inflated even when they're
underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sit
-
ting or at least three hours or
driven no more than 1 mile (1.6
km).
1.Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem.
2.Press the tire gauge firmly
onto the valve to get a pres
-
sure measurement. If the cold
tire inflation pressure matches
the recommended pressure on
the tire and loading informa
-
tion label, no further adjust
-
ment is necessary.
3.If the pressure is low, add air
until you reach the recom
-
mended amount.
4.If you overfill the tire, release
air by pushing on the metal
stem in the center of the tire
valve.
5.Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
6.Be sure to put the valve caps
back on the valve stems. They
help prevent leaks by keeping
out dirt and moisture.
Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as well as wear
and damage. Always use a tire
pressure gauge.
Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly. This
could result in poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sud
-
den tire failure leading to acci
-
dents, injuries, and even death.
29
8
8
MaintenanceTires and wheels
The recommended cold tire pres
-
sure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the
tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is rec
-
ommended that the tires be
rotated every 8,000 miles
(13,000 km) or sooner if irregular
wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires
for correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for
uneven wear and damage.
Abnormal wear is usually caused
by incorrect tire pressure,
improper wheel alignment, out
of-balance wheels, severe brak
-
ing or severe cornering. Look for
bumps or bulges in the tread or
side of tire. Replace the tire if you
find either of these conditions.
Replace the tire if fabric or cord
is visible. After rotation, be sure
to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and
check lug nut tightness. (proper
torque is 79~94 lbf·ft [11~13
kgf·m])
Refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 9-4.
Disc brake pads should be
inspected for wear whenever
tires are rotated.
With a full-size spare tire
Without a spare tire
Directional tires
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only
from front to rear and not from
right to left.
WARNING
Mixing tires
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances.
This may cause unusual handling
characteristics.
ODEPPH072019L
ODEPV072053
ODEPPH072020L
Maintenance
308
Tires and wheels
Wheel alignment and tire bal
-
ance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at
the factory to give you the lon
-
gest tire life and best overall per
-
formance.
In most cases, you will not need
to have your wheels aligned
again. However, if you notice
unusual tire wear or your vehicle
pulling one way or the other, the
alignment may need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrat
-
ing when driving on a smooth
road, your wheels may need to
be rebalanced.
CAUTION
Wheel weight
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's alumi
-
num wheels. Use only approved
wheel weights.
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread
wear indicator will appear as a
solid band across the tread.
A: Tread wear indicator
This shows there is less than 1/16
inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the
tire. Replace the tire when this
happens.
Do not wait for the band to
appear across the entire tread
before replacing the tire.
The Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) works by comparing the
speed of the wheels. The tire size
affects wheel speed. When
replacing tires, all 4 tires must
use the same size originally sup
-
plied with the vehicle. Using tires
of a different size can cause the
ABS and Electronic Stability Con
-
trol (ESC) to work irregularly.
It is best to replace all four tires
at the same time. If that is not
possible, or necessary, then
replace the two front or two rear
tires as a pair. Replacing just one
tire can seriously affect your
vehicle's handling.
NOTICE
We recommend that when
replacing tires, use the same
originally supplied with the vehi
-
cles. If not, that affects driving
performance.
OCV071013L
31
8
8
MaintenanceTires and wheels
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels
for any reason, make sure the
new wheels are equivalent to the
original factory units in diame
-
ter, rim width and offset.
A wheel with an incorrect size
may adversely affect many
things: wheel and bearing life,
braking and stopping abilities,
handling characteristics, ground
clearance, body-to-tire clear
-
ance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer cali
-
bration, headlight aiming and
bumper height.
CAUTION
Wheels
Wheels that do not meet Kia
specifications may fit poorly and
result in damage to the vehicle or
unusual handling and poor vehi
-
cle control.
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if
you drive on worn tires, tires that
are improperly inflated or on slip
-
pery road surfaces.
Tires should be replaced when
tread wear indicators appear.
Slow down whenever there is
rain, snow or ice on the road to
reduce the possibility of losing
control of the vehicle.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation,
correct wheel alignment helps to
decrease tire wear.
If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer
check the wheel alignment.
When you have new tires
installed, make sure they are bal
-
anced. This will increase vehicle
ride comfort and tire life. Addi
-
tionally, a tire should always be
rebalanced if it is removed from
the wheel.
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental char
-
acteristics of the tire and also
provides the Tire Identification
Number (TIN) for safety standard
certification.
The TIN can be used to identify
the tire in case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand
name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
OCV071010L
Maintenance
328
Tires and wheels
2. Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a
tire size designation. You will
need this information when
selecting replacement tires for
your vehicle. The following
explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designa
-
tion mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as
an example only; your tire size
designator could vary depend
-
ing on your vehicle.)
P235/65R17 108T
僅P: Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix "P" are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; how
-
ever, not all tires have this
marking).
僅235: Tire width in millimeters.
僅65: Aspect ratio. The tire's sec
-
tion height as a percentage of
its width.
僅R: Tire construction code
(Radial).
僅17: Rim diameter in inches.
僅108: Load Index, a numerical
code associated with the maxi
-
mum load the tire can carry.
僅T: Speed Rating Symbol. See
the speed rating chart in this
section for additional informa
-
tion.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with
important information that you
need if you ever have to replace
one. The following explains what
the letters and numbers in the
wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
7.0JX17
僅7.0: Rim width in inches.
僅J: Rim contour designation.
僅17: Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the
different speed ratings currently
being used for passenger vehicle
tires. The speed rating is part of
the tire size designation on the
sidewall of the tire. This symbol
corresponds to that tire's
designed maximum safe operat
-
ing speed.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S112 mph (180 km/h)
T118 mph (190 km/h)
H130 mph (210 km/h)
V149 mph (240 km/h)
W168 mph (270 km/h)
Y186 mph (300 km/h)
33
8
8
MaintenanceTires and wheels
3. Checking tire life
Any tires that are over 6 years
old, based on the manufacturing
date, should be replaced by new
ones. You can find the manufac
-
turing date on the tire sidewall
(possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT code.
The DOT code is a series of num
-
bers on a tire consisting of num
-
bers and English letters. The
manufacturing date is desig
-
nated by the last four digits
(characters) of the DOT code.
DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means
a plant code number, tire size
and tread pattern and the last
four numbers indicate week and
year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1622 rep
-
resents that the tire was pro
-
duced in the 16th week of 2022.
WARNING
Tire age
Replace tires within the recom
-
mended time frame. Failure to
replace tires as recommended
can result in sudden tire failure,
which could lead to a loss of con
-
trol and an accident.
4. Tire ply composition and
material
The number of layers or plies of
rubber- coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must
indicate the materials in the tire,
which include steel, nylon, poly
-
ester, and others. The letter "R"
means radial ply construction;
the letter "D" means diagonal or
bias ply construction; and the let
-
ter "B" means belted-bias ply
construction.
5. Maximum permissible infla
-
tion pressure
This number is the greatest
amount of air pressure that
should be put in the tire. Do not
exceed the maximum permissi
-
ble inflation pressure. Refer to
"Tire and loading information label" on
page 5-59
for recommended infla
-
tion pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maxi
-
mum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by
the tire. When replacing the tires
on the vehicle, always use a tire
that has the same load rating as
the factory installed tire.
Maintenance
348
Tires and wheels
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire side
-
wall between tread shoulder and
maximum section width.
For example:
僅Treadwear 200
僅Traction AA
僅Temperature A
Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, we recommend that tires
be replaced after approximately
six (6) years of normal service.
Heat caused by hot climate or
frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process.
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a com
-
parative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-
a-half times (1½) as well on the
government course as a tire
graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual condi
-
tions of their use. Performance
may depart significantly from the
standard due to variations in
driving habits, service practices
and differences in road charac
-
teristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle
tires. The tires available as stan
-
dard or optional equipment on
your vehicle may vary with
respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest
to lowest, are AA, A, B and C.
Those grades represent the tire's
ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled
conditions on specified govern
-
ment test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straight-
ahead braking traction tests, and
does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B and C represent
-
ing the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability
to dissipate heat when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified indoor laboratory test
wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
35
8
8
MaintenanceTires and wheels
degrade and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C corresponds to a level of per
-
formance which all passenger
vehicle tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of per
-
formance on the laboratory test
wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Tire terminology and defini
-
tions
Refer to the following for detailed
definitions of the terms that are
found in the tire description.
Air Pressure
The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward
on the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in pounds per square
inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight
The com
-
bined weight of optional acces
-
sories. Some examples of
optional accessories are auto
-
matic transmission, power seats,
and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio
The relationship of
a tire's height to its width.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of
cords that is located between the
plies and the tread. Cords may
be made from steel or other rein
-
forcing materials.
Bead
The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords
that hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alter
-
nate angles less than 90 degrees
to the centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure
The amount
of air pressure in a tire, mea
-
sured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a
tire has built up heat from driv
-
ing.
Curb Weight
The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment (including
the maximum capacity of fuel, oil
and coolant), but without pas
-
sengers and cargo.
DOT Markings
A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire signify
-
ing that the tire is in compliance
with the U.S. Department of
Transportation motor vehicle
safety standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also iden
-
tify the tire manufacturer, pro
-
duction plant, brand and date of
production.
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Front axle.
GAWR RR
Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Rear axle.
Maintenance
368
Tires and wheels
Intended Outboard Sidewall
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa)
The metric unit
for air pressure.
Light truck (LT) tire
A tire desig
-
nated by its manufacturer as pri
-
marily intended for use on
lightweight trucks or multipur
-
pose passenger vehicles.
Load ratings
The maximum load
that a tire is rated to carry for a
given inflation pressure.
Load Index
An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corre
-
sponds to the load carrying
capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire may be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating
The load
rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for
that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight
The sum of curb weight;
accessory weight; vehicle capac
-
ity weight; and production
options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight
The
number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by
150 lbs. (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution
Desig
-
nated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall
The
side of a asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The outward facing side
-
wall bears white lettering or
bears manufacturer, brand, and/
or model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the inner facing
sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
A tire
used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and multi
-
purpose vehicles.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated par
-
allel cords.
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical
device made of rubber, chemi
-
cals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted
on an automotive wheel, pro
-
vides the traction and contains
the gas or fluid that sustains the
load.
Production options weight
The
combined weight of installed
regular production options
weighing over 5 lbs (2.3 kg) in
excess of the standard items
which they replace, not previ
-
ously considered in curb weight
or accessory weight. Examples
include heavy duty brakes, ride
37
8
8
MaintenanceTires and wheels
levelers, roof rack, heavy duty
battery, and special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pres
-
sure
Vehicle manufacturer's rec
-
ommended tire inflation pressure
and shown on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire
in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim
A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall
The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating
An alphanumeric
code assigned to a tire indicating
the maximum speed at which a
tire can operate.
Traction
The friction between
the tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread
The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators
Narrow
bands, sometimes called "wear
bars," that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1/16 inch (1.6
mm) of tread remains.
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards, a tire infor
-
mation system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature and
treadwear. Ratings are deter
-
mined by tire manufacturers
using government testing proce
-
dures. The ratings are molded
into the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight
The
weight of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs.
(68 kg) plus the rated cargo and
luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire
Load on an individual tire
due to curb and accessory
weight plus maximum occupant
and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the
Tire
Load on an individual tire
that is determined by distributing
to each axle its share of the curb
weight, accessory weight, and
normal occupant weight.
Vehicle Placard
A label perma
-
nently attached to a vehicle
showing the original equipment
tire size and recommended infla
-
tion pressure.
All season tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good
performance for use all year
round, including snowy and icy
road conditions.
All season tires are identified by
ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall.
Snow tires have better snow trac
-
tion than all season tires and
Maintenance
388
Tires and wheels
may be more appropriate in
some areas.
Summer tires
Kia specifies summer tires on
some models to provide superior
performance on dry roads.
Summer tire performance is sub
-
stantially reduced in snow and
ice. Summer tires do not have the
tire traction rating M+S (Mud and
Snow) on the tire side wall. If you
plan to operate your vehicle in
snowy or icy conditions, Kia rec
-
ommends the use of snow tires
or all season tires on all four
wheels.
Snow tires
If you equip your vehicle with
snow tires, they should be the
same size and have the same
load capacity as the original tires.
Snow tires should be installed on
all four wheels; otherwise, poor
handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
kPa) more air pressure than the
pressure recommended for the
standard tires on the tire label on
the driver's side of the center pil
-
lar, or up to the maximum pres
-
sure shown on the tire sidewall,
whichever is less.
Do not drive faster than 75 mph
(120 km/h) when your vehicle is
equipped with snow tires.
WARNING
Do not use summer tires at tem
-
peratures below 45 °F (7 °C) or
when driving on snow or ice. At
temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C),
summer tires can lose elasticity,
and therefore traction and brak
-
ing power as well. Change the
tires on your vehicle to winter or
all-weather tires of the same size
as the standard tires of the vehi
-
cle. Both types of tires are identi
-
fied by the M+S (Mud and Snow)
marking. Using summer tires at
very cold temperatures could
cause cracks to form, thereby
damaging the tires permanently.
Tire chains
Tire chains, if necessary, should
be installed on the front wheels.
Be sure that the chains are
installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
To minimize tire and chain wear,
do not continue to use tire chains
when they are no longer needed.
僅When driving on roads covered
with snow or ice, drive at less
than 20 mph (30 km/h).
僅Use the SAE "S" class or wire
chains.
僅If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the body,
retighten the chain to avoid
contact with the vehicle body.
39
8
8
MaintenanceTires and wheels
僅To prevent body damage,
retighten the chains after driv
-
ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
僅Do not use tire chains on vehi
-
cles equipped with aluminum
wheels. In unavoidable circum
-
stance, use a wire type chain.
僅Use wire chains less than 0.47
inches (12 mm) to prevent
damage to the chain's connec
-
tion.
Radial-ply tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance
and smoother high speed ride.
The radial-ply tires used on this
vehicle are of belted construc
-
tion, and are selected to comple
-
ment the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same
load carrying capacity, as bias-
ply or bias belted tires of the
same size, and use the same rec
-
ommended inflation pressure.
Mixing of radial-ply tires with
bias-ply or bias belted tires is not
recommended. Any combina
-
tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or
bias belted tires when used on
the same vehicle will seriously
deteriorate vehicle handling. The
best rule to follow is: Identical
radial-ply tires should always be
used as a set of four tires .
Longer wearing tires can be
more susceptible to irregular
tread wear. It is very important to
follow the tire rotation interval
shown in this section to achieve
the tread life potential of these
tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable
only in the tread area, because of
sidewall flexing. Consult your tire
dealer for radial-ply tire repairs.
Low aspect ratio tire (if
equipped)
Low aspect ratio tires, whose
aspect ratio is lower than 50, are
provided for sporty looks.
Because the low aspect ratio tires
are optimized for handling and
braking, it may be more uncom
-
fortable to ride in and there is
more noise compare with normal
tires.
CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than
the normal, the wheel and tire of
the low aspect ratio tire is easier
to be damaged. So, follow the
instructions below.
僅When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driving,
inspect tires and wheels.
僅When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
Maintenance
408
Fuses
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not dam
-
aged.
僅If the tire is impacted, we rec
-
ommend that you inspect the
tire condition or contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
僅To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,900 miles
(3,000 km).
僅It is not easy to recognize the
tire damage with your own
eyes. But if there is the slight
-
est hint of tire damage, even
though you cannot see the tire
damage with your own eyes,
have the tire checked or
replaced because the tire dam
-
age may cause air leakage
from the tire.
僅If the tire is damaged by driv
-
ing on a rough road, off road,
pothole, manhole, or curb
stone, it will not be covered by
the warranty.
僅You can find out the tire infor
-
mation on the tire sidewall.
Fuses
A vehicle's electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by
fuses.
Blade type
Cartridge type
Multi fuse
BFT
* Left side: Normal, Right side: Blown
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one
located in the driver's side panel bolster,
the other in the engine compartment
near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, accesso
-
ries, or controls do not work, check the
OCV071014L
OCV071015L
OCV071017L
OCV071018L
41
8
8
MaintenanceFuses
appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has
blown, the element inside the fuse will
melt.
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver's side fuse panel.
If the replacement fuse blows, this indi
-
cates an electrical problem. Avoid using
the system involved and immediately
consult an authorized Kia dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, car
-
tridge type, and multi fuse for higher
amperage ratings.
WARNING
Fuse replacement
僅Never replace a fuse with anything
but another fuse of the same rating.
僅A higher capacity fuse could cause
damage and possibly a fire.
僅Never install a wire or aluminum foil
instead of the proper fuse - even as a
temporary repair. It may cause exten
-
sive wiring damage and a possible
fire.
僅Do not arbitrarily modify or add-on
electric wiring to the vehicle.
NOTICE
僅When replacing a fuse, Turn ENGINE
START/STOP button to the OFF posi
-
tion and turn off switches of all electri
-
cal devices then remove battery (-)
terminal.
僅The actual fuse/relay panel label may
differ from equipped items.
WARNING
Electrical Fire
Always ensure replacements fuses and
relays are securely fastened when
installed. Failure to do so can result in a
vehicle fire.
Do not remove fuses, relays and termi
-
nals fastened with bolts or nuts. The
fuses, relays and terminals may be fas
-
tened incompletely, and it may cause a
possible fire. If fuses, relays and termi
-
nals fastened with bolts or nuts are
blown, consult with an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
When replacing a blown fuse or relay,
make sure the new fuse or relay fits
tightly into the clips. Failure to tightly
install the fuse or relay may cause dam
-
age to the wiring and electric systems.
CAUTION
僅Do not input any other objects except
fuses or relays into fuse/relay termi
-
nals such as a screwdriver or wiring. It
may cause contact failure and system
malfunction.
僅Do not plug in screwdrivers or after
-
market wiring into the terminal origi
-
nally designed for fuse and relays
only. The electrical system and wiring
of the vehicle interior may be dam
-
aged or burned due to contact failure.
僅If you directly connect the wire on the
taillight or replace the bulb which is
over the regulated capacity to install
trailers etc., the inner junction block
can get burned.
Maintenance
428
Fuses
WARNING
Electrical wiring repairs
All electrical repairs should be per
-
formed by authorized Kia dealerships
using approved Kia parts. Using other
wiring components, especially when ret
-
rofitting multimedia or theft alarm sys
-
tem, car phone or radio may cause
vehicle damage and increase the risk of
a vehicle fire.
NOTICE
Remodeling Prohibited
Do not rewire your vehicle in any way as
doing so may affect the performance of
several safety features in your vehicle.
Rewiring your vehicle may also void your
warranty and cause you to be responsi
-
ble for any subsequent vehicle damage
which may result.
Replacing inner panel fuse
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
to the OFF position and all other
switches off.
2.Open the fuse panel cover.
3.Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool provided on the
engine fuse panel cover.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if
it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5.Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the
clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of
the same rating from a circuit you may
not need for operating the vehicle, such
as the power outlet fuse.
If the head lamp, turn signal lamp, stop
signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail lamp or
High Mounted Stop Lamp (HMSL) do not
work and the fuses are OK, check the
fuse panel in the engine compartment. If
a fuse is blown, it must be replaced.
NOTICE
If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn signal
lamp, or tail lamp malfunction even with
-
out any problem to the lamps, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer for assistance.
OON072018
OON072064
43
8
8
MaintenanceFuses
Replacing engine compartment
fuse
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
to the OFF position and all other
switches off.
2.Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling the cover
up.
3.Check the removed fuse; replace it if
it is blown. To remove or insert the
fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine
compartment fuse panel.
4.Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the
clips. If it fits loosely, consult an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Always securely install the fuse panel
cover in the engine compartment to pro
-
tect against electrical failure which may
occur from water contact. Listen for the
audible clicking sound to ensure fuse
panel cover is securely fastened.
Multi fuse
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
to the OFF position and all other
switches off.
2.Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3.Remove the nuts shown in the picture
above.
4.Replace the fuse with a new one of
the same rating.
5.Reverse these steps to reinstall the
multi fuse.
NOTICE
Do not disassemble or assemble the
multi fuse when it is secured with nuts
and bolts. Incorrect or partial assembly
torque may cause a fire. Have the vehi
-
cle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OON072020
OON072021
Maintenance
448
Fuses
Main fuse
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1.Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
to the OFF position and all other
switches off.
2.Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3.Remove the nuts shown in the picture
above.
4.Replace the fuse with a new one of
the same rating.
5.Reverse these steps to reinstall the
multi fuse.
NOTICE
The electronic system may not function
correctly even when the engine com
-
partment and internal fuse box's individ
-
ual fuses are not disconnected. In such
case the cause of the problem may be
disconnection of the main fuse (BFT
type), which is located inside the positive
battery terminal (+) cap.
Since the main fuse is designed more
intricately than other parts, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
Do not disassemble or assemble the
multi fuse when it is secured with nuts
and bolts. Incorrect or partial assembly
torque may cause a fire. Have the vehi
-
cle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Battery fuse
If the battery fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1.Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2.Remove the nuts shown in the picture
below.
3.Replace the fuse with a new one of
the same rating.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
NOTICE
If the battery fuse is blown, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
Visually inspect the battery cap to
ensure it is securely closed. If the battery
cap is not securely closed, moisture may
enter the system and damage the elec
-
trical components.
OON072022
OON072023
45
8
8
MaintenanceFuses
Fuse/relay panel description
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay name and capacity.
Driver's side fuse panel
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehi
-
cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label on
the inside of the fuse cover. This dia
-
gram will provide you with the specific
information for your vehicles.
Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.
OON072024
OON072025
Maintenance
468
Fuses
DescriptionFuse ratingProtected component
MODULE 47.5 A
ATM (Auto Transmission) Shift Lever Switch, Stop Lamp Switch,
Driver Door Module
AIR BAG 115 A
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module, Passenger
Occupant Detection Sensor
BRAKE SWITCH7.5 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Stop Lamp Switch
MODULE 915 A
Front Air Conditioner Control Module, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio),
Power Tail Gate Module, Driver IMS (Integrated memory system)
Control Module, Driver Door Module, Driver/Passenger Power Out
-
side Mirror, Rear Air Conditioner Control Module
MODULE 127.5 AHead-Up Display
MODULE 1010 ARear Corner Radar LH/RH, Electro Chromic Mirror, Console Switch
AIR BAG IND10 AFront Air Conditioner Control Module, Instrument Cluster
IBU 17.5 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
MODULE 27.5 A
Surround View Monitor Unit, AC Inverter Outlet, AC Inverter Unit,
Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Con
-
trol Module,2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module LH/RH,2ND
Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH
MODULE 87.5 A
Hazard Switch, Rain Sensor, Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside
Handle, Mood Lamp Control Unit, Driver/Passenger Mood Lamp,
Driver/Passenger Door Mood Lamp, Rear Door Mood Lamp LH/RH
S/HEATER (FRT)20 A
Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control
Module, Data Link Connector
AIR BAG 215 ASRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module
MODULE 57.5 A
Front View Camera, Crash Pad Switch, IBU (Integrated Body Control
Unit), Front Radar, ATM (Auto Transmission) Shift Lever Indicator,
4WD ECM (Engine Control Module), Console Switch, Electronic Park
-
ing Brake Switch
IBU 215 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
SUNROOF 220 ARear Sunroof Controller
MODULE 17.5 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
P/WINDOW RH25 A
Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety Power Win
-
dow Module RH
RR SEAT (LH)25 A
2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module LH, 2ND Seat Warmer Con
-
trol, Module LH, 2ND Seat LH Reclining Folding Actuator
CLUSTER7.5 AInstrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
MDPS
*1
10 A
MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
A/C7.5 A
Engine Room Junction Block (Blower FRT Relay, Blower RR Relay,
PTC Heater 1/2 Relay), Front A/C Control Module, Rear A/C Control
Module
CHILD LOCK15 AICM (Integrated Circuit Module) Relay Box (Child Lock/Unlock Relay)
DOOR LOCK20 A
Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Tail Gate Relay, T/Turn Unlock
Relay
SUNROOF 120 AFront Sunroof Controller
MODULE 1110 ARear Occupant Detection Sensor
47
8
8
MaintenanceFuses
*1 : MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) is the same as EPS (Electric Power Steering).
P/WINDOW LH25 A
Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety Power Window
Module LH
MODULE 37.5 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
MODULE 67.5 A
Audio, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Low DC-DC Converter
(Audio/AMP (Amplifier)), Front Air Conditioner Control Module, Elec
-
tro Chromic Mirror, Center fascia Keyboard, Driver/Passenger Seat
Warmer Switch, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer LIN Switch, Driver
IMS (Integrated memory system) Control Module, Front Air Ventila
-
tion Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module,2ND Air
Ventilation Seat Control Module LH/RH,2ND Seat Warmer Control
Module LH/RH
WASHER15 A
Multifunction Switch, Front Washer Motor, Rear Washer Motor,
Washer Level Sensor
RR SEAT (RH)25 A
2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module RH, 2ND Seat Warmer Con
-
trol, Module RH, 2ND Seat RH Reclining Folding Actuator
WIPER RR15 ARear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
AMP25 ALow DC-DC Converter (AMP (Amplifier))
ACC7.5 A
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/
AMP)
P/SEAT (PASS)30 APassenger Seat Manual Switch
P/SEAT (DRV)30 A
Driver IMS (Integrated memory system) Control Module, Driver Seat
Manual Switch
DescriptionFuse ratingProtected component
Maintenance
488
Fuses
Engine compartment fuse panel
Refer to the following table for a description of the fuse.
OON072027
Fuse NameFuse ratingCircuit Protected
MDPS
*1
80 A
MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
COOLING FAN80 ACooling Fan Controller
EPB60 AESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
B+250 AICU Junction Block (IPS 8/IPS 10/IPS 11/IPS 12/IPS 13/IPS 14/IPS 15)
B+350 A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, RR SEAT (LH), P/SEAT
(DRV), P/SEAT (PASS), MODULE 11)
B+450 A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - MODULE 8, S/HEATER (FRT), P/WINDOW
RH, AMP, SUNROOF 1)
ESC 140 AESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
OON072029
49
8
8
MaintenanceFuses
ESC 240 AESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
PTC HEATER 150 APTC Heater 1 Relay
PTC HEATER 250 APTC Heater 2 Relay
ECU 615 AECM (Engine Control Module)
TCU 115 ATCM (Transmission Control Module)
TCU 315 ATCM (Transmission Control Module)
B+550 A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - DOOR LOCK, IBU (Integrated Body Con
-
trol Unit) 1, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit) 2, BRAKE SWITCH,
CHILD LOCK, RR SEAT (RH), SUNROOF 2)
TRAILER 330ATrailer Connector
BLOWER FRT 140 ABlower FRT Relay
OIL PUMP40 AElectric Oil Pump Inverter
REAR HEATED40 ARear Heated Relay
B+150 A
ICU Junction Block (IPS 1/IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS 5/IPS 6/IPS 7, Long/Short
Term Load Latch Relay)
BLOWER RR 140 ABlower RR Relay
4WD20 A4WD ECM (Engine Control Module)
AMS10 ABattery Sensor
H/LAMP HI15 AH/Lamp HI Relay
IG240 AStart Relay, PCB Block (IG2 Relay)
TRAILER 230ATrailer Connector
INVERTER30 AAC Inverter Unit
POWER TAIL GATE30 APower Tail Gate Module
TRAILER 130 ATrailer Connector
HEATED MIRROR10 A
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Front Air Conditioner Con
-
trol Module
BLOWER RR 210 ARear Air Conditioner Control Module
WIPER FRT 210 AIBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
BLOWER FRT 210 AFront Air Conditioner Control Module
WIPER FRT 130 AWiper FRT Relay
B/ALARM HORN15 ABurglar Alarm Horn Relay
FUEL PUMP20 AFuel Pump Relay
ACC 140 AACC 1 Relay
ACC 240 AACC 2 Relay
ECU 530 AEngine Control Relay
IG140 AIG1 Relay
A/C10 AAir Conditioner Relay
HORN15 AHorn Relay
POWER OUTLET 220 AFront Power Outlet
ACC 315 A
Rear USB Charger, Luggage USB Charger, Driver/Passenger Seat
Cushion USB Charger
Fuse NameFuse ratingCircuit Protected
Maintenance
508
Fuses
*1 : MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) is the same as EPS (Electric Power Steering).
Refer to the following table for the relay type.
ACC 410 AFront USB Charger, Rear USB Charger RH
ICU10 AICU Junction Block (Fuse - ACC)
SENSOR 110 AFuel Pump Relay
SENSOR 415 ACanister Close Valve, Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4
ESC 310 AData Link Connector, ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Module
TCU 210 ATCM (Transmission Control Module), Transaxle Range Switch
SENSOR 610 AElectric Oil Pump Inverter
ECU 410 AECM (Engine Control Module)
POWER OUTLET 120 ALuggage Power Outlet
POWER OUTLET 320 ARear Power Outlet
SENSOR 510 AOil Pump Solenoid
SENSOR 210 A
A/C Relay, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/#2/
#3/#4 (Intake/Exhaust), Variable Intake Solenoid Valve #1/#2, Elec
-
tronic Thermostat
SENSOR 320 ACooling Fan Controller
ECU 120 AECM (Engine Control Module)
ECU 220 AECM (Engine Control Module)
ECU 320 AECM (Engine Control Module)
IGN COIL20 AIgnition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6
Fuse NameFuse ratingCircuit Protected
Relay NameType
Blower FRT RelayMINI
Rear Heated RelayMINI
Start RelayMICRO
PTC Heater 1 RelayMICRO
PTC Heater 2 RelayMICRO
H/LAMP HI RelayMICRO
Blower RR RelayMICRO
Wiper Lo RelayMICRO
Wiper Hi RelayMICRO
Wiper FRT RelayMICRO
FUEL PUMP RelayMICRO
51
8
8
MaintenanceFuses
Battery terminal cover
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehi
-
cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
OON072031
Maintenance
528
Light bulbs
Light bulbs
Light bulbs are installed in various parts
of the vehicle to provide lighting inside
and outside the vehicle as well as to alert
other vehicles.
Bulb replacement precaution
Please keep extra bulbs on hand with
appropriate wattage ratings in case of
emergencies.
Refer to "Bulb wattage" on page 9-3.
When changing lamps, first turn off the
vehicle at a safe place, firmly apply the
parking brake and detach the battery's
negative (-) terminal.
WARNING
Working on the lights
Prior to working on the light, firmly apply
the parking brake, ensure that the vehi
-
cle start/stop button is in OFF position
and turn off the lights to avoid sudden
movement of the vehicle and burning
your fingers or receiving an electric
shock.
Use only bulbs of the specified wattage.
CAUTION
Light replacement
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb
with one of the same wattage rating.
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the
fuse or electric wiring system.
Fully install light bulbs and any parts
used to secure them. Failure to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water
entering the headlight unit. This may
damage the headlights or cause con
-
densation to build up on the lens. To
prevent damage or fire, make sure bulbs
are fully seated and locked.
CAUTION
Headlamp Lens
To prevent damage, do not clean the
headlamp lens with chemical solvents or
strong detergents.
NOTICE
僅If the light bulb or lamp connector is
removed while the lamp is still on, the
fuse box's electronic system may log
it as a malfunction. Therefore, a lamp
malfunction incident may be recorded
as a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in
the fuse box.
僅It is normal for an operating lamp to
flicker momentarily. This is due to a
stabilization function of the vehicle's
electronic control device. If the lamp
lights up normally after momentarily
blinking, then it is functioning as nor
-
mal.
However, if the lamp continues to
flicker several times or turns off com
-
pletely, there may be an error in the
vehicle's electronic control device.
Please have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer immediately.
NOTICE
We recommend that the headlight aim
-
ing be adjusted by an authorized Kia
dealer after an accident or after the
headlight assembly is reinstalled.
NOTICE
You can find moisture inside the lens of
lamps after a car wash or driving in the
rain. It is a natural event caused by the
temperature difference between the
inside and the outside of the lamp and
does not mean a problem with its func
-
53
8
8
MaintenanceLight bulbs
tions. The moisture inside the lamp
would disappear if you drive the vehicle
with the headlamp turned on, however,
the level at which the moisture is
removed may differ depending on the
size/location/condition of the lamp. If the
moisture continues to stay inside the
lamp, have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
If you don't have the necessary tools, the
correct bulbs and the expertise, consult
an authorized Kia dealer. In many cases,
it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle must
be removed before you can get to the
bulb. This is especially true if you have to
remove the headlamp assembly to get
to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to the
vehicle. If non-genuine parts or substan
-
dard bulbs are used, it may lead to blow
-
ing a fuse or other wiring damages. Kia
Genuine Parts we guarantee for quality
and performance.
Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to the
vehicle. If additional lights are installed, it
may lead to lamp malfunctions and flick
-
ering. Additionally, the fuse box and
other wiring may be damaged.
Light bulb position (Front)
Headlamp
Fog lamp
1.Headlamp (Low) (LED Type)
2.Headlamp (High) (LED Type)
3.Position lamp / Daytime running lamp
/ Front turn signal lamp (LED Type)
4.Side marker (LED Type)
5.Front fog lamp (LED Type)
OON072032
OON072036
Maintenance
548
Light bulbs
Light bulb position (Rear)
Rear combination lamp - Type A
Rear combination lamp - Type B
Rear lamps
1.Tail lamp (Bulb Type)
2.Tail lamp / Stop lamp / Rear turn sig
-
nal lamp (Bulb Type)
3.Back up lamp (Bulb Type)
4. Side marker (Bulb Type)
5.Tail lamp (LED Type)
6.Tail lamp/Stop lamp/Rear turn signal
lamp (LED Type)
7.Side marker (LED Type)
8.Back up lamp (For Rear combination
lamp type B) (Bulb Type)
9.High Mounted Stop Lamp (LED Type)
10.License plate lamp (Bulb Type)
Light bulb position (Side)
1.Side repeater lamp (LED type)
Replacing lights (LED type)
If the LED lamp does not operate, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
Kia dealer. The LED lamp cannot be
replaced as a single component because
it is an integrated unit. The LED lamp has
to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
Replacing front fog lamp (LED
type)
If the front fog lamp (1) does not oper
-
ate, have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
OON072040
OON072039
OON072079
OON072050
OON072100
55
8
8
MaintenanceLight bulbs
Replacing stop lamp, tail lamp,
and rear turn signal lamp (Bulb
type) (Rear combination lamp
Type A)
1.Open the liftgate.
2.Loosen the lamp assembly retaining
screws with a screwdriver.
3.Remove the rear combination lamp
assembly from the body of the vehi
-
cle.
4.Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclock
-
wise until the tabs on the socket align
with the slots on the assembly.
5.Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counter
-
clockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket.
6.Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
7.Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly and turning
the socket clockwise.
8.Reinstall the lamp assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
Replacing back up lamp (Bulb
type) (Rear combination lamp
Type A)
If the Back Up lamp bulb (Bulb Type) (1)
does not operate, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Replacing high mounted stop
lamp (LED type)
If the High Mounted Stop Lamp (LED) (1),
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a
single component because it is an inte
-
grated unit. The LED lamps have to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the High Mounted Stop Lamp
(LED), for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
OON072054
OON072070
OON078046NR
Maintenance
568
Light bulbs
Replacing license plate lamp
(Bulb type)
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lamp assembly from interior.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3.Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
Replacing map lamp (Bulb type)
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3.Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap the
lens into place.
NOTICE
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens
tab, and plastic housings or get them
dirty.
Replacing vanity mirror lamp
bulb (Bulb type)
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3.Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap the
lens into place.
NOTICE
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens
tab, and plastic housings or get them
dirty.
Replacing room lamp (bulb type)
bulb
OON072066
OON072061
OON072073
OON072062
57
8
8
MaintenanceLight bulbs
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3.Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap the
lens into place.
NOTICE
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens
tab, and plastic housings or get them
dirty.
Replacing glove box lamp (Bulb
type)
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lamp assembly from interior.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3.Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
CAUTION
Be careful not to damage the lens, lens
tab, and plastic housings or get them
dirty.
Replacing luggage lamp bulb
(Bulb type)
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
2.Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3.Install a new bulb in the socket.
4.Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap the
lens into place.
OON072069_2
OON072068
Maintenance
588
Appearance care
Appearance care
Use the information in the following sec
-
tions to keep the exterior and interior of
your vehicle clean.
Exterior care
Use the information in the following sec
-
tions to maintain the exterior of your
vehicle. Keeping the exterior clean is not
only aesthetically pleasing, but it also
helps to prolong the life of the vehicle.
NOTICE
If you park the vehicle around a stainless
signboard or windshield building etc.,
the plastic exterior trim (bumper, spoiler,
garnish, lamp, outside mirror etc.) may
be damaged by reflected sunlight from
the external structure. To avoid damag
-
ing the plastic exterior trim, park the
vehicle away from the areas where the
reflected light may occur or use a vehi
-
cle cover (Depending on the vehicle, the
type of exterior trim applied such as
spoiler may differ).
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and
caution statements that appear on the
label.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle's finish from
rust and deterioration, wash it thor
-
oughly and frequently at least once a
month with lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road driv
-
ing, you should wash it after each off-
road trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges
of the doors and rocker panels are kept
clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
can damage your vehicle's finish if not
removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor
-
oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do
not allow soap to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if they
have been affected by water. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the brakes
by applying them lightly while maintain
-
ing a slow forward speed.
CAUTION
僅Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do not
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or
when the body of the vehicle is warm.
僅Be careful when washing the side win
-
dows of your vehicle, especially with
high-pressure water. Water may leak
through the windows and wet the
interior.
僅To prevent damage to the plastic
parts and lamps, do not clean with
chemical solvents or strong deter
-
gents.
59
8
8
MaintenanceAppearance care
High-pressure washing
When using high-pressure washers,
make sure to maintain sufficient dis
-
tance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive pres
-
sure can lead to component damage or
water penetration.
Do not spray the camera, sensors or its
surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. Shock applied from
high pressure water may cause the
device to not operate normally.
Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots
(rubber or plastic covers) or connectors
as they may be damaged if they come
into contact with high pressure water.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if they
have been affected by water. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the brakes
by applying them lightly while maintain
-
ing a slow forward speed.
CAUTION
Wetting engine compartment
僅Water washing in the engine compart
-
ment including high pressure water
washing may cause the failure of elec
-
trical circuits located in the engine
compartment.
僅Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electrical/elec
-
tronic components inside the vehicle
as this may damage them.
僅After the vehicle has been washed,
brake carefully while paying attention
to the traffic conditions until the brak
-
ing effect has been fully restored.
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no lon
-
ger bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or
paste wax, and follow the manufac
-
turer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to
protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
with a spot remover will usually strip the
wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
does not yet need waxing.
Be careful not to touch the lens when
waxing the lamps.
CAUTION
Drying vehicle
僅Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a
dry cloth will scratch the finish.
僅Do not use steel wool, abrasive clean
-
ers, acid detergents or strong deter
-
gents containing high alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts. This may
result in damage to the protective
coating and cause discoloration or
paint deterioration.
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust
and may develop into a major repair
expense.
OON072081
Maintenance
608
Appearance care
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement, be sure
the body shop applies anti-corrosion
materials to the parts repaired or
replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
To remove road tar and insects, use a tar
remover, not a scraper or other sharp
object.
To protect the surfaces of bright metal
parts from corrosion, apply a coating of
wax or chrome preservative and rub to a
high luster.
During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts with
a heavier coating of wax or preservative.
If necessary, coat the parts with non-cor
-
rosive petroleum jelly or other protective
compound.
Underbody maintenance
Road salt and other corrosive chemicals
are used in cold weather states to melt
snow and prevent ice accumulation. If
these chemicals are not regularly
removed, they will corrode the vehicle
underbody and, over time, damage
many parts: the fuel lines, the fuel tank
retention system, the vehicle's suspen
-
sion, the exhaust system, and even the
body frame.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration has warned all vehicle
owners of all brands of the need to take
the following steps:
僅Wash the undercarriage of your vehi
-
cle regularly during the winter and
whenever your vehicle has been
exposed to such salts or chemicals.
僅Do a thorough washing of the under
-
carriage at the end of the winter.
僅Use professional service technicians
or governmental inspection stations
to annually inspect for corrosion.
僅Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually
aware of corrosion flaking or scaling
or if you become aware of a change in
vehicle performance, such as soft or
spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impair
-
ment of directional control, suspen
-
sion noises or rattling metal straps.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a
clear protective finish.
僅Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol
-
ishing compound, solvent, or wire
brushes on aluminum wheels. They
may scratch or damage the finish.
僅Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
僅Use only a mild soap or neutral deter
-
gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.
Also, be sure to clean the wheels after
driving on salted roads. This helps
prevent corrosion.
僅Avoid washing the wheels with high
speed vehicle wash brushes.
僅Do not use any alkaline or acid deter
-
gents. They may damage and corrode
the aluminum wheels coated with a
clear protective finish.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from cor
-
rosion
By using the most advanced design and
construction practices to combat corro
-
sion, we produce vehicles of the highest
quality. However, this is only part of the
61
8
8
MaintenanceAppearance care
job. To achieve the long-term corrosion
resistance your vehicle can deliver, the
owner's cooperation and assistance is
also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion
on your vehicle are:
僅Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
僅Removal of paint or protective coat
-
ings by stones, gravel, abrasion or
minor scrapes and dents which leave
unprotected metal exposed to corro
-
sion.
Exposure to corrosive environ
-
ments
If you live in an area where your vehicle
is regularly exposed to corrosive materi
-
als, corrosion protection is particularly
important. Some of the common causes
of accelerated corrosion are road salts,
dust control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in which
corrosion is most likely to occur. For
example, corrosion is accelerated by
high humidity, particularly when tem
-
peratures are just above freezing. In
such conditions, the corrosive material is
kept in contact with the vehicle's surface
by moisture that evaporates slowly.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it
dries slowly and holds moisture in con
-
tact with the vehicle. Although the mud
appears to be dry, it can still retain the
moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be dis
-
persed. For all these reasons, it is partic
-
ularly important to keep your vehicle
clean and free of mud or accumulations
of other materials. This applies not only
to the visible surfaces but particularly to
the underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
beginning by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to
keep your vehicle clean and free of cor
-
rosive materials. Attention to the under
-
side of the vehicle is particularly
important.
If you live in a corrosion-prone area —
where road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra
care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose
off the underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean the
underside thoroughly when winter is
over.
When cleaning underneath the vehicle,
give particular attention to the compo
-
nents under the fenders and other areas
that are hidden from view. Do a thor
-
ough job; just dampening the accumu
-
lated mud rather than washing it away
will accelerate corrosion rather than pre
-
vent it. Water under high pressure and
steam are particularly effective in
removing accumulated mud and corro
-
sive materials.
When cleaning lower door panels, rocker
panels and frame members, be sure that
drain holes are kept open so that mois
-
ture can escape and not be trapped
inside to accelerate corrosion.
Maintenance
628
Appearance care
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates a
favorable environment for corrosion.
This is particularly true if you wash your
vehicle in the garage or drive it into the
garage when it is still wet or covered
with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated
garage can contribute to corrosion
unless it is well ventilated so moisture is
dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good con
-
dition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be
covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as
possible to reduce the possibility of cor
-
rosion. If bare metal is showing through,
the attention of a qualified body and
paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings: Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as soon
as possible.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corrosion.
Check under the mats periodically to be
sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular
care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning
materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in proper
containers and any spills or leaks should
be cleaned up, flushed with clean water
and thoroughly dried.
Interior care
Use the information in the following sec
-
tions to maintain the interior of your
vehicle.
NOTICE
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cos
-
metic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and
air freshener from contacting the interior
parts because they may cause damage
or discoloration. If they do contact the
interior parts, wipe them off immedi
-
ately. If necessary, use a mixture of
warm water and mild non-detergent
cleaner (test all cleaners on a concealed
area before use). Use proper car cleaner
to clean interior parts.
CAUTION
Electrical components
Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electrical/electronic
components inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
CAUTION
Leather
When cleaning leather products (steer
-
ing wheel, seats etc.), use neutral deter
-
gents or low alcohol content solutions. If
you use high alcohol content solutions or
acid/alkaline detergents, the color of the
leather may fade or the surface may get
stripped off.
63
8
8
MaintenanceAppearance care
Taking care of leather seats
僅Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat. It
will prevent abrasion or damage of
the leather and maintain its quality.
僅Wipe the leather seat cover often with
dry or soft cloth.
僅Sufficient use of a leather protective
may prevent abrasion of the cover
and helps maintain the color. Be sure
to read the instructions and consult a
specialist when using leather coating
or protective agents.
僅Leather with bright colors (beige,
cream beige) is easily contaminated.
Clean the seats frequently.
僅Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
Cleaning the leather seats
Remove all contaminations instantly.
Refer to instructions below for removal
of each contaminant.
僅Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foun
-
dation, etc.)
-Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated point.
Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth
and remove water with a dry cloth.
僅Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
-Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contami
-
nations do not smear.
僅Oil
-Remove oil instantly with absorb
-
able cloth and wipe with stain
remover for leather only.
僅Chewing gum
-Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
Fabric seat cover (if equipped)
Please clean the fabric seats regularly
with a vacuum cleaner in consideration
of fabric material characteristics. If they
are heavily soiled with beverage stains,
etc., use a suitable interior cleaner. To
prevent damage to seat covers, wipe off
the seat covers down to the seams with
a large wiping motion and moderate
pressure using a soft sponge or microfi
-
ber cloth.
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp
objects may cause snagging or
scratches on the surface of the seats.
Make sure not to rub such objects
against the surface.
Cleaning the upholstery and inte
-
rior trim
Car interior surfaces
Remove dust and loose dirt from interior
surfaces with a whisk broom or a vac
-
uum cleaner. If necessary, clean interior
surfaces with a mixture of warm water
and mild non-detergent cleaner (test all
cleaners on a concealed area before
use).
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean with a mild soap solution recom
-
mended for upholstery or carpets.
Remove fresh spots immediately with a
fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not
receive immediate attention, the fabric
can be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant proper
-
ties can be reduced if the material is not
properly maintained.
Maintenance
648
Emission control system
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect the
fabric's appearance and fire-resistant
properties.
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for clean
-
ing upholstery or carpet. Follow the
instructions provided with the soap. Do
not bleach or re-dye the webbing
because this may weaken it.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi
-
cle become fogged (that is, covered with
an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should
be cleaned with a glass cleaner. Follow
the directions on the glass cleaner con
-
tainer.
CAUTION
Rear window
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of
the rear window. This may result in dam
-
age of the rear window defroster grid.
Emission control system
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty infor
-
mation contained in the Warranty &
Consumer Information manual in your
vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emis
-
sion control system to meet all applica
-
ble emission regulations. There are three
emission control systems, as follows.
1.Crankcase emission control system
2.Evaporative emission control system
3.Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function of
the emission control systems, it is rec
-
ommended that you have your vehicle
inspected and maintained by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer in accordance with the
maintenance schedule in this manual.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Elec
-
tronic Stability Control (ESC) sys
-
tem)
僅
To prevent the vehicle from misfir
-
ing during dynamometer testing,
turn the ESC off by pressing the
ESC switch.
僅
After dynamometer testing is com
-
pleted, turn the ESC back on by
pressing the ESC switch again.
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The Positive Crankcase Ventilation sys
-
tem is employed to prevent air pollution
caused by blow-by gases being emitted
from the crankcase. This system sup
-
plies fresh filtered air to the crankcase
through the air intake hose. Inside the
65
8
8
MaintenanceEmission control system
crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-
by gases, which then pass through the
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)
valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission control
(including Onboard Refueling
Vapor Recovery (ORVR)) system
The evaporative emission control system
is designed to prevent fuel vapors from
escaping into the atmosphere. (The
ORVR system is designed to allow the
vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded
into a canister while refueling at the gas
station, preventing the escape of fuel
vapors into the atmosphere.)
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the
canister are drawn into the surge tank
through the Purge Control Solenoid
Valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV) is controlled by the Engine Con
-
trol Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during idling,
the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel
is not taken into the engine. After the
engine warms up during ordinary driv
-
ing, the PCSV opens to introduce evapo
-
rated fuel to the engine.
3. Exhaust emission control sys
-
tem
The exhaust emission control system is a
highly effective system which controls
exhaust emissions while maintaining
good vehicle performance.
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
僅Carbon monoxide can be present with
other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if you
smell exhaust fumes of any kind
inside your vehicle, have it inspected
and repaired immediately. If you ever
suspect exhaust fumes are coming
into your vehicle, drive it only with all
the windows fully open. Have your
vehicle checked and repaired immedi
-
ately.
WARNING
Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon
monoxide (CO). It is a colorless, odorless
and dangerous gas which is dangerous
and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the
instructions on this page to avoid CO
poisoning.
僅Do not operate the engine in confined
or closed areas (such as garages) any
more than what is necessary to move
the vehicle in or out of the area.
僅When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short time
with the engine running, adjust the
ventilation system (as needed) to
draw outside air into the vehicle.
僅Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi
-
cle for any extended time with the
engine running.
僅When the engine stalls or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the
Maintenance
668
Emission control system
engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.
Operating precautions for cata
-
lytic converters
WARNING
Catalytic converter
Keep away from the catalytic converter
and exhaust system while the vehicle is
running or immediately thereafter. The
exhaust and catalytic systems are very
hot and may burn you.
WARNING
Fire
僅Do not park, idle or drive the vehicle
over or near flammable objects, such
as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves,
etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite
flammable items under your vehicle.
僅Also, do not remove the heat sink
around the exhaust system, do not
seal the bottom of the vehicle or do
not coat the vehicle for corrosion con
-
trol. It may present a fire risk under
certain conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic
converter emission control device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
僅Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso
-
line engines.
僅Do not operate the vehicle when there
are signs of engine malfunction, such
as misfire or a noticeable loss of per
-
formance.
僅Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
Examples of misuse are coasting with
the ignition off and descending steep
grades in gear with the ignition off.
僅Do not operate the engine at high idle
speed for extended periods (5 min
-
utes or more).
僅Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission control
system. All inspections and adjust
-
ments must be made by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
僅Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging
the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle. Addition
-
ally, such actions could void your war
-
ranties.
67
8
8
MaintenanceCalifornia perchlorate notice
California perchlorate notice
Perchlorate Material-special handling
may apply, See
https://dtsc.ca.gov/perchlorate
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such
as air bag inflators, seatbelt pre-tension
-
ers and keyless remote entry batteries,
must be disposed of according to Title
22 California Code of Regulations Sec
-
tion 67384.10 (a).
9
Specifications, Consumer
information and Reporting safety
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions.....................................................................................9-2
Engine.............................................................................................9-2
Gross Vehicle Weight....................................................................9-2
Luggage volume............................................................................9-2
Air conditioning system................................................................9-3
Bulb wattage..................................................................................9-3
Tires and wheels............................................................................9-4
Recommended lubricants and capacities ..................................9-5
僅 Recommended SAE viscosity number....................................................9-6
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)...........................................9-7
Vehicle certification......................................................................9-7
Tire specification and pressure label..........................................9-7
Engine Number..............................................................................9-8
Refrigerant label............................................................................9-8
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only).................................................9-8
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)................................................9-10
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only).........................................9-11
Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only).......................9-12
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
29
Dimensions
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety
defects
Dimensions
Engine
Gross Vehicle Weight
lbs. (kg)
Luggage volume
cu ft (L)
僅Min: Behind 3rd row.
僅Max: Behind front seat to roof.
Item7 Seater8 SeaterX-LINE / X-PRO
Overall length196. 9 in (5,000 mm)←←
Overall width78.3 in (1,990 mm)←←
Overall height
Without Roof rack68.9 in (1,750 mm)←69.3 in (1,760 mm)
With Roof rack69.2 in (1,757 mm)←70.5 in (1,790 mm)
Tread
Front
245/60 R1867.2 in (1,708mm)←67.1 in (1,705mm)
245/50 R2067.2 in (1,708mm)←67.1 in (1,705mm)
Rear
245/60 R1867.6 in (1,716mm)←67.4 in (1,711mm)
245/50 R2067.6 in (1,716mm)←67.4 in (1,711mm)
Wheelbase114.2 in (2,900 mm)←←
Item(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
Displacement: cu in (cc)230.55 (3,778)
Bore x Stroke: in (mm)3.78 X 3.43 (96 X 87)
Firing order1-2-3-4-5-6
No. of cylinders6, V-type
ITEM
FWDAWD
7 Seater8 Seater7 Seater8 Seater
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi5,776 (2,620)5,776 (2,620)5,917 (2,684)5,917 (2,684)
Item7 Seater8 Seater
SAE
MIN.21.2 (601)21.2 (601)
MAX.86.7 (2,455)86.7 (2,455)
3
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Air conditioning system
Air conditioning system
oz (g)
Contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.
Bulb wattage
*: if equipped
ITEMWeight of volumeClassification
Refrigerant33.5±0.9 (950±25)R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant7.4±0.35 (210±10)FD46XG (IDEMITUS)
Light BulbBulb TypeWattage (W)
Front
HeadlampLED type
LowLEDLED
HighLEDLED
Turn signal lampLEDLED
Day time running lamp/Position lampLEDLED
Side markerLEDLED
Fog lamp*LEDLED
Side repeater lamp (outside mirror)LEDLED
Rear
Rear combination lamp
Bulb type
Tail lampP21/5W21/5
Tail lamp / Stop
lamp / Turn signal
lamp
P21/5W21/5
Side markerW5W5
Back up lampW16W16
LED type
Tail lampLEDLED
Tail lamp / Stop
lamp / Turn signal
lamp
LEDLED
Side markerLEDLED
Back up lamp (LED type only)PY21W21
High Mounted Stop LampLEDLED
License plate lampW5W5
Interior
Map lamp
Bulb typeFESTOON10
LED typeLEDLED
Room lamp
Bulb typeFESTOON10
LED typeLEDLED
Vanity mirror lamp
Bulb typeFESTOON5
LED typeLEDLED
Personal lamp*LEDLED
Glove box lamp*FESTOON5
Cargo lamp
Bulb typeFESTOON10
LED typeLEDLED
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
49
Tires and wheels
Tires and wheels
NOTICE
僅We recommend that when replacing
tires, use the same tires as the origi
-
nally supplied ones.
If not, that affects driving perfor
-
mance.
僅When driving in high altitude grades,
it is natural for the atmospheric pres
-
sure to decrease.
Therefore, please check the tire pres
-
sure and add more air when neces
-
sary.
Additionally required tire air pressure
per km above sea level: 1.5 psi (10.5
kPa)/km
僅It is best to replace all four tires at the
same time. If that is not possible, or
necessary, then replace the two front
or two rear tires as a pair. Replacing
just one tire can seriously affect your
vehicle's handling.
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size
originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can dam
-
age the related parts or make it work
irregularly.
ItemTire size
Wheel
size
Load Capacity
Speed capac
-
ity
Inflation pressure [psi (kPa)]
Wheel lug nut
torque
lbf·ft (kgf·m, N·m)
Normal load
*1
Maximum load
LI
*2
kg
SS
*3
km/hFrontRearFrontRear
Full size tire
245/60
R18
7.5JX18105925H21035 (240)35 (240)35 (240)35 (240)
79 ~ 94 (11~13, 107
~ 127)
245/50
R20
7.5JX2
0
102850V24035 (240)35 (240)35 (240)35 (240)
Compact
Spare tire
T155/90
R18
4.0BX1
8
1131,150M13060 (420)60 (420)60 (420)60 (420)
*1.Normal load - Up to 3 persons
*2.Load Index
*3.Speed Symbol
5
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Recommended lubricants and capacities
Recommended lubricants and capacities
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only
lubricants of the proper quality.
Using the right lubricants help reduce engine friction and improve fuel efficiency.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
* 1. Refer to "Recommended SAE viscos
-
ity number" on page 9-6.
* 2. Engine oils labeled Energy Conserv
-
ing Oil are now available. Along with
other additional benefits, they contrib
-
ute to fuel economy by reducing the
amount of fuel necessary to overcome
engine friction. Often, these improve
-
ments are difficult to measure in
everyday driving, but in a year's time,
they can offer significant cost and
energy savings.
* 3. Requires <API Latest(or ILSAC Latest)
or ACEA A5 Full synthetic> grade
engine oil.
* 4. Use only specified genuine Auto
-
matic transmission fluid. The use of
non-specified fluid (even marked as
compatible with genuine) could result
in shift quality deterioration and vibra
-
tions, eventually, the transmission fail
-
ure. (Refer to "Explanation of
scheduled maintenance items" on
page 8-12.)
* 5. Different type of coolant or water
may damage the electrical compo
-
nent.
* 6. To maintain your vehicle’s best brake
and ABS/ESC performance, use Kia
genuine brake fluid as in the specifica
-
tion.
LubricantVolumeClassification
Engine oil
*1*2
(drain and
refill)
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi7.08 US qt. ( (6.7 L)
Full synthetic SAE 5W-30, ACEA
A5
*3
Automatic transmission
(AT) fluid
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi7.4 US qt. (7.0 L)
SK ATF SP4M-1, MICHANG ATF
SP4M-1, S-OIL ATF SP4M-1, Kia
Genuine ATF SP4M-1
*4
Coolant
*5
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
Approx. 12.9 US. qt.
(12.2 L)
An Phosphate based ethylene gly
-
col based coolant
Brake fluid
*6
As required
SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV,ISO4925
CLASS-6, FMVSS 116 DOT-4
Rear differential oil (AWD)0.74 US qt. (0.7 L)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE
75W/85
(SK HCT-5 GEAR OIL 75W/85 or
equivalent)
Transfer case oil (AWD)(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi0.74 US qt. (0.7 L)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5,
SAE 75W/85
(Recommended: SK HCT-5GEAR
OIL 75W85 or equivalent)
Fuel18.75 US gal. (71 L)Gasoline
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
69
Recommended lubricants and capacities
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around
any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick
before checking or draining any lubri
-
cant. This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when the vehi
-
cle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning
the plug and dipstick areas will prevent
dirt and grit from entering the engine
and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an
effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity
engine oils can provide better fuel econ
-
omy and cold weather performance,
however, higher viscosity engine oils are
required for satisfactory lubrication in
hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity
other than those recommended could
result in engine damage. When choosing
an oil, consider the range of temperature
your vehicle will be operated in before
the next oil change. Proceed to select
the recommended oil viscosity from the
chart.
An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute (API) Certifica
-
tion Mark conforms to the international Lubricant Specification Advisory
Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold
this API Certification Mark.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
°C
(°F)
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
-30-20-10
0
1020304050
-10020406080100120
5W-30
7
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN)
The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
is the number used in registering your
vehicle and in all legal matters pertain
-
ing to its ownership, etc.
Frame number
The number is punched on the floor
under the passenger seat. To check the
number, open the cover.
VIN label (if equipped)
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the
top of the dashboard. The number on
the plate can easily be seen through the
windshield from outside.
Vehicle certification
The vehicle certification label attached
on the driver's (or front passenger's) side
center pillar gives the Vehicle Identifica
-
tion Number (VIN).
Tire specification and pressure
label
The tires supplied on your new vehicle
are chosen to provide the best perfor
-
mance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side
center pillar gives the tire pressures rec
-
ommended for your vehicle.
OON082004
OON082008
OON082002
OON082003
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
89
Engine Number
Engine Number
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
(Gasoline) 3.8 GDi
Refrigerant label
The refrigerant label is located on the
underside of the hood.
Consumer Assistance (U.S.
only)
Roadside Assistance is provided on all
new current model year Kia Vehicles
from the date the vehicle is delivered to
the first retail buyer or otherwise put into
use (inservice date), whichever is earlier,
for a period of 60 months or 60,000
miles, whichever is earlier, subject to the
terms, conditions and exclusions set
forth in the Kia Warranty and Consumer
Information Manual applicable to your
model year vehicle.
Kia America, Inc. reserves the right to
limit or deny services or other benefits to
any owner or driver when, in Kia Amer
-
ica, Inc.’s judgment, the claims and/or
service requests are excessive in fre
-
quency or type of occurrence.
Toll free consumer assistance
from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday
through Friday and is accessible by dial
-
ing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
For more information regarding assis
-
tance available, please refer to your Kia
Warranty & Consumer Information Man
-
ual.
Emergency roadside assistance
24 hours a day, 365 days a year and is
accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia
(4542).
Please note that you must provide your
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) to
verify coverage at the time of your call.
The VIN can be found on the dash of
your vehicle on the driver's side, on the
door jamb of the driver's door, your vehi
-
cle's registration or proof of insurance
card.
OON082005
OON082009
9
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000
roadside assistance providers. Should
you accidentally run out of fuel, require
a battery jump, or need help changing a
tire, a Kia Roadside Assistance Repre
-
sentative will dispatch someone to
deliver a small quantity of gas, change a
flat tire with your inflated spare, or
arrange a battery jump to allow you to
proceed to your destination. We have
access to a network of over 10,000 lock
-
smiths to help you should you become
locked out of your Kia.
In the event that mechanical difficulty
renders your vehicle undriveable due to
a warranty-related concern, Kia's Road
-
side Assistance Representative will
arrange to transport your vehicle to the
nearest Kia dealer or to an authorized
Kia alternative service location.
Your vehicle must be accessible to our
dispatch transport vehicle, as deter
-
mined by our driver, to receive this ser
-
vice.
NOTICE
Roadside Assistance benefits are not
available for any Kia vehicle that has
ever been or should be issued a "sal
-
vage" title or similar "branded" title under
any state's law or has been declared a
"total loss" or equivalent by a financial
institution or insurance company.
Trip interruption
Trip interruption expense benefits are
provided in the event that a warranty-
related disablement occurs more than
150 miles from your home, and the
repairs require more than 24 hours to
complete. Reasonable reimbursement is
included for meals, lodging, or rental
vehicle expenses. Trip interruption cov
-
erage is limited to $100 per day subject
to a three day maximum limit per inci
-
dent. You must contact the Kia Roadside
Assistance Center to obtain pre-authori
-
zation of expenses. Once the Kia Road
-
side Assistance Center gives
authorization for trip interruption bene
-
fits, they will assist you in making the
necessary arrangements. Insurance
deductibles, expenses, and claims paid
by your insurance company or other
providers are not eligible for reimburse
-
ment.
Fleet vehicles are excluded from reim
-
bursement under Kia's Trip Interruption
Policy.
Registering your vehicle in a for
-
eign country
If you plan to register your vehicle in a
foreign country, you should confirm that
it conforms to the regulations in that
country. Even if you successfully register
the vehicle in a foreign country, you may
experience the following problems and
should therefore consider the possibility
of having to deal with them:
1.The fuel specified for your vehicle
may be unavailable. If other than the
specified fuel is used, it could cause
damage to the engine, the fuel injec
-
tion system, and other fuel-related
parts which may not be covered
under your New Vehicle Emissions
Limited Warranty.
2.We must, therefore, clearly state that
when you leave the country in which
you purchased your Kia new and reg
-
ister it in another country, problems
arising from the use of fuel other than
the specified fuel are not subject to
manufacturer's warranty. Because
vehicles like yours may not be mar
-
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
109
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)
keted in the new country of registra
-
tion, parts, servicing techniques and
tools necessary to maintain and repair
your vehicle may be unavailable.
Even if vehicles like yours are sold
there, mechanical specifications
required by the government may vary
enough from the country of purchase
to cause additional problems.
3.There may not be an Authorized Kia
Dealer in the area in which you plan to
register your vehicle. You may addi
-
tionally experience difficulty in obtain
-
ing services in a foreign country for
any number of reasons.
Further, we cannot assume any respon
-
sibility for problems that result from
unsatisfactory service or lack of service
outside of the United States.
Electrical Equipment (U.S.
only)
The electrical system of your vehicle is
designed to perform under all reason
-
ably expected operating conditions.
However, before any additional electrical
equipment is installed in your vehicle,
consult an Authorized Kia Dealer, in
order to ensure that you do not void
your warranty.
Certain electrical equipment, or the way
in which it is installed, may adversely
affect the operation of your vehicle,
including such systems as the engine
control system, the audio system and
the electrical charging system and thus
potentially void all or part of your war
-
ranty.
We assume no responsibility for any
expense you may incur or for any mal
-
function of your vehicle or any of its
components or systems that may result
from the installation of additional electri
-
cal equipment that is not supplied, or
recommended for installation by Kia.
Installation of a mobile two-way
radio system
If a mobile two-way radio system is
installed improperly, or if an excessively
powerful type of system is used, other
electronic systems may be adversely
affected. To avoid damage to your vehi
-
cle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer
concerning the proper equipment and
installation.
Kia vehicles are designed and manufac
-
tured to meet or exceed all applicable
safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly
urge you to read and follow all directions
in this Owner's Manual, particularly the
11
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)
information under the headings
"NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have
any questions regarding the operation
of your vehicle, safety issues and defects
please contact your Kia's toll-free Con
-
sumer Assistance hot line as below:
National Consumer Affairs Manager
Kia America, Inc.
P.O. Box 52410
Irvine, CA 92619-2410
1-800-333-4Kia (4542)
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
only)
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Kia America, Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar com
-
plaints, it may open an investiga
-
tion, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehi
-
cles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Kia America,
Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-
free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-
800-424-9153); go to http://
www.safercar.gov; download the
SaferCar mobile application; or
write to: Administrator, NHTSA,
1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Wash
-
ington, DC 20590.
You can also obtain other infor
-
mation about motor vehicle
safety from http://www.safer
-
car.gov.
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
129
Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only)
Online factory authorized
manuals (U.S. only)
The following publications are available
on www.KiaTechinfo.com.
Service manual
This manual covers maintenance and
recommended procedures for repair to
engine and chassis components. It is
written for the Journeyman mechanic,
but is simple enough for most mechani
-
cally inclined owners to understand.
Electrical troubleshooting manual
This manual complements the Service
Manual by providing indepth trouble
-
shooting information for each electrical
circuit in your vehicle.
Owner's manual
This manual describes the overall fea
-
tures and operating procedures for the
vehicle.
AAbbreviation
Abbreviation
Abbreviation
2A
Abbreviation
Abbreviation
Abbreviation
A/C
Air conditioning
ABS
Anti-lock Brake System
ADS
Auto Defogging System
AGM
Absorbent Glass Mat
AWD
All Wheel Drive
BCA
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
BCW
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
BVM
Bind-spot View Monitor
CRS
Child Restraint System
DAW
Driver Attention Warning
DRL
Daytime Running Light
EBD
Electronic Brake force Distribution
ECM
Electric Chromic Mirror
EDR
Event Data Recorder
EPB
Electronic Parking Brake
EPS
Electric Power Steering
ESC
Electronic Stability Control
FCA
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
FCC
Federal Communications Commission
FMVSS
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan
-
dards
FWD
Front Wheel Drive
GAW
Gross Axle Weight
GAWR
Gross Axle Weight Rating
GVW
Gross Vehicle Weight
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
HAC
Hill-start Assist Control
HBA
High Beam Assist
HDA
Highway Driving Assist
HUD
Head-Up Display
3A
AbbreviationAbbreviation
ISG
Idle Stop and Go
LATCH
Lower Anchors and Tether for CHil
-
dren
LDW
Lane Departure Warning
LFA
Lane Following Assist
LKA
Lane Keeping Assist
MIL
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
NHTSA
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration
ODS
Occupant Detection System
ORVR
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery
PCSV
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
RCCA
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist
RCCW
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
ROA
Rear Occupant Alert
SCC
Smart Cruise Control
SEA
Safe Exit Assist
SRS
Supplemental Restraint System
SRSCM
SRS Control Module
SUV
Sports Utility Vehicle
SVM
Surround View Monitoring
TIN
Tire Identification Number
TPMS
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number
VSM
Vehicle Stability Management
IIndex
Index
2I
Index
A
AC inverter 4-142
additional features of climate
control 4-134
automatic ventilation
4-134
smart Temperature Comfort Control
System (for driver’s seat)
4-135
sunroof inside air recirculation
4-134
air bags 3-40
air bag collision sensors
3-54
air bag warning label
3-58
curtain air bag
3-53
inflation conditions
3-55
non-inflation conditions
3-56
occupant detection system (ODS)
3-45
side air bag
3-51
supplemental restraint system (SRS)
3-57
air cleaner filter 8-20
air conditioning system 9-3
air ventilation seat 4-139
all wheel drive (AWD) system 5-14
ambient light 4-137
anti-lock brake system (ABS) 5-27
appearance care 8-58
exterior care
8-58
interior care
8-62
armed stage 4-22
assist mode 4-77
audio system 4-149
shark-fin antenna
4-149
USB port
4-149
auto hold 5-24
auto light 4-99
automatic climate control
system 4-120
air conditioning (A/C)
4-125
controlling air intake
4-124
controlling fan speed
4-125
controlling rear climate
4-126
heating and air conditioning
automatically
4-121
heating and air conditioning
manually
4-122
mode selection
4-123
temperature control 4-123
turning off the front air climate
control
4-126
automatic transmission 5-8
shift lock system
5-11
transmission overheated
5-9
B
battery 8-24
for best battery service
8-24
recharging the battery
8-25
reset items
8-26
battery saver function 4-98
before driving 5-3
blind-spot collision-avoidance
warning (BCW) 6-30
malfunction and limitations
6-35
operation
6-32
settings
6-31
blind-spot view monitor (BVM) 6-55
malfunction
6-56
operation
6-56
settings
6-56
brake assistant system (BAS) 5-33
brake fluid 8-18
brake system 5-20
anti-lock brake system (ABS)
5-27
auto hold
5-24
brake assistant system (BAS)
5-33
downhill brake control (DBC)
5-30
electronic parking brake (EPB)
5-22
electronic stability control (ESC)
system
5-28
hill-start assist control (HAC)
5-33
power brakes
5-20
trailer stability assist (TSA) system
5-33
vehicle stability management (VSM)
system
5-32
bulb replacement precaution 8-52
bulb wattage 9-3
C
central door lock switch 4-25
certification label 5-61
child restraint system (CRS) 3-31
climate control air filter 8-21
3I
climate control system 4-111
checking the amount of air conditioner
refrigerant and compressor
lubricant 4-113
climate control air filter
4-112
system operation
4-111
coat hook 4-146
cup holder 4-137
D
day/night rearview mirror 4-61
daytime running light (DRL) 4-98
declaration of
conformity 4-152, 6-120
defroster 4-110
operating outside mirror defroster
4-110
operating rear window defroster
4-110
digital center mirror 4-62
digital key 2 touch 4-12
card key
4-16
personalized profile and vehicle
settings
4-18
smart phone
4-12
used vehicle/digital key 2 touch
maintenance
4-21
dimensions 9-2
door locks 4-23
central door lock switch
4-25
downhill brake control (DBC) 5-30
drive mode integrated control
system (AWD) 5-41
ECO mode
5-43
SMART mode
5-41
SPORT mode
5-42
drive mode integrated control
system (FWD) 5-38
ECO mode
5-40
SMART mode
5-38
SPORT mode
5-39
driver attention warning (DAW) 6-51
malfunction and limitations
6-53
operation
6-52
settings
6-51
driver position memory system for
power seat
4-28
driving at night 5-47
driving in flooded areas 5-48
driving in the rain 5-48
driving info display 4-82
driving on unpaved roads 5-48
dual wide sunroof 4-50
automatic reversal
4-52
resetting the sunroof
4-53
slide open/close (Front)
4-52
sunroof open warning
4-53
sunshade (front)/power sunshade
(Rear)
4-51
tilt open/close (Front)
4-51
E
easy access function 4-29
economical operation 5-44
electric chromic mirror with
HomeLink system 4-67
electric power steering (EPS)
system
4-58
electronic parking brake (EPB) 5-22
electronic stability control (ESC)
system 5-28
emergency starting 7-4
jump-starting
7-4
push-starting
7-5
emission control system 8-64
engine 9-2
engine compartment 8-4
engine coolant 8-16
recommended coolant
8-16
engine coolant temperature
gauge 4-74
engine number 9-8
engine oil and filter 8-15
engine start/stop button 5-5
engine start/stop button interlock
system 5-12
explanation of scheduled
maintenance items 8-12
exterior features 4-148
roof rack
4-148
4I
F
floor mat anchor(s) 4-147
forward collision-avoidance assist
(FCA) (sensor fusion) 6-4
malfunction and limitations
6-16
operation
6-9
settings
6-6
forward/reverse parking distance
warning (PDW) 6-108
malfunction and limitations
6-111
operation
6-109
settings
6-109
fuel filler door 4-47
closing the fuel filler door
4-47
opening the fuel filler door
4-47
fuel gauge 4-74
fuel requirements 1-2
fuses 8-40
fuse/relay panel description
8-45
replacing engine compartment fuse
8-43
replacing inner panel fuse
8-42
G
gauges 4-73
engine coolant temperature gauge
4-74
fuel gauge
4-74
odometer
4-75
outside temperature gauge
4-75
speedometer
4-73
tachometer
4-73
gross vehicle weight 9-2
H
hazard warning flasher 7-2
hazardous driving conditions 5-46
headlight (headlamp) escort
function
4-109
headlight position 4-99
head-up display (HUD) 4-97
HUD information
4-97
HUD on/off
4-97
HUD setting
4-98
heated steering wheel 4-60
high beam assist (HBA) 4-101
malfunction and limitations
4-103
operation
4-102
setting
4-102
highway driving 5-48
highway driving assist (HDA) 6-79
malfunction and limitations
6-87
operation
6-81
settings
6-80
HomeLink
programming rolling code 4-68
hood 4-45
closing the hood
4-46
opening the hood
4-45
horn 4-60
I
idle stop and go (ISG) system 5-35
auto start
5-36
auto stop
5-35
deactivating the ISG
5-37
ISG malfunction
5-37
operating conditions
5-36
if the engine overheats 7-5
if the engine will not start 7-3
if you have a flat tire (with spare
tire)
7-11
changing tires
7-13
jack and tools
7-11
jack label
7-19
removing the spare tire
7-12
storing the spare tire
7-13
immobilizer system 4-11
in case of an emergency while
driving 7-2
information mode 4-77
inside rearview mirror 4-61
Instrument cluster
gauges 4-73
instrument cluster 4-72
intelligent speed limit assist
(ISLA)
6-45
malfunction and limitations
6-49
operation
6-47
settings
6-46
interior features 4-137
AC inverter
4-142
5I
air ventilation seat 4-139
ambient light
4-137
coat hook
4-146
cup holder
4-137
floor mat anchor(s)
4-147
luggage net holder
4-147
power outlet
4-140
seat warmer
4-138
side curtain
4-146
sun visor
4-140
USB charger
4-141
wireless smart phone charging
system
4-143
interior lights 4-107
automatic turn off function
4-107
glove box lamp
4-108
liftgate room lamp
4-108
map lamp
4-107
room lamp
4-107
vanity mirror lamp
4-108
J
jack and tools 7-11
jump-starting 7-4
L
lane following assist (LFA) 6-76
malfunction and limitations
6-78
operation
6-77
settings
6-76
lane keeping assist (LKA) 6-24
malfunction and limitations
6-27
operation
6-25
settings
6-24
LCD display 4-76
assist mode
4-77
information mode
4-77
master warning mode
4-78
trip computer mode
4-77
turn by turn (TBT) mode
4-77
LCD display messages 4-82
LCD displays 4-79
driving info display
4-82
LCD display messages
4-82
trip information (trip computer)
4-79
light bulbs 8-52
bulb replacement precaution
8-52
light bulb position (Front)
8-53
light bulb position (Rear)
8-54
light bulb position (Side)
8-54
lighting 4-98
auto light
4-99
battery saver function
4-98
daytime running light (DRL)
4-98
headlight position
4-99
high beam assist (HBA)
4-101
operating front fog light
4-101
operating high beam
4-100
position and tail lamp
4-99
loss of the smart key 4-9
luggage net holder 4-147
luggage volume 9-2
M
maintenance services 8-5
owner maintenance precautions
8-6
owner’s responsibility
8-5
manual climate control system 4-115
heating and air conditioning
4-116
manual liftgate 4-31
manual speed limit assist
(MSLA) 6-43
operation
6-43
master warning mode 4-78
mirrors 4-61
day/night rearview mirror
4-61
digital center mirror
4-62
electric chromic mirror (ECM)
4-61
electric chromic mirror with HomeLink
system
4-67
for Telematics button function
4-61
inside rearview mirror
4-61
outside rearview mirror
4-70
reverse parking aid function
4-71
N
navigation-based smart cruise
control (NSCC)
6-71
limitations
6-73
operation
6-72
settings
6-71
6I
O
occupant detection system
(ODS) 3-45
odometer 4-75
outside rearview mirror 4-70
outside temperature gauge 4-75
owner maintenance 8-6
owner maintenance schedule
8-6
P
position and tail lamp 4-99
power brakes 5-20
power liftgate 4-33
emergency liftgate safety release
4-37
operating the power liftgate
4-34
power liftgate automatic close
4-37
resetting the power liftgate
4-36
setting the power liftgate
4-35
power liftgate automatic close 4-37
power outlet 4-140
push-starting 7-5
R
rear cross-traffic collision-
avoidance assist (RCCA) 6-97
malfunction and limitations
6-101
operation
6-99
settings
6-98
rear view monitor (RVM) 6-89
malfunction and limitations
6-92
operation
6-91
settings
6-89
recommended lubricants and
capacities 9-5
reducing the risk of a rollover 5-46
removable towing hook 7-21
replacing smart key battery 4-10
reverse parking aid function 4-71
reverse parking collision-avoidance
assist (PCA) 6-113
malfunction and limitations
6-115
operation
6-114
settings
6-113
reverse parking distance
warning (PDW)
6-105
malfunction and limitations
6-106
operation
6-105
settings
6-105
risk of burns when parking or
stopping vehicle 1-5
road warning 7-2
hazard warning flasher
7-2
rocking the vehicle 5-47
roof rack 4-148
S
safe exit assist (SEA) 6-39
malfunction and limitations
6-42
operation
6-40
settings
6-39
safety precautions 3-2
scheduled maintenance items
air cleaner filter 8-12
air conditioning refrigerant
8-14
automatic transmission fluid
8-13
brake discs, pads and calipers
8-14
brake fluid
8-14
brake hoses and lines
8-13
checking fluid levels
8-14
coolant
8-13
cooling system
8-13
drive belts
8-12
drive shafts and boots
8-14
engine oil and filter
8-12
exhaust pipe and muffler
8-14
fuel filter
8-12
fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
8-12
fuel tank and fuel cap
8-12
propeller shaft
8-14
spark plugs
8-12
steering gear box, linkage and boots/lower
arm ball joint
8-14
suspension mounting bolts
8-14
vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses
8-12
valve clearance
8-13
scheduled maintenance service 8-8
maintenance under severe usage
conditions
8-11
normal maintenance schedule
8-9
seat 3-4
7I
adjustment 3-8
armrest
3-16
folding the rear seat
3-16
headrest
3-11
seat leather
3-7
seatback hook
3-13
seatback pocket
3-13
seat belts 3-20
3-point system
3-23
care of seat belts
3-30
child restraint system (CRS)
3-31
installing a CRS
3-34
precautions
3-29
pre-tensioner seat belt
3-27
seat belt warning
3-21
service interval 4-81
shark-fin antenna 4-149
side curtain 4-146
smart cruise control (SCC) 6-57
malfunction and limitations
6-66
operation
6-59
settings
6-57
smart key 4-7
battery replacement
4-10
immobilizer system
4-11
loss of the smart key
4-9
record your key number
4-7
smart power liftgate 4-38
deactivating the smart power liftgate with
the smart key
4-40
detecting area
4-40
using the smart power liftgate
4-38
smooth cornering 5-47
snow tires 5-49
snowy or icy conditions 5-49
special driving conditions 5-46
driving at night
5-47
driving in flooded areas
5-48
driving in the rain
5-48
driving on unpaved roads
5-48
hazardous driving conditions
5-46
highway driving
5-48
reducing the risk of a rollover
5-46
rocking the vehicle
5-47
smooth cornering
5-47
speedometer 4-73
steering wheel 4-58
adjusting steering wheel angle and
height
4-59
electric power steering (EPS) system
4-58
heated steering wheel
4-60
horn
4-60
storage compartment 4-135
center console storage
4-135
glove box
4-136
luggage box
4-137
sunglass holder
4-136
sun visor 4-140
sunroof 4-54
automatic reversal
4-56
resetting the sunroof
4-57
slide open/close
4-55
sunshade
4-55
tilt open/close
4-55
supplemental restraint system
(SRS)
3-57
surround view monitor (SVM) 6-93
malfunction and limitations
6-96
operation
6-94
settings
6-93
T
tachometer 4-73
theft-alarm stage 4-22
theft-alarm system 4-22
armed stage
4-22
theft-alarm stage
4-22
tire chains 5-50
tire pressure indicator 7-6
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) 7-6
effective use of the TPMS
7-7
low tire pressure telltale
7-8
tire pressure indicator
7-6
tire replacement with TPMS
7-9
TPMS malfunction indicator
7-8
tire specification and pressure
label 9-7
tires and wheels 8-27, 9-4
all season tires
8-37
checking tire inflation pressure
8-28
low aspect ratio tire
8-39
radial-ply tires
8-39
8I
recommended cold tire inflation
pressures
8-27
snow tires
8-38
summer tires
8-38
tire chains
8-38
tire maintenance
8-31
tire pressure
8-27
tire replacement
8-30
tire rotation
8-29
tire sidewall labeling
8-31
tire terminology and definitions
8-35
tire traction
8-31
wheel alignment and tire balance
8-30
wheel replacement
8-31
TOW mode 5-44
towing 7-20
removable towing hook
7-21
towing service
7-20
trailer stability assist (TSA)
system
5-33
trailer towing 5-53
driving with a trailer
5-54
hitches
5-53
safety chains
5-54
trailer brakes
5-54
transmission shift indicator 4-75
automatic transmission shift
indicator
4-75
trip computer mode 4-77
trip information (trip computer)
accumulated info display 4-80
auto stop
4-81
digital speedometer
4-81
drive info display
4-80
fuel economy
4-79
information since refueling
4-81
trip modes
4-79
trip modes 4-79
turn by turn (TBT) mode 4-77
U
USB charger 4-141
USB port 4-149
V
vehicle break-in process 1-4
vehicle certification 9-7
vehicle data collection and event
data recorders 1-6
vehicle handling instructions 1-5
vehicle identification number
(VIN) 9-7
vehicle load limit 5-59
certification label
5-61
steps for determining correct load
limit -
5-60
tire and loading information label
5-59
vehicle settings (infotainment
system) 4-95
driver assistance settings (infotainment
system)
4-96
setting your vehicle
4-95
vehicle stability management
(VSM) system
5-32
W
warning and indicator lights 4-86
indicator lights
4-92
warning lights
4-86
washer fluid 8-19
welcome system 4-109
headlight (headlamp) escort
function
4-109
interior light
4-109
pocket lamp
4-109
windows 4-41
power window lock switch
4-43
remote window opening
4-44
window opening and closing
4-42
windshield defrosting and
defogging 4-130
auto Defogging System (ADS)
4-133
defogging inside windshield with manual
climate control system
4-130
defogging inside windshield with the
automatic climate control
4-131
defogging logic
4-132
defrosting outside windshield with
automatic climate control
4-132
9I
defrosting outside windshield with manual
climate control system
4-131
windshield washers 4-104
winter driving 5-49
snow tires
5-49
snowy or icy conditions
5-49
tire chains
5-50
wiper blades 8-22
blade inspection
8-22
wipers and washers 4-104
auto control
4-105
operating rear window wiper and washer
switch
4-106
windshield washers
4-104
wireless smart phone charging
system
4-143
